840D Bits de Interface

SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
SIMODRIVE 611digital
Lists 04.2000 Edition
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
Overview of SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC Documentation (04.00)
General Documentation User Documentation
SINUMERIK
SIROTEC
SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SIMODRIVE SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK
840D/810D/ 840D/840Di/ Accessories 840D/810D/ 840D/810D 840D/840Di/ 840D/810D/
FM-NC 810D/ FM-NC 810D/ FM-NC
FM-NC/611 FM-NC
Brochure Catalog Catalog AutoTurn Operator’s Guide Diagnostics Operator’s Guide

Ordering Info Accessories NC-Z – Short Guide – Unit Guide *) – Short Guide
NC 60.1 *) – Programming (1) Operator Panel – Operator’s
Technical Info. – Setup (2) – HPU Guide *)
NC 60.2 – HT 6
User Documentation Manufacturer / Service Documentation
SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK

840D/840Di/ 840D/810D 840Di 840D/810D 840D/840Di/ 840D/810D
810D/ 810D
FM-NC
Program. Guide Operator’s Guide System Overview Description of Description of Descr. of Functions Configuring
– Short Guide – ManualTurn Functions Functions – Computer Link (HW) *)
– Fundamentals *) – Short Guide ManualTurn – ManualTurn Synchronized – Tool Data – FM-NC
– Advanced *) – ShopMill – ShopMill Actions Information – 810D
– Cycles – Short Guide ShopMill Wood, Glass, System – 840D
– Measuring Cycles Ceramics
Manufacturer / Service Documentation
SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK SIMODRIVE SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK
840D/840Di/ 611D 840D/840Di/ 840D/810D/ 840D/810D/ 840D/810D 840D/810D/
810D/ 840D/810D 810D/ FM-NC FM-NC FM-NC
FM-NC FM-NC
Operator Description of Description of Configuring Kit Screen Kit Description of Description of

Components Functions Functions MMC 100/101 MMC 100/101 Functions Functions
(HW) *) Drive Functions *) – Basic Machine *) – Configuring SW Update and Tool Manage- Operator Interface
– Extended Functions Syntax Configuration ment OP 030
– Special Functions – Development Kit
Manufacturer / Service Documentation
SINUMERIK
SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SIMODRIVE
SIMODRIVE SINUMERIK SIMODRIVE SIMODRIVE SIMODRIVE SIMODRIVE SIROTEC
840D 840D/840Di/ 840D 840D
810D 611D 611D
FM-NC
611D
Description of Description of Installation & Lists *) Description of Description of EMC

Functions Functions Start-up Guide *) Functions Functions Guidelines
SINUMERIK Digitizing – FM-NC Linear Motor – Hydraulics
Safety Integrated – 810D Module
– 840D/611D – Analog Module
– MMC
Electronic Documentation Manufacturer / Service Documentation
SINUMERIK
SIMODRIVE
SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK
840D/810D/
FM-NC 840D/810D 840Di
611,
Motors
DOC ON CD *)
The SINUMERIK System
Descr. of Functions Descr. of Functions Manual
ISO Dialects for CAM Integration (HW + Installation
SINUMERIK DNC NT-2000 and Start-up)
*) These documents are a minimum requirement for the control
Overview of Functions 1
Lists of Machine and 2

Setting Data
SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/ Variables 3

810D/FM-NC
Interface Signals 4
Lists
PLC Blocks 5
Appendix: References A
Index I
Valid for
Control Software Version

SINUMERIK 840D 5
SINUMERIK 840Di 5
SINUMERIK 840DE (export version) 5
SINUMERIK 810D 3
SINUMERIK 810DE (export version) 3
SINUMERIK FM-NC 3
04.00 Edition
SINUMERIK® Documentation
Printing history
Brief details of this edition and previous editions are listed below.
The status of each edition is shown by the code in the "Remarks" column.
Status codes in the "Remarks" column.
A .... New documentation.

B .... Unrevised reprint with new Order No.
C .... Revised edition with new status.
If factual changes have been made on a page since the last edition, this is indicated by a new edition
coding in the header on that page.
Edition Order No. Remarks

09.95 6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP0 A
12.95 6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP1 C
03.96 6FC5 297-3AB70-0BP2 C
08.97 6FC5 297-4AB70-0BP0 C
12.97 6FC5 297-4AB70-0BP1 C
12.98 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP0 C
08.99 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP1 C
04.00 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP2 C
This manual is included in the documentation on CD-ROM (DOCONCD)

Edition Order No. Remarks
04.00 6FC5 298-5CA00-0BG2 C
Trademarks
SIMATIC©, SIMATIC HMI©, SIMATIC NET©, SIROTEC©, SINUMERIK© and SIMODRIVE© are trademarks of
SIEMENS. Other product names used in this documentation may be trademarks which, if used by third parties,
could infringe the rights of their owners.
Further information is available on the Internet under: Other functions not described in this documentation might be
http://www.ad.siemens.de/sinumerik executable in the control. This does not, however, represent an
obligation to supply such functions with a new control or when
This publication was produced with WinWord V 7.0 and Designer V 6.0 servicing.
using the documentation tool AutWinDoc.
We have checked that the contents of this document correspond to the
The reproduction, transmission or use of this document or its contents is hardware and software described. Nonetheless, differences might exist.
not permitted without express written authority. Offenders will be liable The information contained in this document is, however, reviewed
for damages. All rights, including rights created by patent grant or regularly and any necessary changes will be included in the next
registration of a utility model or design, are reserved. edition. We welcome suggestions for improvement.
© Siemens AG 1995- 2000. All Rights Reserved.

Subject to change without prior notice.
Order No. 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP2 Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft.

Printed in the Federal Republic of Germany
04/00 Lists
Preface
Preface
Notes for the reader The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts:

• General Documentation
• User Documentation
• Manufacturer/Service Documentation
Target group This document is intended for the manufacturers of machine tools
incorporating SINUMERIK 840D and SIMODRIVE 611D systems.
Objective The Lists provide the information required for installation and startup.
Search aids To help the reader, this guide offers not only a list of contents, but also the
following appendices:
1. List of References
2. Index
Important
! This installation and startup guide is valid for software version 5.3.
Notes The following notes have a special significance and are used in the
documentation:
Note
This symbol appears in the documentation whenever background information
is provided.
Important
! This symbol appears in the documentation whenever attention has to be paid
to something of particular importance.
© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition v
Lists 04/00
Preface
Warning notes The following warning notes with different level of severity are used in this
publication:
Danger
! This symbol appears whenever death, severe bodily injury or substantial
material damage will occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
Warning
! This symbol appears whenever death, severe bodily injury or substantial
material damage can occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
Caution
! This symbol appears whenever minor bodily injury or material damage can
occur if the appropriate precautions are not taken.
Technical notes
Trademarks IBM® is registered trademark of International Business Corporation.

MS-DOS® and WINDOWS™ is a registered trademark of Microsoft
Corporation.

vi Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition
04/00 Lists
Contents
Contents
Overview of Functions...............................................................................................................1-13
1.1 CNC controls ...........................................................................................1-14
1.2 Positioning modules and controls ...................................................................1-48
1.3 SINUMERIK 840 Di.........................................................................................1-56
Machine and Setting Data .........................................................................................................2-83
2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data .......................................2-85

2.1.1 General information ...................................................................................2-85
2.1.2 Handling of machine data ...............................................................................2-89
2.2 Drive machine data .........................................................................................2-92
2.3 Machine data for hydraulics module ...............................................................2-130
2.4 Machine data for operator panel .....................................................................2-144

2.4.1 Generally available MDs for operator panel....................................................2-144
2.4.2 Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn .......................................................2-158
2.4.3 Application-specific MDs for ShopMill.............................................................2-163
2.5 General machine data ....................................................................................2-169

2.5.1 System settings ...................................................................................2-170
2.5.2 Override switch settings..................................................................................2-186
2.5.3 Central drive data ...................................................................................2-190
2.5.4 System specific memory settings ...................................................................2-192
2.6 Channel-specific machine data.......................................................................2-201

2.6.1 Basic channel machine data...........................................................................2-202
2.6.2 Machine data for digitizing function.................................................................2-215
2.6.3 Machine data for grinding function..................................................................2-217
2.6.4 Channel auxiliary function settings .................................................................2-218
2.6.5 Transformation definitions in channel .............................................................2-222
2.6.6 Punching and nibbling ...................................................................................2-231
2.6.7 Channel-specific memory settings..................................................................2-232
2.7 Axis-specific machine data .............................................................................2-238

2.7.1 Configuration ...................................................................................2-239
2.7.2 Encoder matching ...................................................................................2-242
2.7.3 Closed-loop control ...................................................................................2-244
2.7.4 Reference point approach ..............................................................................2-250
2.7.5 Spindles ...................................................................................2-252
2.7.6 Monitoring functions ...................................................................................2-255
2.7.7 Safety Integrated ...................................................................................2-258
2.7.8 Travel to fixed stop ...................................................................................2-265
2.7.9 Axis-specific memory settings.........................................................................2-268

Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition vii
Lists 04/00
Contents
2.8 Setting data ...........................................................................................2-269

2.8.1 General setting data ...................................................................................2-269
2.8.2 Channel-specific setting data..........................................................................2-272
2.8.3 Axis-specific setting data ................................................................................2-275
2.9 Application-specific machine data ..................................................................2-279

2.9.1 Application-specific default values for ManualTurn.........................................2-279
2.9.2 Application-specific default values for ShopMill ..............................................2-282
2.9.3 Settings for ShopMill tool management ..........................................................2-284
2.9.4 MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill ..............................2-285
Variables .....................................................................................................................................3-287
3.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................3-290

3.1.2 Module types ...................................................................................3-292
3.1.3 Variable types ...................................................................................3-294
3.1.4 Data types ...................................................................................3-296
3.2 System data ...........................................................................................3-298

3.2.1 Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data...............................................................3-298
3.2.2 Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data ..............................................3-306
3.2.3 Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones .....................................................3-310
3.2.4 Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones .....................................3-317
3.2.5 Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups ...............................................3-324
3.3 Status data of system .....................................................................................3-325

3.3.1 Area N, Mod. S: Global status data ................................................................3-325
3.3.2 Area N, Mod. SALA: Alarms: List organized according to time,
oldest alarm appears first ...............................................................................3-336
3.3.3 Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority ................3-338
3.3.4 Area N, Mod. SALAL: Alarms: Liste organized according to time,
most recent alarm appears first ......................................................................3-340
3.3.5 Area N, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes ..............................................3-342
3.3.6 Area N, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ............3-344
3.3.7 Area N, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle ........................................................3-360
3.3.8 Area N, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle ......................................................3-363
3.3.9 Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames..................................................3-366
3.3.10 Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames ...................................................3-367
3.3.11 Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames ..............................................3-368
3.3.12 Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc) ..................................3-370
3.3.13 Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific status data ..........................................3-371
3.4 Status data of channel ....................................................................................3-372

3.4.1 Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data............................................3-372
3.4.2 Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data ................................................3-373
3.4.3 Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data...................................3-389
3.4.4 Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information ............................................3-392
3.4.5 Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation ...................3-395
3.4.6 Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption .................................3-397
3.4.7 Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search .............................3-399
3.4.8 Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions................................................3-401
3.4.9 Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions .....................3-404
3.4.10 Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions .........................................................3-405
3.4.11 Area C, Mod. NIB: Status data: Nibbling.........................................................3-407
3.4.12 Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame.........................................................................3-409
3.4.13 Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame ....................................................................3-410
3.5 Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-411

3.5.1 Area C, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes ..............................................3-411
3.5.2 Area C, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ............3-413

viii Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition
04/00 Lists
Contents
3.5.3 Area C, Mod. SGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory .........3-430
3.5.4 Area C, Mod. SEGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory
(extension of SGA) ...................................................................................3-433
3.5.5 Area C, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle ........................................................3-438
3.5.6 Area C, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle ......................................................3-441
3.5.7 Area C, Mod. FU: User frames .......................................................................3-444
3.5.8 Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames .............................................................3-446
3.5.9 Area C, Mod. FE: External frames ..................................................................3-448
3.6 Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-449

3.6.1 Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (MSD) ..........................................3-449
3.6.2 Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)...........................................3-452
3.7 Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-454

3.7.1 Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data................................................3-454
3.7.2 Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data......................................................3-457
3.7.3 Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data .........................................3-460
3.7.4 Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data ..............................................3-461
3.7.5 Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data...................................3-462
3.7.6 Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data........................................3-463
3.7.7 Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data..................................3-465
3.7.8 Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory .................................................3-467
3.7.9 Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data .............................................3-468
3.7.10 Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data.............................................3-470
3.7.11 Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of location data ......3-472
3.7.12 Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types ...........................................3-473
3.7.13 Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory ............................................................3-474
3.7.14 Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of _N_TMGETT,
_N_TSEARC ...................................................................................3-476
3.7.15 Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data ........................................3-481
3.7.16 Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magazine place data ...............................3-482
3.7.17 Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data .......................................3-483
3.7.18 Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data.......................................................................3-484
3.7.19 Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory................................................3-485
3.7.20 Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters .......................................................3-488
3.7.21 Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets...............3-491
3.7.22 Area T, Mod. TOET: Edge-related coarse total offsets,
transformed setup offsets ...............................................................................3-492
3.7.23 Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets...........3-493
3.7.24 Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets,
transformed ...................................................................................3-496
3.7.25 Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data.................................3-497
3.7.26 Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data ..................................................3-499
3.7.27 Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data .................................3-500
3.7.28 Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific edge data .........................................3-501
3.7.29 Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data ....................3-502
3.7.30 Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data.................................3-503
3.8 Machine and setting data................................................................................3-504

3.8.1 Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data ............................................................3-504
3.8.2 Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data...................................................3-506
3.8.3 Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data .............................................................3-507
3.8.4 Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data.............................................3-508
3.8.5 Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data....................................................3-509
3.9 Parameters ...........................................................................................3-511

3.9.1 Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters........................................................3-511
3.9.2 Area C, Mod. VSYN: Channel-specific user variables for
synchronous actions ...................................................................................3-512
3.10 Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-513

3.10.1 Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data .................................................3-513

Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition ix
Lists 04/00
Contents
3.10.2 Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-524

3.10.3 Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling ...............................................3-526
3.10.4 Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events................................................................3-527
3.11 MMC status ...........................................................................................3-530

3.11.1 Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC .....................................................3-530
Interface Signals ........................................................................................................................4-531
4.1 Data modules ...........................................................................................4-532
4.2 Interface signals ...........................................................................................4-534

4.2.1 Signals from/to machine control panel, M version ..........................................4-534
4.2.2 Signals from/to machine control panel, T version ...........................................4-536
4.2.3 Signals from/to slimline machine control panel...............................................4-537
4.2.4 Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU) ..............................................................4-538
4.2.5 Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU) ........................................4-540
4.2.6 PLC messages (DB2) ...................................................................................4-541
4.2.7 Signals from/to NC (DB 10) ............................................................................4-544
4.2.8 Signals from/to NCK/MMC ..............................................................................4-549
4.2.9 Signals from/to mode group (DB11) ...............................................................4-554
4.2.10 Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic) .........................................4-556
4.2.11 Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19) ..........................................................4-559
4.2.12 PLC machine data ...................................................................................4-563
4.2.13 Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21 - 30) .....................................................4-564
4.2.14 Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK).......................................................4-579
4.2.15 Interface for loading/unloading magazine.......................................................4-586
4.2.16 Interface for spindle as change position .........................................................4-587
4.2.17 Interface for circular magazine .......................................................................4-589
4.2.18 Interface for buffer (tool management) ...........................................................4-590
4.2.19 Signals to/from ManualTurn............................................................................4-591
4.2.20 Signals to/from ShopMill .................................................................................4-595
4.2.21 NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application ....................................4-597
4.2.22 NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application .........................................4-600
PLC Blocks .................................................................................................................................5-601
5.1 Overview of organization blocks .....................................................................5-602
5.2 Overview of function blocks ............................................................................5-603

5.2.1 ManualTurn ...................................................................................5-604
5.2.2 ShopMill ...................................................................................5-604
5.3 Assignment of data blocks..............................................................................5-605

5.3.1 ManualTurn ...................................................................................5-606
5.3.2 ShopMill ...................................................................................5-606
5.4 Assigned timers ...........................................................................................5-606

x Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition
04/00 Lists
Contents
A Appendix ................................................................................................................................A-607
References..................................................................................................................................A-607
Index ..........................................................................................................................................I-615
Index ........................................................................................................................I-616

Lists (LIS) - 04.2000 Edition xi
Overview of Functions 1
1.1 CNC controls ...........................................................................................1-14
1.2 Positioning modules and controls .............................................................................1-48
1.3 SINUMERIK 840 Di ...........................................................................................1-56
Note
The following overview of the functions corresponds to Chapter 2 of the
Catalog NC60.1 of 1999. Later versions of this catalog replace the
information listed in the following sections. At the end of the chapter you will
now also find the overview for the SINUMERIK 840Di control system.

Lists (LIS) -04.00 Edition 1-13
Lists 04/00
1 Overview of Functions
1.1 CNC controls

SINUMERIK 810D SINUMERIK 840DE SINUMERIK
840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Control assembly/application
Assembly system
• SIMATIC S7–300 F * * * * * * * * * *
• SIMODRIVE 611 * F F F F F F F F F F
Drives
• SIMODRIVE 611 analog F * * * * * * * * * *
• SIMODRIVE 611 digital * F F F F F F F F F F
• SIMODRIVE 611 F F F F F F F F F F F
universal 1)
Control of F * * * * * * * * * *
FM STEPDRIVE
stepper motor drives
Mode groups
• 1st mode group F F F F F F F F F F F
• Maximum configuration 1 1 2 1 1 1 2 10 1 2 10
Each additional mode 6FC5 251 – 0AD00 – 0AA0 * * f * * * f f * f f
group
Machining channels F F F F F F F F F F F
1 1 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
• Maximum configuration 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 10 2 2 10
Each additional machining 6FC5 251 – 0AA07 – 0AA0 * * * * f f f f f f f
channel
Additional 6FC5 251 – 0AD08 – 0AA0 * * * f * * * * * * *
axis/spindle + channel
CNC user memory F F F F F F F F F F F
(buffered) for 128 256 1.5 256 256 256 2.5 2.5 256 2.5 2.5
programs and data KB KB MB KB KB KB MB MB KB MB MB
Expansion of the CNC 6FC5 251 – 0AD02 – 0AA0 * f * f f f * * f * *
user memory in units
of 256 KB
(maximum 1.5 MB)
Free user memory of hard F F F F F F F F F F F
disk of the MMC 103 for
programs and data
1.0 GB
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Operated by means of analog or PROFIBUS interface.

1-14 Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition
04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Control assembly/application (continued)

Axes/spindles or F F F F F F F F F F F
positioning axes/auxiliary 4 5 5 1 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
spindles
• Maximum configuration 5 2) 5 5 2 3) 6 10 12 31 10 12 31
Axes
• Maximum configuration 2 1+1 1+1 2 6 10 12 31 10 12 31
4) 4)
Spindles
• Maximum configuration 5 2) 5 5 2 6 10 12 31 10 12 31
Axes and spindles
• Configuration per channel
Axes, * 5 5 2 6 10 12 12 10 12 12
incl. spindles * 1 1 2 6 10 12 12 10 12 12
Each additional 6FC5 251 – 0AA03 – 0AA0 * * * * f f f f f f f
interpolating
axis/spindle 5)
Each additional 6FC5 251 – 0AA04 – 0AA0 * * * * f f f f f f f
5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5) 5)
positioning axis
(axis–specific feed) or
auxiliary spindle
(spindle–specific speed)
Additionally, as package: 6FC5 251 – 0AD01 – 0AA0 * * * * * * * f * * f
4 machining channels
and 13 axes
FM 354 as NC axis See Section 4 F * * * * * * * * * *
(5th axis)
FM 354 as See Section 4 F F F F F F F F F F F
PLC positioning axis
FM 353 as See Section 4 F F F F F F F F F F F
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
2) Optional using FM 354 at local bus segment. 4) Second spindle not MSD motor.
3) Additional axis/spindle + channel available as option. 5) Option if number of axes + spindles >5.

Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition 1-15
Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Compatible measuring systems

Number, max. 10 1) 10 1) 4 12 2) 20 2) 24 2) 62 2) 20 2) 24 2) 62 2)
4+1 2)
Incremental rotary F * * * * * * * * * *
measuring systems with
RS 422 (TTL)
LMS linear scale with
current signal
• using external EXE F * * * * * * * * * *
• using SIMODRIVE 611 * F F F F F F F F F F
digital – control plug–in
module
LMS linear scale * F F * * * * * * * *
with voltage
signal sin/cos 1 Vpp
module
• using SIMODRIVE 611 F * * * * * * * * * *
universal shaft–angle
encoder output
LMS scale with * F F * * * * * * * *
distance–coded
reference marks
module
Absolute encoder F * * * * * * * * * *
with SSl interface
Absolute encoder with * F F * * * * * * * *
EnDat, sin/cos 1 Vpp
module
1FT6/1FK6 integrated * F F * * * * * * * *
encoder
module
• using SIMODRIVE 611 F * * * * * * * * * *
universal – control plug–
in module
Incremental encoder with * F F * * * * * * * *
sin/cos 1 Vpp
module
F Standard f Option * not possible SIMODRIIVE 611 digital control plug-in module.
1) SINUMERIK 810D measuring channels and via 2) Two measuring systems per axis.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: program functions

Dynamic block F F F F F F F F F F F
buffer (FIFO)
Look ahead 6FC5 250 – 0AA06 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
Program preprocessing 6FC5 251 – 0AC02 – 0AA0 * * f f f f f f f f f
Axis/spindle exchange * * F * F F F F F F F
3)
Geometry axes, * F F F F F F F F F F
switchable online
in the CNC program
FRAME concept F F F F F F F F F F F
Inclined surface machining F F F * F F F F F F F
with FRAMEs
CNC functionality: axis functions

Feedrate override F F F F F F F F F F F
0 % to 200 %
Feedrate override, F F F F F F F F F F F
axis–specific
0 % to 200 %
Traversing range F F F F F F F F F F F
“ 9 decades
Rotary axis turning F F F F F F F F F F F
endlessly
Measuring system 1 and 2 * F F F F F F F F F F
switchable
Speed F F F F F F F F F F F
maximum 300 m/s
Acceleration with F F F F F F F F F F F
jerk limitation
Programmable 6FC5 250 – 0AB00 – 0AA0 f f f * f f f f f f f
3) 3)
acceleration
Feed interpolation 6FC5 251 – 0AC03 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
3)
Separate path feed * F F F F F F F F F F

for roundings and chamfers
Travel to 6FC5 255 – 0AB02 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
fixed stop
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
3) Available soon.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: axis functions (continued)

Pair of synchronized axes 6FC5 255 – 0AB00 – 0AA0 * * f * f f f f f f f
1)
(gantry axes)
Coupled–motion axes F F F F F F F F F F F
1)
(TRAIL)
Master/slave 6FC5 251 – 0AC07 – 0AA0 * * * * * * * * f * f
for drives 2)
Tangential control 6FC5 251 – 0AB11 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
1)
Position switching signals/ 6FC5 251 – 0AB07 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f

1)
cam controller
CNC functionality: spindle functions

Spindle speed
• analog F * * * * * * * * * *
• digital * F F F F F F F F F F
Spindle speed, F F F F F F F F F F F
3)
max. programmable
range:
REAL +/– 3.4028 ex 38
(Display:
+/– 999999999.9999)
Spindle override F F F F F F F F F F F
0 % to 200 %
5 gear stages F F F F F F F F F F F
Automatic F F F F F F F F F F F
gear stage selection
Oriented spindle stop F F F F F F F F F F F
Spindle speed limitation F F F F F F F F F F F
(min. and max.)
Constant cutting F F F F F F F F F F F
speed
Spindle control using PLC F F F F F F F F F F F
(positioning, oscillation)
Switchover to F F F F F F F F F F F
axis operation
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Available soon. 3) Range of values: 999 999 rev/min.

2) Prerequisite: technology PC card

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: spindle functions (continued)
On–the–fly axis F F F F F F F F F F F
synchronization
Thread run–in and run–out, * F F F F F F F F F F
programmable
Constant–lead thread F F F * F F F F F F F
cutting
Tapping with/without F F F F F F F F F F F
compensating chuck
Synchronous spindle/ 6FC5 255 – 0AB01 – 0AA0 * * f * f f f f f f f
multi–edged turning
CNC functionality: forms of interpolation
NURBS F F F * F F F F F F F
(non–uniform rational
B splines) universal
interpolator
Continuous–path mode F F F * F F F F F F F
with
programmable rounding
clearance
4 linear interpolating axes F F F * F F F F F F F
• Maximum 4 4 5 2 4 4 4 4 10 12 12
4)
Multi–axis interpolation 6FC5 251 – 0AA16 – 0AA0 * * f * * * * * f f f

5)
(> 4 interpolating axes)
Circle via center point F F F * F F F F F F F
and end point
Circle via F F F * F F F F F F F
intermediate point
Helical
interpolation
• 2D+2 F F F * F F F F F F F
• 2D+6 * * * * * * * * F F F
Spline interpolation 6FC5 251 – 0AA14 – 0AA0
• A, B and C splines f f f * f f f f f f f
• Compressor function * f f * f f f f f f f
6
)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
4) Only threaded bores: axis + spindle. 6) Available soon.

5) For handling only.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: forms of interpolation (continued)

Polynomial interpolation 6FC5 251 – 0AA15 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
Master value coupling and 6FC5 251 – 0AD06 – 0AA0 * * f * f f f f f f f
1) 1) 1) 1)
curve table interpolation
Electronic gear ELG 6FC5 251 – 0AE00 – 0AA0 * * * * * f f f f f f
1) 1) 1)
(linear coupling of 1 slave
axis to up to 5 master axes
using factor)
Axial coupling in machine 6FC5 251 – 0AD11 – 0AA0 * * * * * * * * f f f
coordinate system
(MCS coupling) 2)
CNC functionality: transformations

Transmit/peripheral surface 6FC5 251 – 0AB01 – 0AA0 f f f * f f f f f f f
transformation
Inclined axis 6FC5 251 – 0AB06 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
3)
Linked transformations * F F * F F F F F F F
(TRAANG inclined axis
after TRAORI/universal
milling
head/TRANSMIT/TRACYL
)
Machining package 6FC5 251 – 0AA10 – 0AA0 * * * * * * * * f f f
5 axes 4)
Transformation package 6FC5 251 – 0AD07 – 0AA0 * * f * * * * * f f f
2) 2) 2)
Handling
CNC functionality: measurement
Measurement stage 1 F F F F F F F F F F F
2 probes (switching)
with/without delete
distance–to–go
Measurement stage 2 6FC5 250 – 0AD00 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
1) 1) 1) 1) 1) 1)
(logging of measurement
results, measurement 3)
functions from
synchronized actions,
cyclical measurement)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) With restricted functionality, see description of options. 3) Available soon.

2) Prerequisite: technology PC card. 4) Contains the options "Multi-axis interpolation".

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: technologies

Punching and nibbling 6FC5 251 – 0AC00 – 0AA0 * * * * * f f f f f f
functions
Reciprocating functions 6FC5 251 – 0AB04 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
• asynchronous and
modal
• non–modal
Constant workpiece * F F * F F F F F F F
5) 5)
speed for
centerless grinding
Several feedrates in one 6FC5 251 – 0AB08 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
block
(e.g. for calipers)
Handwheel override F F F F F F F F F F F
Contour handwheel * F F F F F F F F F F
CNC functionality: motion–synchronized actions

High–speed CNC F f f F F F F F F F F
inputs/outputs
• Onboard inputs, digital 5 6) * * 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
outputs, digital * * * 4 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
• Expansion using f * * * * * * * * * *
SIMATC S7 I/Os 7)
16 inputs/
16 outputs
• Expansion using * f f f f f f f f f f
NCU terminal block
32 digital inputs
32 digital outputs
8 analog inputs
8 analog outputs
Synchronized actions F F F F F F F F F F F
(max. 16) and high–speed
auxiliary
function output
Synchronized actions 6FC5 251 – 0AD05 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
8) 8) 8) 8) 8)
Step 2 (up to 256
parallel actions per 5)
channel,
technology cycles)
Positioning of axes * F F F F F F F F F F
5)
and spindles using
synchronized actions
(command axes)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
5) Available soon. 7) Maximum of one SIMATIC analog module: SM 331, SM 332
or SM 334.
6) Without stepper drives, 5 inputs are available. 8) With limited functionality, see description of options.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC functionality: motion–synchronized actions (continued)

Analog value control F F F F F F F F F F F
(prerequisite: analog
output) in IPO cycle
Path velocity–dependent 6FC5 251 – 0AC04 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
1)
analog value output
(laser power control)
Clearance control
• 1D in IPO cycle using 6FC5 251 – 0AC08 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
• 1D/3D in position control 6FC5 251 – 0AC05 – 0AA0 * * * * * * * * f f f
2) 2) 2)
cycle (incl. in IPO cycle)
Evaluation of internal 6FC5 251 – 0AB17 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
3) 3) 3) 3) 3)
drive variables
(prerequisite for adaptive 1) 1)
control)
Continuous dressing 6FC5 251 – 0AB10 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
3) 3) 3) 3) 3)
(parallel dressing, online
modification of tool offset) 1) 1)
Asynchronous subroutines F F F F F F F F F F F
(ASUPs) 4):
• Special interrupt routines 6FC5 251 – 0AA00 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
1)
with rapid lift from the
contour
Actions applying to more
6FC5 251 – 0AD04 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
than
one operating mode
(ASUPs and synchronized
actions
in all modes)
CNC functionality: OEM

MMC 103 OEM package f f f f f f f f f f f
(OEM contract required)
NCK OEM package * * * * * * * * f f f
(OEM contract required)
Use of compile cycles in * * * * * * * * f f f
NCK
(run–time license)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Available soon. 3) Withe limited fuctionality, see description of options.

2) Prerequisite: technology PC card. 4) High-speed CNC inputs/outputs required.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC programming
Programming language F F F F F F F F F F F
(acc. to DIN 66 025 and
high–level language
expansion)
Part program management F F F F F F F F F F F
(program names with
23 alphanumeric
characters)
Main program call from F F F F F F F F F F F
main program and
subroutine
Job list 5) * F F F F F F F F F F
for complete machining
with all workpiece–oriented
data
(RPA, TOA, etc.)
7 subroutine levels and F F F F F F F F F F F
4 interrupt routines,
maximum
Subroutine number F F F F F F F F F F F
of passes v9999
Skip blocks on 8 levels F F F F F F F F F F F
(/0 to /7)
Polar coordinates F F F * F F F F F F F
Dimensions, metric/inch, F F F F F F F F F F F
switchover by operator
action or program
Inverse–time feedrate * F F * F F F F F F F
6) 6)
Auxiliary function output * F F F F F F F F F F

• by means of M word
Maximum range of
values programmable:
INT +231 -1
• by means of H word
Maximum range of
values programmable:
REAL +/– 3.4028 ex 38
(Display:
+/– 999999999.9999)
INT 231 to 231 -1
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
5) With MMC 103.

6) Available soon.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
CNC programming (continued)

CNC high–level language
with
• User variables, F F F F F F F F F F F
configurable
• Predefined user variables F F F F F F F F F F F
(arithmetic parameters),
configurable
• Read/write system F F F F F F F F F F F
variables
• Indirect programming F F F F F F F F F F F
• Program jumps F F F F F F F F F F F
and branching
• Program coordination with * * F * F F F F F F F
1)
WAIT, START, INIT
• Arithmetic and F F F F F F F F F F F
trigonometric
functions
• Comparison functions F F F F F F F F F F F
and logic operations
• Macro functions F F F F F F F F F F F
• Check structures F F F F F F F F F F F
(IF–ELSE–ENDIF,
WHILE,
FOR, REPEAT, LOOP)
• Commands to MMC F F F F F F F F F F F
• STRING functions F F F F F F F F F F F
AutoTurn with MMC 103 f f f * f f f f f f f
AutoTurn PLUS with MMC f f f * f f f f f f f
103
ManualTurn * f * * f f f f f f f
with MMC 100.2/MMC 103
2)
ShopMill * f f * f f f f f f f
3)
with MMC 100.2/MMC 103
2)
SpeedMill 810D/840D * f f * f f f f f f f
Digitization with MMC 103 * * * * * * * f * * f
Offline ISO dialect f f f f f f f f f f f
CNC program converter 3)
Offline SINUMERIC f f f f f f f f f f f
800/840D
Online ISO dialect * f f f f f f f f f f
interpreter 3)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Available soon. 3) On request.

2) With MMC 103 on request.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Communication
RS 232C (V.24) F F F F F F F F F F F
serial interface with MMC
module or OP 030
2nd RS 232C (V.24) F F F F F F F F F F F
serial interface with
MMC 100.2/MMC 103
Multi–point interface (MPI) f F F F F F F F F F F
4)
to operating unit
Execution from * F F F F F F F F F F
hard disk with MMC 103
(program chaining)
Execution of large
CNC programs
• from the hard disk F F F F F F F F F F F
with MMC 103
• via RS 232C (V.24) F F F F F F F F F F F
interface with MMC 100.2
Data exchange * * F F F F F F F F F
between machining
channels
High–speed * F F * F F F F F F F
5) 5) 5)
data exchange, NC–PLC
NC program f f f f f f f f f f f
transfer
via network with
MMC 103 and SINDNC
MINI–DNC data f f f f f f f f f f f
transmission
program
Data storage F F F F F F F F F F F
on hard disk
MMC 103, floppy disk
Data storage on PC card F F F F F F F F F F F
(not with MMC 103)
Storage of data from F F F F F F F F F F F
hard disk MMC 103 on
CD–ROM
MMC 103 with F F F F F F F F F F F
exchangeable
hard disk
Data exchange between f f f f f f f f f f f
CNC with MMC 103 and
SINCOM control computer
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
4) Via SIMATIC S7-300 CPU. 5) Available soon

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Communication (continued)
Peripheral interface 6FC5 252 – 0AD00 – 0AA0 * * f f f f f f f f f
connection via
PROFIBUS–DP 1)
(software option)
SINUCOPY–FFS for f f f f f f f f f f f
SIMATIC S7 PG 740
Operation
Handheld programming * f f f f f f f f f f
unit
MPI type for handling
Mini handheld unit f f f f f f f f f f f
Handheld unit f f f f f f f f f f f
B–MPI type
Distribution box for f f f f f f f f f f f
handheld
terminal/programming unit
Electronic handwheels 2
2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3 2/3
connectable 2) 2) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3)
OP 030 slimline operator f f f f f f f f f f f

panel with system software
panel 9.5“ monochrome
10.4“ color
OP 032S slimline operator f f f f f f f f f f f
panel 10.4“ color
panel 10.4“ color
Two NCUs on one CPU F * * * * * * * * * *
Four NCUs on F F F F F F F F F F F
4) 4)
one operator panel with
OP 031/OP 032/OP 032S
Two operator panels * F F F F F F F F F F
5) 5)
on up to four NCUs
Connection for operator F F F F F F F F F F F
panels OP7/OP17
Connection for operator F * * * * * * * * * *
panel OP27
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) References PROFIBUS-DP. 3) Third handwheel can be operated as contour handwheel.

2) Tree handwheels are possible with ManualTurn. 4) Tree CCUs on one operator panel.
5) Two operator panels on one CCU.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Operation (continued)
Connection for F F F F F F F F F F F
SIMATIC HMI
using PLC
MMC modules f f f f f f f f f f f
for installation in
operator panel:
• MMC 100.2 with
system software,
operator interface
• MMC 103 with
system software,
operator interface
under Windows
• MMC 103 for
OEM functions 6)
PCI/ISA adapter f f f f f f f f f f f
(2 PCI/ISA modules)
for MMC 103 7)
3.5“/1.44 MB f f f f f f f f f f f
diskette drive
for MMC 103
Machine control panel f f f f f f f f f f f
(MCP)
with LEDs
Machine control panel f f f f f f f f f f f
OP 032S
PP 031–MC f f f f f f f f f f f
Push Button Panel
Full CNC keyboard f f f f f f f f f f f
Full CNC keyboard f f f f f f f f f f f
OP 032S
Standard PC keyboard f f f f f f f f f f f
(MF–II)
Operator interface F F F F F F F F F F F
with 8 horizontal/
8 vertical softkeys on
OP 031/OP 032/OP 032S
Plaintext display F F F F F F F F F F F
of user variables
on MMC module
Cycle support F F F F F F F F F F F
on MMC module
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
6) OEM contract required.

7) OEM contract and OEM package required for custom
OEM applications.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
2D display of F F F F F F F F F F F
3D protection ranges/
working ranges
on MMC module
Operator interface for * f f f f f f f f f f
1)
MMC 103 with
TRANSLINE 2000 HMI
software
Languages (German, F F F F F F F F F F F
English) available
in system/online
by toggling
• MMC 100.2 : 2 / 2
• MMC 103 : w5 / 2
European language f f f f f f f f f f f
expansion (English,
French, German, Italian
and
Spanish) for retrofitting/
upgrading in MMC 100.2
Asian language f f f f f f f f f f f
expansion 2)
(traditional and
simplified Chinese
characters)
for retrofitting/upgrading
in MMC 100.2
European language f f f f f f f f f f f
expansion for MMC 103
(English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish)
expansion 2)
for MMC 103
(traditional and
simplified Chinese
characters)
expansion 2) for MMC 103
(Korean)
Other language expansions f f f f f f f f f f f
on MMCs for CCUs/NCUs
2)
Workpiece–related actual F F F F F F F F F F F
value system (grinding)
CNC program messages F F F F F F F F F F F
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) without diagnosis functionality. 2) On request.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Screen saver F F F F F F F F F F F
OP 031/OP 032/OP 032S
Access protection, F F F F F F F F F F F
8 levels
Machine and production f f f f f f f f f f f
data acquisition
WinBDE for MMC 103
Tool management * f f f f f f f f f f
functions SINDTI
for MMC 103
Quality data f f f f f f f f f f f
assurance with
MMC 103
Tool identification * f f f f f f f f f f
systems with
MMC 103
MMC EasyMask f f f f f f f f f f f
with MMC 103
MMC EasyTrans f f f f f f f f f f f
with MMC 103
PLC–tool management * f f f f f f f f f f
data
distributor with MMC 103
Add user’s own F F F F F F F F F F F
interfaces to operating
areas
Contour programming F F F F F F F F F F F
with recompilation
F Standard
f Option
* not possible

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Operating modes
AUTOMATIC, MDA, F F F F F F F F F F F
JOG modes
Teach in F F F F F F F F F F F
Teach in with handheld See Section 3 * f f f f f f f f f f
programming unit HPU
MPI type
Reference–point approach F F F F F F F F F F F
manual/by means of
CNC program
Follow–up mode F F F F F F F F F F F
Preset F F F F F F F F F F F
(set actual value)
Repos (repositioning
to contour)
• by means of F F F F F F F F F F F
operation/semi–
automatic
• by means of program 6FC5 251 – 0AA01 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
Block search with/ F F F F F F F F F F F
without calculation
Tool offsets
Tool management 6FC5 251 – 0AB12 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
Tool change by means of F F F F F F F F F F F
T number
Tool offsets * F F F F F F F F F F
• Offset selected using T
and
D number
• Offset selected using
D number
(without T assignment)
Number of F F F F F F F F F F F
tool offsets, configurable
(up to 1500 cutting edges)
Tool types F F F F F F F F F F F
1)
Turning, drilling/milling,
grinding, groove sawing
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Limited functionality.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Tool offsets (continued)

Tool radius compensation F F F * F F F F F F F
on the plane
• with approach and
exit strategies
• with transition
circle/ellipse at
outside corners
Grinding–specific F F F * F F F F F F F
tool offset with
grinding wheel
surface speed
Number of intermediate F F F * F F F F F F F
blocks with active
tool radius compensation,
configurable
3D tool radius 6FC5 251 – 0AB13 – 0AA0 * * * * * f f f f f f
compensation
Toolholder * F F * F F F F F F F
can be orientated
Look Ahead function F F F * F F F F F F F
of contour violation
Zero offsets translational/rotary

Max. number F F F F F F F F F F F
2)
of zero offsets 100
Zero offsets, F F F F F F F F F F F
programmable
(FRAMEs)
Zero offsets, F F F F F F F F F F F
external (PLC)
Differential resolver F F F F F F F F F F F
function (DRF)/
handwheel override
Basic offsets F F F F F F F F F F F
in workpiece coordinate
system with MMC 103
(up to 16 per channel)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
2) Max. 4 per axis.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Axis monitoring functions

Working area limitation F F F F F F F F F F F
Limit switch monitoring F F F F F F F F F F F
function Software and
hardware
limit switches
2D/3D protection ranges F F F F F F F F F F F
1)
Contour monitoring function F F F F F F F F F F F

Contour monitoring function 6FC5 251 – 0AB16 – 0AA0 * * * * * f f f f f f
with tunnel function
Position monitoring F F F F F F F F F F F
function
Zero F F F F F F F F F F F
speed control
Clamping monitoring F F F F F F F F F F F
function
Compensation
Backlash compensation F F F F F F F F F F F
Leadscrew error F F F F F F F F F F F
compensation
Measuring system error F F F F F F F F F F F
compensation
Electronic weight 6FC5 255 – 0AC00 – 0AA0 * * * f f f f f f f f
compensation
Beam sag compensation, 6FC5 251 – 0AB15 – 0AA0 * f f * f f f f f f f
2) 3) 2) 3) 2) 2) 2)
multi–dimensional
Manual quadrant F F F * F F F F F F F
error
compensation
Automatic quadrant 6FC5 251 – 0AB14 – 0AA0 * * * * f f f f f f f
3)
error compensation
(neural network)
• Graphic check
with circularity test
with MMC 103
or external PC
Temperature compensation 6FC5 251 – 0AA13 – 0AA0 f f f f f f f f f f f
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Limited functionality. 3) Available soon.

2) With limited functionality, see description of options.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Compensation (continued)
Automatic drift F * * * * * * * * * *
compensation for
analog speed setpoints
Feedforward control
• Speed– F F F F F F F F F F F
dependent
• Acceleration– 6FC5 250 – 0AA07 – 0AA0 * * * f f f f f f f f
dependent
Standard cycles
Process–oriented cycles f f f f f f f f f f f
4)
for drilling/milling and
turning (English, French,
German, Italian and
Spanish)
Access protection for F F F F F F F F F F F
cycles
Measuring cycles for f f f f f f f f f f f
4)
drilling/
milling (English, French,
German, Italian and
Spanish)
PLC area
SIMATIC S7-300 See Catalog ST 70 * F * * * * * * * * *
CPU 314
CPU 315 See Catalog ST 70 f * * * * * * * * * *
CPU 315–2 DP See Catalog ST 70 f * F F F F F F F F F
CPU 316/318 See Catalog ST 70 f * * * * * * * * * *
PLC user memory 5)
• 48 KB with CPU 315 to F * * * * * * * * * *
512 KB with CPU 318
• 64 KB * F F F F F F F F F F
• Maximum capacity in KB 48 128 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288 288
Expansion of PLC 6FC5 252 – 0AA03 – 0AA0 * f f f f f f f f f f
user memory
in units of 32 KB
PLC programming See Catalog ST 70 f f f f f f f f f f f
with HiGraph
(STEP 7 expansion
package)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
4) Limited functioality.
5) Including PLC basic program.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
PLC area (continued)

Toolbox with PLC f f f f f f f f f f f
basic program,
standard machine data and
CNC variable selector
Digital inputs 1) F F F F F F F F F F F
• maximum 992 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768
• with PROFIBUS–DP: * * f f f f f f f f f
2048
Digital outputs 1) F F F F F F F F F F F
• maximum 992 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768 768
• with PROFIBUS–DP: * * f f f f f f f f f
2048
Maximum number F F F F F F F F F F F
of I/O modules 31 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24
(central configuration)
4096 (8192) flags 2) F F F F F F F F F F F
128 (512) timers 2) F F F F F F F F F F F
64 (512) counters 2) F F F F F F F F F F F
Processing time, typical F F F F F F F F F F F
0.3 ms/KA (0.1 ms/KA)
for bit commands 3)
FB, FC F F F F F F F F F F
F
128 128 256 256 256 256 256 256 256 256
256
DB F F F F F F F F F F
F
127 127 399 399 399 399 399 399 399 399
399
Cyclic block F F F F F F F F F F F
Time–controlled blocks F F F F F F F F F F F
STEP 7 F F F F F F F F F F F
programming language
STL statement list F F F F F F F F F F F
STEP7 on MMC 103 On request f f f f f f f f f f f
Devices for PLC See Catalog ST 70 f f f f f f f f f f f
programming and
program test with PG 7
../PC
PC card See Catalog ST 70 f * * * * * * * * * *
(flash EPROM)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) The number is equal to the sum of inputs and outputs. 3) 1KA = 1024 statements; corresponds to approx. 3 KB.
2) Values shown in brackets apply to CPU 318-2.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.

Distributed
I/O
via PROFIBUS–DP
• via CP342–5DP F F F F F F F F F F F
transmission rate
up to 1.5 MB/s
• via CPU 315–2 DP F * * * * * * * * * *
• via integrated * * f f f f f f f f f
interface
transmission rate
up to 12 MB/s
User machine data to * F F F F F F F F F F
configure the PLC
user program
Diagnostics functions
PLC status F F F F F F F F F F F
HiGraph diagnosis or * f f f f f f f f f f
4)
ProDiag (S7–GRAPH) for
MMC module with
TRANSLINE 2000 HMI
software
Remote diagnosis with f f f f f f f f f f f
MMC 103
Logbook with F F F F F F F F F F F
MMC module
Alarms and messages

Alarms and messages F F F F F F F F F F F
can be selected in
part program
Alarms and messages F F F F F F F F F F F
from PLC
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
4) Limited functionality.

Lists 04/00

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Safety functions
Safety functions F F F F F F F F F F F
Axis limitation from F F F F F F F F F F F
the PLC
Spindle speed F F F F F F F F F F F
limitation
SINUMERIK safety–
integrated
safety functions for
protecting
against personal injury and
damage to machinery 1)
• Basic function for 6FC5 250 – 0AC10 – 0AA0 * * * f f f f f f f f
up to 4 axes/spindles
• Additional function for 6FC5 250 – 0AC11 – 0AA0 * * * * f f f f f f f
each
axis/spindle from 5th
axis/spindle onwards
Generator operation, 6FC5 255 – 0AE00 – 0AA0 * * * f f f f f f f f
independent drive
Extended stop and retract
6FC5 250 – 0AE01 – 0AA0 * * * f f f f f f f f
ESR, independent drive
(incl. generator operation)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Prerequisites:
SIMODRIVE 611 digital with performance control, and
additional DMS input (the input for voltage signals is
recommended) or Standard 2 control with additional DMS
input. NCU terminal block with DMP compact modules.

04/00 Lists

840D
SINUMERIK 810DE
SINUMERIK FM-NC
NCU 561.2
NCU 571.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 572.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 573.2
NCU 570
12 axes
31 axes
12 axes
31 axes
CCU 1
CCU 2
Order No.
Start–up
Series start–up via a F F F F F F F F F F F
serial interface
Series start–up by means F F F F F F F F F F F
of programming the
PC card offline or online
Start–up software
for SIMODRIVE 611;
digital converter system
incl. data management
and measuring functions
for control loops
• Integrated in MMC 103 * F F F F F F F F F F
• On external PC * f f f f f f f f f f
MMC 103 standard f f f f f f f f f f f
operator
interface for PC/PG for
start–up or service
purposes during
operation without operator
panel
Start–up trace * F F F F F F F F F F
with MMC 103
drive optimization without
an
additional oscilloscope
F Standard
f Option
* not possible

Lists 04/00
CNC function Description of option
Axes, spindles; The SINUMERIK 810D can control 5 axes

Four measuring circuits are integrated in the (or 4 axes and 1 spindle or 3 axes, 1 spindle
additional
SINUMERIK FM–NC control as standard for with 1PH motor and 1 spindle with
axes and spindles. A maximum of 5 axes and servomotor digital) without requiring controller
spindles can be implemented with the plug–in
addition of an FM 354 module, where up to 2 modules of the SIMODRIVE 611 digital. The
spindles are permitted (total of basic version contains three (two) power
5 measuring circuits). sections in the CCU box.The measurement
The measurement encoder evaluation for encoder evaluation
SINUMERIK 840D is located in the digital (6 measuring channels) is located on the
drive modules of the SIMODRIVE 611 digital. front panel of the CCU (compact control unit).
The maximum configuration permits a total of
Axes
31 axes/spindles in 10 channels. The axes are divided according to their
The following expansion levels are possible: functions into:
• NCU 561.2: 1 mode group/ Axes
2 channels/2 axes Interpolating path axes
• NCU 571.2: 1 mode group/ Positioning axes
2 channels/6 axes Non–interpolating feed and positioning
• NCU 572.2: 1 mode group/ axes with axis–specific feed; axis
2 channels/10 axes movements are also possible outside block
• NCU 573.2: 2 mode groups/ limits.
12 channels/12 axes Spindles
• NCU 573.2: 10 mode groups/10 Spindle drives can be either speed or position
channels/31 axes controlled.
In the maximum configuration with NCU Auxiliary spindles
573.2, the system software supports 10 Auxiliary spindles are speed–controlled
channels per mode group, 12 axes including spindle drives without actual position encoder
12 spindles per channel. (e.g. for driven tools).
1D/3D distance control controls three machine axes and one gantry
in position control cycle The distance control can be used to evaluate axis and enables the distance required for
sensor signals for example via the fast machining for technical reasons to be held
analog input of the NCK I/O device (A/D constant automatically.The most important
conversion: 75 µs). application for this is laser cutting, e.g. radial
The “1D distance control in IPO cycle“ cutting of rods with non–
function can be used to calculate a position circular cross sections.
offset $AA_OFF for an axis via synchronized
Limited functionality of “1D/3D distance
action.
control in position control cycle“ on
The “1D/3D distance control in position SINUMERIK 840DE: the value measured can
control cycle“ (incl. in IPO cycle) function only be assigned to one axis at a time (1D).
Evaluation of internal The function is a prerequisite for the

drive variables With the “Evaluation of internal drive evaluation of real–time variables (drive
variables“ function, a measured process variables):
(requirement for adaptive
variable (e.g. spindle current) can be used to
control) $AA_LOAD drive load
control a second process variable (e.g. path–
or axis–specific feedrate). This permits the $AA_POWER drive active power
cutting volume during grinding to be kept $AA_TORQUE drive torque setpoint
constant, machines and tools are protected $AA_CURR axis/spindle current actual
from over-loading and shorter machining value
times and an improved surface quality are Limited functionality for SINUMERIK 810DE,
also attained. 840DE: only one measured variable
(e.g. spindle current) can be evaluated at a
time.
Axial coupling in The axes used can be reconfigured after they

machine coordinate This option is required in order to use axis have been reset.
system coup–lings created in the basic coordinate
(MCS coupling) system for transformations as well. A 1:1
coupling is carried out in the machine
coordinate system.

04/00 Lists
Path velocity–dependent example. The function is programmed with

The “path velocity–dependent analog value
analog value output the synchronized actions.
output“ can be used to output the current path
One application is in laser power control.
velocity in the IPO cycle. This value can be
made available by means of the analog
output on the NCU terminal block, for
Additional machining
channels A channel structure permits the use of permits the simultaneous and asynchronous
parallel movements, for example the traversal processing of the part programs of each
of a loading gantry simultaneously with channel. The “Channel switchover“ key on the
machining, and so reduces idle times. One operator panel selects the appropriate
machining channel can be regarded as being channel with the associated displays. Part
its own CNC control with decoding, block programs can then be selected and started
preparation and interpolation. The channel for a specific channel.
structure
5–axis 5–axis tool length offset for 5–axis

machining package 5–axis machining tasks, e.g. milling of machining
sculptured surfaces, can be performed
Considering the When machining with a 4th/5th axis, the
simply.
kinematics for: length of the selected tool is included
• Standard applications The “5–axis machining package“ provides the automatically in the axis movement and
• Universal milling following functions: corrected.
head/nutator 5–axis transformation with tool orientation
Oriented–tool retraction
In addition to the X, Y, and Z geometry For machining interruptions (e.g. for tool
axes, 5–axis machining uses further axes breakage), the tool can be retracted by a
(e.g.rotary axes to swivel the tool). The defined distance and with orientation via a
machining task can be fully defined using program command.
Cartesian space coordinates with Cartesian
Tool–oriented RTCP
position and orientation. The path vector is
The RTCP (remote tool center point)
converted to machine axes with position
function permits the tool swivel axes to be
and orientation in the control using the
traversed in manual mode while
5–axis transformation.
maintaining the point
marked by the tool tip. The RTCP function
simplifies the recording of program inter–
polation points using manual traversing
with tool orientation.
Operating mode group in every channel. A mode group can therefore

A mode group unites CNC channels with be regarded as an independent multi–
axes and spindles in a machining unit. A channel NC. In the maximum configuration of
mode group contains the channels which the SINUMERIK 840D, up to ten mode
must always operate simultaneously in the groups can be implemented using the NCU
same operating mode in order for the 573.2.
machining process to continue. Within the
mode group, every axis can be programmed
Actions applying to more For example, the ASUP can be used to move
than one operating mode Asynchronous subroutines (ASUPs) can be a grinding wheel that is in danger of colliding
used to respond to high–priority events not to a safe position.
(ASUPs and synchronized
only during the program processing but also
actions in all modes) (Static) synchronized actions programmed
in all modes and program states (see
using IDS=… operate beyond the end of the
“Interrupt routines with rapid lift from the
program and in all operating modes.
contour“).
An appropriate interrupt can also be used to
start an ASUP in the manual mode.
CNC user memory,
expansion All programs and data, such as part The CNC user memory is located on the NCU
programs, subroutines, comments, tool module and is provided with a backup
offsets, zero offsets/FRAMEs, and channel battery.
and program user data can be stored in the
common CNC user memory.

Lists 04/00
Continuous dressing changes as a result of the dressing, the CNC

(parallel dressing, online This function can be used to dress the shape calculates this dressing amount online as the
modification of tool of the grinding wheel parallel to the machining true radius offset. Limited functionality for
offset) operation. The offset resulting from the SIMUMERIK 810DE/ 840DE: only a single
dressing of the grinding wheel becomes measured variable (e.g. axis actual value,
immediately effective as the length offset. analog input) can be evaluated and then only
If the tool radius offset has been programmed one subsequent offset can be performed (e.g.
to machine a contour and the tool radius axis offset during the dressing of the grinding
wheel).
Beam sag compensation, • Freely–selectable compensation positions.

The effects of physical influences and
multi–dimensional Number can be configured (depending on
manufacturing tolerances, such as beam sag
the configuration of the CNC user memory)•
or leadscrew errors, can also be
• Weighting factor for the compensation of
compensated in several dimensions. The
tool weights
compensation tables can be switched from • Reference axis and compensation axis can
the PLC. be selected
Leadscrew errors can be compensated if the Application example:
reference axis and the compensation axis are Compensation of physical influences and
identical. manufacturing tolerances.
The supply of weighting factors (PLC Limited functionality for SINUMERIK 810DE/
interface) permits the stored compensation 840DE: the correctable tolerance range is
curves to be adapted to various conditions limited to 1 mm/0.039 in (for SIMUMERIK
(e.g. tools). 810DE/ 840D: 10 mm/0.394 in).
The main characteristics of interpolation and
compensation with tables are:
• Independent error curves can be defined.
Number = 2 x max. axis count
Electronic weight compensation compensates for this lowering

compensation For weight loaded axes without mechanical or of the axis. After the brake is released, the
hydraulic weight compensation, the vertical existing constant weight compensation torque
axis falls in an unwanted manner after maintains the
release of the brake and the activation of position of the vertical axis.
servo enable. The activation of the electronic
weight
Electronic axis in relation to up to five master axes. The
gear ELG The “Electronic gear“ makes possible high– relationships between the master axes and
precision kinematic linking of axes with the slave axis are defined for each master
programmable speed ratios. A program or axis by the coupling factor.Limited
operator panel can be used to design and functionality for SINUMERIK 840DE: the
select the link for any number of CNC axes. number of axes moved simultaneously is
The “Electronic gear“ function makes it limited to four.
possible to control the movement of a slave
Extended stop and
retract ESR, Retraction from the machining plane is Independent drive reactions are defined
independent drive accomplished in a safe and secure manner axially.
(incl. generator without a collision between tool and These form part of the functionality of
operation) workpiece. “Extended stop and retract ESR“.
Travel to fixed stop

This function can be used to traverse, for Travel to a fixed stop of several axes is
example, tailstocks or sleeves to a fixed stop possible simultaneously and in parallel to the
and so clamp workpieces. The applied movement of
pressure can be defined in the part program. other axes.
Generator operation,
independent drive The “Generator operation“ function can be of the spindle or the movement of the axis is
used in the event of short–term power failures fed back into the intermediate circuit in
or to supply the power required for accordance with the generator principle.
(independent drive) retraction. For this
purpose, the power stored in the rotation

04/00 Lists
CNC function Overview of functions
Pair of synchronized axes

(gantry axes) Two mechanically coupled axes can be The actual values are compared continuously
traversed simultaneously without mechanical and the smallest differences corrected.
offset.
Interrupt routines the interrupt routine can still be started in the

with rapid lift Interrupt routines are special subroutines that 8th program level and can lead to the 12th
from the contour can be started by events (external signal) program level. An interrupt (e.g. switching of
from the machining process. A part program a high–speed CNC input) can initiate a
being processed will be interrupted. The movement from the special subroutine that
interrupt permits a rapid lifting of the tool from the
position of the axes is stored automatically. workpiece contour currently being machined.
Similarly, it is possible to buffer the states The retraction angle and the path length can
such as G–functions and the current offsets also be parameterized. An
(SAVE mechanism), and so ensure a interrupt routine can also be executed after
subsequent continuation of the program at the rapid lift.
the point of interruption. Four additional
program levels are provided for interrupt
routines, i.e.
Contour monitoring with a defined diameter is placed along the
using The “Contour monitoring using tunnel programmed path.The axes are stopped
tunnel function function“ function can be used to monitor the immediately if, during the machining, axis
absolute movement of the tool tip in space in errors cause the path deviation to become
5–axis greater than the specified tunnel diameter.
machining or machining of complex The path deviation can also be written to an
workpieces. It provides optimum protection of analog output.
valuable workpieces. A round tunnel (tube)
Leading value coupling factors (e.g. 1.00023) and mirroring using
and curve table Continuous coupling and decoupling Frame commands are possible.
functions between master and slave axes are
interpolation Electronic curve table interpolation replaces
required for the replacement of mechanical,
the cams previously required for the control of
cyclical transport tasks with electronic
cyclic machines.
functions in automatic operation in special
technologies (presses, transfer lines, printing Complex movements can be easily defined
presses, etc.). using known CNC language elements. The
control value of the control forms the external
The “synchronous spindle“ functionality is
reference variable (e.g. line shaft). The
extended here to include the “lead value
leading axis/following axis functional
coupling“ function. This also permits linear
relationship can
leading axes and following axes to be coupled
be divided into sections of the leading axis
using curve tables in the CNC program.
(curve segments). Mathematic functions
Any functional relationships between axis (normally 3rd degree polynomials) describe
positions can be approximated. Soft coupling the lead value – following value coupling in
avoids speed jumps when the leading axis is these curve segments.
activated. Offsets (e.g. 12 degrees), scaling
Look ahead The “Look ahead“ function looks ahead over
The machining of complex contours mainly a parameterized number of traversal blocks
results in program blocks with very small to achieve an optimum machining speed.
paths and often sharp–edged curves. A non– During tangential block transitions,
optimum machining result is produced if such acceleration and deceleration is performed
a contour is machined with a fixed– across block limits to ensure that the speed is
programmed path speed. Because of the maintained. The round–ing of the contour
short paths, the drives do not reach the along a sharp–edged path is reduced to a
required end speed for traversal blocks with programmable path dimension (“Continuous–
tangential transitions. The path mode with programmable rounding
contour is rounded at corners. distance“).

Lists 04/00
Master/slave for drives set to a tensioning torque that can be set via
The “Master/slave for drives“ function is the machine data.
required when two electrical drives are
Sample applications are:
mechanically linked to one axis. A torque
controller ensures that both drives produce • Improved performance and (temporary)
exactly the same torque in such a link, since mechanical linking of drives Drives with two
the two motors would otherwise counteract motors that operate on one geared rod
each other. • Reworking of wheel blocks for rail stock
To achieve a tensioning between the master • Reversing of mutually tensioned drives
and slave drives, the torque controller can be without play
Multi–axis interpolation limited by the option and machine data, as

The basic configuration of the controls well as by the number of axes available in the
permits up to four axes of simultaneous channel, e.g. to a maximum of 12 axes for
interpolation NCU 573.2. The helical interpolation permits
With SINUMERIK 840D, the number of the following for FM–NC and SINUMERIK
interpolating axes can be expanded. It is 810D: 2D+2.
Several feedrates in
one block The “Several feedrates in one block“ function a retraction synchronized with the movement.
can be used to activate 6 different feed The retraction is initiated with a previously
values of a CNC block depending on the defined amount within an IPO cycle. The
external digital and/or analog inputs, a dwell distance–to–go that remains is deleted.
time and
Measurement stage 2 The measurement results during continuous
Whereas each measurement function for (cyclical) measurement are written to a FIFO
motion blocks in the part program is restricted variable. Endless measurement can be
to one block, measurement functions from achieved by the cyclical reading of the FIFO
synchronized actions can be switched on at values. The measurement results can be
any time independently of the part program. optionally
The measurement results in the CNC block logged in a file of the control or output to a
can be assigned to the axes. Up to 4 trigger printer or PC using the RS 232 C (V.24) inter–
results can be processed per position control face. The user can specify the layout of the
cycle during simultaneous measurement. The standard report contained in the measurement
measured values are read as a function of the cycles.
three parameters probe, axis and
Limited functionality for SINUMERIK 810DE/
measurement edge.
840DE: Measurement from synchronized
actions and cyclical measurement are not
possible.
Reciprocating functions Behavior of the reciprocating axis at the
In this function, an axis reciprocates with the turning point:
programmed feedrate between two turning
• Change of direction initiated
points. Used, for example, on grinding
machines. - Without reaching the exact stop limit
(soft turning)- After reaching the
Asynchronous reciprocating beyond block
programmed position, or
limits
- After reaching the programmed position
Several reciprocating axes can be active. and after the dwell time has expired.
Further axes can interpolate or infeed in any • The following intervention is possible:
way during the reciprocating movement. The
- The reciprocating movement and infeed
reciprocating axis can be the input axis for the
can be stopped by deletion of distance–
dynamic transformation or the leading axis for
to–go.
gantry and slave axes.
- Change the turning points using CNC
Block–defined reciprocation program, PLC, handwheel or direction
• Reciprocation with infeed in both turning keys.
points or just the left or right turning point. - Changes to the feed speed of the
Infeed by a programmable distance is reciprocat–ing axis via CNC program,
possible before the turning point. PLC or override.
• Sparking out strokes are possible on - Control of the reciprocating movement
completion of the reciprocation movement. using the PLC.
The spindle can also perform a reciprocating
movement.

04/00 Lists
Interface via PROFIBUS–DP provides the protocol profile CCU 2 of the SINUMERIK 840D contain a
PROFIBUS–DP for the distributed I/O devices. It permits a PLC 315–2 DP that is compatible with
very SIMATIC S7–300.
fast cyclic communication for small data The distributed I/O devices (e.g. ET 200) are
volumes. The formation of an optimum connected for communication. These I/O
subset devices are described in Catalog ST 70 and
of the PROFIBUS message–frame services Catalog ST PI. I/O devices can also be
and the increase of the transmission speed to operated using the SIMATIC S7–300 with the
maximum 12 Mbit/s means that the bus cycle IM 361 interface module and a CP 342–5 DP
times are so small that they can be ignored. communications processor without the
The advantages of the PROFIBUS remain: integrated interface connection of the NCUs
High availability, data security and standard (transmission rate up to 1.5 Mbit/s). See
message–frame structure. Section 11 for literature on PROFIBUS–DP.
All NCUs of the SINUMERIK 840D and the
PLC user
memory expansion The PLC user memory in the SINUMERIK of 32 KB, from the basic version of 64 KB to
810D/ 840D controls can be extended in units 128 KB (CCU1) and to 288 KB (CCU2 and
NCUs).
Polynomial interpolation current block; a2 and a3 must be calculated

This function can be used for the interpolation
of curves in which the CNC axes follow the externally and then programmed. Polynomial
function: interpolation can be used to produce an
unlim–ited range of curves, such as straight
f(p) = a0 + a1p + a2p2 + a3p3
lines,
(polynomial of maximum 3rd degree) The a0
parabolic curves and exponential functions.
coefficient is the end point of the previous
block; a1 is calculated as the end point of the A tool radius offset can be used in the same
way as linear and circular interpolation.
Positioning axes Positioning axes operate at an axis–specific perform movements in parallel to the
feed– rate. They do not need to be involved machining without requiring an additional
with the actual machining, e. g. channel. The execution of parallel
workpiece/tool feeder, tool magazine. movements permits large reductions in
Positioning axes can machining idle times.
Programmable The maximum acceleration value stored in
acceleration The “Programmable acceleration“ function is
used to influence the axis acceleration in the the control is not exceeded. The limitation
program, for example to limit the mechanical acts in AUTOMATIC mode and in all
vibration in critical program sections. interpolation
modes. As part of intelligent movement
The path axis or the positioning axis is then
control, this function also ensures a more
accelerated with the programmed value.
accurate workpiece surface.
Program preprocessing The preprocessing of cycles permits a programming language sections and
significant reduction in the machining time of computationally demanding programs (e.g.
a CNC program. The programs located in the with control structures, synchronized
directories for standard and user cycles with movement actions, cutting cycles) can
set machine data are processed on “power achieve machining time reductions of up to
on“. In particular, programs with high–level 1/3.
Automatic quadrant error
compensation Quadrant error compensation largely The circularity test inte–grated in the MMC
eliminates the contour errors at the quadrant 103 can be used to check the result of the
transitions that result from the different quadrant error compensation.
friction characteris–tics on control paths.
Repos A repositioning to the contour can also be Program commands provide a number of
(repositioning by performed automatically. Repositioning can approach strategies:
program) be performed with new tool offsets. The
interrupted program is continued with the new • Approach the interrupt point
tool offsets. • Approach the block start point
• Approach the block end point
• Approach a path point between block start
and interrupt

Lists 04/00
Inclined axes Optional traversing of 2 axes one after

Fixed angle interpolation taking into account another or interpolating, also in conventional
an inclined infeed axis or grinding wheel by operation. The grinding–specific tool offsets
entering an angle. can also be used.
The axes are programmed and displayed in
Cartesian coordinates.
SINUMERIK Safety The following can be implemented with each
Integrated SINUMERIK Safety Integrated provides axis and spindle:
integrated prototype–tested safety functions
Safe shut down
for the effective protection of personnel and
(transition from motion to rest)
machines. All safety functions satisfy the
requirements of Safety Category 3 in Safe operational stop
accordance with EN 954–1 and Requirement (drives remain position controlled)
Class 4 as per DIN VDE 0801. This ensures Safe stop
that the essential requirements of the EC (drives are pulse cleared)
Machine Directive 89/392/EEC can be Safe reduced speed
implemented easily and economically. (set–up mode without enable key)
The functional scope includes safe speed and Safe software limit switch
standstill monitoring, safe work area and (variable traversing range limitation)
protec–tion zone limitation and area Safe software cams
detection. Further integrated functions in the (area recognition)
“Safety Integrated“ package enable the direct
Safety–oriented input/output signals
connection of dual–channel I/O signals, e.g.
(interface with process)
from an emergency stop switch or light
Safe programmable logic (direct
barrier. The logical linking and the reactions
are implemented internally using safe connection and internal interlinking of
technology. safety–relevant
No additional sensors or analysis equipment signals)
are required. In addition to highly effective Reliable functions, fast response and wide
protection of personnel and machines, this acceptance make this certified safety system
cuts installation costs and reduces the size of a highly effective one.
the switchgear cabinet. The prototype test has been performed by the
The safety functions are available in all German Institute for Occupational Safety.
modes and can communicate with the The test certificate has been issued.
process using safety–oriented input/output
signals.
Spline interpolation A very smooth curve can be produced with

is possible in spline interpolation, linear and
spline interpolation using only a few specified
circular interpolation.
interpolation points of a set contour. The
interpolation points are linked using Any polynomial can represent a spline. It is
polynomials. merely the algorithm that determines the type
The compressor converts linear blocks (e.g. of the spline.
from the CAD) at block transitions into A–spline is only a continuous tangent.
consis–tent–speed (cubic) splines B–spline is a continuous tangent and a
(COMPON) or into consistent–acceleration contin–uous curvature, but does not pass
splines (COMPCURV). The resulting smooth through the interpolation points.
transitions reduce wear on the mechanical C–spline is a continuous tangent and a
partso f the machine tool. contin–uous curvature and passes through
The close setting of the interpolation points the interpolation points.
also permits fairly sharply–edged contours to
be produced. The spline interpolation function
also permits a large reduction in the number
of program blocks. Tool radius compensation

04/00 Lists
Punching and nibbling The punching and nibbling functions are few milliseconds is achieved using fast
functions principally implemented with language signals. The signals synchronize the NCK
commands (high–level language elements), and the punching unit.
stroke control and automatic path Automatic path segmentation
segmentation. “Automatic path segmentation“ divides a
Language commands specified CNC block into equal–sized path
The special punching and nibbling sections, where the length of the individual
functions are activated and deactivated subsections in each block can be
using configurable language commands. parameterized.
Stroke control The section is divided into equal distances
Immediate stroke control in the range of a for linear and circular interpolation.
Synchronized actions More than 16 synchronized axes can be programs in the same IPO cycle by scanning
Stage 2 active in a CNC block and a maximum of 256 digital inputs.
parallel actions can be programmed in every Limited functionality for SINUMERIK
channel. Synchronized actions can be used 810DE/840DE: The number of axes traversed
to combine technology cycles as programs. simultaneously is limited to 4 (path and
This permits, for example, initiation of axis positioning axes).
Synchronous spindle/ Angle–accurate synchronous operation of a On–the–fly transfer
multi–edge turning lead– ing spindle with one or more following
• n1 = n2
spindles provides, particularly for turning
machines, the capability of on–the–fly • angle 1 = angle 2 or
workpiece transfer from spindle 1 to spindle 2
• angle 2 = angle 1 + angle D
(reduction of idle times caused by
reclamping). The specification of an integer transmission
ratio between the main spindle and a “tool
In addition to the speed synchronization, the
spindle“ provides the conditions for multi–
relative angular position of the spindles to
edge machining (polygon turning).
each other can be specified, e.g. on–the–fly,
position–oriented transfer of chamfered Multi–edge turning:
workpieces.
n2 = Ü · n1
Configuring and selection are performed
using either the CNC program or the operator
panel. Several synchronous spindle pairs can
be implemented.
Tangential control • Approach of the cutting wheel for glass or
Tangential control permits a rotary axis to paper processing
track in the direction of the tangent of two
Tangential control is active in every
path axes. The two leading axes and the
interpolation type.
tracked axis are in the same channel.
Application example
Applications are:
It is common that the punching tool and the
• Tangential approach of a rotating tool during
associated dies on nibbling machines can be
nibbling
rotated. A tool can then be used in different
• Tracking of the workpiece alignment with a ways and frequent tool changes become
band saw unnecessary. This permits contours to be
• Approach of the dressing tool to a grinding produced with a low degree of surface
wheel roughness.
• Tangential feed of a wire during 5–axis
welding
Temperature • Position–independent factors (e.g.
compensation The thermal expansion of the machine as it displacement of the ballbearing spindle
affects the measuring system can be resulting from the expansion of the machine
compensated for specific axes. The bed).
temperature values are recorded using the
The PLC user program can pass the axis–
PLC.
specific correction parameters to the CNC.
The following compensations are possible:
• Position–dependent temperature effects
(e.g. expansion of the ballbearing spindle)

Lists 04/00
Handling transformation The transformation package “Handling“ With this coordinate transformation, the
package contains the so–called transformation motions of the handling device become
standard block, which can be used to operate considerably easier and more user–friendly.
typical 2–5–axis handling mechanisms, such Setup, that is to say the manual traversing of
as gantry or Scara. This coordinate the handling device using the jog keys of the
transformation package converts the axis– handheld programming unit, for example, can
specific actual values of the axes (e.g. A1 to be carried out in the Cartesian coordinate
A4) into Cartesian values (e.g. X, Y, Z, A) and system as well as in the axis–specific
the programmed Cartesian setpoint values coordinate system. The machine data are
back into axis–specific values for the handling used in each case to match the
equipment. transformation to the kinematics.
Transmit/peripheral The “Transmit“ function permits the milling of Transmit through the pole is implemented in
surface transformation outside contours on turned parts, e.g. various ways:
rectangle (linear axis with rotary axis). • During travel through the pole, the rotary
This simplifies programming and improves axis is automatically turned through 180?
machine efficiency due to complete after
machining: Turning and milling on one reaching the turning center and then the
machine without reclamping. 3D interpolation rest of the block processed.
with two linear axes and one rotary axis is • The control automatically reduces the
possible. The two linear axes are feedrate and acceleration during travel
perpendicular to each other and the rotary close to the pole.
axis is parallel to one of the linear axes. • If the path contains a corner in the pole of
Transmit can be invoked simultaneously in the rotary axis, the control automatically
different channels. Selection and deselection compensates for the change of position in
of the function is possible with a preparatory the rotary axis with automatic block
function (straight line, helix, polynomial and insertion.
activation of tool radius offset) in the part “Peripheral surface transformation“ is used
program or with MDA. for turning machines and milling machines. It
The area of the pole of the transformation is permits peripheral surface machining, e.g. of
reached with Transmit if the tool center can turned parts.
be positioned at the turning center of the Three orthogonal linear axes and one rotary
rotary axis included the transformation. axis (parallel to one of the linear axes) permit
the creation of slots with parallel sides and
flat bottom.
Feed interpolation In accordance with DIN 66 025, the F traversed linearly increasing or decreasing
address can specify a constant feed in the with the FLIN address over the path distance
part program block. To permit a more flexible from the current value at the block start to the
specification of the feed characteristic, block end. The FCUB address is used to
programming to DIN 66025 has been connect the F–values programmed in each
expanded to include linear and cubic block with a spline with reference to the block
characteristics above the path. The cubic end point.
characteristics can be programmed directly or The spline starts and ends tangentially to the
as an interpolating spline. The default setting previous or following feed value. The FPO
FNORM identifies the constant feed over the address is used to achieve a feed
entire path distance. An F–value programmed characteristic using a polynomial from the
in the block can be current value through to the end of the block
in which the F address was programmed.
Acceleration–dependent The dynamic and acceleration–dependent accuracy even for high path speeds.
feedforward control feedforward control can largely eliminate Feedforward control can be selected and
contour inaccuracies caused by following deselected for specific axes via the part
errors. This results in excellent machining program.
Position switching The path switching signals can be used to set protection zones or the position–dependent
signals/ position–dependent interface signals for the initiation of movements, e.g. hydraulic
cam controller PLC. The positioning values that are to be reciprocating axes in grinding.16 position
used to set the signal output and a lead/delay signal pairs are available. The position
time can be programmed in the part program switching signals are output in IPO cycles.
and changed in the setting data. The function However, they can also be output as
can be controlled with the PLC. switching outputs using the “High–speed
Examples of applications are the activation of CNC inputs/outputs“ function in positioning
control cycles.

04/00 Lists
3D tool
radius offset 3D tool radius offset or tool offset in space The radius of a cylindrical cutter at the tool’s
permits the machining of angular surfaces. point of contact is taken into consideration.
The 3D tool radius offset function permits The drilling depth of a cylindrical cutter can
peripheral milling and face milling with the be programmed. In addition to the X, Y and Z
specification of a path. The angular clamping planes, the cutter can be turned around the
position of a tool on the machine can be advance angle, angle of inclination or lateral
entered and corrected. The control edge.
automatically calculates the resulting
positions and movements.
Tool management • Axis motion during tool change with
The tool management function ensures that automatic synchronization at next D number
the correct tool is always present at the right
• Count and tool life monitoring with
location on the machine and that the data
prewarning limit
assigned to a tool are up to date. It is used
with machine tools that have a circular Up to 30 magazines with a maximum of 1500
magazine, chain magazine or box magazine. magazine slots and 1500 tools with up to 9
In addition, it permits fast insertion of a tool, cutters per tool (maximum 1500) can be
and avoids rejects by monitoring the tool managed.
usage time and machine stoppage time by With the MMC 103 as highest expansion
taking account of replacement tools. level, the full scope of functions of tool
The following are the most important management can be used. The major
functions for tool management: functions are also avail–able using OP 030
and MMC 100.2.
• Tool selection over all magazines and
revolvers for active tools and spare tools For the SINUMERIK 810D/840D, SINTDI also
makes available other tool management
• Determination of an empty location to match
functions, such as tool records and online
the tool size and type
coupling to the tool preset device, in addition
• Tool–dependent location coding (fixed and to tool management.
variable)
• Initiation of tool change using T or M
command
Major functions in OP 030 MMC 100.2 MMC 103
tool management
System displays in the standard software F F F
Configuration options for screen forms and - - F
softkeys
User–friendly start–up via system displays - - F
Editing of tool data F F F
Magazine and tool list F F F
Search for empty location and location F F F
positioning
Tool loading and unloading F F F
User–friendly search for empty location via - - F
softkeys
1) 1)
Several magazines possible F
Several loading/unloading points per magazine - - F
Tool cabinet and tool catalog - - F
Clear D–number structure - - F
Adapter data - - F
Location–dependent offsets - - F
Loading and unloading via code carrier system - - F
1)
Data backup via V.24 (RS 232 C) interface F F
Data backup on hard disk - - F
F Standard
1) Available soon.

Lists 04/00
1.2 Positioning modules and controls

FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A
positioning positioning positioning positioning
module module module control
Assembly/application
Assembly system
• SIMATIC S7–300 F F F *
• SIMODRIVE 611 digital * * * F
Axes per module 1 1 4 1
Channels per module 1 1 1 1
4 interpolating axes, maximum * * F *
1) 1)
Max. axes per SIMATIC PLC 34 1
Drives
• FM STEPDRIVE F * F *
• SIMODRIVE 611 analog/universal * F F *
• SIMODRIVE 611 digital * * * F
Control of stepper motor drives * *
F F
Compatible measuring systems
Indirect measuring systems

• Incremental rotary measuring * F F 2) *
systems via RS 422
• Incremental rotary measuring * * * F
systems with voltage signal sin/cos
• Absolute rotary measuring systems with SSI * F F 2) *
• Absolute rotary measuring systems * * * F
with voltage signal sin/cos, EnDat
Direct measuring systems
• Incremental rotary measuring systems via RS 422 * F F2) *
• Incremental rotary measuring * * * F
systems with voltage signal sin/cos
• Absolute rotary measuring systems with SSI * F F 2) *
• Absolute rotary measuring systems * * * F
with voltage signal sin/cos, EnDat
• Absolute linear scale with SSI * F F 2) *
• Absolute linear scale with voltage signal sin/cos, * * * *
EnDat
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Depending on the requirement and configuration of the

module rack.
2) Also in conjunction with stepper drives.

04/00 Lists
FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A

Functionality
Traversing range “1000 m/3280 ft F F F F

Velocity [mm/min] * 0.01 to 0.001 to 0.01 to
500 000 10 000 000 500 000
Max. stepping frequency [kHz] 200 * 250 *
Acceleration [m/s2] * 0.001 to 100 0.001 to 100 0.001 to 100
Acceleration (kHz/s] for stepper drives 0.01 to * 0.001 to 100 *
10 000
Jerk time [s] * 0 to 10 0 to 10 0 to 10
Basic resolution
• [mm] 10-3 10-3 10-3 10-3
• [inch] 10-4 10-4 10-4 10-4
• [degree] 10-2,10-4 10-2,10-4 10-2,10-4 10-2,10-4
Position–controlled operation * F F F
Controlled operation with stepper drives F * F *
Position control clock pulse [ms] * 2 5 2 to 10
IPO clock pulse [ms] 2 2 10 to 15 2 to 10
Rotary axis F F F F
Automatic block search/reverse block search F F F F
Programmable acceleration F F F F
High–speed process signals
• Inputs 4 4 4 4
3)
• Outputs 4 4 0 4
Possible assignment of high–speed inputs:
• External start F F F F
• Enable input (stop) F F F F
• External block change F F * F
• On the fly actual value setting F F * F
• On the fly measurement F F F 4) F
• Reference–point switch F F F F
• Reversing cam F F F F
5)
Possible assignment of high–speed outputs: F F F
• Position reached stop
• Forwards, reverse
• M function output M97/M98
• Start enable
• Direct output (for users)
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
3) Expandable using local bus segment.

4) Not in case of FM 357 L.
5) Usable with I/O from local bus segments.

Lists 04/00
FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A

CNC programming
Programming language (acc. to DIN 66025) F F F F

Number of traversing programs 199 199 F 199
1) 1) 3) 2)
3)
Max. program length in blocks 100 100 255
Max. block capacity per module F F F F
1) 1) 3) 2)
Subroutine levels, maximum 1 1 7 1

Subroutine number of passes, maximum 250 250 ⊄ 9999 250
3)
Max. number of different subroutines 20 20 20
from one program
Dimensions [mm], [degree], [inch] F F F F
Skip block F F F F
Subroutines F F F F
Continuous loop with M18 F F F F
Actual–value–specific M function F F F F
M function, time/acknowledgment–controlled F F F F
Syntax check F F F F
Communication
User data storage on PG of

• Onboard FEPROM * * * F
• Hard disk, floppy disk FM Param FM Param FM Param PIT
• Memory card * * F *
I/O bus, S7–CPU ´ FM F F F Integrated
Software technology module for communication F F F F
between the CPU and positioning module
Multi–point interface MPI * * * F
• Via SIMATIC S7–CPU F F F *
Networking with PROFIBUS–DP via SIMATIC S7 CP f f f f
342–5 DP
SIMODRIVE drive interface * ∼10 V ∼10 V Integrated4)
FM STEPDRIVE drive interface F * F *
(stepping frequency, directional signal)
Data interchange via memory card * * F Firmware
update
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Limited by program memory (16 KB) 3) Limited by program memory (125 KB)
2) Limited by program memory (32 KB) 4) SIMODRIVE 611 digital with standard control.

04/00 Lists
FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A

Operation
Standard screen forms for OP7 F F F *

5) 5) 6)
Standard screen forms for OP17 F F F *

5) 5) 5) 6)
Standard screen forms for OP27 * * f *

6)
OP 031 slimline operator panel, * * * f

LC display, monochrome with MMC module
PP 031–MC Push Button Panel * * * f
System languages English, French, German, Italian * * * f
and Spanish for retrofitting/upgrading in MMC 100.2 6)
Operating modes and machine functions
Incremental dimension relative F F F F

Jog F F F F
Control F F F F
6)
MDI F F F F
Automatic F F F F
Reference–point approach F F F F
Follow–up mode * F F F
Parking axis F F F F
Simulation F F F F
Linear measurement F F F F
Reference–point retrigger F F F F
Disable enable input F F F F
Disable software limit switch F F F F
In–process measurement F F F
F 8)
7)
Disable automatic drift compensation * F F
Preset (set actual value) F F F F
Block search/reverse block search F F F F
6)
Teach–in F F F
Delete distance–to–go F F F F
Restart F F F F
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
5) Included in configuration package. 7) Not required.

6) On request. 8) Not with 357 L.

Lists 04/00
FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A

Offsets and reference points
20 tool offsets F F F F
Tool offsets 1 length + 1 wear (add./abs.) F F F F
Zero offset F F F F
Reference point offset F F F F
1)
Automatic drift compensation for analog speed * F F
setpoints
Backlash compensation F F F F
Axis monitoring functions
Software limit switch monitoring function F F F F

Position monitoring function * F F F
Zero speed monitoring function * F F F
Rotation monitoring function F * F *
Data transmission with verification F F F F
Limiting value F F F F
Following error * F F F
Cable break * F F F
Setpoint F F F F
Watchdog F F F F
PLC area
FM usable in SIMATIC S7–300 from CPU 312 from CPU 312 from CPU 314 *
2) 2)
Integrated SIMATIC S7–300 CPU 314 * * * F

3)
PLC programming with HiGraph * * f f

STEP 7 expansion package
S7 technology modules f f f f
Digital inputs/outputs, maximum 992 992 992 768
Maximum number of I/O modules 31 31 31 24
Flags 2048 2048 2048 2048
Timers/counters 128/64 128/64 128/64 128/64
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
1) Not required. 3) CPU 314 with 76 KByte.

2) For parameters, see corresponding CPU 31.

04/00 Lists
FM 353 FM 354 FM 357L/LX MCU 172A

Processing time (1024 statements)

• Typical, bit commands 0.3 ms 0.3 ms 0.3 ms 0.5 ms
• 1/3 word and 2/3 bit commands 0.6 ms 0.6 ms 0.6 ms 1 ms
FB/FC/DB for each 128 128 128 128
Cyclic block F F F F
Time–controlled blocks F F F F
STEP 7 programming language F F F F
Programming STL, SCL, LAD/SFC F F F F
Devices for PLC programming and program test PG 7../PC PG 7../PC PG 7../PC PG 7../PC
Memory card (flash EPROM) CPU 314 CPU 314 CPU 314 F
CPU 315 CPU 315 CPU 315
CPU 316
CPU 318–2
Diagnostics functions
PLC status F F F F
Diagnostic buffer with indication of
• Time * * * F
• Error identifiers F 4) F 4) F 4) F 5)
• Additional information * * * F
List of all pending errors * * * F
CPU system faults * * * F
User program events * * * F
Servo alarms F F F F
with text
Diagnostic alarms and messages F F F *
Parameterization/start–up
PG 720, PG 740, PG 760 programming devices f f f f

PC with MPI card f f f f
Windows–based start–up tool F F F f
Configuration via SIMATIC STEP 7 F F F F
Start–up functions
• Function generator * * * F
• DAC * * * F
• Measuring functions * * F F
F Standard
f Option
* not possible
4) The last 5 events.

5) The last 100 events.

Lists 04/00
Export and standard control versions
Export notes
As a result of export restrictions that exist for the system The export versions (SINUMERIK 810DE/840DE/FM–NC
software of numerical controls with respect to certain control and also the FM 357L positioning module) are limited in their
functions in accordance with the European/German export functionality in accordance with the export list restrictions and
list, the SINUMERIK 810D, SINUMERIK 840D and the FM so not subject to approval in accordance with EU and
357 positioning module can be supplied in two versions. This German law with regard to their “type“.
applies to the NCU system software for the SINUMERIK The approval status for the complete CNC system depends
840D, to the CCU components with integrated system on the control or control versions used.
software for the SINUMERIK 810D and for the system Note:
firmware for the FM 357 positioning module.
If a re–export approval requirement in accordance with US
The standard versions (SINUMERIK 810D/840D, FM 357LX law applies to certain components, this must also be taken
positioning module) provide the full function capability of the into consideration (information in the delivery documents or
control but are subject to approval for export to countries on request). Similarly, a resulting approval requirement may
outside the EU. need to be taken into consideration with regard to the final
location and purpose
Function restrictions for the export versions
Function Order No. SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK FM 357L

FM–NC 810DE 840DE positioning
module
In–process measurement F * * * *
Helical interpolation 2D+6 F * * * *
Distance control 1D/3D in position control 6FC5 251 – * * * *
cycle 0AC05 – 0AA0
Evaluation of internal drive variables 6FC5 251 – * f 1) f *
0AB17 – 0AA0
Axial coupling in machine coordinate system 6FC5 251 – * * * *
(MCS coupling) 0AD11 – 0AA0
5–axis machining package 6FC5 251 – * * * *
0AA10 – 0AA0
Continuous dressing 6FC5 251 – * f 1) f *
0AB10 – 0AA0
1)
Multi–dimensional beam sag compensation 6FC5 251 – * f f *
0AB15 – 0AA0
Electronic drive ELG 6FC5 251 – * * f *
0AE00 – 0AA0
Master value coupling and 6FC5 251 – * * f *
curve table interpolation 0AD06 – 0AA0
Multi–axis interpolation 6FC5 251 – * * * *
(> 4 interpolating axes) 0AA16 – 0AA0
Measurement stage 2 6FC5 251 – * f 1) f *
0AD00 – 0AA0
OEM–NCK compile cycles 6FC5 251 – * * * *
0AA20 – 0AA0
Synchronized actions stage 2 6FC5 251 – * f f *
0AD05 – 0AA0
Handling transformation package 6FC5 251 – * * * *
0AD07 – 0AA0
F Standard f Option * not possible
1) Available soon.

04/00 Lists
Important export notes: If the control built into the machine tool is to be exported, it is
recommended that the delivery of those spare parts which
Because the export of the standard versions
require approval be included as a precautionary measure in
(components/sys– tem) is subject to a time–intensive official
the approval application at the time of procurement by the
approval procedure that also applies to the delivery of the
machine manufacturer. However, if the machine is exempt
components requiring approval as part of service and spare
from approval, it is still recommended as a precautionary
parts supply. The export versions should be used whenever
measure, that an approval application be procured for the
possible..
delivery of spare parts requiring approval.
If standard versions are used, special care must be taken in The delivery of spare parts requiring approval can be made
order to ensure that approval requirements also apply to quickly and free of complications by the manufacturer, or by
export components requiring approval in spare parts Siemens if the manufacturer provides Siemens with the
deliveries. This applies in particular to controls that have original approval document.
been built into machine tools by the machine manufacturer
■
which can then be exported, exempt from export license.
The long official approval procedure that this entails can
greatly restrict quality service.

Lists 04/00
1.3 SINUMERIK 840 Di
Order No. SINUMERIK 840Di SINUMERIK 840D
SINUMERIK 840Di Software General Version
840Di System Software on Hard 6FC5258-1AX00-1AF0

Disk
• Windows NT 4.0 (US Version)
• CNC System Software
• PLC System Software
• 840Di Startup (German/English)
• Startup tool for

SIMODRIVE 611 universal
(SIMOCOM U)
• Startup tool for CNC

(SINUCOM NC)
• Toolbox (basic PLC program,

standard machine data, CNC
variable selector)
HMI Advanced on request 1)

Standard operator interface for
machine tools (successor of
MMC 103)
ProTool/Pro Option SINUMERIK on request 1)

Configuring Tool
Basic Version
Option
- Not possible
1)
Available soon

04/00 Lists
SINUMERIK 840Di Hardware General Version
• PCU 50 with MCI Board (copper) 6FC5220-0AA00-1AA0

with system software installed (system software to be
Pentium II/333MHz/64MB ordered separately)
DC 24V
• MCI Board Extension 6FC5222-0AA00-0AA0
• Windows NT 4.0 on CD,

User Manual, US Version
• Memory Extension 64MB on request
• Memory Extension 128MB on request
• SITOP Power, DC-UPS Module 10 6EP1931-2DC11
6EP1935-6DM01
• AKKU_Module
• PCU 50 as a spare part without 6FC5210-0DF01-0AA0 E

system software
• MCI Board (copper) as a spare part 6FC5222-0AA00-1AA0 E
• Battery for MCI Board 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0 E
• 4.8 GB hard disk (HD) with 6FC5247-0AF08-0AA0 E

mounting plate and dampers
for PCU 50
• Power supply for PCU 50, DC 24V on request E

• Fan for PCU 50 on request E
• Battery for PCU 50 on request E
Basic Version
Option
- Not possible
E Spare part

Lists 04/00
Control System General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2

Structure/Application
Design Technology
• SIMODRIVE 611 --
• PCU – –
Drives See Catalog NC 60.1 Part 8
• SIMODRIVE 611 universal 1) 3) Fehler!

Textmarke nicht
• SIMODRIVE 611 digital -- definiert.
2)
• SIMODRIVE 611 analog --
--
Control of – – –
stepper motor drives
FM STEPDRIVE
Mode groups
• 1 mode group
• Maximum configuration 2 1 1
Each additional mode group 6FC5251-0AD00-0AA0 – –
Machining channels
• 1 machining channel
• Maximum configuration 2 2 2
Each additional 6FC5251-0AA07-0AA0

machining channel
Additional – – –
axis/spindle + channel
CNC user memory

(battery-backed) for 0.5 256 256
programs and data MB KB KB
Extension of CNC user memory 6FC5251-0AD02-0AA0 –

by 256 KB each
(max. 1.5 MB)
Free user memory

on the hard disk
of MMC 103/ PCU 50 for
programs and data
1.0 GB
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Control via PROFIBUS DP with Motion Control functionality
2)
Via PROFIBUS DP measuring circuit module
3)
Control via analog or PROFIBUS interface

04/00 Lists
Control System General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2

Structure/Application (cont'd.)
Axes/spindles and/or
positioning axes/auxiliary spindles 5 5 5
• Maximum configuration - axes 9 6 10
• Maximum configuration - spindles 9 6 10
• Maximum configuration - axes 9 6 10

and spindles
• Configuration per channel: Axes 9 6 10

including spindles 9 6 10

interpolating
axis/spindle 1)

positioning axis 1)
(axis-specific feed)
or auxiliary spindle
(spindle-specific speed)
In additional, as a package: – – –
4 machining channels
and 13 axes
FM 354 as an NC axis – – –
(5th axis)
FM 354 as a See Catalog NC 60.1 Part 4

FM 353 as a See Catalog NC 60.1 Part 4

Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Option: if number of axes + spindles > 5

Lists 04/00
Connectable Measuring Systems General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Max. number 9/18 1) 12 2) 20 2)

Incremental rotary measuring 3) – –
systems with RS 422 (TTL)
Linear scale LMS with current signal – – –
• via external pulse shaper electronics – – –
• via SIMODRIVE 611 digital –
closed-loop control module
Linear scale LMS with voltage signal – – –
sin/cos 1 VPP
• via SIMODRIVE 611 universal – – –
shaft-angle encoder output
• via SIMODRIVE 611 universal – –
(linear drive)
• via PROFIBUS-DP measuring – –
circuit module (available soon)
Linear scale LMS with distance-coded – – –
reference marks:
Absolute encoder connection with 3) – –
serial synchronous interface
Absolute encoder connection – – –
with EnDat,
sin/cos 1 VPP
Built-in encoder 1FT6/1FK6 – – –
Incremental encoders – – –
with sin/cos 1VPP
Resolver
1)
Second measuring system for one axis via PROFIBUS DP measuring circuit module,
available soon
2)
Two measuring systems per axis
3)
Via PROFIBUS DP measuring circuit module, available soon

04/00 Lists
CNC functionality: General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2

Program functions
Preprocessing buffer,
dynamic (FIFO)
Look-ahead 6FC5250-0AA06-0AA0
Program preprocessing 6FC5251-0AC02-0AA0

1)
Axis/spindle change
Geometrical axes,
online-selectable in the CNC program
FRAME concept
Machining of inclined surfaces

using FRAMEs
CNC functionality: Axis functions
Feedrate override
0 % to 200 %
Feedrate override,
axis-specific
0 % to 200 %
Traversing range
± 9 decades
Rotary axis, turning endlessly
Measuring systems 1 and 2

switch-selectable
Velocity,
max. 300 mps
Acceleration
with jerk limitation
Programmable 6FC5250-0AB00-0AA0 1)
acceleration
Feedrate interpolation 6FC5251-0AC03-0AA0
Separate path feed

for corners and chamfers
Travel to 6FC5255-0AB02-0AA0
fixed stop
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon

Lists 04/00
CNC functionality: Axis functions General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
(cont'd.)
Pair of synchronized axes 6FC5255-0AB00-0AA0 1)

(gantry axes)
Trail axes
(TRAIL)
Master/slave – –
for drives 2)
Tangential control 6FC5251-0AB11-0AA0 1)
Position switching signals/ 6FC5251-0AB07-0AA0

cam controller
CNC functionality: Spindle functions
Spindle speed
• analog 3) – –
• digital
Spindle speed,
max. programmable
range of values:
REAL +/- 3.4028 ex 38
(display:
+/- 999999999.9999)
Spindle override
0 % to 200 %
5 gear stages
Automatic
gear stage selection
Oriented spindle stop
Spindle speed
limitation
(min. and max.)
Constant cutting
speed
Spindle control
via PLC
(positioning, oscillation)
Switchover to
axis mode
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon
2)
Prerequisite: Technology PC card
3)
Via PROFIBUS DP measuring circuit module, available soon.

04/00 Lists

Spindle functions (cont'd.)
On-the-fly axis
synchronization
Thread run-in and

run-out paths
programmable
Thread cutting with

constant pitch
Tapping with compensating chuck/

rigid tapping
Synchronous spindle/ 6FC5255-0AB01-0AA0

multi-edge turning
CNC functionality: Interpolation types
Universal interpolator
NURBS
(Non Uniform Rational
B-Splines)
Continuous-path mode with

programmable rounding clearance
4 linear-interpolating axes
• Max. 9 4 10
Multi-axis interpolation 6FC5251-0AA16-0AA0 –

(> 4 interpolating axes)
Circle via center

and end points
Circle via
intermediate point
Helical
interpolation
• 2D + 2
• 2D + 6 –
Spline interpolation 6FC5251-0AA14-0AA0
• A, B and C splines
1)
• Compressor function
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon

Lists 04/00

Interpolation types (cont'd.)
Polynominal interpolation 6FC5251-0AA15-0AA0

1)
Master value coupling and 6FC5251-0AD06-0AA0
curve table interpolation
Electronic gear (EG) 6FC5251-0AE00-0AA0 –

(1 following axis can be coupled to
a max. of 5 leading axes, linear, via
factor)
Axial linking in machine coordinate – –

system
(MCS linking) 2)
CNC functionality: Transformations
Transmit/ 6FC5251-0AB01-0AA0
peripheral surface transformation
Inclined axis 6FC5251-0AD06-0AA0 3)
Interlinked transformations
(inclined axis TRAANG
after TRAOR/cardan
millhead/TRANSMIT/TRACYL)
Machining package – –
5 axes 4)
Transformation package 6FC5251-0AD07-0AA0 – 2)

"Handling"
CNC functionality: Measuring
Measuring, stage 1 3)
2 sensors (switching)
with/without delete distance to go
Measuring, stage 2 3) 1)
(log of measurement results,
measuring functions from
synchronized actions,
cyclic measuring)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
With limited functionality, see Reference Manual of Options
2)
Prerequisite: Technology PC card.
3)
Available soon.
4)
Contains the option "Multi-axis interpolation"

04/00 Lists
CNC functionality: Technologies General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Punching and nibbling functions – –
Oscillation functions 6FC5251-0AB04-0AA0
• asynchronous and modal
• block-specific
Constant workpiece speed 1)

for centerless grinding
Several feedrates in a block 6FC5251-0AB08-0AA0

(e.g. for calipers)
Handwheel override
Contour handwheel
CNC functionality: Synchronization of motions
Fast CNC inputs/outputs
• Onboard inputs, digital 4 4 4

outputs, digital 4 4 4
• Extension via – –
SIMATIC S7 I/Os
32 inputs
32 outputs
4 analog inputs
4 analog outputs
• Extension via –
NCU terminal block
32 digital inputs
32 digital outputs
8 analog inputs
8 analog outputs
Synchronized actions
(max. 16) and fast auxiliary function
output
Synchronized actions, 6FC5251-0AD05-0AA0 1) 2)

stage 2 (up to 256 parallel
actions per channel, technology
cycles)
Positioning of axes 1)
and spindles via
synchronized actions (command
axes)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon
2)
With limited functionality, see Reference Manual of Options.

Lists 04/00
CNC functionality: Motion- General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2

synchronous actions (cont'd.)
Analog value control

(Prerequisite: Analog output) in IPO
cycle
Path-velocity dependent analog 6FC5251-0AC04-0AA0 1)

output (laser power control)
Clearance control
• 1D in IPO cycle via 6FC5251-0AC08-0AA0

• 1D/3D in servo loop cycle – – 2)

(incl. in IPO cycle)
Evaluation of internal – 3) 1)
drive parameters
(prerequisite for
Adaptive Control)
Continuous Dressing 6FC5251-0AB10-0AA0 3) 1)

(parallel dressing,
online change of tool compensation)
Asynchronous
ASUP subroutines4)
• Interrupt routines with 6FC5251-0AA00-0AA0

rapid lift
from contour
Cross-mode actions (ASUPs and 6FC5251-0AD04-0AA0

in all modes)
CNC functionality: OEM
OEM package MMC 103/HMI on request

Advanced
(OEM Contract required)
OEM package NCK – –

(OEM Contract required)
OEM-NCK Compile cycles – –

(Runtime license)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon.
2)
Prerequisite: Technology PC card
3)
With limited functionality, see Reference Manual of Options.
4)
Fast CNC inputs/outputs required

04/00 Lists
CNC programing General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Programming language
(DIN 66025 and high-level language
extension)
Part program management

(program names with
23 alphanumeric characters)
Main program call from

main program and subroutine
Job list 1)
for complete machining
with all workpiece-oriented
data (RPA, TOA etc.)
7 subroutine levels and

4 interrupt routines, max.
Number of subroutine
passes ≤ 9999
Skip blocks
in 8 levels (/0 to /7)
Polar coordinates
Dimensional specification metric/inch,

switchover via operator action
or program
Inverse-time feedrate 2)
Auxiliary function output
• via M word, max. programmable

range of values: INT 231 – 1
• via M word,
max. programmable
range of values:
REAL +/- 3.4028 ex 38
(display: +/- 999999999.9999)
INT -231 to 231 – 1
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
With MMC 103/HMI Advanced.
2)
Available soon.

Lists 04/00
CNC programming General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
High-level CNC language with
• User variables,
configurable
• Predefined user variables

(arithmetic parameters),
configurable

• System variable
Read/Write
• Indirect programming
• Program jumps and
branches 1)
• Program coordination with
WAIT, START INIT
• Arithmetic and trigonometric

functions
• Comparison operations and

logic combinations
• Macro technique
• Control structures
(IF-ELSE-ENDIF, WHILE,
FOR, REPEAT, LOOP)

• Commands to MMC
• STRING functions
AutoTurn with MMC 103 –
AutoTurn PLUS –
with MMC 103
ManualTurn –
with MMC 100.2/MMC 103 2)
ShopMill –
with MMC 100.2/MMC 103 2)
SpeedMill 810D/840D –
Digitizing with MMC 103 – – –
Offline ISO dialect CNC program –

converter 3)
Offline SINUMERIK 800/840D –

Online ISO Dialect Interpreter 3) –

Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Available soon.
2)
With MMC 103 on request
3)
On request

04/00 Lists
Communication General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Serial interface V.24

(RS 232C)
with MMC module/PCU or OP 030
2nd serial interface V.24

(RS 232C)
with MMC 100.2/MMC 103/PCU
Multipoint interface (MPI)

to the control unit
Execution from hard disk on request 1)

with MMC 103/HMI Advanced
(chaining of programs)
Execution of large CNC programs
• from hard disk with MMC 103/ HMI on request 1)

Advanced
• via V.24 with MMC 100.2 –
Data exchange between machining

channels
Fast 2)
data exchange NC-PLC
NC program transfer on request 1)

with MMC 103/HMI Advanced and
SINDNC via network
Data transfer on request 1)

program MINI-DNC
Data backup on
hard disk of MMC 103/PCU,
floppy disk
Data backup on –
PC Card
(not with MMC 103)
Data backup of
MMC 103/PCU hard disk on CD-R
MMC 103/PCU with

replaceable hard disk
Data exchange between on request 1)

CNC with MMC 103/PCU
and SINCOM master computer
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Prerequisite: Standard operator interface for machine tools HMI Advanced (option)
2)
Available soon

Lists 04/00
Communication (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Connection of I/Os via

PROFIBUS-DP 1)
(software option)
SINUCOPY-FFS for See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

SIMATIC S7 PG 740
Operation
Handheld programming unit See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

type MPI for handling
Mini-handheld unit See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3
Handheld unit See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

type B-MPI
Distributor for handheld operator and See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

programming unit
Electronic handwheels See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3 2 2/3 2) 2/3 2)

can be connected
Slimline operator panel OP 030 –

with system software

9.5", monochrome/
10.4", color
Slimline operator panel OP 032S –

10.4", color

10.4", color
New slimline operator panel OP 12 on request

12.1", color
Standard VGA monitor on request – –
Two NCUs connected to one CPU – – –
Four NCUs connected to one operator –

panel
with OP 031/OP 032/OP 032S
Two operator panels –

connected to a max. of four NCUs
Connection for
operator panels OP7/OP17
Connection for – – –
operator panel OP27
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
References on the topic PROFIBUS-DP, see Catalog NC60.1, Part 11.
2)
Third handwheel can be operated as a contour handwheel

04/00 Lists
Operation (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Connection for
SIMATIC HMI
via PLC
MMC modules –
for installation
in the operator panel:
• MMC 100.2 with

system software
operating software
• MMC 103 with

system software
operator interface
under Windows
• MMC 103 for

OEM-inherent functions 1)
PCI/ISA adapter –
(2PCI/ISA modules)
for MMC 103 2)
Floppy disk drive See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

(3.5"/1.44 MB)
for MMC 103/PCU
Machine control panel (MCP) See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

with LEDs
Machine control panel See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

OP 032S
Pushbutton panel See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

PP 031-MC
CNC full keyboard –
CNC full keyboard –

OP 032S
PC standard keyboard See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3

(MF-II)
Operator interface with –

8 horizontal/8 vertical softkeys on OP
031/OP 032/OP 032S
Plaintext display of user variables on request 3)

on MMC module
Cycle support on request 3)

on MMC module/HMI Advanced
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
OEM Contract required
2)
For independent OEM applications: OEM Contract and OEM package required
3)
Prerequisite: Standard operator interface for machine tools HMI Advanced (option).

Lists 04/00
2D representation of the on request 1)

3D protection zones/
drive ranges
on MMC module/HMI Advanced
• Operator interface for on request 1)

MMC 103/HMI Advanced with
TRANSLINE 2000
HMI software
Languages GER, ENG available in

the system/can be switched
online
• MMC 100.2 : 2 / 2 –
• MMC 103 : ≥ 5 / 2 –
on request 1)
• HMI Advanced: ≥ 5 / 2
Language extension European –

(GER, ENG, FRE, ITA, SPA)
available in MMC 100.2 as an
upgrade/can be retrofitted
Language extension 2) –
Asian
(Standard and simplified Chinese)
available in MMC 100.2 as an
upgrade/can be retrofitted
Language extension –
European for
MMC 103
Asian for MMC 103
(Standard and simplified Chinese)
Asian for MMC 103
(Korean)
Other language extensions –

on MMCs for CCUs/NCUs 2)
Actual-value system for workpiece on request 1)

CNC program messages on request 1)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
2)
On request

04/00 Lists
Screen darkening –
OP 031/OP 032/OP 032S
Access protection,
8 levels
Machine and process data acquisition –

WinBDE for MMC 103
Tool management –
functions SINTDI
for MMC 103
Quality data backup –

QDS with MMC 103
Tool –
identification systems
with MMC 103
MMC EasyMask with –

MMC 103
MMC EasyTrans with –

MMC 103
PLC tool management data distributor –

with
MMC 103
Completing user-designed operator 1)

interfaces additionally
in operating areas
Contour programming with 1)

recompilation
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)

Lists 04/00
Operating Modes General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Operating modes:
AUTOMATIC mode, MDA, JOG
Teach In 1)
Teach-in with See Catalog NC60.1 Part 3
handheld programming unit HPU
type MPI
Reference point approach,

manually/via
CNC program
Follow-up mode
Preset
(preset actual value)
Repos (repositioning)
• via operator action/semi-automatic

• via program 6FC5251-0AA01-0AA0
Block search with/without 1)

calculation
Tool compensations
Tool management 6FC5251-0AB12-0AA0 1)
Tool change via T No.

Tool compensations
• Compensation selection via T and
D numbers
• Compensation selection via

D number (without T assignment)
Selection of tool
compensations, configurable
(up to 1,500 tool edges)
Tool types
Turning, Drilling/Milling,
Grinding, Slotting Saw
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)

04/00 Lists
Tool compensations (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Tool radius compensation

in the plane
• with approach and

retract strategies
• with transition circle/ellipse

on outside corners
Grinding-specific
tool compensation with grinding wheel
peripheral speed
Number of intermediate blocks

with active tool
radius compensation,
configurable
3D tool 6FC5251-0AB13-0AA0 –
radius compensation
Toolholder,
orientable
Look-ahead detection
of contour violations
Zero offsets translatory/rotary
Zero offsets,
settable, max. 100
Zero offsets, programmable,

(FRAMEs)
Zero offsets,
external (PLC)
Differential resolver
function (DRF)/
handwheel override
Basic offsets in the workpiece on request 1)

coordinate system
with MMC 103/HMI Advanced
(up to 16 per channel)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)

Lists 04/00
Axis monitoring functions General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Working area limitation

Monitoring limit switches
Software and
hardware limit switches
2D/3D protection zones

Contour monitoring
Contour monitoring using the tunnel 6FC5251-0AB16-0AA0 –
function
Positioning monitoring
Zero-speed monitoring
Clamping monitoring
Compensations
Backlash compensation
Leadscrew error
compensation
Measuring system error

compensation
Electronic –
counterbalancing
Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 6FC5251-0AB15-0AA0 1) 2)

3)
Quadrant error on request
compensation
via operator action
Quadrant error – 2)
compensation, automatic (neural
network)
• Graphic control of
circularity test with MMC 103
or external PC
Temperature compensation 6FC5251-0AA13-0AA0
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
With limited functionality
2)
Available soon
3)

04/00 Lists
Compensations (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Automatic drift compensation for – – –

analog speed setpoints
Feedforward control
• velocity-dependent
• acceleration-dependent –
Cycles
Technological cycles on request 1)

for drilling/milling
and turning
Access protection for cycles

Measuring cycles for on request 1)
turning/milling
PLC area
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 315-2 DP
PLC user memory 2)
• 64 KB
• Maximum configuration in KB 288 288 288
Extension of PLC user memory 6FC5252-0AA03-0AA0

by 32 KB each
PLC programming See Catalog ST 70

using HiGraph
(supplementary package for STEP 7)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
2)
incl. basic PLC program

Lists 04/00
PLC area (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Toolbox with
basic PLC program,
standard machine data
and CNC variable sector
Digital Inputs 1)
• Max. – 768 768
• with Profibus-DP: 2048 See Catalog ST 70
Digital outputs 1)
• Max. – 768 768
• with Profibus-DP: 2048 See Catalog ST 70
Max. number of I/O

modules 24 24
(centralized design)
Distributed I/Os SIMATIC DP See Catalog ST 70
ET 200 via PROFIBUS DP 16 slaves with a
maximum of 28 modules
4096 (8192) flags 2)
2)
128 (512) timers
64 (512) counters 2)
Processing time,
typ. 0.3 ms/KA
(0.1 ms/KA)
for bit commands 3)
FB, FC
256 256 256
DB
399 399 399
Cyclic block
Time-controlled blocks
Programming language
STEP 7
Statement list STL
STEP 7 on MMC 103/HMI Advanced on request
Devices for See Catalog ST 70
PLC programming and program
testing using programming device of
the types PG 7../PC
PC Card – – –
(Flash EPROM)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Number is equal to the sum of inputs and outputs
2)
Values in brackets apply to CPU 318-2
3)
1KA = 1,024 statements; corresponds to approx. 3 KB

04/00 Lists
PLC area (cont'd.) General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Distributed
I/Os via
PROFIBUS-DP
• via CP342-5 DP –
data transfer rate
up to 1.5 Mbps
• via integrated
interface
data transfer rate
up to 12 Mbps
User machine data

for configuring the
PLC user program
Diagnostic functions
PLC status on request 1)

HiGraph diagnostics or See Catalog NC 60.1 Part 3
ProDiag (S7-GRAPH)
for MMC module/PCU with
TRANSLINE 2000 HMI software
Remote diagnosis with See Catalog NC 60.1 Part 3

MMC 103/PCU
Log book with on request 1)

MMC module/HMI Advanced
Alarms and Messages
Alarms and messages

selectable in the
part program
Alarms and messages

from PLC
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)

Lists 04/00
Safety functions General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Safety functions
Axis limiting
from PLC
Spindle speed
limitation
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

Safety functions for
protection of staff and
machine 1)
• Basic logic function for a max. of –

4 axes/spindles
–
• Miscellaneous functions from the
5th axis/spindle per
axis/spindle
Generator mode, –
drive-independent
Extended Stop and –

Retract (ESR), drive-independent
(incl. generator mode)
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)
Prerequisites:
SIMODRIVE 611 digital with performance control with additional DMS input
(recommended: input for voltage signals) or standard 2-control with additional DMS input.
NCU terminal block with DMP compact modules.

04/00 Lists
Startup General Version NCU 571.2 NCU 572.2
Series machine startup via on request 1)

a serial interface
Series machine startup via –

programming of the
PC Card offline or online
Startup software –
for digital converter
system SIMODRIVE 611;
incl. data management
and measuring functions for
closed-loop control circuits
• integrated in MMC 103 –
• on an external PC –
Standard operator interface on request

MMC 103/HMI Advanced on PC/PG
for startup
or service when
operated without operator panel
Startup trace –
with MMC 103
Drive optimization
without additional
oscilloscope
Basic Version
Option
– Not possible
1)

Lists 04/00
Notes

Machine and Setting Data 2
2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data .............................................2-85
2.1.2 Handling of machine data ...................................................................................2-89
2.2 Drive machine data ...............................................................................................2-92
2.3 Machine data for hydraulics module .....................................................................2-130
2.4 Machine data for operator panel ...........................................................................2-144

2.4.1 Generally available MDs for operator panel ..........................................................2-144
2.4.2 Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn..............................................................2-158
2.4.3 Application-specific MDs for ShopMill ...................................................................2-163
2.5 General machine data...........................................................................................2-169

2.5.1 System settings ...................................................................................2-170
2.5.2 Override switch settings ...................................................................................2-186
2.5.3 Central drive data ...................................................................................2-190
2.5.4 System specific memory settings..........................................................................2-192
2.6 Channel-specific machine data.............................................................................2-201

2.6.1 Basic channel machine data .................................................................................2-202
2.6.2 Machine data for digitizing function.......................................................................2-215
2.6.3 Machine data for grinding function ........................................................................2-217
2.6.4 Channel auxiliary function settings........................................................................2-218
2.6.5 Transformation definitions in channel ...................................................................2-222
2.6.6 Punching and nibbling ...................................................................................2-231
2.6.7 Channel-specific memory settings ........................................................................2-232
2.7 Axis-specific machine data....................................................................................2-238

2.7.1 Configuration ...................................................................................2-239
2.7.2 Encoder matching ...................................................................................2-242
2.7.3 Closed-loop control ...................................................................................2-244
2.7.4 Reference point approach ...................................................................................2-250
2.7.5 Spindles ...................................................................................2-252
2.7.6 Monitoring functions ...................................................................................2-255
2.7.7 Safety Integrated ...................................................................................2-258
2.7.8 Travel to fixed stop ...................................................................................2-265
2.7.9 Axis-specific memory settings...............................................................................2-268
2.8 Setting data ...........................................................................................................2-269

2.8.1 General setting data ...................................................................................2-269
2.8.2 Channel-specific setting data................................................................................2-272
2.8.3 Axis-specific setting data ...................................................................................2-275

Lists 04/00
2 Machine and Setting Data
2.9 Application-specific machine data.........................................................................2-279

2.9.1 Application-specific default values for ManualTurn...............................................2-279
2.9.2 Application-specific default values for ShopMill ....................................................2-282
2.9.3 Settings for ShopMill tool management ................................................................2-284
2.9.4 MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill ....................................2-285

04/00 Lists
2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data

2.1.1 General information
Data in the lists Apart from the Identifier and Name/Other information, the lists of machine and
setting data also include the following information:
Number The number of the data is displayed when it is listed on the MMC. This number
is output when the data is saved if MD 11230: MD_FILE_STYLE has been set
correspondingly.
Cross reference The data is described in detail in the specified description of functions or guide
(see section headed “References”).
Active A change to the data becomes active after
• POWER ON (po) “RESET” key on the front panel of the NCU module
• NEW_CONF (cf) - “Activate MD” softkey on MMC

- “RESET” key on the control unit
- Changes possible at block boundaries in
program mode
• RESET at end of program M2/M30
• RESET (re) “RESET” key on the control unit
• IMMEDIATELY (so) After input of the value
The activation levels are listed above in order of priority.
Protection levels Protection levels are indicated by numbers with the following meanings:
0 or 10: SIEMENS
1 or 11: OEM-HIGH
2 or 12: OEM-LOW
3 or 13: End user
4 or 14: Keyswitch position 3
7 or 17: Keyswitch position 0.
Complete protection:
The numbers within the range from 0 to 7 determine that assigned data in the
NC program and in the MDA mode cannot be overwritten or read.
Conditional protection:
The numbers within the range from 10 to 17 determine only for user data
(GUD) that assigned data in the NC program and in the MDA mode can be
overwritten or read.
The operation and display are always protected for both protection levels.
The interlock for protection levels 0 to 3 can be canceled by setting a
password, the interlocks 4 to 7 can be canceled via keyswitch position.

Lists 04/00
The user has only access to information which corresponds to the current
protection level and to lower protection levels. The machine data are assigned
varying protection levels as standard function.
The user can change the priority of the protection levels. In the machine data,
only low priority protection levels can be specified, but higher priority levels can
be specified in the setting data.
The following passwords are used for redefinition by the user:
APR (Access protection read) indicate read authorization
APW (Access protection write) indicate write authorization.
After the password, you will find the protection level to be set in each case as
number.
Example 1: Change rights for individual MDs
%_N_SGUD_DEF File for global variables
;$PATH=/_N_DEF_DIR
REDEF $MA_CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR APR 2 APW 2
REDEF $MA_ENC_SEGMENT_NR APR 2 APW 2
REDEF $SN_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD APR 2 APW 2

M30
Example 2: Set rights for a module from the user data (GUD)
(conditional protection)
%_N_GUD6_DEF
;$PATH=/_N_DEF_DIR
APR 15 APW 12 ;Protection levels for all following variables,
;the following variables are not protected
;if nothing is indicated here
DEF CHAN REAL CORRVAL
DEF NCK INT MYCOUNT
...
M30
The file becomes active when the next _N_INITIAL_INI is read in.
Various protection levels are specified for writing (changing) or reading (part
program or PLC). In the section lists of this document, the protection levels per
machine data are indicated in the form of i/j.
Example:
MD 10000 has protection level 2/7, i.e. protection level 2 (corresponding to
password) is required to write data and protection level 7 to read data.
In order to get into the machine data area, keyswitch position 3 is required at
least.
References: /PGA/, Programming Guide, Section 1.5
/FB/, A2, "Various Interface Signals"
/BA/, Operator's Guide
Unit The unit refers to the default setting for the machine data
SCALING_FACTOR_USER_DEF_MASK,
SCALING_FACTOR_USER_DEF and
SCALING_SYSTEM IS METRIC = 1.
Depending on the MD SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC, the physical units
differ as follows:
MD 10240 = 1 MD 10240 = 0
mm inch
mm/min inch/min
m/s2 inch/s2

04/00 Lists
m/s3 inch/s3
mm/rev inch/rev
“-” is entered in the field if the MD is not based on any physical unit.
Default value This is the value to which the machine data is preset. “ / ” is entered in the list if
there are different default values for the channels.
Some machine data are provided with different default values depending on
the NCU used.
Note
When data is entered via the MMC, the input value is limited to 10 places
plus decimal point and sign.
Value range Specification of the input limits. If no value range is specified, the data type
(minimum and determines the input limits and “∗∗∗” is entered in the field.
maximum value)
Data type
BOOLEAN Machine data bit (1 or 0)
BYTE Integer values (from -128 to 127)
DOUBLE Real and integer values
(from ” 4.19*10-307 to ” 1.67*10308)
DWORD Integer values (from -2.147*109 to 2.147*109 )
DWORD Hexadecimal values (from 00000000 to FFFFFFFF)
STRING Character string (maximum 16 characters)
consisting of capital letters with digits and
underlining
UNSIGNED WORD Integer values (from 0 to 65536)
SIGNED WORD Integer values (from -32768 to 32767)
UNSIGNED DWORD Integer values (from 0 to 4294967300)
SIGNED DWORD Integer values (from -2147483650 to 2147483649)
WORD Hexadecimal values (from 0000 to FFFF)
FLOAT DWORD Real values (from ”8.43∗10-37 to ”3.37∗1038)
Overview of machine The machine and setting data are divided into the following areas:
and setting data Table 2-1 Overview of machine and setting data
Area Designation
From 1000 to 1799 Machine data for drives
From 9000 to 9999 Machine data for operator panel
From 10000 to 18999 General machine data
From 19000 to 19999 Reserved
From 20000 to 28999 Channel-specific machine data

Lists 04/00
Area Designation
From 30000 to 38999 Axis-specific machine data
From 41000 to 41999 General setting data
From 42000 to 42999 Channel-specific setting data
From 43000 to 43999 Axis-specific setting data
From 51000 to 61999 General machine data for compile cycles
From 62000 to 62999 Channel-specific machine data for compile cycles
From 63000 to 63999 Axis-specific machine data for compile cycles
Index for MD and SD The section headed INDEX contains a special index for the machine and
setting data listed in this section.
Data identifiers The designation of the machine data is displayed on the MMC. The internal
data identifier requires additional identifiers. These identifiers must be specified
if a machine data is changed through programming or read in via the serial
interface.
Data areas $MM_ Operator panel data

$MN_/$SN_ General machine data/setting data
$MC_/$SC_ Channel-specific machine data/setting data
$MA_/$SA_ Axis-specific machine data/setting data
$MD_ Drive machine data
Please note: $ System variable
M Machine data
S Setting data
M, N, C, A, D Subarea (second letter)
Axis data are addressed via the axis name. The internal axis designation (AX1,
AX2 ... AX8) or the name specified in MD 10000: AXCONF_NAME_TAB can
be used as the axis name.
E.g.: $MA_JOG_VELO[Y1]=2000
The JOG velocity of axis Y1 is 2000 mm/min.
The contents of a machine data must be preceded and followed by an
apostrophe (e.g. ‘X1’ or ‘H41’) if they are a STRING (e.g. X1) or a hexadecimal
value (e.g. H41).
E.g.: $MN_DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE[0]=‘H14’
FDD module 9/18 A in slot 1 of drive bus.
In order to address various contents of a machine data, entries in square
brackets are required.
E.g.: $MA_FIX_POINT_POS[0,X1]=500.000
The 1st fixed-point position of axis X1 is 500

(0=1st, 1=2nd, 2=3rd etc.)
Examples $MN_AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC[2]=‘H41‘
Output instant of auxiliary functions of 3rd auxiliary function group.

04/00 Lists
$MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0]=‘X1‘
Name of 1st machine axis is X1.
$MA_REF_SET_POS[0,X1]=100.00000
1st reference point value of axis X1 is 100 mm.
Assignment of channel-specific machine data:
CHANDATA(1) Assignment channel 1
$MC_CHAN_NAME=‘CHAN1‘ Channel name for channel 1
$MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB[1]=‘Y‘ Name of 2nd geometry axis
in channel 1 is Y
...
R10 = 33.75 R10 of channel 1
...
CHANDATA(2) Assignment channel 2
$MC_CHAN_NAME=‘CHAN2‘ Channel name for channel 2
...
R10 = 96.88 R10 of channel 2
...
2.1.2 Handling of machine data
Loading of scaling Scaling machine data also include information which determines how machine
machine data data are scaled in reference to a specific physical unit (e.g. velocities).
The following are scaling machine data:
MD 10220: SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK (activation of scaling factors)
MD 10230: SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF (scaling factors of physical
quantities)
MD 10240: SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC (basic system is metric)
MD 10250: SCALING_VALUE_INCH (conversion factor for switchover to INCH
system)
MD 30300: IS_ROT_AX (rotary axis)
When machine data are loaded (via MMC, V24, program), they are scaled with
reference to the physical unit which is valid at the time of loading. If the data
block contains new scaling information (e.g. rotary axis declaration), those
machine data which are dependent on scaling are converted to the new scaling
factor at the next “Power ON”. The machine data do not therefore contain the
expected values (e.g. F values too low for rotary axis traversal).
Example The open-loop control has been started up with default values. The 4th axis in
the MD file to be loaded is defined as a rotary axis and contains the following
machine data:
$MA_IS_ROT_AX[A1] = 1 (rotary axis)
$MA_MAX_AX_VELO [A1]= 1000 [rev/min] (maximum axis velocity)
When the MD block is loaded, the velocity is interpreted in relation to a linear
axis (default setting $MA_IS_ROT_AX[A1]=0) and scaled according to the
linear velocity. On the next Power ON, the open-loop control detects that this
axis is defined as a linear axis and scales the velocity in relation to rev/min.
The machine data then no longer contains the value “1000”, but the value
“2.77777778” (1000/360). If the MD file is loaded again, then the axis is already
defined as a rotary axis and the velocity is interpreted and scaled as a rotary
axis value. The MD then contains the value “1000” and is interpreted by the
control in rev/min.
Suggestion for • Change the appropriate machine data manually via the MMC (MD 10220,
step-by-step loading 10230, 10240, 10250, 30300) and initiate NCK booting. Then read in the
of machine data MD block via V24 or part program and initiate NCK booting.

Lists 04/00
• Set up an MD block with the scaling machine data (MD 10220, 10230,
10240, 10250, 30300). Load this block and initiate NCK booting. Then read
in the entire MD block and initiate NCK booting.
• As an alternative to the methods given above, an MD block can also be
loaded twice (via V24 or as a part program), with an NCK booting after
each loading operation.
Note
If a scaling MD is changed, the control outputs alarm "4070 Normalizing
machine data has been altered".
Saving only machine With regard to the saving of machine and setting data, it is possible to define
data with changed in MD 11210: UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY (save only changed machine
values data) whether all data or only those which deviate from the default settings are
output via the V24 interface.
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY = 1
Only those data which deviate from the default are output.
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY = 0
All data are output.
If a value has been changed in a data which is stored as an array, then the
entire MD array is always output
(e.g. MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB).
Note
It can be sensible to back-up only the altered machine data before upgrading
the software in those cases where changes have been made to the machine
data default values. This applies in particular to machine data classified as
SIEMENS protection level 0.
Loading of standard Standard machine data can be loaded in a number of different ways.
data
• Set switch S3 on NCU module to position 1 and initiate NCK reset (re-
initialization of the entire SRAM of the NCU module, all user data are lost)
• MD 11200: INIT_MD (load standard MD on “next” booting)
Certain input values in MD: INIT_MD allow various data areas to be loaded
with default values on the next NCK booting. The machine data is displayed in
HEX format. After MD: INIT_MD has been set, power ON must be initiated
twice.
The MD is activated on the 1st power ON.
On the 2nd power ON, the function is executed and the MD reset to the
value “0”.

04/00 Lists
Meaning of input Value “0”

values The stored machine data MD will be loaded during the next booting operation.
Value “1”
All MDs - with the exception of memory-configuring data - will be overwritten
with default values during the next booting operation.
Value “2”
All memory-configuring MDs will be overwritten with default values during the
next booting operation.
Memory-configuring MDs are described in:
References: /IAD/, Installation and Start-Up Guide, Memory Configuration
- MD 10010: ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP
- All machine data starting with “MM_”
MD 18000 - 18999 (general MDs)
MD 28000 - 28999 (channel-specific MDs)
MD 38000 - 38999 (axis-specific MDs)
Value “4”
- All compile cycle MDs will be deleted during the next booting operation.
Note
The drive machine data described in the following section are significant for
SINUMERIK 840D and 810D. For control parameters of analog drives with
regard to SINUMERIK FM-NC, please refer to:
References: /IAA/, Simodrive 611A, Installation and Start-Up Guide

Lists 04/00
2.2 Drive machine data

The display of the machine data has been extended in SW Version 4 and
higher. Display filters and System have been newly introduced.
Display filters The quantity of machine data displayed on the operator panel can be limited to
the machine data of interest by means of the display filters. Machine data are
displayed on the operator panel if at least one of the filters indicated in the
respective machine data has been activated by the user or if the mode “All
machine data“ has been set. The short descriptions of the filters indicated are
used again in the operator interface for filter activation. They have the following
meaning:
• D01 Controller data
• D02 Monitoring / limitations
• D03 Message data
• D04 Status data
• D05 Motor / power section
• D06 Measuring system
• D07 Safety Integrated
• D08 Standard machine
• EXP Expert mode
System The following is indicated for system:

810D if machine data is relevant only for 810D systems
840D if machine data is relevant only for 840D systems
Nothing if machine data is valid for both systems
MD-Number Identifier Cross reference

Display filters Meaning Type Rot/Lin Protection System
Unit Default Minimum Maximum Data type Active

04/00 Lists
1000 CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DS1/

Current controller cycle FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
31.25 us 5 2 8 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1000 CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DS1 /

D01, D05, EXP Current controller cycle FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1001 SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DD2/

Speed controller cycle FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1001 SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DD2 /

D01, D05, EXP Speed controller cycle FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1002 MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DB1/

Monitoring cycle FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1002 MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME CR: / DB1 /

D05, D02, EXP Monitoring cycle FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1003 STS_CONFIG CR: / DS1/

Configuration STS FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
HEX 330 0 ffff UNS. WORD PowerOn
1003 STS_CONFIG CR: / DS1 /

EXP Configuration STS FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
HEX 330 0 7f0 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1004 CTRL_CONFIG CR: / DD2 /

EXP Configuration structure (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 1015 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1005 ENC_RESOL_MOTOR CR: / DG1, DM1/

Motor measuring system encoder increments FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
- 2048 1 8192 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1005 ENC_RESOL_MOTOR CR: / DG1, DM1 /

D06 Motor measuring system encoder increments FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1007 ENC_RESOL_DIRECT CR: / DG1/

Encoder increments of the direct measuring system FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1007 ENC_RESOL_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D06 Encoder increments of the direct measuring system FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 0 0 2147483647 UNS. DWORD PowerOn
1008 ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION CR: / DG1 /

EXP, D06 Encoder phase error compensation IM FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
degrees 0.0000 -20.0000 20.0000 FLOAT immediately

Lists 04/00
1011 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG CR: / DG1/

Configuration of the actual value sensing IM FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1011 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG CR: / DG1 /

D06 Configuration of the actual value sensing IM FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 f1ff UNS. WORD PowerOn
1012 FUNC_SWITCH CR: / DB1/

Function switch FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
HEX 4 0 ffff UNS. WORD immediately
MSD: c
1012 FUNC_SWITCH CR: / DB1 /

D01, D02, D03 Function switch FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 b5 UNS. WORD immediately
1013 ENABLE_STAR_DELTA CR: /DE1 /

D05 Enable star/delta changeover (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1014 UF_MODE_ENABLE CR: / DE1 /

EXP, D04 Activate V/f operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1015 PEMSD_MODE_ENABLE CR: / DE1 /

- Activate PE-MSD (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1016 COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET CR: / DL1 /

- Commutating angle offset (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
degrees 0.0000 -360.0000 360.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1017 STARTUP_ASSISTANCE CR: / DL1 /

D04 Setting-up aid (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 0 0 1 UNS. WORD immediately
1019 CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / DL1/

- Current rotor position identification (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
% 12.0000 0.0000 100.0000 FLOAT immediately
1019 CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: /DM1 /

- Current rotor position identification (not 810D) FDD ROT 2/4 840D
1020 MAX_MOVE_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / DL1/

- Maximum move of rotor position identification (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
mm 5.0000 0.0000 30.0000 FLOAT immediately
1020 MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: /DM1 /

- Maximum rotation of rotor pos. identification (not 810D) FDD ROT 2/4 840D
degrees 10.0000 0.0000 90.0000 FLOAT immediately
1021 ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR CR: / DG1 /

D06 Multiturn resolution absolute value encoder motor FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4

04/00 Lists
1022 ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR CR: / DG1/

Measuring steps of the motor absolute track FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1022 ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR CR: / DG1 /

D06 Measuring steps of the motor absolute track FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1023 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR CR: / DG1/

Diagnosis measuring circuit motor absolute track FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1023 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR CR: / DG1 /

D06 Diagnosis measuring circuit motor absolute track FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1024 DIVISION_LIN_SCALE CR: / DL1/

- Grid spacing, motor measuring system (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
Nm 20000 0 2147483647 UNS. DWORD PowerOn
1025 SERIAL_NO_ENCODER CR: / DG1 /

D06, EXP Serial number motor measuring system (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
1029 DELAY_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / /

- Meas. delay rotor position identification (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 0.0000 0.0000 100.0000 FLOAT immediately
1030 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT CR: / DG1/

Configuration actual-value sensing DM FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1030 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D06 Configuration actual-value sensing DM FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 c018 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1031 ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D06 Multiturn resolution of the absolute encoder DM FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1032 ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT CR: / DG1/

Measuring steps of the absolute track DM FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1032 ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D06 Measuring steps of the absolute track DM FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1033 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT CR: / DG1/

Diagnosis dir. measuring system absolute track FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1033 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D06 Diagnosis dir. measuring system absolute track FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1034 DIVISION_LIN_SCALE_DM CR: / DL1/

- Grid spacing, direct measuring system (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
Nm 20000 0 2147483647 UNS. DWORD PowerOn

Lists 04/00
1038 SERIAL_NO_ENCODER_DM CR: / DG1 /

D06, EXP Serial no. for direct meas. System (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
1100 PWM_FREQUENCY CR: / DS1 /

D01, D05, EXP Pulse-width modulation frequency (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
Hz 4000.0000 2000.0000 8000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
MSD: 3200.0000
1101 CTRLOUT_DELAY CR: / DS1 /

D01, D05, EXP Computation deadtime of the current control loop (not FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
us 62 0 124 WORD PowerOn
1102 MOTOR_CODE CR: / DM1 /

D04, D05 Motor code number FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1103 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /

D05 Motor rated current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1104 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT CR: / DM1, DÜ1/

Maximum motor current FDD 2/4 810D
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1104 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /

D05 Maximum motor current FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
A 0.0400 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1105 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT_REDUCTION CR: / DÜ1 /

D05, D02 Reducing the maximum motor current FDD ROT/LIN 2/4
% 100 0 100 WORD immediately
1106 INVERTER_CODE CR: / DM1 /

D05, D04 Power section code number FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1107 INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT CR: / DM1 /

D05 Transistor limiting current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 200.0000 1.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1108 INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CURR CR: / DM1 /

D05 Power module limiting current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 200.0000 1.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1109 INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURRENT CR: /DM1 /

D05 Power module limiting current S6 MSD ROT 2/4
A 200.0000 1.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1111 INVERTER_RATED_CURRENT CR: / DM1 /

D05 Rated power module current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 200.0000 1.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1112 NUM_POLE_PAIRS CR: / DM1/

Motor pole pair number FDD 2/4 810D

04/00 Lists
1112 NUM_POLE_PAIRS CR: / DM1 /

D05 Motor pole pair number FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1113 TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO CR: / DM1/

Torque constant FDD 2/4 810D
Nm/A 0.0000 0.0000 5.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1113 TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO CR: /DM1 /

D05 Torque constant FDD ROT 2/4 840D
Nm/A 0.0000 0.0000 300.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1113 FORCE_CURRENT_RATIO CR: / DL1/

D05 Force constant FDD LIN 2/4 840D
N/A 0.0000 0.0000 2000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1114 EMF_VOLTAGE CR: / DM1/

Voltage constant FDD 2/4 810D
V 0.0000 0.0000 300.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1114 EMF_VOLTAGE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Voltage constant FDD ROT 2/4 840D
V 0.0000 0.0000 5000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1114 EMF_VOLTAGE CR: / DL1/

D05 Voltage constant FDD LIN 2/4 840D
Vs/m 0.0000 0.0000 5000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1115 ARMATURE_RESISTANCE CR: / DM1/

Armature resistance FDD 2/4 810D
ohm 0.0000 0.0000 20.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1115 ARMATURE_RESISTANCE CR: / DM1 /

D05 Armature resistance FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ohm 0.0000 0.0000 1000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1116 ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE CR: / DM1/

Armature inductance FDD 2/4 810D
mH 0.0000 0.0000 100.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1116 ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE CR: / DM1 /

D05 Armature inductance FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
mH 0.0000 0.0000 300.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1117 MOTOR_INERTIA CR: / DM1/

Motor moment of inertia FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
kgm² 0.0000 0.0000 32.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
MSD: 0.0010
1117 MOTOR_INERTIA CR: /DM1 /

D05 Motor moment of inertia FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
kgm² 0.0000 0.0000 32.0000 FLOAT immediately
MSD: 0.0010
1117 MOTOR_MASS CR: / DL1/

D05 Motor mass FDD LIN 2/4 840D
kg 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT immediately

Lists 04/00
1118 MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT CR: / DM1 /

D05 Motor standstill current FDD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1119 SERIES_INDUCTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Inductance of the series reactor MSD ROT 2/4
mH 0.0000 0.0000 65.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1120 CURRCTRL_GAIN CR: / DS1 /

D01, EXP Current controller proportional gain FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
V/A 10.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1121 CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME CR: / DS1 /

D01, EXP Current controller integral action time FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
us 2000.0000 0.0000 8000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1122 MOTOR_LIMIT_CURRENT CR: / /

D05 Motor limit current (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1124 CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY CR: / DS1/

Balancing the reference model current FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
- 0.0000 0.0000 1.0000 FLOAT immediately
1124 CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY CR: / DS1 /

D01, EXP Balancing the reference model current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1125 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1 CR: / DE1 /

D04, EXP Ramp-up time 1 in V/f operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
s 5.0000 0.0100 100.0000 FLOAT immediately
1126 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2 CR: / DE1 /

D04, EXP Ramp-up time 2 in V/f operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1127 UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0 CR: /DE1 /

D04, D05, EXP Voltage at f=0 in V/f operation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
V 2.0000 0.0000 20.0000 FLOAT immediately
1128 OPT_LOAD_ANGEL CR: / /

EXP, D05 (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
degrees 90.0000 90.0000 135.0000 FLOAT immediately
1129 POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI CR: /DM1 /

D05 Cos phi power factor (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
- 0.8000 0.0000 1.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1130 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER CR: /DM1 /

D05 Rated motor output MSD ROT 2/4
kW 0.0000 0.0000 1500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1132 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE CR: / DM1/

Rated motor voltage MSD 2/4 810D
V 0.0000 0.0000 5000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1132 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Rated motor voltage MSD ROT 2/4 840D
V 380.0000 0.0000 5000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn

04/00 Lists
1134 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY CR: / DM1/

Rated motor frequency MSD 2/4 810D
Hz 0.0000 0.0000 3000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1134 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY CR: /DM1 /

D05 Rated motor frequency MSD ROT 2/4 840D
Hz 50.0000 0.0000 3000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1135 MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Motor no-load voltage MSD ROT 2/4
1136 MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT CR: / DM1 /

D05 Motor no-load current FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT immediately
1137 STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Cold stator resistance MSD ROT 2/4
ohm 0.0000 0.0000 120.0000 FLOAT immediately
1138 ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Cold rotor resistance MSD ROT 2/4
1139 STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Stator leakage reactance MSD ROT 2/4
1140 ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Rotor leakage reactance MSD ROT 2/4
1141 MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE CR: /DM1 /

D05 Magnetizing reactance MSD ROT 2/4
1142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED CR: / DM1, DD2/

Threshold speed for field weakening MSD 2/4 810D
1/min 0.0000 0.0000 50000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED CR: / DM1, DD2 /

D05 Threshold speed for field weakening FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1/min 0.0000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1143 LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED CR: / DM1, DD2/

Upper speed for the L_h characteristic MSD 2/4 810D
1143 LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED CR: /DM1, DD2 /

- Upper speed for the L_h characteristic MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1144 LH_CURVE_GAIN CR: /DM1, DD2 /

- Gain factor of the L_h characteristic MSD ROT 2/4
% 100.0000 100.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1145 STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION CR: / DM1, DÜ1 /

D05 Stall torque reduction factor FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4

Lists 04/00
1146 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED CR: / DM1, DÜ1/

Maximum motor speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1146 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D05 Maximum motor speed FDD LIN 2/4 840D
m/min 0.0000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1146 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED CR: /DM1, DÜ1 /

D05 Maximum motor speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
MSD: 1500.0000
1147 SPEED_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1/

Motor speed limit FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
MSD: 8000.0000
1147 SPEED_LIMIT CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Motor speed limit FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
MSD: 8000.0000
1147 SPEED_LIMIT CR: / DL1/

D02, D05 Maximum permissible motor speed FDD LIN 2/4 840D
m/min 120.0000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1148 ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED CR: /DD1 /

D04 Threshold speed of pull-out power (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1/min 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1149 RELUCT_TORQUE_RATIO CR: / /

D05 Reluctance torque constant (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
mH 0.0000 0.0000 300.0000 FLOAT immediately
1150 FIELDCTRL_GAIN CR: /DS1 /

D01, EXP Flux controller P-gain MSD ROT 2/4
A/(Vs) 400.0000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1151 FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME CR: /DS1 /

D01, EXP Flux controller integral-action time MSD ROT 2/4
1160 FLUX_AQUISITION_SPEED CR: / DS1/

Threshold speed for flux sensing MSD 2/4 810D
1160 FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED CR: /DS1 /

D01, EXP Threshold speed for flux sensing MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1161 FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE CR: / DS1 /

D02 Fixed DC link voltage FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
V 0 0 700 UNS. WORD immediately
1170 POLE_PAIR_PITCH CR: / DL1/

D05 Pole pair pitch (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
mm 72.0000 0.0000 1000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn

04/00 Lists
1180 CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1 CR: / FBU, DS1 /

Lower current limit adaptation (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1181 CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2 CR: / FBU, DS1 /

Upper current limit adaptation (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1182 REDUCE_ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE CR: / FBU, DS1 /

Current controller adaptation factor (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1183 CURRCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE CR: / DS1 /

- Current controller adaptation ON (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1190 TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Evaluation of torque limit (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
Nm 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1191 TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Adapting servo torque limit (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1200 NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Number of current setpoint filters FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1200 NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Number of current setpoint filters FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1201 CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Type of current setpoint filter FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1201 CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Type of current setpoint filter FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 800f UNS. WORD immediately
1202 CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
Hz 0.0000 0.0000 3999.0000 FLOAT immediately
1202 CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Natural frequency for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1203 CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Damping for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1203 CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Damping for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D


Lists 04/00


D01 Damping for current setpoint filter 2 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4






1210 CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1210 CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Blocking frequency for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1211 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1211 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01 Bandwidth for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1212 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1212 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01, EXP Bandwidth numerator for current setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D


04/00 Lists
















Lists 04/00


1222 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2 /

D01, EXP Natural BSF frequ. current setp. f. 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D



1230 FORCE_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D02, EXP 1 st force threshold FDD LIN 2/4
1230 TORQUE_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, EXP 1st torque limit FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1231 FORCE_LIMIT_2 CR: / DL1/

D02, EXP 2nd force threshold (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1231 TORQUE_LIMIT_2 CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, EXP 2nd torque limit (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1232 FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D02, EXP Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1232 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1233 LIMIT_GENERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D02, EXP Generator force limiting (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1233 TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Regenerative limiting (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1234 FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST CR: / DL1/

D02, EXP Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
1234 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1235 POWER_LIMIT_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP 1st power limit FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1236 POWER_LIMIT_2 CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP 2nd power limit (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1237 POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR CR: / DÜ1/

Maximum regenerative power FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
kW 100.0000 0.3000 500.0000 FLOAT immediately
1237 POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Maximum regenerative power FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
kW 100.0000 0.1000 500.0000 FLOAT immediately
1238 CURRENT_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1/

Motor current limit MSD 2/4 810D
1238 CURRENT_LIMIT CR: /DÜ1 /

D02 Motor current limit MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1239 FORCE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP CR: / DL1/

D02 Force limit in setting-up operation FDD LIN 2/4
1239 TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP CR: /DÜ1 /

D02 Torque limit in setting-up operation FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1245 CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED CR: / DL1/

EXP Threshold speed dep. F-setpoint smoothing (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1245 CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED CR: /DD2 /

EXP Threshold speed dep. on M setpoint smoothing (not FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
810D)
1246 CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS CR: /DD2 /

EXP Hysteresis speed dep. M setpoint smoothing (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1246 CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS CR: / DL1/

EXP Hysteresis speed dependent F-setpoint smoothing (not FDD LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
1247 MOTOR_SWITCH_SPEED CR: /DE1 /

EXP Speed threshold for motor changeover (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D

Lists 04/00
1250 ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ CR: / DB1/

Transition frequency for actual current smoothing FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1250 ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ CR: / DB1 /

D04 Transition frequency for actual current smoothing FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1251 LOAD_SMOOTH_TIME CR: / DD1 /

- Time constant for load smoothing (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1252 TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY CR: / DB1/

Transition frequency of torque setpoint smoothing FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1252 FORCE_FILTER_FREQUENCY CR: / DL1/

D04 Transition freq. for the force setpoint smoothing FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1252 TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY CR: /DB1 /

D04 Transition frequency of torque setpoint smoothing FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1254 CURRENT_MONITOR_FILTER_TIME CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP Time constant for current monitoring FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1300 SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME CR: / FBSI /

D07 SI monitoring cycle (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1301 SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE CR: / FBSI /

D07 Enable safety functions (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 ffeb UNS. WORD PowerOn
1302 SAFE_IS_ROT_AX CR: / FBSI /

D07 Axis-specific bits of safety functions (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1305 SAFE_MODULO_RANGE CR: / FBSI /

D07 Actual value range for SN for rotary axes (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
mDegrees 0 0 737280000 UNS. DWORD PowerOn
1316 SAFE_ENC_CONFIG CR: / FBSI /

D07 Motor encoder configuration of safety functions (not FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
1317 SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST CR: / FBSI /

D07 Grid spacing of linear scale (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees 10.0000 0.0100 8000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1318 SAFE_ENC_RESOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Encoder lines per revolution (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
1320 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH CR: / FBSI /

D07 Spindle pitch (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
mm/rev 10.0000 0.1000 8388.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1321 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Denominator of gear unit encoder / load (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1322 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Numerator of gear unit encoder / load (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1330 SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Standstill tolerance (SBH) (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees 1000 1 100000 DWORD PowerOn
1331 SAFE_VELO_LIMIT [n] 0 ...3 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Limit values for SG (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
mm/min, rev/min 2000.0000 0.0000 1000000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1332 SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR [n] 0 ...15 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Override factor for SG (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
% 100 1 100 UNS. WORD PowerOn
1334 SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS [n] 0 ...1 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Upper limit value for SE (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees 100000000 -2147000000 2147000000 DWORD PowerOn
1335 SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS [n] 0 ...1 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Lower limit value for SE (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees -100000000 -2147000000 2147000000 DWORD PowerOn
1336 SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS [n] 0 ...3 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Plus cam position SN (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees 10000 -2147000000 2147000000 DWORD PowerOn
1337 SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS [n] 0 ...3 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Minus cam position SN (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
um, mDegrees -10000 -2147000000 2147000000 DWORD PowerOn
1340 SAFE_CAM_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Tolerance for safe cams (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1342 SAFE_POS_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Actual value tolerance for the cross-check (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1344 SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Actual value tolerance safe axis position (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1346 SAFE_VELO_X CR: / FBSI /

D07 Speed limit nx (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1348 SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Actual speed tolerance for SBR (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

Lists 04/00
1349 SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Tolerance 2 encoder drift/slip (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1350 SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME CR: / FBSI /

D07 Tolerance time for SGE changeover (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 500.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1351 SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY CR: / FBSI /

D07 Delay time for SG changeover (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1352 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C CR: / FBSI /

D07 Transition time from STOP C to SBH (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1353 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D CR: / FBSI /

D07 Transition time from STOP D to SBH (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1354 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E CR: / FBSI /

D07 Transition time from STOP E to SBH (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1356 SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY CR: / FBSI /

D07 Delay time for pulse suppression (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1357 SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME CR: / FBSI /

D07 Time for testing pulse suppression (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 100.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
1360 SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL CR: / FBSI /

D07 Creep speed pulse suppression (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1361 SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE CR: / FBSI /

D07 Stop reaction with SG (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1362 SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE CR: / FBSI /

D07 Stop reaction with SE (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1363 SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION [n] 0 ...3 Index of parameter block CR: / FBSI /

D07 Specific SG stop reaction (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1390 SAFE_FIRMWARE_VERSION CR: / FBSI /

D07 Firmware (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 0 0 4294967295 UNS. DWORD immediately
1391 SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST1 CR: / FBSI /

D07 Diagnostics: NC result list 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1392 SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST1 CR: / FBSI /

D07 Diagnostics: 611D result list 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
1393 SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST2 CR: / FBSI /

D07 Diagnostics: NC result list 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1394 SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST2 CR: / FBSI /

D07 Diagnostics: 611D result list 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1395 SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS CR: / FBSI /

D07 Diagnostics for STOP F (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 32767 0 32767 WORD immediately
1396 SAFE_ACKN_WRITE CR: / FBSI /

D07 User agreement (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1397 SAFE_ACKN_READ CR: / FBSI /

D07 611D internal agreement (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1398 SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM CR: / FBSI /

D07 Display of SI-MD check sum (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1399 SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM CR: / FBSI /

D07 SI-MD check sum (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1400 MOTOR_RATED_SPEED CR: / DM1/

Rated motor speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1400 MOTOR_RATED_SPEED CR: /DM1 /

D05 Rated motor speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
MSD: 1450.0000
1400 MOTOR_RATED_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D05 Rated motor speed FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1401 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD1/

Maximum usable motor speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1401 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D02, D05 Maximum motor operating speed FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1401 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD1 /

D02, D05 Maximum usable motor speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1403 PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D02 Switch-off speed for cancelling of pulses FDD LIN 2/4

Lists 04/00
1403 PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED CR: /DB1 /

D02 Shut down speed pulse suppression FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
MSD: 2.0000
1404 PULSE_SUPPRESSION_DELAY CR: / DB1 /

D02 Timer impulse suppression FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
MSD: 5000.0000
1405 MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D02, D05 Monitoring speed of motor FDD LIN 2/4
1405 MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Monitoring motor speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1406 SPEEDCTRL_TYPE CR: / DD2 /

EXP Speed controller type (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
1407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

P gain of speed controller FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
Nms/rad 0.3000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, D08 P gain speed control FDD LIN 2/4 840D
Ns/m 2000.0000 0.0000 1000000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, D08 P gain of speed controller FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1408 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

P gain of upper adaptation speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1408 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP P gain upper adaption speed FDD LIN 2/4 840D
Ns/m 2000.0000 0.0000 1000000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1408 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP P gain of upper adaptation speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, D08 Integral action time of speed controller FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, D08 Integral action time of speed controller FDD LIN 2/4
1410 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Integral action time of upper adaptation speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4

04/00 Lists
1410 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Integral action time of upper adaption speed FDD LIN 2/4
1411 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1 CR: / DD2/

Lower adaptation speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1411 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1 CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Lower adaption speed threshold FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1411 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1 CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Lower adaptation speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1412 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2 CR: / DD2/

Upper adaptation speed FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1412 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2 CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Upper adaptation speed FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1412 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2 CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Upper adaption speed threshold FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1413 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Select adaptation speed controller FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1413 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Select adaptation speed controller FDD LIN 2/4
1414 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Natural frequency for the reference model speed (not FDD LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
1414 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Natural frequency for the reference model speed (not FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
810D)
1415 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Damping of reference model speed (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1415 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Damping of reference model speed (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1416 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Balancing the reference model speed (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1416 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Balancing the reference model speed (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D

Lists 04/00
1417 SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DB1/

Signal n_x for 'n_act < n_x' FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1417 SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DB1 /

D03 Signal n_x for 'n_act < n_x' FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1417 SPEED_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D03 v_x for "v_act < v_x" signal FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1418 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DB1/

Signal n_min for 'act_n < n_min' FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1418 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DB1 /

D03 Signal n_min for 'act_n < n_min' FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1418 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D03 v_min for "v_act < v_min" signal FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1420 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP CR: / DÜ1/

Max. motor speed, setting-up operation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1420 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP CR: / DL1/

D02 Maximum speed in setting-up operation FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1420 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP CR: /DÜ1 /

D02 Max. motor speed, setting-up operation FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1421 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD1 /

D01 Time constant integrator feedback FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1424 SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME CR: /DS1 /

D01, EXP Balancing the speed precontrol channel (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1424 SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Balancing the speed precontrol channel (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1425 SPEED_FFW_DELAY CR: / DS1 /

D01, EXP Balancing computation deadtime I-controller (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1426 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DB1/

Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_set = n_act' signal FDD/MSD 2/4 810D

04/00 Lists
1426 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DB1 /

D03 Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_set = n_act' signal FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1426 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D03 Tolerance bandwidth for "v_set = v_act" signal FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1427 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY CR: / DL1/

D03 FDD LIN 2/4
1427 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY CR: /DB1 /

D03 Delay time signal 'n_set = n_act' FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1428 TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DB1 /

D03 Threshold force M_dx FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1428 FORCE_THRESHOLD_X [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D03 Threshol force Fdx FDD LIN 2/4
1429 TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY CR: / DL1/

D03 Delay time 'Fd < Fdx' signal FDD LIN 2/4
1429 TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY CR: /DB1 /

D03 Delay time signal 'Md < Mdx' FDD/MSD ROT 2/4
1451 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DE1 /

D01 P gain of speed control loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1453 SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DE1 /

D01 Integral action time of speed control loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1458 DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM CR: /DE1 /

D01 Current setpoint controlled range IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1459 TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM CR: /DE1 /

D01 Torque smoothing time constant IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1465 SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM CR: /DE1 /

D01, D06 Changeover speed MSD/IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1466 SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM CR: /DE1 /

D01 Changeover speed closed/open loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1500 NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Number of speed setpoint filters FDD/MSD 2/4 810D

Lists 04/00
1500 NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01 Number of speed setpoint filters FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1500 NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01 Number of speed setpoint filters FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1501 SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01 Speed setpoint filter type (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1501 SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01 Speed setpoint filter type (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1502 SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DD2/

Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1502 SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01 Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1 FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1502 SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01 Time constant for speed setpoint filter 1 FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1503 SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01 Time constant for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1503 SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01 Time constant for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1506 SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1506 SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1507 SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Damping for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1507 SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Damping for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1508 SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1508 SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Natural frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
1509 SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Damping for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1509 SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Damping for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1514 SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1514 SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1515 SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1515 SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 1 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1516 SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 1 (not FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
810D)
1516 SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 1 (not FDD LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
1517 SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1517 SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Blocking frequency for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1518 SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1518 SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Bandwidth for speed setpoint filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1519 SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 2 (not FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
810D)
1519 SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP Bandwidth numerator for speed setpoint filter 2 (not FDD LIN 2/4 840D
810D)

Lists 04/00
1520 SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP BSF natural frequency for speed setp. filter 1 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1520 SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP BSF natural frequency for speed setp. filter 1 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1521 SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /DD2 /

D01, EXP BSF natural frequency for speed setp. filter 2 (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1521 SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / DL1/

D01, EXP BSF natural frequency for speed setp. filter 2 (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1522 ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME CR: / DD2 /

D01 Time const. actual speed value filter (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1600 ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON CR: / DB1/

Suppressible alarms (Power-On) FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1600 ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON CR: / DB1 /

D02, EXP Suppressible alarms (Power-On) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 83be UNS. WORD immediately
1601 ALARM_MASK_RESET CR: / DB1/

Suppressible alarms (reset) FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1601 ALARM_MASK_RESET CR: / DB1 /

D02, EXP Suppressible alarms (reset) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 73c0 UNS. WORD immediately
1602 MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Motor temperature alarm threshold FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
C 120 0 200 UNS. WORD immediately
1603 MOTOR_TEMP_ALARM_TIME CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Time for motor temperature alarm FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
s 240 0 600 UNS. WORD immediately
1604 LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1/

DC-link undervoltage alarm threshold FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1604 LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, EXP DC-link undervoltage alarm threshold FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1605 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME CR: / DÜ1 /

D02 Time n-controller at limit stop FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1606 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD CR: / DÜ1/

Threshold n-controller at limit stop FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
MSD: 30.0000

04/00 Lists
1606 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD CR: / DL1/

D02 Threshold speed controller limit FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1606 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD CR: /DÜ1 /

D02 Threshold n-controller at limit stop FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
MSD: 30.0000
1607 MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Motor temperature shutdown limit FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1608 MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE CR: / DÜ1 /

D02, D05 Fixed temperature FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1610 DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Diagnostic functions (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
MSD: 1
1611 DNDT_THRESHOLD CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Response threshold dn/dt FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
% 800 0 1600 UNS. WORD immediately
1612 ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON CR: / DB1/

Configuring shutdown response to PO alarms FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
HEX db2 0 ffff UNS. WORD immediately
MSD: ffff
1612 ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON CR: / DB1 /

D02 Configuring shutdown response to PO alarms FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX fbc 0 ffff UNS. WORD immediately
MSD: ffff
1613 ALARM_REACTION_RESET CR: / DB1 /

D02 Configuring shutdown response to RESET alarms FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
MSD: ffff
1615 SMOOTH_RUN_TOL CR: / DD1/

Smooth running monitoring tolerance FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1615 SMOOTH_RUN_TOL CR: /DD1 /

EXP Smooth running monitoring tolerance FDD/MSD ROT 0/0 840D
1615 SMOOTH_RUN_TOL CR: / DL1/

EXP Tolerance bandwidth for the smooth running monit. FDD LIN 0/0 840D
1620 PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS CR: / DD1 /

D03 Variable message function bits (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
HEX 0 0 7 UNS. WORD immediately
1621 PROG_SIGNAL_NR CR: / DD1 /

D03 Signal number, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

Lists 04/00
1622 PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS CR: / DD1 /

D03 Address, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1623 PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD CR: / DD1 /

D03 Threshold, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1624 PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS CR: / DD1 /

D03 Hysteresis, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1625 PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY CR: / DD1 /

D03 Pickup delay time, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
ms 0 0 10000 UNS. WORD immediately
1626 PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY CR: / DD1 /

D03 Dropout delay, variable message function (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1630 LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD CR: / DÜ1 /

EXP Response threshold, only DC link monitoring (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1631 LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON CR: / DE1 /

EXP Response voltage of generator axis (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1632 LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST CR: / DE1 /

EXP Voltage range for generator control (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1633 LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF CR: / DE1 /

EXP Shutdown threshold of generator operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1634 LINK_VOLTAGE_RETRACT CR: / DE1 /

EXP Response threshold emergency retraction (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1635 GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED CR: / DL1/

EXP Minimum speed generator axis (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1635 GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED CR: /DE1 /

EXP Minimum speed of the generator axis (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1636 RETRACT_AND_GENERATOR_MODE CR: / DE1 /

EXP Operating mode emergency retraction/gen. operation (not FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
810D)
1637 GEN_STOP_DELAY CR: / DE1 /

EXP Delay time for regenerative braking (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1638 RETRACT_TIME CR: / DE1 /

EXP Emergency retraction time (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
1639 RETRACT_SPEED CR: /DE1 /

EXP Emergency retraction speed (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
- 0 -4194304 4194304 DWORD immediately
1639 RETRACT_SPEED CR: / DL1/

EXP Emergency retraction speed (not 810D) FDD LIN 2/4 840D
- 0 -4194304 4194304 DWORD immediately
1650 DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS CR: / DD1, DE1 /

D04, EXP Diagnostic control (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1651 MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Signal number min./max. memory (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1652 MINMAX_ADDRESS CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Memory cell, min./max. memory (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1653 MINMAX_MIN_VALUE CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Minimum value, min./max. memory (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1654 MINMAX_MAX_VALUE CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Maximum value, min./max. memory (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1655 MONITOR_SEGMENT CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Segment of memory cell for monitor FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1656 MONITOR_ADDRESS CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Address of memory cell for monitor FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1657 MONITOR_DISPLAY CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Display monitor value FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1658 MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Entry of monitor value FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1659 MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Transference of monitor value FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
1660 UF_MODE_FREQUENCY CR: / DE1 /

EXP Motor frequency V/f mode (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
Hz 0.0000 -10000.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1661 UF_MODE_RATIO CR: / DE1 /

EXP V/f ratio in V/f mode (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
Vs 2.4000 0.0000 100.0000 FLOAT immediately
1662 UF_MODE_DELTA_FREQUENCY CR: / DE1 /

EXP Changing the motor frequency of V/f operation (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
Hz/s 5.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT immediately

Lists 04/00
1665 IPO_SPEEDCTRL_DELAY_FACTOR CR: / IAD /

EXP Run-time factor IPO/SC cycles f. RFG (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 0/0 840D
1700 TERMINAL_STATE CR: / DD1/

Status of binary inputs FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
HEX 0 0 7fff UNS. WORD immediately
1700 TERMINAL_STATE CR: / DD1 /

D04 Status of binary inputs FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1701 LINK_VOLTAGE CR: / DD1/

DC link voltage FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1701 LINK_VOLTAGE CR: / DD1 /

D04 DC link voltage FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1702 MOTOR_TEMPERATURE CR: / DD1 /

D04 Motor temperature FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4
C 0 0 32767 WORD immediately
1703 LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC CR: / DD1/

Leadtime for motor measuring system converter FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
us 0 0 32767 UNS. WORD immediately
1703 LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC CR: / DD1 /

EXP Leadtime for motor measuring system converter FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1704 LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC CR: / DD1/

Leadtime for direct measuring system converter FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1704 LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC CR: / DD1 /

EXP Leadtime for direct measuring system converter FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1705 DESIRED_VOLTAGE CR: / DD1 /

D04 Voltage setpoint (rms) (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
V 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1706 DESIRED_SPEED CR: / DD1/

Speed setpoint FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1706 DESIRED_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D04 Speed setpoint FDD LIN 2/4 840D
m/min 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1706 DESIRED_SPEED CR: /DD1 /

D04 Speed setpoint FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1707 ACTUAL_SPEED CR: / DD1/

Actual speed value FDD/MSD 2/4 810D

04/00 Lists
1707 ACTUAL_SPEED CR: /DD1 /

D04 Actual speed value FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1707 ACTUAL_SPEED CR: / DL1/

D04 Speed actual value FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1708 ACTUAL_CURRENT CR: / DD1/

Smoothed actual current value FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1708 ACTUAL_CURRENT CR: / DD1 /

D04 Smoothed actual current value FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
% 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1709 VOLTAGE_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of voltage representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1709 VOLTAGE_LSB CR: / DD1 /

EXP Significance of voltage representation FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1710 CURRENT_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of current representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
uA 0.0000 0.0000 32767.0000 FLOAT immediately
1710 CURRENT_LSB CR: / DD1 /

EXP Significance of current representation FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
uA 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1711 SPEED_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of the speed representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1711 SPEED_LSB CR: /DD1 /

EXP Significance of the speed representation FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
1711 SPEED_LSB CR: / DL1/

EXP Significance of the speed representation FDD LIN 2/4 840D
1712 ROTOR_FLUX_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of the rotor flux representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
uVs 0.0000 0.0000 32767.0000 FLOAT immediately
1712 ROTOR_FLUX_LSB CR: / DD1 /

EXP Significance of the rotor flux representation FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
uVs 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1713 TORQUE_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of the torque representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
uNm 0.0000 0.0000 32767.0000 FLOAT immediately
1713 TORQUE_LSB CR: /DD1 /

EXP Significance of the torque representation FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
uNm 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately

Lists 04/00
1713 FORCE_LSB CR: / DL1/

EXP Significance of the force representation FDD LIN 2/4 840D
uN 0.0000 -1000000.0000 1000000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1714 ROTOR_POS_LSB CR: / DD1/

Significance of rotor position representation FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
ø 0.0000 0.0000 32767.0000 FLOAT immediately
1714 ROTOR_POS_LSB CR: / DD1 /

EXP Significance of rotor position representation FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1719 ABS_ACTUAL_CURRENT CR: / DD1 /

D04 Absolute current setpoint value (rms) (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
A 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1720 CRC_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1/

CRC diagnostic parameter FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1720 CRC_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP CRC diagnostic parameter FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1721 ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1/

Diagnostics, actual speed value FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1721 ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Diagnostics, actual speed value FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1722 LOAD CR: / DD1/

Utilization FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1722 LOAD CR: / DD1 /

D04 Utilization FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1723 ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME CR: / DD1/

Diagnostics, ramp-up time FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1723 ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME CR: / DD1 /

EXP Diagnostics, ramp-up time FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1724 SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1/

Diagnostics, smooth running monitoring FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1724 SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1 /

EXP Diagnostics, smooth running monitoring FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1725 MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC CR: / DD1/

Standardising the torque setpoint average FDD/MSD 2/4 810D

04/00 Lists
1725 MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC CR: / DL1/

EXP Rating force setpoint interface FDD LIN 2/4 840D
N 0.0000 -1000000.0000 1000000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1725 MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC CR: /DD1 /

EXP Standardising the torque setpoint average FDD/MSD ROT 2/4 840D
Nm 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
1730 OPERATING_MODE CR: / DD1/

Operating mode display FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1730 OPERATING_MODE CR: / DD1 /

D04 Operating mode display FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1731 CL1_PO_IMAGE CR: / DB1/

Image ZK1_PO register FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1731 CL1_PO_IMAGE CR: / DB1 /

D04, EXP Image ZK1_PO register FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1732 CL1_RES_IMAGE CR: / DB1/

Image ZK1_RES register FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1732 CL1_RES_IMAGE CR: / DB1 /

D04, EXP Image ZK1_RES register FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1733 LPFC_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1/

NPFK diagnosis counter FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1733 LPFC_DIAGNOSIS CR: / DD1 /

EXP NPFK diagnosis counter FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1734 DIAG_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / /

- Rotor position identification diagnosis (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
- 0 -5 2 WORD immediately
1735 PROCESSOR_LOAD CR: / DD1 /

- Processor load (not 810D) FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
% 0 0 65535 UNS. WORD immediately
1736 TEST_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / DM1 /

D04 Rotor position identification (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1737 DIFF_ROTORPOS_IDENT CR: / DM1 /

- Rotor position identification difference (not 810D) FDD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1790 ENC_TYPE_MOTOR CR: / DG1/

Measuring circuit type, indirect measuring system FDD/MSD 2/4 810D

Lists 04/00
1790 ENC_TYPE_MOTOR CR: / DG1 /

D04, D06 Measuring circuit type, indirect measuring system FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1791 ENC_TYPE_DIRECT CR: / DG1/

Measuring circuit type, direct measuring system FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1791 ENC_TYPE_DIRECT CR: / DG1 /

D04, D06 Measuring circuit type, direct measuring system FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1797 PBL_VERSION CR: / DD1/

Data version FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1797 PBL_VERSION CR: / DD1 /

EXP Data version FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1798 FIRMWARE_DATE CR: / DD1/

Firmware date FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1798 FIRMWARE_DATE CR: / DD1 /

D04, EXP Firmware date FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D
1799 FIRMWARE_VERSION CR: / DD1/

Firmware release FDD/MSD 2/4 810D
1799 FIRMWARE_VERSION CR: / DD1 /

D04 Firmware release FDD/MSD ROT/LIN 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
The drive machine data, MSD, of the second motor are listed in the following.
The cross-references correspond to those of the MD for the first motor with the
corresponding identifier.
2005 ENC_RESOL_MOTOR_M2 CR: / /

D06 Motor measuring system encoder increments (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2100 PWM_FREQUENCY_M2 CR: / /

D01, D05, EXP Pulse-width modulation frequency (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
Hz 3200.0000 2000.0000 8000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2102 MOTOR_CODE_M2 CR: / /

D04, D05 Motor code number (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2103 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT_M2 CR: / /

D05 Motor rated current (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2117 MOTOR_INERTIA_M2 CR: / /

D05 Motor moment of inertia (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
kgm² 0.0010 0.0000 32.0000 FLOAT immediately
2119 SERIES_INDUCTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Inductance of the series reactor (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
mH 0.0000 0.0000 65.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2120 CURRCTRL_GAIN_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Current controller P gain (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
V/A 10.0000 0.0000 10000.0000 FLOAT immediately
2121 CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Current controller integral action time (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2125 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1_M2 CR: / /

D04, EXP Ramp-up time 1 in V/f operation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2126 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2_M2 CR: / /

D04, EXP Ramp-up time 2 in V/f operation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2127 UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0_M2 CR: / /

D04, D05, EXP Voltage at f=0 in V/f operation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2129 POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI_M2 CR: / /

D05 Cos phi power factor (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
- 0.8000 0.0000 1.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2130 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER_M2 CR: / /

D05 Rated motor output (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
kW 0.0000 0.0000 1500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2132 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Rated motor voltage (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
V 380.0000 0.0000 5000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn

Lists 04/00
2134 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY_M2 CR: / /

D05 Rated motor frequency (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
Hz 50.0000 0.0000 3000.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2135 MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Motor no-load voltage (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2136 MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT_M2 CR: / /

D05 Motor no-load current (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
A 0.0000 0.0000 500.0000 FLOAT immediately
2137 STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Cold stator resistance (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2138 ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Cold rotor resistance (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2139 STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Stator leakage reactance (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2140 ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Rotor leakage reactance (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2141 MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE_M2 CR: / /

D05 Magnetizing reactance (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2142 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D05 Threshold speed for field weakening (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2143 LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

- Upper speed for the L_h characteristic (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2144 LH_CURVE_GAIN_M2 CR: / /

- Gain factor of the L_h characteristic (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
% 100.0000 100.0000 500.0000 FLOAT PowerOn
2145 STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION_M2 CR: / /

D05 Stall torque reduction factor (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2146 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D05 Maximum motor speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2147 SPEED_LIMIT_M2 CR: / /

D02, D05 Motor speed limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2148 ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D04 Threshold speed of pull-out power (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
2150 FIELDCTRL_GAIN_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Flux controller P-gain (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
A/(Vs) 400.0000 0.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
2151 FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Flux controller integral-action time (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2160 FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Threshold speed for flux sensing (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2190 TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC_M2 CR: / /

D02, EXP Evaluation of torque limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2230 TORQUE_LIMIT_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D02, EXP 1st torque limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2231 TORQUE_LIMIT_2_M2 CR: / /

D02, EXP 2nd torque limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2232 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D02, EXP Changeover speed from MD 1230 to MD 1231 (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2233 TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D02, EXP Regenerative limiting (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2234 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST_M2 CR: / /

D02, EXP Hysteresis MD 1232 (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2235 POWER_LIMIT_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D02, EXP 1st power limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2236 POWER_LIMIT_2_M2 CR: / /

D02, EXP 2nd power limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2238 CURRENT_LIMIT_M2 CR: / /

D02 Motor current limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2239 TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP_M2 CR: / /

D02 Torque limit in setting-up operation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2245 CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

EXP Threshold speed dep. on M setpoint smoothing (not MSD ROT 2/4 840D
810D)

Lists 04/00
2246 CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS_M2 CR: / /

EXP Hysteresis speed dep. M setpoint smoothing (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2400 MOTOR_RATED_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D05 Rated motor speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2401 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D02, D05 Maximum usable motor speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2403 PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED_M2 CR: / /

D02 Shut down speed pulse suppression (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2405 MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D02, D05 Monitoring motor speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01, D08 P gain of speed controller (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2408 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01, EXP P gain of upper adaptation speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01, D08 Integral action time of speed controller (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2410 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01, EXP Integral action time of upper adaptation speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2411 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Lower adaptation speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2412 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Upper adaptation speed (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2413 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE_M2 CR: / /

D01, EXP Select adaptation speed controller (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2417 SPEED_THRESHOLD_X_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D03 Signal n_x for 'n_act < n_x' (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2418 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D03 Signal n_min for 'n_act < n_min' (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2426 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D03 Tolerance bandwidth for 'n_act = n_set' signal (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D

04/00 Lists
2451 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01 P gain of speed control loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2453 SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM_M2 [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: / /

D01 Integral action time of speed control loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2458 DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2 CR: / /

D01 Current setpoint controlled range IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2459 TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM_M2 CR: / /

D01 Torque smoothing time constant IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2465 SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM_M2 CR: / /

D01, D06 Changeover speed MSD/IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2466 SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2 CR: / /

D01 Changeover speed closed/open loop IM (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2602 MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT_M2 CR: / /

D02, D05 Motor temperature alarm threshold (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2607 MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT_M2 CR: / /

D02, D05 Motor temperature shutdown limit (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2608 MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE_M2 CR: / /

D02, D05 Fixed temperature (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2711 SPEED_LSB_M2 CR: / /

EXP Significance of the speed representation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2712 ROTOR_FLUX_LSB_M2 CR: / /

EXP Significance of the rotor flux representation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
uVs 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
2713 TORQUE_LSB_M2 CR: / /

EXP Significance of the torque representation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
uNm 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately
2714 ROTOR_POS_LSB_M2 CR: / /

EXP Significance of rotor position representation (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
2725 MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC_M2 CR: / /

EXP Standardising the torque setpoint average (not 810D) MSD ROT 2/4 840D
Nm 0.0000 -100000.0000 100000.0000 FLOAT immediately

Lists 04/00
2.3 Machine data for hydraulics module

5001 SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME CR: /FBHY/
D01, EXP Velocity controller clockrate HLD 3/3 840D
31,25 us 4 2 16 UNS. WORD PowerOn
5002 MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME CR: /FBHY/

EXP Monitoring cycle HLD 3/3 840D
31,25 us 3200 128 3200 UNS. WORD PowerOn
5003 STS_CONFIG CR: /FBHY/

EXP STS configuration HLD 3/3 840D
HEX 330 0 7F0 UNS. WORD PowerOn
5004 CTRL_CONFIG CR: /FBHY/

D01 Configuration structure HLD 3/3 840D
5005 ENC_RESOL_MOTOR CR: /FBHY/

EXP Increments of rotary measuring system HLD 3/3 840D
5008 ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION CR: /FBHY/

EXP, D06 Encoder phase error compensation HLD 3/3 840D
5011 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG CR: /FBHY/

D06 Configuration of actual value acquisition HLD 3/3 840D
5012 FUNC_SWITCH CR: /FBHY/

D01, D02, D03 Function switch HLD 3/3 840D
5021 ENC_ABS_TURN_MOTOR CR: /FBHY/

D06 Multiturn resol. motor absolute encoder HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 4096 FFFF UNS. WORD PowerOn
5022 ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR CR: /FBHY/

D06 Measuring steps of motor absolute track HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 8192 7FFFFF UNS. DWORD PowerOn
5023 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR CR: /FBHY/

D06 Diagnosis of measuring circuit motor absolute track HLD 3/3 840D
HEX 0 0 BFFF UNS. WORD immediately
5024 DIVISION_LIN_SCALE CR: /FBHY/

D06 Linear scale graduations HLD 3/3 840D
nm 20000 1000 200000 UNS. DWORD PowerOn
5040 PISTON_ZERO CR: /FBHY/

D04 Piston zero in relation to machine zero HLD 3/3 840D
mm 0.0 -1000000.0 1000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5041 MACHINE_ZERO_HIGH CR: /FBHY/

EXP Machine zero in relation to actual position zero HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 -2147483647 7FFFFFFF DWORD immediately

04/00 Lists
5042 MACHINE_ZERO_LOW CR: /FBHY/

EXP Machine zero in relation to actual position zero HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 0 FFFFFFFF UNS. DWORD immediately
5100 FLUID_ELASTIC_MODULUS CR: /FBHY/

D01 Modulus of elasticity for hydraulic oil HLD 3/3 840D
bar 11000 1000 21000 FLOAT immediately
5101 WORKING_PRESSURE CR: /FBHY/

D01 System pressure HLD 3/3 840D
bar 0.0 0.0 350.0 FLOAT PowerOn
5102 PILOT_OPERATION_PRESSURE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Pilot pressure HLD 3/3 840D
bar 0.0 0.0 250.0 FLOAT immediately
5106 VALVE_CODE CR: /FBHY/

D05, D04 Valve code number HLD 3/3 840D
5107 VALVE_NOMINAL_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve rated flow HLD 3/3 840D
l/min 0.0 0.0 1000 FLOAT immediately
5108 VALVE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve rated pressure drop HLD 3/3 840D
5109 VALVE_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve rated voltage HLD 3/3 840D
5110 VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve flow knee point HLD 3/3 840D
5111 VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_VOLTAGE CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve voltage knee point HLD 3/3 840D
5112 VALVE_FLOW_FACTOR_A_B CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve flow ratio A/B HLD 3/3 840D
5113 VALVE_CONFIGURATION CR: /FBHY/

D05 Valve configuration HLD 3/3 840D
5114 VALVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Valve natural frequency HLD 3/3 840D
5115 VALVE_DAMPING CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Valve damping HLD 3/3 840D
5131 CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER CR: /FBHY/

D05 Cylinder piston diameter HLD 3/3 840D
mm 0.0 0.0 500.0 FLOAT PowerOn

Lists 04/00
5132 PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER CR: /FBHY/

D05 Cylinder piston rod diameter A HLD 3/3 840D
5133 PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER CR: /FBHY/

D05 Cylinder piston rod diameter B HLD 3/3 840D
5134 PISTON_STROKE CR: /FBHY/

D05 Piston stroke HLD 3/3 840D
5135 CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_A CR: /FBHY/

D05 Cylinder dead volume at the drive end HLD 3/3 840D
ccm 0.0 0.0 200000.0 FLOAT immediately
5136 CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_B CR: /FBHY/

D05 Cylinder dead volume at the non-drive end HLD 3/3 840D
ccm 0.0 0.0 200000.0 FLOAT immediately
5140 VALVE_CYLINDER_CONNECTION CR: /FBHY/

D05 Connection configuration of valve cylinder HLD 3/3 840D
5141 PIPE_LENGTH_A CR: /FBHY/

D05 Pipe length at the drive end HLD 3/3 840D
5142 PIPE_LENGTH_B CR: /FBHY/

D05 Pipe length at the non-drive end HLD 3/3 840D
5143 PIPE_INNER_DIAMETER_A_B CR: /FBHY/

D05 Pipe inside diameters A and B HLD 3/3 840D
5150 DRIVE_MASS CR: /FBHY/

D05 Mass moved by drive HLD 3/3 840D
kg 0.0 0.0 20000.0 FLOAT immediately
5151 CYLINDER_A_ORIENTATION CR: /FBHY/

D05 Mounting position at the drive end of the cylinder HLD 3/3 840D
5152 CYLINDER_FASTENING CR: /FBHY/

D05 Fastening the cylinder HLD 3/3 840D
5160 PISTON_POS_MIN_NAT_FREQ CR: /FBHY/

D05 Piston position min. natural frequency HLD 3/3 840D
5161 DRIVE_DAMPING CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Damping the drive HLD 3/3 840D
5162 DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_A CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Natural frequency of drive A HLD 3/3 840D

04/00 Lists
5163 DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Natural frequency of the drive HLD 3/3 840D
5164 DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_B CR: /FBHY/

D01, D05 Natural frequency of drive B HLD 3/3 840D
5180 CLOSED_LOOP_SYSTEM_DAMPING CR: /FBHY/

D01 Desired damping closed-loop system HLD 3/3 840D
5200 NUM_OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Number of manipulated variable filters HLD 3/3 840D
5201 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTER_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Type of manipulated variable filter HLD 3/3 840D
5202 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5203 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5204 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 natural frequency of manipulated variable filter 2 HLD 3/3 840D
5205 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 damping of manipulated variable filter 2 HLD 3/3 840D
5210 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Blocking frequency for manipulated variable filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5211 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5212 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5213 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Blocking frequency of manipulated variable filter 2 HLD 3/3 840D
5214 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 2 HLD 3/3 840D
5215 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Numerator bandwidth of manipulated variable filter 2 HLD 3/3 840D

Lists 04/00
5230 FORCE_LIMIT_THRESHOLD [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D02 Power limitation threshold for weight HLD 3/3 840D
N 10000.0 0.0 100000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5231 FORCE_LIMIT_WEIGHT [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D02 Power limitation weight HLD 3/3 840D
5232 STICTION_SPEED_THRESHOLD CR: /FBHY/

D02 Velocity threshold static friction HLD 3/3 840D
mm/min 10.0 0.0 500.0 FLOAT immediately
5233 STICTION_COMP_THRESHOLD CR: /FBHY/

D01 Interrupting lead static friction HLD 3/3 840D
5234 STICTION_FORCE_POS CR: /FBHY/

D02 Friction force velocity >0 HLD 3/3 840D
5235 STICTION_FORCE_NEG CR: /FBHY/

D02 Friction force velocity <0 HLD 3/3 840D
N -100.0 -100000000.0 100000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5240 FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN CR: /FBHY/

D01 Controlled system gain power controller HLD 3/3 840D
N/V 0.0 0.0 1000000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5241 FORCECTRL_CONFIG [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D02 Configuration of power controller HLD 3/3 840D
5242 FORCECTRL_GAIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 P gain of power controller HLD 3/3 840D
5243 FORCECTRL_GAIN_RED CR: /FBHY/

D01 Attenuation of power controller P component HLD 3/3 840D
5244 FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Power controller reset time HLD 3/3 840D
5245 FORCECTRL_PT1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Power controller smoothing time constant HLD 3/3 840D
5246 FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Power controller lead time HLD 3/3 840D
ms 0.0 -10000.0 10000.0 FLOAT immediately
5247 FORCE_FFW_WEIGHT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Power controller precontrol factor HLD 3/3 840D
5260 NUM_FFW_FCTRL_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Number of pilot filters in force controller HLD 3/3 840D

04/00 Lists
5261 FFW_FCTRL_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Type of pilot filter in the force controller HLD 3/3 840D
5264 FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 natural freq. pilot filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5265 FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 damping pilot filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5268 FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Blocking frequency pilot filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5269 FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Bandwidth pilot filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5270 FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Counter bandwidth pilot filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5280 NUM_OUTPUT_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Number of manipulated value filters HLD 3/3 840D
5281 OUTPUT_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Type of manipulated value filter HLD 3/3 840D
5284 OUTPUT_FIL_1_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Natural frequency of manipulated value filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5285 OUTPUT_FIL_1_DAMP [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Damping manipulated value filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5288 OUTPUT_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Blocking frequency manipulated value filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5289 OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Bandwidth manipulated value filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5290 OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW_NUM [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Numerator bandwidth manipulated value filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5401 DRIVE_MAX_SPEED CR: /FBHY/

D02, D05 Maximum useful velocity HLD 3/3 840D
mm/min 0.0 0.0 120000.0 FLOAT PowerOn
5402 SPEED_CRTL_DISABLE_STOPTIME CR: /FBHY/

D02 Deceleration time with servo disable HLD 3/3 840D

Lists 04/00
5404 POWER_DISABLE_DELAY CR: /FBHY/

D02 Power disable timer HLD 3/3 840D
ms 100 0 100000 FLOAT immediately
5406 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, D08 P gain of velocity controller A HLD 3/3 840D
5407 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, D08 P gain of velocity controller HLD 3/3 840D
5408 SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, D08 P gain of velocity controller B HLD 3/3 840D
5409 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, D08 Velocity controller reset time HLD 3/3 840D
5413 SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Selection of velocity controller adaptation HLD 3/3 840D
5414 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, EXP Natural frequency of the reference model HLD 3/3 840D
5415 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01, EXP Damping of the reference model HLD 3/3 840D
5420 DRIVE_MAX_SPEED_SETUP CR: /FBHY/

D02 Maximum setup mode velocity HLD 3/3 840D
5421 SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Time constant for integrator feedback HLD 3/3 840D
5422 FEEDBK_SPEED_THRESHOLD CR: /FBHY/

D01 Speed treshold integrator feed back HLD 3/3 840D
5430 SPEEDCTRL_PT1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Smoothing time constant for velocity controller HLD 3/3 840D
5431 SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Lead time for velocity controller A HLD 3/3 840D
5432 SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Lead time for velocity controller HLD 3/3 840D
5433 SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Lead time for velocity controller B HLD 3/3 840D

04/00 Lists
5435 CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN CR: /FBHY/

D01 Controlled system gain HLD 3/3 840D
mm/Vmin 0.0 0.0 20000.0 FLOAT immediately
5440 POS_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT CR: /FBHY/

D02 Positive velocity setpoint limit HLD 3/3 840D
5441 NEG_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT CR: /FBHY/

D02 Negative velocity setpoint limit HLD 3/3 840D
5460 FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Increase in friction compensation HLD 3/3 840D
5461 FRICTION_COMP_OUTPUT_RANGE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Range of action of friction compensation HLD 3/3 840D
5462 AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Positive area adaptation factor HLD 3/3 840D
5463 AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Negative area adaptation factor HLD 3/3 840D
5464 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation of flow HLD 3/3 840D
5465 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation of voltage HLD 3/3 840D
5466 DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_RANGE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation of rounding area HLD 3/3 840D
5467 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. flow HLD 3/3 840D
5468 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. voltage HLD 3/3 840D
5470 OFFSET_COMPENSATION CR: /FBHY/

D01 Offset compensation HLD 3/3 840D
5475 OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LIMIT CR: /FBHY/

D02 Actuating voltage limitation HLD 3/3 840D

Lists 04/00
5476 OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_INVERSION CR: /FBHY/

D01 Manipulated variable inversion HLD 3/3 840D
5480 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation pos. flow zero range HLD 3/3 840D
5481 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation pos. voltage zero range HLD 3/3 840D
5482 DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_Z_R CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation rounding zero range HLD 3/3 840D
5483 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. flow zero range HLD 3/3 840D
5484 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. voltage zero range HLD 3/3 840D
5485 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation pos. flow saturation HLD 3/3 840D
5486 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation pos. voltage saturation HLD 3/3 840D
5487 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. flow saturation HLD 3/3 840D
5488 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT CR: /FBHY/

D01 Knee-point compensation neg. voltage saturation HLD 3/3 840D
5500 NUM_SPEED_FILTERS [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Number of velocity filters HLD 3/3 840D
5501 SPEED_FILTER_TYPE [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Type of velocity filter HLD 3/3 840D
5502 SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT1 time constant of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5506 SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT 2 natural frequency of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5507 SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 PT2 damping of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D

04/00 Lists
5514 SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 BSF blocking frequency of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5515 SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 BSF bandwidth of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5516 SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 Numerator bandwidth of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5520 SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ [n] 0 ...7 Index of parameter block CR: /FBHY/

D01 BSF natural frequency of velocity filter 1 HLD 3/3 840D
5522 ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME CR: /FBHY/

D01 Time constant velocity actual value filter HLD 3/3 840D
5530 CYLINDER_SAFETY_CONFIG CR: /FBHY/

D05, D02 Safety circuit HLD 3/3 840D
5531 OUTPUT_ENABLE_DELAY CR: /FBHY/

D02 Manipulated variable blocking time HLD 3/3 840D
5532 POWER_ENABLE_DELAY CR: /FBHY/

D02 Power enable blocking time HLD 3/3 840D
5550 PRESSURE_SENS_A_REF CR: /FBHY/

D06 Reference value of pressure sensor A at 10 V HLD 3/3 840D
5551 PRESSURE_SENS_A_OFFS CR: /FBHY/

D06 Offset compensation for pressure sensor A HLD 3/3 840D
5552 PRESSURE_SENS_B_REF CR: /FBHY/

D06 Reference value of pressure sensor B at 10V HLD 3/3 840D
5553 PRESSURE_SENS_B_OFFS CR: /FBHY/

D06 Offset compensation for pressure sensor B HLD 3/3 840D
5600 ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON CR: /FBHY/

D02, EXP Concealable alarms (Power On) HLD 3/3 840D
HEX 0 0 FFFF UNS. WORD immediately
5601 ALARM_MASK_RESET CR: /FBHY/

D02, EXP Concealable alarms (Reset) HLD 3/3 840D
5605 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME CR: /FBHY/

D02 Time limit of velocity controller HLD 3/3 840D

Lists 04/00
5606 SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD CR: /FBHY/

D02 Threshold limit of velocity controller HLD 3/3 840D
5609 ENC_SPEED_LIMIT CR: /FBHY/

D06, d02 Maximum measuring velocity of linear scale HLD 3/3 840D
5610 DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS CR: /FBHY/

EXP Diagnostic functions HLD 3/3 840D
5612 ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON CR: /FBHY/

D02 Configurable shutdown reaction with PO alarms HLD 3/3 840D
5613 ALARM_REACTION_RESET CR: /FBHY/

D02 Configurable shutdown reaction with RESET alarms HLD 3/3 840D
5614 VALVE_ERROR_TIME CR: /FBHY/

D02 Valve spool monitoring timer HLD 3/3 840D
5620 PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS CR: /FBHY/

D03 Bits of variable signaling functions HLD 3/3 840D
5621 PROG_SIGNAL_NR CR: /FBHY/

D03 Signal number of variable signaling function HLD 3/3 840D
5622 PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS CR: /FBHY/

D03 Address of variable signaling functions HLD 3/3 840D
HEX 0 0 FFFFFF UNS. DWORD immediately
5623 PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD CR: /FBHY/

D03 Threshold of variable signaling functions HLD 3/3 840D
5624 PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS CR: /FBHY/

D03 Hysteresis of variable signaling functions HLD 3/3 840D
5625 PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY CR: /FBHY/

D03 Pickup delay of variable signaling function HLD 3/3 840D
5626 PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY CR: /FBHY/

D03 Dropout delay of variable signaling function HLD 3/3 840D
5650 DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Diagnostic control HLD 3/3 840D
5651 MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Signal number of min./max. storage HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 0 FFFF UNS. WORD immediately

04/00 Lists
5652 MINMAX_ADDRESS CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Storage location of min./max. storage HLD 3/3 840D
5653 MINMAX_MIN_VALUE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Minimum value of min./max. storage HLD 3/3 840D
5654 MINMAX_MAX_VALUE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Maximum value of min./max. storage HLD 3/3 840D
5655 MONITOR_SEGMENT CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Monitor storage location segment HLD 3/3 840D
5656 MONITOR_ADDRESS CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Monitor storage location address HLD 3/3 840D
5657 MONITOR_DISPLAY CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Monitor value display HLD 3/3 840D
5658 MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Monitor value input HLD 3/3 840D
5659 MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Monitor value accept HLD 3/3 840D
5700 TERMINAL_STATE CR: /FBHY/

D04 Status of binary inputs HLD 3/3 840D
5704 ACTUAL_PRESSURE_A CR: /FBHY/

D04 Actual pressure value A HLD 3/3 840D
bar 0.0 -10000.0 10000.0 FLOAT immediately
5705 ACTUAL_PRESSURE_B CR: /FBHY/

D04 Actual pressure value B HLD 3/3 840D
5706 DESIRED_SPEED CR: /FBHY/

D04 Velocity setpoint HLD 3/3 840D
mm/min 0.0 -240000.0 240000.0 FLOAT immediately
5707 ACTUAL_SPEED CR: /FBHY/

D04 Actual velocity value HLD 3/3 840D
5708 ACTUAL_CYL_FORCE CR: /FBHY/

D04 Actual cylinder force value HLD 3/3 840D
5709 VOLTAGE_LSB CR: /FBHY/

EXP Significance of voltage display HLD 3/3 840D

Lists 04/00
5710 PRESSURE_LSB CR: /FBHY/

EXP Significance of pressure display HLD 3/3 840D
5711 SPEED_LSB CR: /FBHY/

EXP Significance of velocity display HLD 3/3 840D
5713 FORCE_LSB CR: /FBHY/

EXP Significance of power display HLD 3/3 840D
uN 0.0 -10000000.0 10000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5714 POSITION_LSB CR: /FBHY/

EXP Significance of position display HLD 3/3 840D
nm 0.0 -1000000.0 1000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5715 DESIRED_VALVE_SPOOL_POS CR: /FBHY/

D04 Valve spool position setpoint voltage HLD 3/3 840D
5716 ACTUAL_VALVE_SPOOL_POS CR: /FBHY/

D04 Voltage for actual valve spool position value HLD 3/3 840D
5717 DESIRED_CYL_FORCE CR: /FBHY/

D04 Desired cylinder power HLD 3/3 840D
5720 CRC_DIAGNOSIS CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP CRC diagnostic parameters HLD 3/3 840D
5725 MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Standardization of the power setpoint interface HLD 3/3 840D
N 0.0 0.0 10000000.0 FLOAT immediately
5730 OPERATING_MODE CR: /FBHY/

D04 Display of the operating mode HLD 3/3 840D
5731 CL1_PO_IMAGE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Map of the ZK1_PO register HLD 3/3 840D
5732 CL1_RES_IMAGE CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Map of the ZK1_RES register HLD 3/3 840D
5735 PROCESSOR_UTILIZATION CR: /FBHY/

D04, EXP Processor load HLD 3/3 840D
% 0 0 FFFF UNS. WORD immediately
5740 ACTUAL_POSITION CR: /FBHY/

D04 Actual position value in relation to machine zero HLD 3/3 840D
5741 ACTUAL_PISTON_POSITION CR: /FBHY/

D04 Piston position in relation to piston zero HLD 3/3 840D

04/00 Lists
5790 ENC_TYPE CR: /FBHY/

D04, D06 Measuring circuit type of measuring system HLD 3/3 840D
5797 PBL_VERSION CR: /FBHY/

D04 Data version HLD 3/3 840D
5798 FIRMWARE_DATE CR: /FBHY/

D04 Firmware date HLD 3/3 840D
5799 FIRMWARE_VERSION CR: /FBHY/

D04 Firmware version HLD 3/3 840D
- 0 0 FFFFFF UNS. DWORD immediately

Lists 04/00
2.4 Machine data for operator panel
2.4.1 Generally available MDs for operator panel
Number MD identifier Cross ref.

Name, other information Active Protection level
Unit Default value Minimum value Maximum value Data type Valid from
9000 LCD_CONTRAST A2
Contrast POWER ON 3/4
- 7 0 15 BYTE -
9002 DISPLAY_MODE (for MMC 100) A2
External monitor (1: Monochrome, 2: Color) POWER ON 3/4
- 0 0 2 BYTE -
9003 FIRST_LANGUAGE (for MMC 100) A2
Foreground language POWER ON 3/4
- 1 1 2 BYTE -
9004 DISPLAY_RESOLUTION A2
Display resolution POWER ON 3/4
- 3 0 5 BYTE -
9005 PRG_DEFAULT_DIR (for MMC100) A2
Program default directory IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 1 5 BYTE -
9006 DISPLAY_BLACK_TIME (for MMC100) A2
Time over which display is black POWER ON 3/4
min 0 0 60 BYTE SW2
9007 TABULATOR_SIZE (for MMC 100) A2
Length of tabulator IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 4 0 30 BYTE SW2
9008 KEYBOARD_TYPE (for MMC 100) A2
Keyboard type: (0: BT, 1: MFII/QWERTY) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
min 0 0 1 BYTE SW3.6
9009 KEYBOARD_STATE (for MMC 100) A2
Shift behavior of keyboard during startup IMMEDIATELY 3/4
(0: Single, 1: Perm., 2: CAPSLOCK)
- 0 0 2 BYTE SW3.6

04/00 Lists
9010 SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION A2
Display resolution for spindle values IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 3 0 5 BYTE SW 4
9011 DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH A2
Display resolution for INCH system of units IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 3 0 5 BYTE SW 5.1
9013 SYNCHRONISATION_TIME
Time in which the the MMC timer is synchronized with the PLC IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 199 UNS.WORD 5.3
9015 DARKTIME_TO_PLC (for OP 30) -
Transfer signal :Screen is dark- to PLC IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW 5
9016 SWITCH_TO_AREA (for OP 30) -
Default power-up menu selectable IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 10 10 79 BYTE SW 5
9020 TECHNOLOGY A2
Basic configuration for simulation: IMMEDIATELY 1/ 1
0: No specific assignment
1: Turning machine configuration
2: Milling machine configuration
- 1 0 2 BYTE SW4.3 MMC100
SW5.1 MMC103
9025 DISPLAY_BACKLIGHT BAH
Brightness level of the background lighting (HT6 only) 4/7
- 15 0 15 UNS.BYTE 5.3
9026 TEACH_MODE BAH
Teaching mode to be activated 4/7
- 1 0 65535 UNS.WORD 5.3
9027 NUM_AX_SEL BAH
Number of axis groups for traversing keys 4/7
- 0 0 4 UNS.WORD 5.3
9030 EXPONENT_LIMIT (nur MMC 100) -
Number of places displayed without exponent Power On 3/4
- 6 0 20 BYTE SW 5.1
9031 EXPONENT_SCIENCE (nur MMC 100) -
Technical exponent representation in steps of three Power On 3/ 4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW 5.1
9200 USER_CLASS_READ_TOA A2
Protection level, read tool offset (general) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9201 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO A2
Protection level, write tool geometry IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -

Lists 04/00
9202 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR A2
Protection level, write tool wear data IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9203 USER_CLASS_WRITE_FINE A2
Protection level, write fine IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9204 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SC (for MMC102/103) -
Protection level, change tool sum offsets IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW 5
9205 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_EC (for MMC102/103) -
Protection level, change tool setup offsets IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW 5
9206 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SUPVIS (for MMC102/103) -
Protection level, change tool monitoring limit values IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW 5
9207 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ASSDNO (for MMC102/103) -
Change D No. assigned to tool edge IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW 5
9208 USER_CLASS_WRITE_MAG_WGROUP (for MMC102/103) -
Change wear group magazine location/mag. IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 3 0 5 BYTE SW 5
9209 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ADAPT A2
Protection level, write tool adapter data IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW5
9210 USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA A2
Protection level, write settable zero offset IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9211 USER_CLASS_READ_GUD_LUD A2
Protection level, read user variables IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9212 USER_CLASS_WRITE_GUD_LUD A2
Protection level, write user variables IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9213 USER_CLASS_OVERSTORE_HIGH A2
Protection level, extended overstore IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9214 USER_CLASS_WRITE_PRG_CONDIT A2
Protection level, influence program IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9215 USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA A2
Protection level, write setting data IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9216 USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM (for MMC 100) A2
Protection level, read part program IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9217 USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM (for MMC 100) A2
Protection level, enter part program IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -

04/00 Lists
9218 USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM A2
Protection level, select program IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9219 USER_CLASS_TEACH_IN A2
Protection level TEACH IN IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9220 USER_CLASS_PRESET A2
Protection level PRESET IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9221 USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA A2
Protection level, delete R parameter IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9222 USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA A2
Protection level, write R parameter IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9223 USER_CLASS_SET_V24 (nur MMC100) A2
Protection level for RS 232 C (V24) interface parameterization IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9224 USER_CLASS_READ_IN (nur MMC100) A2
Protection level for reading in data IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE -
9225 USER_CLASS_READ_CST (for MMC 100) A2
Protection level standard cycles IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 7 BYTE SW2
9226 USER_CLASS_READ_CUS (for MMC 100) -
Protection level user cycles IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW2
9227 USER_CLASS_SHOW_SBL2 (MMC100) A2
Skip single block2 (SBL2) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW3.5
9228 USER_CLASS_READ_SYF (for MMC 100) A2
Access stage for selection of directory SYF SW-UPD 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.2
9229 USER_CLASS_READ_DEF (for MMC 100) A2
Access stage for selection of directory DEF SW-UPD 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.2
9230 USER_CLASS_READ_BD (for MMC 100) A2
Access stage for selection of directory BD SW-UPD 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.2

Lists 04/00
Note
With Software Version 5, protection level ranges are introduced in the

R parameter display. They provide separate defined protection levels for
defined areas with R parameters. The ranges and protection levels can be
defined with the following machine data.
The previous functions of the display machine data
USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA and USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA are retained.
Where ranges overlap, the higher of the two protection levels applies.
9231 USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_1 (for MMC102/103) A2

Write protection for the first RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW5.1
9232 USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_1 (for MMC102/103) A2
Beginning of the first RPA range - 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
9233 USER_END_WRITE_RPA_1 (for MMC102/103) A2
End of the first RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
Write protection for the second RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW5.1
Beginning of the second RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
End of the second RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
Write protection for the third RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW5.1
Beginning of the third RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
End of the third RPA range IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 - BYTE SW5.1
9240 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_NAME
Changes tool identifier and duplo 3/4
0 0 7 BYTE 5

04/00 Lists
9241 USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_TYPE
Changes tool type 3/ 4
0 0 7 BYTE 5
9247 USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_PA
Availability of basic offset in PA 1/1
- 1 0 7 CHAR 5.3
9248 USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_MA
Availability of basic offset in MA 1/1
- 1 0 7 CHAR 5.3
9251 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLIST (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management: shows tool list IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9252 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLLOAD (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management: permits loading of tools IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9253 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLUNLOAD (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management: permits unloading of tools IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9254 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLMOVE (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits moving of tools in magazine IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9256 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR2 (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits selection of 2_MagList representation IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9257 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR3 (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits selection of 3_MagList representation IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9258 USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCNEWTOOLE (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits creating of new cutting edges in NC IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9259 USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCDELTOOL (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits deleting of tools in NC IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9260 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGBUFFER (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits/enables display of buffer store IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9261 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGFIND (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits/enables SK search and posit. IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1

Lists 04/00
9262 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLISTPOS (for MMC 100) FBW

User class tool management permits/enables positioning IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9263 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGNEXT (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits/enables SK next magazine IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9264 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLNEWTOOL (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool-management permits creating tools in NC IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9265 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR1 (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits selection of 1_TOOILIST IMMEDIATELY 3/4
representation
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
representation
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
representation
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9269 USER_CLASS_TM_SKFINDPLACE (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management permits/enables find place, load tool list IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9270 USER_CLASS_TM_SKACTPLACE (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management enables SK actual place IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9271 USER_CLASS_TM_SKLDTOOLDAT (for MMC 100) FBW
User class tool management enables SK ToolData in state loading tools IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 7 BYTE SW4.1
9300 V24_USER_XON (for MMC 100) K4
User: Xon character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 11 00 FF BYTE -
9301 V24_USER_XOFF (for MMC 100) K4
User: Xoff character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 13 00 FF BYTE -
9302 V24_USER_EOF (for MMC 100) K4
User: Transmission end character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 1A 00 FF BYTE -
9303 V24_USER_CONTROLS (for MMC 100) K4
User: Special bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Bit field 01001100 00000000 11111111 BYTE -

04/00 Lists
9304 V24_USER_RTS (for MMC 100) K4

User: Cable-controlled IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 (RTS/CTS) 0 1 BYTE -
9305 V24_USER_BAUD (for MMC 100) K4
User: Baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 5 (9600 Baud) 0 6 BYTE -
9306 V24_USER_DATABITS (for MMC 100) K4
User: Data bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 (8 data bits) 0 1 BYTE -
9307 V24_USER_PARITY (for MMC 100) K4
User: Parity bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 (none) 0 2 BYTE -
9308 V24_USER_STOPBIT (for MMC 100) K4
User: Stop bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 (1 stop bit) 0 1 BYTE -
9309 V24_USER_LINE (for MMC 100) K4
RS 232 C (V24) interface (COM1/COM2) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 1 2 BYTE SW5
9310 V24_PRINTER_XON (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Xon character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 11 00 FF BYTE -
9311 V24_PRINTER_XOFF (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Xoff character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 13 00 FF BYTE -
9312 V24_PRINTER_EOF (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Transmission end character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 0C 00 FF BYTE -
9313 V24_PRINTER_CONTROLS (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Special bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Bit field 01001100 00000000 11111111 BYTE -
9314 V24_PRINTER_RTS (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Cable-controlled IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9315 V24_PRINTER_BAUD (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 5 (9600 Baud) 0 6 BYTE -
9316 V24_PRINTER_DATABITS (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Data bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4

Lists 04/00
9317 V24_PRINTER_PARITY (for MMC 100) K4

Printer: Parity bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 (none) 0 2 BYTE -
9318 V24_PRINTER_STOPBIT (for MMC 100) K4
Printer: Stop bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9319 V24_PRINTER_LINE (for MMC 100) K4
- 1 1 2 BYTE -
9320 V24_PG_PC_XON (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Xon character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 11 00 FF BYTE -
9321 V24_PG_PC_XOFF (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Xoff character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 13 00 FF BYTE -
9322 V24_PG_PC_EOF (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Transmission end character IMMEDIATELY 3/4
HEX 1A 00 FF BYTE -
9323 V24_PG_PC_CONTROLS (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Special bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Bit field 10010000 00000000 11111111 BYTE -
9324 V24_PG_PC_RTS (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Cable-controlled IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9325 V24_PG_PC_BAUD (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Baud rate (300, 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 5 (9600 Baud) 0 5 BYTE -
9326 V24_PG_PC_DATABITS (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Data bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9327 V24_PG_PC_PARITY (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Parity bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 (none) 0 2 BYTE -
9328 V24_PG_PC_STOPBIT (for MMC 100) K4
PG: Stop bits IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9329 V24_PG_PC_LINE (for MMC 100) K4
- 1 1 2 BYTE -

04/00 Lists
9400 TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS1 (for MMC 100) BA

Tool length compensation reference, GEO axis 1 IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0.0 *** *** DOUBLE -
- 0.0 *** *** DOUBLE -
- 0.0 *** *** DOUBLE -
9410 TM_LOAD_PLACE (for MMC 100, OP 030) BA
Number of load location POWER ON 3/7
- 0 *** *** UNS. WORD -
9411 TM_NUM_MAG (for MMC 100, OP 030) BA
Number of work magazine POWER ON 3/7
- 0 *** *** UNS. WORD -
9412 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSIZE (for MMC 100) FBW
Default setting for loading: tool size left POWER ON 3/7
- 1111 1111 7777 UNS. WORD SW4.1
9414 TM_KIND_OF_TOOLMANAGAMENT FBW
Mode of representing the tool management 3/4
0: old, 1: new (from SW 5.2)
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW5
9415 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLPLACESPEC (for MMC 100) FBW
Default setting for location type IMMEDIATELY 3/7
- 1 1 *** (z.B. 99 ) BYTE SW4.2
9416 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLTYPE (for MMC 100) FBW
Default setting for loading, tool type POWER ON 3/7
- 120 100 900 UNS. WORD SW4.1
9417 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSTATE (for MMC 100) FBW
Default setting for loading, tool state POWER ON 3/7
- 0 0 256 UNS. WORD SW4.1
9419 TM_DEFAULT_DELETE_TOOL (for MMC 100) FBW
Default setting, Delete tool on unload POWER ON 3/7
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW4.1
9420 MA_ONLY_MKS_DIST_TO_GO (for MMC 100) FBW
Distance-to-go display in WCS window POWER ON 3/4
0: WCS value
1: MCS value
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW4.1

Lists 04/00
9421 MA_AXES_SHOW_GEO_FIRST -
Show Geo axes of the channel first IMMEDIATELY 4/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9422 MA_PRESET_MODE -
PRESET: IMMEDIATELY 3/4
0 No PRESET
1 PRESET
2 Set actual value
- 1 0 2 BYTE SW5
9423 MA_MAX_SKP_LEVEL (for MMC 102/103) -
In the operator panel window program excerpt, subroutines and programs IMMEDIATELY 3/4
are only displayed up to the level defined in the MD.
- 1 1 8 BYTE SW5
9424 MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM K2
Coordinate system for actual value display IMMEDIATELY 3/4
0: WCS
1: SZS (settable zero point system)
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW5
9425 MA_SCRATCH_DEFAULT_MODE IM1
Tool offset calculation with scratching method 3/4
HEX 0 0 222222 DOUBLE 5.3
9430 TM_UNLOAD_AND_DELETE (for OP 30) -
Delete tool when unloaded IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW5
9431 TM_TOOL_NEW (for OP 30) -
Tool automatically in load when created IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW5
9440 ACTIVATE _SEL_USER_DATA -
Active data (Frames) automatically activated as soon as they are changed IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW5
9449 WRITE_TOA_LIMIT_MASK
Effectiveness of $MM_USER_CLASS_WRITE_FINE to WEAR 3/4
0: Cutting edge data, 1: SC data, 2: EC data
- 7 0 7 BYTE 5.2
9450 MM_WRITE_TOA_FINE_LIMIT A2
Limit value for fine tear IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Length 0 *** *** DOUBLE SW4.2
9451 MM_WRITE_ZOA_FINE_LIMIT -
Limit value for fine offset IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Length 0 *** *** DOUBLE SW4.2

04/00 Lists
9460 PROGRAM_SETTINGS (for MMC 100) -

Data storage in area PROGRAM. IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Settings remain unchanged during RESET.
- 5 0 FFFF LONG SW5.1
9461 MM_ CONTOUR_END_TEXT (for MMC 100) -
String to be appended at the end of the contour IMMEDIATELY 3/4
when input is completed
- none 0 characters 80 characters STRING SW5.1
9500 NC_PROPERTIES (for MMC 100) -
NC properties: IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Bit 0: Digital drives
Bit 1: Software start-up switch
Bit 2...4: Reserved
Bit field 1111 1111 0000 0000 1111 1111 BYTE SW2
9600 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X (for MMC 100) K1
Simulation default value X IMMEDIATELY 1
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9601 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Y (for MMC 100) K1
Simulation default value Z IMMEDIATELY 1
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9602 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA (for MMC 100) K1
Simulation default value display range IMMEDIATELY 1
mm 100 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9603 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X (for MMC 102/103) K1
Simulation maximum display X IMMEDIATELY 1
- 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9604 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Y (for MMC 102/103) K1
Simulation maximum display Z IMMEDIATELY 1
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9605 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA (for MMC 102/103) K1
Simulation maximum display range IMMEDIATELY 1
mm 1000 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9606 CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS (for MMC 100) K1
Simulation updating rate actual value IMMEDIATELY 1
ms 100 0 4000 WORD SW2
9610 CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM K1
Position of coordinate system for technology turning (MD 9020 = 1) IMMEDIATELY 6/7
- 2 0 7 BYTE SW4.3
9611 CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON (for MMC 100) K1
Diameter display for transverse axes active IMMEDIATELY 4/7
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2 to 4.3

Lists 04/00
9619 CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON (for MMC 100) K1

Incremental feed IMMEDIATELY 4/7
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW2 to 4.3
9632 CTM_ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS (for MMC 100) K1
Angle reference axis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
1: 1st axis
2: 2nd axis
- 1 1 2 WORD SW5
9650 CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM K1
Position of coordinate system, technology not turning (MD 9020 <> 1) IMMEDIATELY 6/7
- 0 0 23 BYTE SW4.3
9676 CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1 FBSP
Path to the drive names in the directory management 3/4
C:\NC_Files - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D,
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill
9900 MD_TEXT_SWITCH (for MMC 102/103) -
Plaintexts instead of MD identifier IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Bit field 0 0 1 BYTE SW2
9990 SW_OPTIONS
MMC software options can be activated here 1/1
- 0 0 0xFFFF INT 5.3
9999 TRACE -
Test flags for internal diagnostics POWER ON 1/1
HEX 0 0 FFFF WORD -

04/00 Lists
Note
The specific settings for the operator panel MDs for the ManualTurn and
ShopMill applications are located in the two last subsections.

Lists 04/00
2.4.2 Application-specific MDs for ManualTurn

Note
The MMC 100.2 operator control component or more powerful operator
control components are required for the ManualTurn and ShopMill functions.
Number MD identifier Cross ref.

Name, other information Active Protection level
Unit Default value Minimum value Maximum value Data type Valid from
9550 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_RELEASE_DIST
Absolute value of retraction for stock removal IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 1 0 10 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9551 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_RELEASE_ANGLE
Retraction angle for stock removal IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Degrees 45 0 90 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9552 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_BLANK_OFFS
Blank allowance for stock removal IMMEDIATELY 3 /4
mm 1 0 100 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9553 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_TRACE_ANGLE
Angle, as of which retracing on the contour is carried out IMMEDIATELY 3 / 4
Degrees 5 0 90 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9554 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_MIN_RESET_MAT1
Thickness referred to finishing allowance, as of which blank material is IMMEDIATELY 1
machined (axis 1)
% 50 0 1000 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9554 CTM_CYC_ROUGH_MIN_RESET_MAT2
Thickness referred to finishing allowance, as of which blank material is IMMEDIATELY 1
machined (axis 2)
% 50 0 1000 DOUBLE 840D SW5.2
810D SW3.2
9600 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X -
Simulation default value X POWER ON 3 /4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2

04/00 Lists
9601 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z -
Simulation default value Z POWER ON 3/4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9602 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA -
Simulation default value display area POWER ON 3/4
mm 100 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9603 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X -
Simulation maximum display X POWER ON 3/4
0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9604 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z -
Simulation maximum display Z POWER ON 3/4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9605 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA -
Simulation maximum display area POWER ON 3/4
mm 1000 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9606 CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS -
Simulation actual value updating rate IMMEDIATELY 3/4
ms 100 0 4000 WORD SW2
9607 CTM_ENABLE_RAPID_FEED -
Enable the rapid traverse selection as feedrate IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9608 CTM_ENABLE_FEED_P_MIN -
Enable the feedrate selection in mm/min IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9609 CTM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES -
Number of decimal places in the speed input field IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 4 BYTE SW2
9610 CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM -
Position of the coordinate system IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 2 0 7 BYTE SW2
9611 CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON -
Diameter display for active transverse axes IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9612 CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_ABS -
Store setup movements as absolute IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9613 CTM_TEACH_STORE_START_ABS -
Store start position as absolute IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2

Lists 04/00
9614 CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_AUTO -
Store setup movements automatically IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9615 CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED -
Handwheel feedrate type IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 2 BYTE SW2
9616 CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_MIN -
Path feed IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/min 10 1 3000 DOUBLE SW2
9617 CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_REV -
Rotational feed IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/rev. 1 0.01 10,000 DOUBLE SW2
9618 CTM_ENABLE_C_AXSIS -
Enable C axis for surface POWER ON 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9619 CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON -
Incremental infeed IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW2
9620 CTM_CYCLE_SAFETY_CLEARANCE -
ManualTurn cycles safety distance IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 1.0 0.0 1,000 DOUBLE SW2
9621 CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME -
Relief cutting time for cycles IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Neg. value: s -1 -100 +100 DOUBLE SW2
Pos. value: U
9622 CTM_ENABLE_REFPOINT -
Enable reference point approach for ManualTurn IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 WORD SW2
9623 CTM_START_WITHOUT_REFPOINT
Enable NC start without referenced axes POWER ON 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9624 CTM_MODE_SELECT_BY_SOFTKEY -
Operating mode switchover using vertical softkeys POWER ON 3/4
- 0 - - BYTE SW2
9625 CTM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE -
Customer start picture POWER ON 3/4
- 0 - - BYTE SW2
9626 CTM_TRACE -
Test flags for internal ManualTurn diagnosis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- - - - WORD SW2

04/00 Lists
9627 CTM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS -
Number of gear steps IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 5 BYTE SW2
9628 CTM_TOOL_INPUT_DIAM_ON -
Display the X tool data as diameter IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW2
9629 CTM_WEAR_INPUT_DIAM_ON -
Display the X tool wear data as diameter IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW2
9630 CTM_FIN_SPEED_PERCENT -
Finishing feedrate as percentage IMMEDIATELY 3/4
% 100 1 100 WORD SW2
9631 CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME_SEC -
Dwell time for cycles in seconds IMMEDIATELY 3/4
s 1 0 10 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9632 CTM_ ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS -
Angle reference axis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 WORD SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9633 CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_MIN -
Increments for feedrate in mm/min (increment/decrement) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/min 1 0.001 1000 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9634 CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_ROT -
Increments for feedrate in mm/rev (increment/decrement) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/rev 0.1 0.001 1 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9636 CTM_ ENABLE_S_TOOL_TABLE -
Enable constant cutting speed from tool table IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9637 CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN -
Upper input limit for feedrate in mm/min IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/min 2000 0 50000 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9638 CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT -
Upper input limit for feedrate in mm/rev IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/rev 1 0 10 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D

Lists 04/00
9639 CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR -
Upper input limit tool wear IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 1 0 10 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9640 CTM_ENABLE_CALC_THREAD_PITCH -
Calculation of thread depth if pitch has been entered IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9641 CTM_ ENABLE_G_CODE_INPUT -
Enable G code input IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9642 CTM_ENABLE_CIRCLE_HOLE_CYCLE -
Enable drilling of circle of holes IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9643 CTM_ ENABLE_DRIVEN_TOOL -
Enable support of rotating tools IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 2 BYTE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9644 CTM_CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_1 -
Dwell time, below, tapping on circle of holes IMMEDIATELY 3/4
s 0 0 100 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9645 CTM_ CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_2 -
Dwell time, above, tapping on circle of holes IMMEDIATELY 3/4
s 0 0 100 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9648 CTM_ ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST -
Retraction distance, stock removal on outside machining IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 1 -1 100 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9649 CTM_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST -
Retraction distance, stock removal on inside machining IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 0,5 -1 100 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D

04/00 Lists
2.4.3 Application-specific MDs for ShopMill
9600 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X -
Simulation default value X POWER ON 3/4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9601 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z -
Simulation default value Z POWER ON 3/4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9602 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA -
Simulation default value display area POWER ON 3/4
mm 100 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9603 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X -
Simulation maximum display X POWER ON 3/4
0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9604 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z -
Simulation maximum display Z POWER ON 3/4
mm 0 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9605 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA -
Simulation maximum display area POWER ON 3/4
mm 1000 -10000 10000 LONG SW2
9650 CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM -
Position of the coordinate system POWER ON 3/4
- 0 0 23 BYTE 840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
9651 CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT -
Tool management concept POWER ON 3/4
- 2 1 4 BYTE 840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
9652 CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL -
Tool monitoring IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9653 CMM_ENABLE_A_AXIS -
Enable 4th axis for the user interface IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 2 BYTE SW2
9654 CMM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES -
Number of decimal places in the speed input field IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 4 BYTE SW2
9655 CMM_CYC_PECKING_DIST -
Relief distance during deep-hole drilling IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 1.0 0.0 100.0 DOUBLE SW2

Lists 04/00
9656 CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_DIST -
Relief distance during release IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 0.1 0.0 10.0 DOUBLE SW2
9657 CMM_CYC_MIN_CONT_PO_TO_RAD -
Specification of the deviation of the smallest possible cutter radius IMMEDIATELY 3/4
% 5 0 50 WORD SW2
9658 CMM_CYC_MAX_CONT_PO_TO_RAD -
Specification of the deviation of the largest possible cutter radius IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 0.01 0.0 10.0 DOUBLE SW2
9659 CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_ANGLE -
Relief angle during release IMMEDIATELY 3/4
Grad 0 0 360 DOUBLE SW2
9660 CMM_ENABLE_PLANE_CHANGE -
Switchover to machining level (G17, G18, G19) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2
9661 CMM_ENABLE_CUSTOMER_M_CODES -
Number of input fields for customer-specific M commands POWER ON 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE 840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
9662 CMM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS -
Number of gear steps IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 5 BYTE SW2
9663 CMM_TOOL_DISPLAY_IN_DIAM -
Display radius/diameter for tool POWER ON 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE 840D: SW4.3
810D: SW2.3
9664 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN -
Feedrate in mm/min IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/min 10000.0 0.0 100000.0 DOUBLE SW2
9665 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT -
Feedrate in mm/revolution IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/rev. 1.0 0.0 10.0 DOUBLE SW2
9666 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_TOOTH -
Feedrate in mm/tooth IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm/tooth 1.0 0.0 5.0 DOUBLE SW2
9667 FOLLOW_ON_TOOL_ACTIV -
Tool preselection active IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE SW2

04/00 Lists
9668 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I_AND_II -
M code coolant I and II (-1 = no M code) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- -1 -1 32767 WORD SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9669 CMM_FACE_MILL_EFF_TOOL_DIAM -
Effective milling diameter for face milling IMMEDIATELY 3/4
% 85.0 50.0 100.0 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9670 CMM_START_RAD_CONTOUR_POCKET -
Radius approach circle for finishing contour pockets plus half finishing IMMEDIATELY 3/4
allowance (-1=safety clearance)
% -1 50.0 100.0 DOUBLE SW 2.4 810D,
4.4 840D
9672 CMM_FIXED_TOOL_PLACE -
Fixed location coding POWER ON 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE 810D SW 2.4,
840D SW 4.4
9673 CMM_TOOL_LOAD_STATION -
Number of loading station POWER ON 3/4
- 1 1 2 BYTE 810D SW 2.4,
840D SW 4.4
9674 CMM_ENABLE_TOOL_MAGAZINE -
Display of magazine list POWER ON 3/4
- 1 0 1 BYTE 810D SW 2.4,
840D SW 4.4
9675 CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE
Customer start screen: 0: Siemens-, 1: customer screen IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9676 CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1
Path to the drive names in the directory management POWER ON 3/4
- C:\NC_Files - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1

Lists 04/00
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
- - - - STRING (80) SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9680 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I
M code coolant I IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 8 0 32767 WORD SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9681 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_II
M code coolant II IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 7 0 32767 WORD SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9703 CMM_INDEX_AXIS_4
Axis index for 4th axis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 5 0 127 UBYTE 840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
9704 CMM_ INDEX_AXIS_5
th
Axis index for 4 axis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 6 0 127 UBYTE 840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
9705 CMM_INDEX_SPINDLE
Axis index for spindle IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 4 0 127 UBYTE 840D SW5.3
810D SW3.3
9720 CMM_ENABLE_B_AXIS
Enable B axis IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 3 BYTE SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9721 CMM_ENABLE_TRACYL
Enable cylinder surface transformation IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1

04/00 Lists
9723 CMM_ENABLE_SWIVELLING_HEAD
Enable swivelling heads IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BYTE SW4.4 840D
SW2.4 810D with
ShopMill 5.1
9750 CMM_MEAS_PROBE_INPUT -
Measuring input for workpiece probe IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 1 BOOL SW2
9751 CMM_MEAS_T_PROBE_INPUT -
Measuring input for tool probe IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 1 0 1 BOOL SW2
9752 CMM_MEASURING_DISTANCE -
Maximum measuring distance (before and after the measuring point) for IMMEDIATELY 3/4
automatic measuring in the program
mm 5 1 1000 DOUBLE SW2
9753 CMM_MEAS_DIST_MAN -
Maximum measuring distance for manual measuring (before and after the IMMEDIATELY 3/4
measuring point)
9754 CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH -
Maximum measuring distance for tool length (before and after the IMMEDIATELY 3/4
measuring point)
mm 2 0.1 1000 DOUBLE SW2
9755 CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS -
Maximum measuring distance for tool radius (before and after the IMMEDIATELY 3/4
measuring point)
mm 1 0.1 1000 DOUBLE SW2
9756 CMM_MEASURING_FEED -
Measuring feedrate IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9757 CMM_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL -
Plane feedrate with collision monitoring IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9758 CMM_POS_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL -
Infeed rate with collision monitoring IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9759 CMM_MAX_CIRC_SPEED_ROT_SP -
Maximum circumferential speed during tool measuring with rotating spindle IMMEDIATELY 3/4
m/min 100 1 200 DOUBLE SW2
9760 CMM_MAX_SPIND_SPEED_ROT_SP -
Maximum speed during tool measuring with rotating spindle IMMEDIATELY 3/4
rpm 1000 100 25000 DOUBLE SW2

Lists 04/00
9761 CMM_MIN_FEED_ROT_SP -
Minimum feedrate during tool measuring with rotating spindle IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9762 CMM_MEAS_TOL_ROT_SP -
Measurement accuracy during tool measurement with rotating spindle IMMEDIATELY 3/4
mm 0.01 0.001 1 DOUBLE SW2
9763 CMM_TOOL_PROBE_TYPE -
Tool probe type IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 0 0 999 WORD SW2
9764 CMM_TOOL_PROBE_ALLOW_AXIS -
Allowed axis directions for tool probe (ZYX) IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- 133 0 999 WORD SW2
9765 CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH_MEAS -
Tool probe diameter for length measurement IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9766 CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD_MEAS -
Tool probe diameter for radius measurement IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9767 CMM_T_PROBE_DIST_RAD_MEAS -
Infeed distance of tool probe upper edge for radius measurement IMMEDIATELY 3/4
9768 CMM_T_PROBE_APPROACH_DIR -
Plane approach direction, tool to the tool probe IMMEDIATELY 3/4
- -1 -2 2 BYTE SW2

04/00 Lists
2.5 General machine data

higher. The options Display filters and Attributes have been newly
introduced.
meaning:
• N01 Configuration / scaling
• N02 Memory configuration
• N03 PLC machine data
• N04 Drive control
• N05 Status data / diagnosis
• N06 Monitoring / limitations
• N07 Auxiliary functions
• N08 Overrides / compensations
• N09 Technological functions
• N10 I/O configuration
• N11 Standard machine
• N12 NC-Language ISO-Dialect
Attributes In some machine data, you will find short identifiers with the following meaning
under attributes:
• NBUP No back-up: the data is not entered in data back-up
• ODLS Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
• READ Read only: the data can only be read
• NDLD No download: the data cannot be loaded from the file
• SFCO Configuration safety integrated
• SCAL Scaling Alarm
• LINK Link description
• CTEQ Must be equal for all containers
• CTDE Container description

Lists 04/00
2.5.1 System settings
Introduction The display filters and attributes are displayed in the machine data table
element, as shown in the following header.
Number MD identifier [n]: i ... Runtime limit index 1 Cross

reference
Unit Name, other information SW version
Display filters: Attributes Active
HW / Function Standard value Minimum value Maximum value D type Protect.
Level
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field „HW/Function“ corresponds to CCU2.
10000 AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes in sys. - 1 K2

- Machine axis name SW1
Display filters: N01, N11 POWER ON
always X1, Y1, Z1, A1, B1, C1, - - STRING 2/7
U1, V1, , ...
10002 AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes in sys. - 1 B3
- Logical NCK machine axis image SW5
Display filters: N01 POWER ON
Fct.: Axis AX1, AX2, AX3, AX4, - - STRING 2/3
container AX5, AX6, ...
NCU-Link AX1, AX2, AX3, AX4, - - STRING 2/3
AX5, AX6, ...
10010 ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP [n]: 0 ... max. No. chann. in sys. -1 K1
- Channel valid in mode group
Display filters: N01, N02, N11 POWER ON
always 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 DWORD 2/7
0, ...
NCU572 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 DWORD 0/7
0, ...
NCU572 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 DWORD 0/7
0, ...
10050 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME G3
s System clock cycle SW1
Display filters: N01, N05, N11 Attributes: SFCO POWER ON
NCU571 0.006 0.002 0.031 DOUBLE 2/7
NCU572 0.004 0.000125 0.031 DOUBLE 2/7
NCU573 - 0.000125 0.031 DOUBLE 2/7
NCU573, > 1 0.004 - - DOUBLE 2/7
channels
NCU573, > 2 0.008 - - DOUBLE 2/7
channels
810D 0.0025 0.000625 0.04 DOUBLE 2/7
810D-2 0.0025 0.000625 0.04 DOUBLE 2/7

04/00 Lists
10060 POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO G3
- Factor for position control cycle SW1
always 1 1 31 DWORD 2/7
840DI 1 1 1 DWORD 2/7
10061 POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME
- Position control cycle SW5
Display filters: N01, N05 Attributes: READ POWER ON
always 0.0 - - DOUBLE 0/7
10062 POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
s Position control cycle offset SW5
always 0.0 0.000 0.008 DOUBLE 2/7
10070 IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO G3
- Factor for interpolation cycle SW1
always - 1 100 DWORD 2/7
NCU572, 573 3 1 100 DWORD 2/7
NCU571 3 1 100 DWORD 2/7
810D 4 1 100 DWORD 2/7
10071 IPO_CYCLE_TIME
- Interpolator cycle SW5
Display filters: N01, N05, N11 Attributes: READ POWER ON
10072 COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO -
- Division ratio between interpolation and communications task SW3
Communic. task 1 1 100 DWORD 0/0
10080 SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO G3
- Division factor of position control cycle for actual value sensing SW1
Display filters: N01, EXP POWER ON
NCU572 4 1 31 DWORD 0/0
NCU573 - 1 31 DWORD 0/0
NCU573, channels 4 - - DWORD 0/0
>1
>2
NCU571 6 1 31 DWORD 0/0
NCU 571, NCU 4 1 31 DWORD 0/0
572
810D 2 1 31 DWORD 0/0
10082 CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME K3
% Shift of setpoint transfer time SW2
always 0.0 0.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
10083 CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME_MAX K3
% Max. settable offset of setpoint transfer time SW4.2
Display filters: N01, EXP NEW CONF
always 100.0 0.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
10085 CHECK_DISABLE_TIME BA, S5

- Monitoring time for test purposes SW4.1
Display filters: N01, EXP RESET
always 900000 0 900000 DWORD 0/0
10087 SERVO_FIFO_SIZE B3
- Size of setpoint buffers between interpolator and position controller SW5
10090 SAFETY_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO FBSI
- Factor for monitoring cycle SW3.4
Display filters: N01, N06 Attributes: SFCO POWER ON
Fct.: Safety 3 1 50 DWORD 1/7
Integrated
10091 INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME FBSI
s Display of monitoring cycle time SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0.0 - - DOUBLE 0/7
Integrated
10092 INFO_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE_TIME FBSI
s Display cycle time for cross-check SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0.0 - - DOUBLE 0/7
Integrated
10093 INFO_NUM_SAFE_FILE_ACCESS FBSI
- Number of SPL file accesses SW5.2
Display filters: N05, N06, EXP Attributes: READ POWER ON
Fct.: Safety 0 - - DWORD 0/0
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
10094 SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL FBSI
- Alarm suppress level SW5.2
Display filters: N05, N06, EXP POWER ON
Fct.: Safety 1 0 1 BYTE 2/7
Integrated SW 2
10095 SAFE_MODE_MASK FBSI
- "Safety Integrated" operating modes SW5.3
Fct.: Safety 0 0 0x0001 DWORD 2/7
Integrated
10100 PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT P3
s Maximum PLC cycle time SW1
HW-PLC 0.1 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
10110 PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE B1
s Maximum PLC acknowledgement time SW1
always 0.2 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
10120 PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT H2
s Monitoring time for PLC power up SW1
HW-PLC 50.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7

04/00 Lists
10130 TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK OEM

s Runtime of communication to MMC SW1
always - .001 0.100 DOUBLE 1/7
NCU572, 573 0.005 .001 0.100 DOUBLE 1/7
NCU571 0.012 .001 0.100 DOUBLE 1/7
810D 0.005 .001 0.100 DOUBLE 1/7
10131 SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH A2
- Screen refresh response under overload SW5
Display filters: EXP POWER ON
always 0 0 2 BYTE 2/7
10132 MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT PA, M4
s Monitoring time for MMC command in the part program SW3.2
Fct.: Execute from 3.0 0.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
HD
10134 MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS B3
- Possible number of simultaneous MMC communication partners SW3.2
NCU572, 573 6 1 10 DWORD 2/2
NCU571 3 1 10 DWORD 2/2
810D 3 1 10 DWORD 2/2
10140 TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK ECO
s Runtime limit of drive communications sub-task SW1
Fct.: Drive start-up 0.02 .001 .5 DOUBLE 1/7
analog
611D 0.02 .001 .5 DOUBLE 1/7
10150 PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO ECO
- Factor for communication with drive SW1
Fct.: Drive start-up 30 1 50 DWORD 1/7
analog
Start-up analog 2 - - DWORD 2/7
drives, 611D
10160 PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO ECO
- Factor for communication with MMC SW1
10190 TOOL_CHANGE_TIME BA
- Tool changing time for simulation SW4.3
Fct.: Simulation 0. - - DOUBLE 2/7
10200 INT_INCR_PER_MM G2
- Calculation resolution for linear positions SW1
always 1000 1 1000000000 DOUBLE 2/7
10210 INT_INCR_PER_DEG G2
- Calculation resolution for angular positions SW1
always 1000 1 1000000000 DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
10220 SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK G2
- Activation of scaling factors SW1
Display filters: N01, EXP Attributes: SCAL POWER ON
always 0x200 0 0x1FFF DWORD 2/7
10230 SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF [n]: 0 ... 12 G2
- Scaling factors of physical variables SW1
Display filters: N01, EXP Attributes: SCAL POWER ON
always 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
1.0, 1.0, ...
10240 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC G2
- Basic system metric SW1
Display filters: N01 Attributes: SCAL POWER ON
always 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
10250 SCALING_VALUE_INCH G2
- Conversion factor for conversion to INCH system SW1
Display filters: EXP Attributes: SCAL POWER ON
10260 CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM A3, G2
- Enable basic system conversion SW5
10270 POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM T1
- System of units of position tables SW5.2
Display filters: N01, N09 RESET
10290 CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9 G2
- Physical units of tool data for CC SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 0 16 DWORD 2/2
10292 CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT [n]: 0 ... 9 G2
- Physical units of cutting edge data for CC SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 0 16 DWORD 2/2
10300 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS A4
- Number of active analog NCK inputs SW2
High-speed 0 0 8 BYTE 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10310 FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS A4
- Number of active analog NCK outputs SW2
dig./anal. I/O
10320 FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Weighting factor for analog NCK inputs SW2
High-speed 10000, 10000, 10000, 1 10000000 DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O 10000, 10000, ...

04/00 Lists
10330 FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 7 A4

- Weighting factor for analog NCK outputs SW2
High-speed 10000, 10000, 10000, 1 10000000 DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O 10000, 10000, ...
10350 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS A4
- Number of active digital NCK input bytes SW2
dig./anal. I/O
10360 FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS A4
- Number of active digital NCK output bytes SW2
dig./anal. I/O
10361 FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT [n]: 0 ... 9 A2
- Short circuit of digital inputs and outputs SW4.2
High-speed 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10362 HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Hardware assignment of external analog NCK inputs SW2
1st byte: (low byte) No. of the I/O byte on DP compact module (1 to 2)
2nd byte: Submodule slot on terminal block (1 to 8)
3rd byte: Logical drive No. (MD 13010) of terminal block (1...1I)
4th byte: Segment No. (always 1 for 840D)
High-speed 0x01000000, 0x01000000, 0x01000000 0x011F0801 DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O 0x01000000, ...
10364 HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Hardware assignment of external analog NCK outputs SW2
dig./anal. I/O 0x01000000, ...
10366 HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN [n]: 0 ... 9 A4
- Hardware assignment of external digital NCK inputs SW2
dig./anal. I/O 0x01000000, ...
10368 HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT [n]: 0 ... 3 A4
- Hardware assignment of external digital NCK outputs SW2
dig./anal. I/O 0x01000000, ...
10380 HW_UPDATE_RATE_FASTIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1 A4
- Updating rate of clocked external NCK I/Os SW2
Value = 1: hardware cycle, value = 2: pos. control cycle, value = 3: interpolation cycle
High-speed 2, 2, 2, 2, 3 2 3 BYTE 2/7
dig./anal. I/O

Lists 04/00
10382 HW_LEAD_TIME_FASTIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1 A4

- Lead time of clocked external NCK I/Os SW2
High-speed 100, 100, 100, 100, 100 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10384 HW_CLOCKED_MODULE_MASK [n]: 0 ... max. No. terminal blocks - 1 A4
- Synchronous processing of external NCK I/Os SW2
Bit = 0/1: I/O module operated asynchronously/synchronously

High-speed 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - BYTE 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10390 SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN [n]: 0 ... 7 FBSI
- Input assignment ext. interface SPL SW4.3
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
10392 SAFE_OUT_HW_ASSIGN [n]: 0 ... 7 FBSI
- Output assignment ext. interface SPL SW4.3
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated,
synchronized
actions
10394 PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN A2
- Number of directly readable input bytes of the PLC I/Os SW5
direct PLC-IO 0 0 16 BYTE 2/7
10395 PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN A2
- Start address of the directly readable input bytes of the PLC I/Os SW5
direct PLC-IO 0 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
10396 PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT A2
- Number of directly writable output bytes of the PLC I/Os SW5
direct PLC-IO 0 0 16 BYTE 2/7
10397 PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT A2
- Start address of the directly writable output bytes of the PLC I/Os SW5
direct PLC-IO 0 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
10400 CC_VDI_IN_DATA OEM
- Number of interface bytes to compile cycles SW1
Compile cycles 0 0 1024 DWORD 1/7
NC570, compile - - - DWORD 0/0
cycles
10410 CC_VDI_OUT_DATA OEM
- Number of interface bytes from compile cycles SW1
Compile cycles 0 0 1024 DWORD 1/7
cycles

04/00 Lists
10420 CC_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_MASK OEM

- Reservation of external outputs for CC application SW2
Bits 0-15/16-31: reserved digital output bytes / analog outputs
Compile cycles 0 - - DWORD 2/7
10430 CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK OEM
- Hardware debug screenform for compile cycles SW2
Display filters: EXP Attributes: NBUP POWER ON
always 0 - - DWORD 1/7
10450 SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1 N3
- Assignment software cams to machine axes SW2
Fct.: SW cams 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
0, ...
10460 SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1 N3
s Lead or delay time at minus cams 1-16 SW2
Positive value: lead time, negative value: delay time
Fct.: SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
10461 SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME [n]: 0 ... max. No. SW cams - 1 N3
s Lead or delay time at plus cams 1-16 SW2
Bit 0-7: no. of 1st HW byte Bit 8-15: no. of 2nd HW byte
Bit 16-23: inverting screen form 1st byte Bit 24-31: inverting screen form 2nd byte
0.0, 0.0, ...
10470 SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1 N3
- Hardware assignment for output of cams 1-8 to NCK I/Os SW2
Bit 0-7: no. of 1st HW byte Bit 8-15: no. of 2nd HW byte
Bit 16-23: inverting screen form 1st byte Bit 24-31: inverting screen form 2nd byte
Fct.: SW cams 0 - - DWORD 2/7
- Hardware assignment for the output of cams 9-16 to NCK I/Os SW2
- Configuration cams 17 - 24 to I/Os SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0 - - DWORD 2/7
NCU 571, SW 0 - - DWORD 2/7
cams
810D.2, SW cams 0 - - DWORD 2/7
- Configuration cams 25 - 32 to I/Os SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0 - - DWORD 2/7
NCU 571, SW 0 - - DWORD 2/7
cams
810D.2, SW cams 0 - - DWORD 2/7

Lists 04/00
10480 SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK N3
- Screenform for output of cam signals via timer interr. to NCU SW2
10490 MEAS_FOCUS_MASK
- Select software cam pair for exact range measurement SW5.3
Fct.: Measurement 0 - - DWORD 2/7
area sel.
10530 COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Hardware assignment of analog inputs for comparator byte 1 SW2
High-speed 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - BYTE 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10531 COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2 [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Hardware assignment of analog inputs for comparator byte 2 SW2
High-speed 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 - - BYTE 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10540 COMPAR_TYPE_1 A4
- Parameterization for comparator byte 1 SW2
Bit 0-7: Mask of comparison type
Bit = 0/1: Comp. bit = 1 if analog value</>= SD threshold value
Bit 16-23: No. of HW byte for output of the comparator outputs
Bit 24-31: inverting screen form for the output of comparator states
High-speed 0 - - DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10541 COMPAR_TYPE_2 A4
- Parameterization of comparator byte 2 SW2
High-speed 0 - - DWORD 2/7
dig./anal. I/O
10600 FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE K2
- Input type for rotation with FRAME(1: RPY notation, 2: Euler angle) SW1
10602 FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE K2
- Frames when changing geometry axes SW5.2
10610 MIRROR_REF_AX K2
- Reference axis for FRAME elements SW1
10612 MIRROR_TOGGLE K2
- Mirror toggle SW5

04/00 Lists
10613 NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK K2
- Active NCU global base frames after reset SW5
Display filters: EXP RESET
always 0xFFFF 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
10615 NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK K2
- Reset global base frames after power on SW5.2
Display filters: EXP, C11 POWER ON
always 0 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
10620 EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Name of Euler angle SW1
Fct.: 5-axis A2, B2, C2 - - STRING 2/7
transformation
10630 NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 0 -
- Name of normal vectors SW1
Fct.: 5-axis A4, B4, C4, A5, B5, C5 - - STRING 2/7
transformation
10640 DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Name of direction vectors SW1
Fct.: 5-axis A3, B3, C3 - - STRING 2/7
transformation
10650 IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 K2
- Name of interpolation parameters SW1
always I, J, K - - STRING 2/7
10652 CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME FBFA
- Name of angle for contour definitions SW5
Display filters: N01, EXP, N12 POWER ON
always ANG - - STRING 2/7
10654 RADIUS_NAME FBFA
- Name of radius for contour definitions SW5
always RND - - STRING 2/7
10656 CHAMFER_NAME FBFA
- Name of chamfer for contour definitions SW5
always CHR - - STRING 2/7
10660 INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 K2
- Name of intermediate point coordinates for G2/G3 SW1
always I1, J1, K1 - - STRING 2/7

Lists 04/00
10670 STAT_NAME F2
- Name of state information SW5.2
Identifier for state information for solving ambiguities in Cartesian PTP travel.
Fct.: STAT - - STRING 2/7
Transformations
10672 TU_NAME F2
- Name of state information of axes SW5.2
Fct.: TU - - STRING 2/7
Transformations
10674 PO_WITHOUT_POLY
- Polynomial programming programmable without G function POLY SW5.2
Fct.: Polynomial 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
10700 PREPROCESSING_LEVEL V2
- Program preprocessing level SW1
10702 IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK K1
- Prevents stopping at specific blocks in single block mode SW4.2
always 0 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
10704 DRYRUN_MASK V1
- Dry run feedrate activation SW4.3
10706 SLASH_MASK PG, A2
- Activation of block skip SW5.2
10710 PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB [n]: 0 ... 29 K1
- Setting data to be updated SW1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
10712 NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 199 PA
- List of reconfigured NC codes SW3.2
always - - - STRING 2/2
NCU572, 573 - - - STRING 2/2
810D.2 - - - STRING 2/2
10715 M_NO_FCT_CYCLE [n]: 0 ... 0 FBFA
- M number for tool changing cycle call SW5.2
always -1 - - DWORD 2/7

04/00 Lists
10716 M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME [n]: 0 ... 0 FBFA

- Name of tool changing cycle for M function SW5.2
10717 T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME FBFA
- Name of tool changing cycle for T function SW5.2
10720 OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT [n]: 0 ... max. No. mode groups -1 H2
- Initial setting of mode after Power On SW1
0: AUTOMATIC mode 4: MDA mode, submode TEACH IN
1: AUTO mode 5: MDA mode, submode Reference point travelling
2: MDA mode 6: JOG mode
3: MDA mode 7: JOG mode, submode Reference point travelling
always 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7, 7 0 12 BYTE 2/7
10731 JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD IAF
- Functioning of the JOG keys SW4.1
10760 G53_TOOLCORR FBFA
- Method of operation of G53, G153 and SUPA SW5.2
10780 UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH
- Cancel start disable when editing a part program SW5.2
10880 MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM FBFA
- Definition of the control system to be adapted SW5
Non-Siemens NC 1 1 2 DWORD 2/7
progr. lang.
10882 NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB [n]: 0 ... 59 FBFA
- List of user-specific G commands of an external NC language SW5
Non-Siemens NC - - - STRING 2/2
progr. lang.
10884 EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG FBFA
- Evaluation of programmed values without decimal point SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
progr. lang.
10886 EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM FBFA
- Incremental system in external language mode SW5.2
progr. lang.

Lists 04/00
10888 EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO FBFA

- Number of positions for T number in external language mode SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 2 0 8 BYTE 2/7
progr. lang.
10890 EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE FBFA
- Tool change programming for external language SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 0 - - DWORD 2/7
progr. lang.
10892 EXTERN_G00_MODE FBFA
- Interpolation behavior for G00 SW5.2
progr. lang.
10900 INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 T1
- Number of positions for indexing axis table 1 SW1
Display filters: N09 RESET
Fct.: Positioning 0 0 60 DWORD 2/7
axes, Idx.
10910 INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... max. No. indexing pos. - 1 T1
mm/inch, Indexing position table 1 SW1
degrees
Fct.: Positioning 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., - - DOUBLE 2/7
axes, Idx. 0., ...
10920 INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 T1
- Number of positions for indexing axis table 2 SW1
Fct.: Positioning 0 0 60 DWORD 2/7
axes, Idx.
10930 INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... max. No. indexing pos. - 1 T1
mm/inch, Indexing position table 2 SW1
degrees
Fct.: Positioning 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., - - DOUBLE 2/7
axes, Idx. 0., ...
11100 AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN H2
- Number of auxiliary functions distr. amongst aux. fct. groups SW1
11110 AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC [n]: 0 ... 63 H2
- Auxiliary function group specification SW1
Bit 0 = 1: Output duration 1 OB1 pass
Bit 1 = 1: Output duration 1 PLC basic cycle
Bit 2: -
Bit 3 = 1: No output at the interface
Bit 4: - Default setting:
Bit 5 = 1: Output before movement Group 1 = 81 H
Bit 6 = 1: Output during movement Group 2 = 21 H
Bit 7 = 1: Output at end of block Group 3 - 15 = 41 H
always 0x81, 0x21, 0x41, 0x41, - - BYTE 2/7
0x41, 0x41, ...

04/00 Lists
11120 LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE PG
- Activate function "program global user data (PUD)" SW5
Fct.: NC memory 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
LUD
11200 INIT_MD IAF, IAD, IA
- Standard machine data loaded at next Power On SW1
always 0 - - BYTE 2/7
11210 UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY IAD
- MD backup of changed MD only SW1
Display filters: N01, N05 IMMEDIATELY
always 0xFF - - BYTE 3/7
11220 INI_FILE_MODE IAD
- Error response to INI file errors SW3
0: Read-in aborted
1 und 2: No abort, alarms output
11230 MD_FILE_STYLE IAD
- Structure of MD files on "upload" SW3
0 : Output text only 1 : Text and line checksum
2 : MD number and text 3 : MD number with text and Z checksum 4: all
local axes
Display filters: N01, N05 IMMEDIATELY
11280 WPD_INI_MODE IAD
- Handling of INI-files in workpiece-directory SW5
11300 JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD H1
- INC and REF in jog mode SW1
11310 HANDWH_REVERSE H1
- Threshold for direction change handwheel SW3.2
always 2 0.0 plus BYTE 2/7
11320 HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH [n]: 0 ... max. No. handwheels - 1 H1
- Handwheel pulses per detent position SW1
always 1., 1., 1. - - DOUBLE 2/7
11330 JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB [n]: 0 ... 4 H1
- Increment size for INC/handwheel SW1
always 1., 10., 100., 1000., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
10000.
11340 ENC_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT_NR FBMA
- 3rd handwheel: type of drive SW4.1

Lists 04/00
11342 ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR FBMA

- 3rd handwheel: drive no./meas. circuit no. SW4.1
11344 ENC_HANDWHEEL_INPUT_NR FBMA
- 3rd handwheel: Input to module/meas. circ. Board SW4.1
11346 HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE FBMA
- Handwheel default path or velocity SW4.1
11380 MONITOR_ADDRESS STZ
- Test MD for setting NCK code or data for SINUMERIK Safety Integrated address of the SW3.2
memory location which is to be read/written
Address of memory location to be read/written
Display filters: N06, EXP Attributes: NBUP IMMEDIATELY
11382 MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT STZ
- INTEGER display of the addressed location SW3.2
11384 MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL STZ
- REAL display of the addressed location SW3.2
11386 MONITOR_INPUT_INT STZ
- INTEGER input for the addressed location SW3.2
11388 MONITOR_INPUT_REAL STZ
- REAL input for addressed location SW3.2
11390 MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE STZ
- Overwrite the addressed location with MONITOR_INT/REAL SW3.2
11398 AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE B3
- Axis-Var server response in error situations SW5
11400 TRACE_SELECT -
- Activation of internal trace functions SW1

04/00 Lists
11410 SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK D1
- Screenform for supporting special alarm outputs SW2
Bit 0 = 1 alarm 15110 is not displayed
Bit1: Alarm 10763: "Channel %1 block %2 the path component of the block in the
offset level is zero"
11411 ENABLE_ALARM_MASK D1, S1
- Activation of warnings SW4.2
Display filters: EXP RESET
11412 ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY D1
- Alarm response CHAN_NOREADY permitted SW4.1
11413 ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT D1
- Alarm parameter as text output SW4.2
11420 LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE PGA
- Size of protocol files (kB) SW4.3
Fct.: Execute from 1 1 1000000 DWORD 2/7
HD
11430 DIG_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN FBD
- Channel definition for digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0 0 1 DWORD 2/7
11432 DIG_ASSIGN_NUM_OF_AXES FBD
- Selection of 3-axes or 3+2-axes digitizing SW4.2
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2 0 0 1 BYTE 2/7
axes
11450 SEARCH_RUN_MODE K1
- Parameterization for search run SW4.3
always 0 0 0x7 DWORD 2/7
11460 OSCILL_MODE_MASK P5
- Mode screenform for asynchronous oscillation SW2
always 0x0 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
11500 PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK [n]: 0 ... 1 S5, FBSY
- Protected synchronized actions SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. 0, 0 0 255 DWORD 2/7
actions, basef.
11600 BAG_MASK K1
- Defines mode group response to ASUP SW4.1

Lists 04/00
11602 ASUP_START_MASK K1
- Ignore stop conditions for ASUP SW4.1
11604 ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL K1
- Priorities for 'ASUP_START_MASK effective' SW4.1
11610 ASUP_EDITABLE K1
- Activation of a user-specific ASUP program SW4.2
11612 ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL K1
- Protection level of the user-specific ASUP program SW4.2
11640 ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP K2
- Allow channel axis gaps in AXCONF_MACHAX_USED SW5.2
always 0x0 0 0x1 DWORD 2/2
11649 DEBUG_MASK_CHAN_AX_GAP
- Debug the gaps in $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED SW5.2
Display filters: EXP, C01, C10 POWER ON
always 0x0 0 0x7FFFFFF DWORD 0/0
11660 NUM_EG M3
- No. of possible "Electronic gear boxes" SW5
el. gear 0 0.0 plus BYTE 1/1
11700 PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB [n]: 0 ... 5 IAD
- Codes for NC card SW5
Files on PCMCIA 0, 0 - - DWORD 1/1
card
2.5.2 Override switch settings

12000 OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE V1
- Axis feedrate override switch Gray-coded SW1
12010 OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED [n]: 0 ... 30 V1
- Evaluation of axis feedrate override switch SW1
always 0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.00 2.00 DOUBLE 2/7
0.06, 0.08, ...
12020 OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE V1
- Path feedrate override switch Gray-coded SW1

04/00 Lists
12030 OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE [n]: 0 ... 30 V1

- Evaluation of path feedrate override switch SW1
always 0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.00 2.00 DOUBLE 2/7
0.06, 0.08, ...
12040 OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE V1
- Rapid traverse override switch Gray-coded SW1
12050 OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA [n]: 0 ... 30 V1
- Evaluation of rapid traverse override switch SW1
always 0.00, 0.01, 0.02, 0.04, 0.00 1.00 DOUBLE 2/7
0.06, 0.08, ...
12060 OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE V1
- Spindle override switch Gray-coded SW1
12070 OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED [n]: 0 ... 30 V1
- Evaluation of spindle override switch SW1
always 0.5, 0.55, 0.60, 0.65, 0.00 2.00 DOUBLE 2/7
0.70, 0.75, ...
12080 OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED V1
- Override reference speed SW2
Bit = 0/1: Sp. override affects limited speed/progr. speed
12082 OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED V1
- Specification of the reference of the path override SW4.1
12100 OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN V1
- Limitation for binary-coded override switch SW1
always 1.2 0.0 2.0 DOUBLE 2/7
12200 RUN_OVERRIDE_0 FBMA, V1
- Traversing response with override 0 SW4.1
12202 PERMANENT_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3 FBMA, V1
mm/min Fixed feedrates for linear axes SW4.1
always 0., 0., 0., 0. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
12204 PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3 FBMA
rev/min Fixed feedrates for rotary axes SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
12205 PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED [n]: 0 ... 3 FBMA

rev/min Fixed feedrates for spindles SW4.3
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
12510 NCU_LINKNO B3
- NCU number in an NCU cluster SW5
NCU-Link 1 1 16 DWORD 2/7
12520 LINK_TERMINATION [n]: 0 ... 1 B3
- NCU numbers for which bus termination resistances are activated SW5
Display filters: N01 Attributes: LINK POWER ON
NCU-Link 0, 1 0 15 BYTE 2/3
12540 LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH B3
- Link bus baud rate SW5
12550 LINK_RETRY_CTR B3
- Max. no. message frame transmission retries SW5
12701 AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1 [n]: 0 ... 31 B3
- List of axes in axis container 1 SW5
Display filters: N01 Attributes: CTDE POWER ON
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
- Internal interpolation axis name SW5
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container

04/00 Lists

Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container
Fct.: Axis , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/3
container

Lists 04/00
12750 AXCT_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 15 B3

- Step width for rotation of an axis container SW5
Fct.: Axis CT1, CT2, CT3, CT4, - - STRING 1/1
container CT5, CT6, ...
2.5.3 Central drive data
13000 DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE [n]: 0 ... 30 G2

- Drive activation (611D) SW1
611D 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
13010 DRIVE_LOGIC_NR [n]: 0 ... 30 G2
- Logical drive number SW1
611D 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
0, ...
611D, not 810D 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - BYTE 2/7
0, ...
13020 DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE [n]: 0 ... 30 G2
- Power section code of drive module SW1
611D 0xE, 0x13, 0x13, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, 0, ...
611D, not 810D 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, ...
13030 DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 30 G2
- Module recognition SW2
(1: 1-axis module, 2: 2-axis module, 9: Terminal block for digital I/Os, 10: Bit bus
interface)
611D 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 10 BYTE 2/7
1, ...
611D, not 810D 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 2/7
1, ...
13040 DRIVE_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 30 G2, FBHY
- Code for drive type (1: FDD, 2: MSD, 3: LIN) SW1
611D 2, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 2/7
1, ...
611D, not 810D 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 2/7
1, ...
611D, standard - 0 2 BYTE 2/7
FDD, MSD
13100 DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS [n]: 0 ... 8 IAD, Kap. 3
- Diagnosis drive link SW1
611D 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
13200 MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [n]: 0 ... 0 M5
- Polarity reversal of sensor SW1

04/00 Lists
14010 IPUCR_DELAY_TIME -
- Computing time of position controller SW2
NCU570 - - - DOUBLE 0/0
FM-NC 0.002 0.000 0.010 DOUBLE 2/7
14020 INTCY_DELAY_TIME -
- SSI transfer time SW2
NCU570 - 0.0 0.0008 DOUBLE 0/0
FM-NC 0.0002 - - DOUBLE 2/7
14504 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT P3
- Number of user data (INT) SW4.1
14506 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX A2, P3
- Number of user data (HEX) SW4.1
14508 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT A2, P3
- Number of user data (FLOAT) SW4.1
14510 USER_DATA_INT [n]: 0 ... 31 A2, P3
- User data (INT) SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -32768 32767 DWORD 2/7
0, ...
14512 USER_DATA_HEX [n]: 0 ... 31 A2, P3
- User data (HEX) SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 0x0FF DWORD 2/7
0, ...
14514 USER_DATA_FLOAT [n]: 0 ... 7 A2, P3
- User data (FLOAT) SW4.1
always 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, -3.40e38 3.40e38 DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, ...
14516 USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM [n]: 0 ... 31 A2, P3
- User data (HEX) SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - BYTE 0/0
0, ...
17500 MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS FBW
- Maximal number of replacement tools. SW5
no TCM 1 - - DWORD 2/7

Lists 04/00
2.5.4 System specific memory settings

18000 VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE P3
- PLC interface update SW1
always - - - BOOLEAN 0/0
NCU572, 573 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
NCU571 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
810D 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
18040 VERSION_INFO [n]: 0 ... 2 IAD
- Version and possibly data of the PCMCIA card, not FM-NC SW3.2
Display filters: N05 Attributes: READ POWER ON
NCU571 - - - STRING 2/7
NCU572 - - - STRING 2/7
NCU573 - - - STRING 2/7
810D - - - STRING 2/7
810D-2 - - - STRING 2/7
18050 INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC S7
- Display data of free dynamic memory SW1
18060 INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC S7
- Display data of free static memory SW1
18070 INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR S7
- Display data of free memory in DUAL PORT RAM SW1
Display filters: N01, N05, EXP Attributes: READ POWER ON
not 810D 0 - - DWORD 2/7
18080 MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK FBW
- Step-by step memory reservation for tool management (SRAM) SW2
Bit 0 = 1: Tool management data being loaded
Bit 1 = 1: Monitoring data being loaded
Bit 2 = 1: OEM and CC data being loaded
Bit 3 = 1: Memory for considering adjacent location
18082 MM_NUM_TOOL FBW, S7
- Number of tools the NCK can manage (SRAM) SW2
18084 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE FBW
- Number of magazines the NCK can manage (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: Tool 3 0 32 DWORD 2/7
management

04/00 Lists
18086 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION FBW

- Number of magazine locations the NCK can manage (SRAM) SW2
management
18088 MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER W1
- Maximum number of definable tool carriers SW4.1
always 0 0 99999999 DWORD 2/7
18090 MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM FBW
- Number of magazine data generated and evaluated by the CC (SRAM) SW2
management
18091 MM_TYPE_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9 -
- Type of OEM magazine data (SRAM) SW5.2
Fct.: Tool 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 2/2
management
18092 MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM FBW
- Number of magazine location data generated and evaluated by the CC (SRAM) SW2
management
18093 MM_TYPE_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9 -
- Type of OEM magazine location data (SRAM) SW5.2
Fct.: Tool 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 2/2
management
18094 MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM FBW
- Number of tool-specific data per tool for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM) SW2
18095 MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9 -
- Type of OEM tool data (SRAM) SW5.2
always 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4 1 6 DWORD 2/2
18096 MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM FBW
- Number of data per tool edge for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM) SW2
18097 MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9 -
- Type of OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM) SW5.2
always 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4 1 6 DWORD 2/2
18098 MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM FBW
- Number of monitoring data per tool edge for OEM and compile cycle (SRAM) SW2

Lists 04/00
18099 MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9

- Type of OEM monitor data (SRAM) SW5.2
always 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 2/2
18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA S7
- Tool offsets per TOA block (SRAM) SW1
18102 MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE W1
- Type of D No. programming (SRAM) SW4.1
18104 MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER FBW
- Tool adapters in TO area (SRAM) SW5
Fct.: Tool -1 -1 600 DWORD 2/7
management
18105 MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO W1
- Max. Value of D No. SW5
18106 MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL W1
- Max. number of D Nos. per tool SW5
18108 MM_NUM_SUMCORR W1
- Resulting offsets in TO area (SRAM) SW5
always -1 -1 9000 DWORD 2/7
18110 MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE S7
- Number of TOA blocks (SRAM) SW1
18112 MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR W1
- Properties of resulting offsets in TO area (SRAM) SW5
always 0 0 0x1F DWORD 0/0
18118 MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES S7
- Number of GUD files in active file system (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: NC memory 7 1 9 DWORD 2/7
GUD
18120 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK S7
- Number of global user variables (SRAM) SW1
GUD

04/00 Lists
18130 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN S7
- Number of channel-specific user variables (SRAM) SW1
GUD
18140 MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS -
- Number of axis-specific user variables (SRAM) SW1
GUD
18150 MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM S7
- Memory location for user variables (SRAM) SW1
Fct.: NC memory 12 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
GUD
GUD, NCU573, >1 12 - - DWORD 2/7
channels
GUD, NCU573, > 16 - - DWORD 2/7
2 channels
18160 MM_NUM_USER_MACROS S7
- Number of macros (SRAM) SW1
macros
18170 MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES S7
- Number of miscellaneous functions (cycles, DRAM) SW1
LUD
18180 MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM S7
- Number of additional parameters for cycles acc. to MD 18170 (DRAM) SW1
LUD
18190 MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK S7
- Number of files for machine-related protection zones (SRAM) SW2
Display filters: N02, N06, N09, N12 POWER ON
Fct.: 3D protection 0 0 10 DWORD 2/7
zones
18200 MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
- Number of Siemens OEM magazine data (SRAM) SW5.2
management
18201 MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
- Type of Siemens OEM magazine data (SRAM) SW5.2
Fct.: Tool 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 0/2
management

Lists 04/00
18202 MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
- No. of Siemens OEM magazine location data (SRAM) SW5.2
management
18203 MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
- Type of Siemens OEM magazine location data (SRAM) SW5.2
Fct.: Tool 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 0/2
management
18204 MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
- Number of Siemens OEM tool data (SRAM) SW5.2
18205 MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
- Type of Siemens OEM tool data (SRAM) SW5.2
always 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4 1 6 DWORD 0/2
18206 MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
- No. of Siemens OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM) SW5.2
18207 MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
- Type of Siemens OEM data per cutting edge (SRAM) SW5.2
always 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4 1 6 DWORD 0/2
18208 MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
- No. of Siemens OEM monitor data (SRAM) SW5.2
18209 MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM [n]: 0 ... 9
- Type of Siemens OEM monitor data (SRAM) SW5.2
always 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 1 6 DWORD 0/2
18210 MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC S7
- Dynamic user memory in the DRAM SW1
always - - - DWORD 2/7
NCU572 3370 - - DWORD 2/7
>1
>2
NCU571 1750 - - DWORD 0/0
NCU 571, NCU 3370 - - DWORD 2/7
572
810D 2300 - - DWORD 2/7
810D.2 3500 - - DWORD 2/7

04/00 Lists
18220 MM_USER_MEM_DPR -
- User memory in DUAL PORT RAM (DPR) SW2
810D 0 - - DWORD 0/0
810D 0 - - DWORD 0/0
18230 MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED S7
- User memory in SRAM SW1
NCU573 2974 - - DWORD 1/7
18240 MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE S7
- Hash table size for user variables (DRAM) SW1
LUD
18242 MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE S7
- Maximum field size for LUD variables SW2
GUD
Fct.: GUD, NCU 920 - - DWORD 2/7
573
LUD
Fkt.: NC-Speicher 660 - - DWORD 2/7
LUD, NCU573
18250 MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE S7
- Hash table size for channel-specific data (DRAM) SW1
18260 MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE S7
- Hash table size for global data (DRAM) SW1
always 2503 537 4001 DWORD 0/0
18270 MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR S7
- Number of subdirectories (SRAM) SW1
18280 MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR S7
- Number of files per directory (SRAM) SW1
18290 MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE S7
- Hash table size for files of a directory (SRAM) SW1
18300 MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE S7
- Hash table size for subdirectories (SRAM) SW1

Lists 04/00
18310 MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM S7
- Number of directories in passive file system (SRAM) SW1
18320 MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM S7
- Number of files in passive file system (SRAM) SW1
18331 MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM [n]: 0 ... 7 -
- Reserved for FFS SW5
Files on PCMCIA 0 - - BYTE 3/3
card
18342 MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1 K3
- Maximum number of interpolation points for sag comp. (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: CEC 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 2000 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
18350 MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM S7
- Minimum part program memory (SRAM) SW1
18360 MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE A2
- FIFO buffer size for processing from external source SW4.2
Fct.: Execute from 30 30 1000000 DWORD 2/7
HD
18362 MM_EXT_PROG_NUM A2
- Number of program levels which can be simultaneously processed from an external SW4.2
source
Fct.: Execute from 1 0 13 BYTE 2/7
HD
18400 MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS M3
- No. of curve tables (SRAM) SW4.1
always 0 0.0 plus DWORD 1/1
18402 MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS M3
- No. of curve segments (SRAM) SW4.1
18404 MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS M3
- No. of curve table polynomials (SRAM) SW4.1
18500 MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE S7
- Stack size for external communications task (DRAM) SW1

04/00 Lists
18502 MM_COM_TASK_STACK_SIZE -
- Stack size in kb for communication SW3
Communic. task 12 4 20 DWORD 0/0
18510 MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE S7
- Stack size of servo task (DRAM) SW1
18520 MM_DRIVE_TASK_STACK_SIZE S7, ECO
- Stack size of drive task (DRAM) SW1
Fct.: Drive start-up 8 4 20 DWORD 0/0
analog
611D 8 4 20 DWORD 0/0
18600 MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS K2
- Fine offset with FRAME SW4.3
18601 MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES K2
- Number of global predefined user frames. SW5
18602 MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES K2
- Number of global base frames. SW5
18700 MM_SIZEOF_LINKVAR_DATA B3
- Size of NCU-link-variable memory SW5
NCU-link variables 0 0 4096 DWORD 2/7
18780 MM_NCU_LINK_MASK B3
- Activation of NCU-link communication SW5
18782 MM_LINK_NUM_OF_MODULES B3
- Number of NCU-link modules SW5
18790 MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS B3
- Size of the trace data buffer for NCU-link
NCU-link trace 8 0 2000 DWORD 2/2
18792 MM_TRACE_LINK_DATA_FUNCTION B3
- Specifies the contents of the NCU-link files
NCU-link trace 0 0 0x7FFFFFFF DWORD 2/2

Lists 04/00
18800 MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE FBFA

- Activation of external NC languages: SW5
Bit 0 (LSB): execution of part programs is ISO dialect 0
Non-Siemens NC 0x0001 0x0000 0x0001 DWORD 2/7
progr. lang.
Non-Siemens NC 0x0000 - - DWORD 2/7
progr. lang.
18900 FPU_ERROR_MODE -
- System response to FPU calculation error SW1
not 810D 0x1 - - DWORD 0/0
18910 FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT -
- Basic initialization of FPU control word SW1
not 810D - - - DWORD 0/0
not 810D, 0x37F - - DWORD 2/7
NCU571.2, 572
not 810D, NCU 0x3F001000 - - DWORD 2/7
571
18920 FPU_EXEPTION_MASK -
- Exception screen form for FPU calculation errors SW1
not 810D - - - DWORD 0/0
not 810D, 0xD - - DWORD 2/7
NCU571.2, 572
not 810D, NCU 0x0D000000 - - DWORD 2/7
571

04/00 Lists
2.6 Channel-specific machine data

introduced.
meaning:
• C01 Configuration
• C02 Memory configuration
• C03 Basic settings
• C04 Auxiliary functions
• C05 Velocities
• C06 Monitoring / limitations
• C07 Transformations
• C08 Overrides / compensations
• C09 Technological functions
• C10 Standard machine
• C11 NC-Language ISO-Dialect
• EXP Expert mode
under attributes:
• ODLD Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
The fields of the machine data table elements are completed as follows:

Lists 04/00
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field "HW/Function" corresponds to CCU2.

reference
Display filters: Attributes Active
HW / Function Standard value Minimum value Maximum value D type Protect
. level
2.6.1 Basic channel machine data

20000 CHAN_NAME K1
- Channel name SW1
Display filters: C01, C10 POWER ON
always CHAN1 , CHAN2 , - - STRING 2/7
CHAN3 , CHAN4, ...
20050 AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 K2
- Assignment of geometry axis to channel axis SW1
always { 1, 2, 3 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
...
20060 AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... 2 K2
- Geometry axis name in channel SW1
Display filters: C01, C10, C11 POWER ON
always { X, Y, Z }, { X, Y, Z }, { X, - - STRING 2/7
Y, ...
20070 AXCONF_MACHAX_USED [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1 K2
- Machine axis number valid in channel SW1
always { 1, 2, 3, 4, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
0, ...
20080 AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1 K2
- Channel axis name in channel SW1
always { X, Y, Z, A, B, C, - - STRING 2/7
U, ...
20090 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND S1
- Initial setting of master spindle in channel SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 10 BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
20092 SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB_ENABLE S1
- Enable/disable the spindle converter. SW4.3
Display filters: C01, C10, C03 RESET
Fct.: Ch.-specific 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 BYTE 7/7
spindle No. 0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
20094 SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR FBFA

- M function for switching into controlled axis mode SW5.2
always 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, 70, -1 0x7FFF DWORD 2/7
70, 70, ...
20095 EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
- M function for switching into controlled axis mode (external mode) SW5.3
Display filters: C01, C10, C03, C11 POWER ON
always 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 29, 6 0x7FFF DWORD 2/7
29, 29, ...
20096 T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
- Meaning of address extension of T, M 'tool change code' SW5.3
20098 DISPLAY_AXIS [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1 IAD
- Show axis on MMC SW5
Display filters: C01, EXP IMMEDIATELY
always {0xFFFFFFFF, - - DWORD 2/7
0xFFFFFFFF,
0xFFFFFFFF, ...
20100 DIAMETER_AX_DEF P1
- Geometry axis with transverse axis function SW1
20110 RESET_MODE_MASK K2
- Definition of basic control settings after runup and reset SW2
Each bit = 0: The current value is retained.
Bit 0 Reset mode
Bit 1 Auxiliary function output for tool selection
Bit 4 Current plane Bit 5 Settable ZO
Bit 6 Tool length compensation Bit 7 Transformation
Bit 8 Coupled motion Bit 9 Tangential follow-up
Bit 10 Synchronous spindle Bit 11 Revolutional feedrate
Bit 12 Geo-axis replacement Bit 13 Master value coupling
Display filters: C03, C11 RESET
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0x7FFF DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...
20112 START_MODE_MASK K2
- Definition of basic control settings after part program start SW3
Each bit = 0: The current value is retained.
Bit 0 Reset mode
Bit 1 Auxiliary function output for tool selection
Bit 4 Current plane Bit 5 Settable ZO
Bit 6 Tool length compensation Bit 7 Transformation
Bit 8 Coupled motion Bit 9 Tangential follow-up
Bit 10 Synchronous spindle Bit 11 res.
Bit 12 Geo-axis replacement Bit 13 Master value coupling
Display filters: C03 RESET
always 0x400, 0x400, 0x400, 0 0x7FFF DWORD 2/7
0x400, 0x400, ...
20114 MODESWITCH_MASK K1
- Interruption MDA by mode change SW3.2
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...

Lists 04/00
20116 IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP K1
- An interrupt program can be executed despite a read in disable SW4.2
Display filters: C01 NEW CONF
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20117 IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP K1
- An interrupt program is completely executed despite single block SW4.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20118 GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET K5
- Enable automatic geometry axis change SW4.3
20120 TOOL_RESET_VALUE K2
- Tool whose length compens. is selected during runup (reset/end of pp). SW2
Depends on MD 20110 and 20112.
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 32000 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20121 TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE FBW
- Preselected tool on RESET SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 32000 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20122 TOOL_RESET_NAME FBW
- Definition of the tool with which length compensation is selected on runup/reset SW3.2
Fct.: Tool , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/7
management
20124 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER FBW
- Tool holder number SW3.2
Display filters: C03 POWER ON
Fct.: Tool 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 DWORD 2/7
management 0, 0, ...
20126 TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE W1
- Active tool holder on RESET SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20128 COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE FBW
- Tool change picked up in search run SW4.3
Display filters: C04 IMMEDIATELY
Fct.: Tool 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 1/1
management
20130 CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE K2
- Tool edge whose length compens. is selected during runup (reset/end of pp). SW2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 32000 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
20132 SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE W1
- Active resulting offset on RESET SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 6 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20140 TRAFO_RESET_VALUE K2
- Transformation data block selected during runup (reset/pp end) SW2
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 8 BYTE 2/7
Transformations 0, 0, ...
20150 GCODE_RESET_VALUES [n]: 0 ... Max. No. G codes - 1 K1, G2
- Initial setting of G groups SW1
Selection of some G groups
[0] 1 = G0, 2 = G01 (Std)
[5] 1 = G17 (Std), 2 = G18, 3 = G19
[7] 1 = G500 (Std), 2 = G54, 3 = G 55, 4 = G56, 5 = G57
[9] 1 = G60 (Std), 2 = G 64, 3 = G641
[11] 1 = G601 (Std), 2 = G602, 3 = G603
[12] 1 = G70, 2 = G71 (Std)
[13] 1 = G90 (Std), 2 = G91
[14] 1 = G93, 2 = G94 (Std), 3 = G95
[20] 1 = BRISK (Std), 2 = SOFT
[22] 1 = CDOF (Std), 2 = CDON
[23] 1 = FFWOF (Std), 2 = FFWON
[28] 1 = DIAMOF (Std), 2 = DIAMON
For more detailed information see Programming Guide
G code definition depends on MD 20110 and MD 20112.
always { 2, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1, 1, 1, 0.0 plus BYTE 2/7
...
20152 GCODE_RESET_MODE [n]: 0 ... Max. No. G codes - 1 K2
- Reset mode of G groups SW4.4
always - 0 1 BYTE 2/7
20154 EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES [n]: 0 ... 30 FBFA
- Initial setting of G groups SW5
Non-Siemens NC { 1, 1, 1, 2, 1, 1, 1, 3, 0.0 plus BYTE 2/2
progr. lang. ...
20160 CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS K1
- Number of blocks for C spline SW1
Display filters: C09, EXP POWER ON
Fct.: Polynomial 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 4 9 BYTE 2/7
8, ...
20170 COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT K1
mm Maximum traversing distance of an NC block with compression SW1
Fct.: Polynomial 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
1.0, ...
20172 COMPRESS_VELO_TOL V1
mm/min Max. permissible deviation of the path feedrate during compression SW3.2
Fct.: Polynomial 1000.0, 1000.0, 1000.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
1000.0, ...

Lists 04/00
20180 TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR [n]: 0 ... 1 W1

- Rotary axis increment of orientable toolholder SW5.3
always {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, - - DOUBLE 3/7
0.0}, ...
20182 TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 1 W1
- Rotary axis offset of orientable toolholder SW5.3
always {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, - - DOUBLE 3/7
0.0}, ...
20184 TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER W1
- Base frame number for holding machine table offset SW5.3
always -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1, -1 15 DWORD 3/7
-1, ...
20200 CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS K1
- Empty blocks with chamfer/radii SW1
Display filters: C02, C06, C09, EXP POWER ON
always 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0 15 BYTE 2/7
3, 3, ...
20201 CHFRND_MODE_MASK V1
- Chamfer/rounding behavior SW5
0x0, 0x0, ...
20202 WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS W1
- Max. no. of blocks w/o traversing movement with SAR SW4.3
always 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
5, 5, ...
20204 WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE W1
mm Change of direction with SAR SW5
always 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.01, 0.01, ...
20210 CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT W1
degrees Maximum angle for compensation blocks with TRC SW1
always 100., 100., 100., 100., 0.0 150. DOUBLE 2/7
100., 100., ...
20220 CUTCOM_MAX_DISC W1
- Maximum value for DISC SW1
always 50.0, 50.0, 50.0, 50.0, 0.0 75.0 DOUBLE 2/7
50.0, 50.0, ...
20230 CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT W1
- Maximum angle for calculation of intersection with TRC SW1
always 10., 10., 10., 10., 10., 10., 0.0 150. DOUBLE 2/7
10., ...

04/00 Lists
20240 CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS W1
- Blocks for look-ahead contour calculation with TRC SW1
always 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 2 10 BYTE 2/7
4, 4, ...
20250 CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS W1
- Number of blocks without traversing motion with TRC SW1
always 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0 5 BYTE 2/7
3, 3, ...
20252 CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS W1
- Max block count with compensation suppression SW4.1
Display filters: C01, C08, EXP RESET
always 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
5, 5, ...
20254 ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE W4
- Real time tool radius compensation enabled SW4.1
Display filters: C01, C08, EXP POWER ON
Fct.: Synchr. 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
actions
20256 CUTCOM_INTERS_POLY_ENABLE W1
- Intersection procedure for polynomials is possible SW4.1
Fct.: Polynomial 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
20260 PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP -
- Velocity control with spline SW1
20262 SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION -
- Permissible rel. error of path velocity for spline SW3
always 0.001, 0.001, 0.001, 0.000001 1.0 DOUBLE 0/0
0.001, 0.001, ...
20270 CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT W1
- Initial position of tool cutting edge without programming SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, -2 32000 DWORD 2/7
1, 1, ...
20272 SUMCORR_DEFAULT W1
- Initial position resulting offset without program SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1 6 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
20310 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK FBW
- Activation of different types of tool management SW2
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0xFFFFFF DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...

Lists 04/00
20320 TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK FBW

- Activation of tool time monitoring for tool in spindle 1...x SW2
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, - - DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...
20350 TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON W4
- Activation of tool monitoring 0/1: Monitoring off/on SW2
Fct.: Const. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 BYTE 2/7
GWPS 0, 0, ...
20360 TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK W1
- Definition of tool parameters SW4.1
0x0, 0x0, ...
20380 TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44 FBFA
- Treatment of tool length compensation with G43 / G44 SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 2 BYTE 2/7
progr. lang. 0, 0, ...
20382 TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE FBFA
- Traverse of tool length compensation SW5.2
20384 TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES FBFA
- Tool length compensation simultaneously in more than one axis SW5.2
progr. lang.
20400 LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK B1
- Look Ahead to programmed following block velocity SW1
20430 LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS B1
- Number of prepared override velocity characteristics with Look Ahead SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 2 DWORD 2/7
1, 1, ...
20440 LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS [n]: 0 ... 1 B1
- Prepared override velocity characteristics with Look Ahead SW1
always { 1.0, 0.2 }, { 1.0, 0.2 }, { 0.2 2.0 DOUBLE 2/7
1.0, ...
20450 LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE B1
- Relief factor for block cycle time SW2
always 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, ...

04/00 Lists
20460 LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR B1
% Smoothing factor for Look Ahead SW5.3
Display filters: C05, EXP NEW CONF
always 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0. 500.0 DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, ...
20470 CPREC_WITH_FFW K6, B1
- Progr. contour accuracy SW3.2
20500 CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME B2
s Minimum time with constant velocity SW1
always 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 0.1 DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
20600 MAX_PATH_JERK B2
m/s³ Path-related maximum jerk SW1
always 100.0, 100.0, 100.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
100.0, 100.0, ...
20602 CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL B1
- Effect of path curvature on path dynamic SW5
always 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0. 0.95 DOUBLE 2/7
0., ...
20603 CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK B1
- Effect of path curvature on path jerk SW5
always 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0. 0.95 DOUBLE 2/7
0., ...
20610 ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE K1, B1, B2
- Acceleration margin for overlaid movements SW1
always .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, .2, 0. 0.9 DOUBLE 2/7
.2, ...
20620 HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE H1
mm Limitation handwheel increment for geo axes SW3.2
0.0, ...
20621 HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE F2
degrees Limiting of handwheel increment for orienting axes SW5.3
0.0, ...
20622 HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE H1
mm/min Path velocity override SW3.2
500.0, 500.0, ...

Lists 04/00
20623 HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE F2
rev/min Orientation velocity overlay SW5.3
always 1 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
20624 HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND H1
- Definition of the response of the handwheel travel to channel-specific VDI ISs SW3.2
Bit meanings:
Bit 0: Mode group stop
Bit 1: Mode group stop axes plus spindle
Bit 2: NC stop
Bit 3: NC stop axes plus spindle
Bit 4: Feedrate disable
Bit 5: Feedrate override
Bit 6: Rapid traverse override
Bit 7: Feedrate stop geometry axis
Bit = 0: Interruption / accumulation

Bit = 1: Abort traversing movement / no accumulation
For geometry axes:
Bit 8: 0 Handwheel travel with feed in MD JOG_AX_VELO
Bit 8: 1 Max. traverse with feed in MD MAX_AX_VELO
Bit 9: 0 The override is active with handwheel travel
Bit 9: 1 Override 100%, independent of switch,
switch 0% nevertheless active
DRF settings for all axes of the channel
Bit10: 0 MD $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE not active
Bit10: 1 MD $MN_HANDWH_REVERSE active
Contour handwheel settings
Bit11: 0 Progr. exec. aut., continues on deselecting contour handwheel
Bit11: 1 NCSTOP on deselecting contour handwheel
always 0x13FF, 0x13FF, 0x13FF, 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
0x13FF, ...
20700 REFP_NC_START_LOCK R1
- NC start disable without reference point SW1
20750 ALLOW_G0_IN_G96 V1
- G0 logic with G96 SW1
20800 SPF_END_TO_VDI H2
- End of subroutine to PLC SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
20850 SPOS_TO_VDI S1
- Output of M19 to PLC on SPOS/SPOSA SW5.3
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
21000 CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST K1
mm Circle end point monitoring constant SW1
always 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.01, 0.01, ...

04/00 Lists
21010 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR K1
- Circle end point monitoring factor SW1
0.001, 0.001, ...
21020 WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS A3
- Consideration of tool radius for working area limitation SW1
21050 CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL F2
mm Response threshold for contour tunnel monitoring SW2
Fct.: CTC 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.0, ...
21060 CONTOUR_TUNNEL_REACTION F2
- Reaction when contour tunnel monitoring responds SW2
Fct.: CTC 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 2 BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
21070 CONTOUR_ASSIGN_FASTOUT F2
- Assignment of an analog output for the output of the contour error SW2
0: no output, 1: output at output 1 etc.
Fct.: CTC 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 8 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
21080 CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT W5
degrees Limit angle (path tangent/tool orientation) for 3D tool radius compensation SW2
TRC 3D 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3. , 1.0 89. DOUBLE 2/7
3., ...
21082 CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT W5
degrees Minimum angle between surface normal and tool orientation when side angle not equal SW3.2
0 (3D)
TRC 3D 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 1.0 89. DOUBLE 2/7
3., ...
21084 CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT W5
degrees Minimum angle between surface normal vector and path tangent vector (3D face SW3.2
milling)
TRC 3D 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 3., 1.0 89. DOUBLE 2/7
3., ...
21090 MAX_LEAD_ANGLE -
degrees Maximum value of permitted lead angle for orientation progr. SW1
Display filters: C08, C09 NEW CONF
always 80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 0. 80. DOUBLE 7/7
80., ...
NCU570 80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 80., 0. 80. DOUBLE 0/0
80., ...

Lists 04/00
21092 MAX_TILT_ANGLE -
degrees Maximum value of permitted side angle for orientation progr. SW1
always 180., 180., 180., 180., -180. 180. DOUBLE 7/7
180., 180., ...
NCU570 180., 180., 180., 180., -180. 180. DOUBLE 0/0
180., 180., ...
21100 ORIENTATION_IS_EULER F2
- Angle definition for orientation programming SW1
Fct.: 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
Transformations
Fct.: - - - BOOLEAN 0/0
Transformations,
FM-NC
21102 ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE F2
- Def. of ORI axes with G-code SW5
Fct.: 5-axis 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
transformation
Fct.: 5-axis - - - BOOLEAN 0/0
transformation,
FM-NC
21104 ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE F2
- G code for interpolation of orientation SW5
transformation
Fct.: 5-axis - - - BOOLEAN 0/0
transformation,
FM-NC
21108 POLE_ORI_MODE F2
- Great circle interpolation mode in pole position SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 22 DWORD 7/7
transformation 0, 0, ...
Fct.: 5-axis - - - DWORD 0/0
transformation,
FM-NC
21110 X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE M1
- Coordinate system for automatic frame definition SW1
21120 ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Definition of reference axes for ORI axes SW5
Fct.: 5-axis { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
transformation ...
Fct.: 5-axis - - - BYTE 0/0
transformation,
FM-NC

04/00 Lists
21130 ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2

- Definition of reference axes for ORI axes SW5
Fct.: 5-axis { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 3 }, { 1, 2, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
transformation ...
transformation,
FM-NC
21150 JOG_VELO_RAPID_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
rev/min JOG rapid traverse for ORI axes SW5
Fct.: 5-axis { 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
transformation
Fct.: 5-axis - - - DOUBLE 0/0
transformation,
FM-NC
21155 JOG_VELO_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
rev/min JOG ORI axis velocity SW5
transformation
transformation,
FM-NC
21160 JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm/min JOG rapid traverse for GEO axes SW5
always { 10000., 10000.0, 10000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
}, ...
NCU570 { 10000., 10000.0, 10000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 0/0
}, ...
21165 JOG_VELO_GEO [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm/min JOG GEO axis velocity SW5
always { 1000., 1000., 1000. }, { 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
1000., ...
NCU570 { 1000., 1000., 1000. }, { 0.0 plus DOUBLE 0/0
1000., ...
21170 ACCEL_ORI [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
rev/s² Acceleration for ORI axes SW5
transformation
transformation,
FM-NC
21200 LIFTFAST_DIST K1
mm Traversing distance on rapid lift from contour SW1
ASUP via high- 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
speed I/O 0.1, ...
Fct.: Extended NC 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
addr. 0.1, ...

Lists 04/00
21202 LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR K1
- Rapid retract with mirror image machining SW5
ASUP via high- 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
speed I/O
Fct.: Extended NC 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
addr.
21210 SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN K1
- HW assignment of ext. NCK input byte for NC progr. interrupts SW2
Bit 0-7: No. of HW byte
Bit 16-23: Screenform of signals that channel is not to evaluate
Bit 24-31: Screenform of signals that are to be evaluated inverted
ASUP via high- 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - DWORD 2/7
speed I/O 1, 1, ...
21220 MULTFEED_ASSIGN_FASTIN V1
- Assignment input bytes of NCK I/Os for "multiple feedrates in one block" SW2
Bit 0-7: No. of 1st byte Bit 8-15: No. of 2nd byte
Bit 16-23: Inverting screenform 1st byte Bit 24-31: Inverting screenform 2nd byte
Fct.: Synchr. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
actions 0, 0, ...
21230 MULTFEED_STORE_MASK V1
- Store input signal of function "Multiple feedrates in one block" SW2
Bit 0-1: No meaning, Bit 2-7: Storage response, Bit 8-31: Reserv.
Fct.: Synchr. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - BYTE 2/7
actions 0, 0, ...
21300 COUPLE_AXIS_1 [n]: 0 ... 1 S3
- Synchronous spindle pair definition, mach. axis no.: following spindle[0], leading spindle SW2
[1]
Fct.: Coupled axes {0, 0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0}, {0, 0}, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
{0, ...
21310 COUPLING_MODE_1 S3
- Type of coupling in synchronous spindle operation SW2
0: Actual value coupling 1: Setpoint coupling 2: Velocity coupling
Fct.: Coupled axes 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 2 BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
21320 COUPLE_BLOCK_CHANGE_CTRL_1 S3
- Block change behavior in synchronous spindle operation SW2
0: IMMEDIATELY, 1/2: Synchronization fine/coarse, 3: IPO-STOP
Fct.: Coupled axes 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
3, 3, ...

04/00 Lists
21330 COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1 S3
- Coupling abort behavior SW2
Bit 0 = 0 Coupling remains active on program restart
1 Coupling is cancelled on program restart
Bit 1 = 0 Coupling remains active beyond end of program and RESET
1 Coupling is cancelled at end of program or RESET
Bit 5 = 1 Configured data are activated on program start
Bit 6 = 1 Configured data are activated at end of program or RESET
Bit 9 = 1 Coupling is activated on program start
Fct.: Coupled axes 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 0x3FF DWORD 2/7
1, 1, ...
21340 COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1 S3
- Coupling parameters cannot be altered SW2
Fct.: Coupled axes 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
2.6.2 Machine data for digitizing function

21400 DIG_PROT_VERSION [n]: 0 ... 0 FBD
- Version number of digitizing package (SCAN link protocol) SW2
Fct.: Digitize - - - BYTE 1/1
Fct.: Digitize 3 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, - - BYTE 2/7
axes 2, 2, ...
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, - - BYTE 2/7
axes 4, 4, ...
21420 DIG_L_ORDER FBD
- Axis assignment of probe for digitizing SW2
0: XYZ, 1: ZXY, 2: YZX, 3: ZYX, 4: XZY, 5: YXZ
Fct.: Digitize 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 5 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
21422 DIG_L_OFF_Z FBD
mm Initial stress in Z direction for probe calibration SW2
Fct.: Digitize 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, - - DOUBLE 2/7
1.0, ...
21424 DIG_L_INKR [n]: 0 ... 2 FBD
- Resolution of probe in digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize { 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 }, { 1.0, 1.0, - - DOUBLE 2/7
...
21430 DIG_L_MIN FBD
mm Minimum deflection for digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0.15, 0.15, 0.15, 0.15, - - DOUBLE 2/7
0.15, 0.15, ...
21432 DIG_L_NORMAL FBD
mm Typical deflection value for digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., - - DOUBLE 2/7
1., ...

Lists 04/00
21434 DIG_L_NOTAUS FBD

mm Deflection of probe at which emergency stop has been triggered SW2
2.0, ...
21436 DIG_L_NOTAUS_EXT FBD
mm Deflection of probe w. extend. deflect. range at which emergency stop is triggered SW2
3.5, ...
21440 DIG_DELTAPOS FBD
mm In-position window for digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.01, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.01, 0.01, ...
21450 DIG_V_EILGANG FBD
mm/min Typical rapid traverse velocity when digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 10000., 10000., 10000., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
10000., ...
21460 DIG_A_MAX FBD
m/s² Maximum path acceleration when digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize 100., 100., 100., 100., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
100., 100., ...
21462 DIG_A_MAX_MOVE FBD
m/s² Maximum path acceleration when positioning in digitizing mode SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0, 0, ...
21464 DIG_A_MAX_SCAN FBD
m/s² Maximum path acceleration with digitizing function SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0, 0, ...
21470 DIG_P_HAND FBD
1000/min Proportional factor for manual mode SW2
Fct.: Digitize 1 - - DOUBLE 2/7
21472 DIG_P_SCAN FBD
1000/min Proportional factor for probe control SW2
21474 DIG_T_SCAN FBD
s Time constant for probe control SW2
Fct.: Digitize 0.15, 0.15, 0.15, 0.15, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.15, 0.15, ...

04/00 Lists
21476 DIG_SENSOR_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 2 FBD

mm Vector from toolholder to feeler holder SW4.2
Fct.: Digitize, 3+2 { 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 }, { 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 2/7
axes ...
2.6.3 Machine data for grinding function

21500 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET S8
mm Vertical position offset of grinding axis in centerless grinding SW2
Fct.: Centerless 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., - - DOUBLE 2/7
grinding 0., ...
21501 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET S8
mm Horizontal position offset of grinding axis in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21502 TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET S8
mm Vertical position offset of regulating axis in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21504 TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET S8
mm Vertical offset of work blade in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21506 TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET S8
mm Horizontal offset of work blade in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21508 TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1 S8
- Vertical component of work blade direction vector for Q1 SW2
grinding 1., ...
21510 TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1 S8
- Horizontal component of work blade direction vector for Q1 SW2
grinding 0., ...
21512 TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2 S8
- Vertical component of work blade direction vector for Q2 SW2
grinding 0., ...

Lists 04/00
21514 TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2 S8
- Horizontal component of work blade direction vector for Q2 SW2
grinding 1., ...
21516 TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE S8
degrees Lead angle of work blade in centerless grinding SW2
Fct.: Centerless 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., -90. 90. DOUBLE 2/7
grinding 0., ...
21518 TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT S8
mm Upper contact limit of work blade with work in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21520 TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT S8
mm Lower contact limit of work blade with work in centerless grinding SW2
grinding 0., ...
21522 TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR S8
- Definition of grinding spindle for centerless grinding SW2
Fct.: Centerless 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 1 10 BYTE 2/7
grinding 2, ...
21524 TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR S8
- Definition of regulating spindle for centerless grinding SW2
Fct.: Centerless 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 10 BYTE 2/7
grinding 1, ...
21526 TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL S8
- Special logic for G0 in centerless grinding SW2
Fct.: Centerless 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
grinding
2.6.4 Channel auxiliary function settings

22000 AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP [n]: 0 ... 254 H2
- Auxiliary function group SW1
always { 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 64 BYTE 2/7
1, 1, ...
22010 AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 254 H2
- Auxiliary function type SW1
always { , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 2/7

04/00 Lists
22020 AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION [n]: 0 ... 254 H2

- Auxiliary function extension SW1
always { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 99 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22030 AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE [n]: 0 ... 254 H2
- Auxiliary function value SW1
always { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
22100 AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE H2
- Block change delay with quick auxiliary functions. SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
22110 AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT H2
- Type of H auxiliary functions is integer. SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
22200 AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time of M functions SW1
0: Output before movement 2: Output at end of block
1: Output during movement 3: No output to the PLC
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22210 AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time of S functions (see MD22200 for values) SW1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22220 AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time for T functions (see MD22200 for values) SW1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22230 AUXFU_H_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time for H functions (see MD22200 for values) SW1
Fct.: NC memory 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
aux. fct. 0, 0, ...
22240 AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time for F functions (see MD22200 for values) SW1
Fct.: NC memory 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
aux. fct. 3, 3, ...
22250 AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time for D functions (see MD22200 for values) SW1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...

Lists 04/00
22252 AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE H2
- Output time of DL functions SW5.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 3 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22400 S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET S1
- S function effective after RESET SW1
22410 F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET V1
- F function effective after RESET SW1
22420 FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES [n]: 0 ... 7 FBFA
- Default setting for FGROUP command SW5.2
always { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { - - BYTE 7/7
0, 0, ...
22510 GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC [n]: 0 ... 7 K1
- G codes output at NCK-PLC interface on block change/RESET SW3
always {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, - - BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
22512 EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC [n]: 0 ... 7 FBFA
- Send G commands of an external NC language to PLC SW5
Non-Siemens NC {0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, - - BYTE 2/7
22530 TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE W1
- M code at change of tool carrier SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -99999999 99999999 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
22532 GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE K2
- M code at change of geo axes SW4.1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 99999999 DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
22534 TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE M1
- M code at change of transformation SW4.1
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 99999999 DWORD 2/7
22550 TOOL_CHANGE_MODE W1
- New tool compensation for M function SW1
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 1 BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
22560 TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE W1
- M function for tool change SW1
always 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 0 99999999 DWORD 2/7
6, 6, ...
22562 TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE W1
- Response to tool change errors
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0x1F DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...
22700 TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT BA, S5, FBSY
- Diagnostic data recording starts with the event TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT. SW4.1
Display filters: C06, EXP RESET
Fct.: with trace - - - STRING 2/2
files
22702 TRACE_STARTTRACE_STEP [n]: 0 ... 1 BA, S5, FBSY
- Further condition for starting the trace recording (e.g. block number) SW4.1
Fct.: with trace {,}, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, ... - - STRING 2/2
files
22704 TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT BA, S5, FBSY
- Diagnostic data recording stops with the event TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT. SW4.1
Fct.: with trace CLEARCANCELALARM_ - - STRING 2/2
files M, ...
22706 TRACE_STOPTRACE_STEP [n]: 0 ... 1 BA, S5, FBSY
- CommandSequenzStep with which the recording ends SW4.1
Fct.: with trace {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, {, }, ... - - STRING 2/2
files
22708 TRACE_SCOPE_MASK BA, S5, FBSY
- Selects the contents of the tracefile SW4.1
Fct.: with trace - - - STRING 2/2
files
22710 TRACE_VARIABLE_NAME [n]: 0 ... 8 BA, S5, FBSY
- Trace extent of the diagnosis SW4.1
Display filters: - RESET
Fct.: with trace {BL_NR, TR_POINT, - - STRING 2/2
files EV_TYPE, EV_SRC, ...
22712 TRACE_VARIABLE_INDEX [n]: 0 ... 8 BA, S5, FBSY
- Index for trace recording SW4.1
Fct.: with trace { 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/2
files 0x0, 0x0, ...
22714 MM_TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION BA, S5, FBSY
- Activating diagnostics SW4.1
Fct.: with trace 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/2
files 0x0, 0x0, ...

Lists 04/00
22800 TRACE_COMPRESSOR_OUTPUT D1
- Activation of trace output for compressor SW5
Trace files, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - BYTE 0/0
polynomial 0, 0, ...
22900 STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE FBFA
- Direction (inside/outside) in which the protection zone is effective SW5.2
Display filters: C01, EXP, C11 POWER ON
progr. lang.
22910 WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE FBFA
- Input resolution for scaling factor SW5.2
progr. lang.
22914 AXES_SCALE_ENABLE FBFA
- Activating for axial scaling factor ( G51 ) SW5.2
progr. lang.
24000 FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS K2
- Frame components for G58 and G59 SW5
Display filters: - POWER ON
24002 CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK K2
- Active channel-specific base frames after reset SW5
always 0xFFFF, 0xFFFF, 0 0xFFFF DWORD 2/7
0xFFFF, 0xFFFF, ...
24004 CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK FBFA
- Reset channel-specific base frames after power on SW5.2
Display filters: EXP, C11 POWER ON
0x0, 0x0, ...
2.6.5 Transformation definitions in channel

24100 TRAFO_TYPE_1 F2
- Definition of transformation 1 in channel SW1
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
24110 TRAFO_AXES_IN_1 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1 F2
- Axis assignment for transformation SW1
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations 0, ...

04/00 Lists
24120 TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2

- Assignment GEO axis to channel axis for transformation 1 SW2
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
- Axis assignment for transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...

Lists 04/00
24430 TRAFO_TYPE_5 F2, M1

- Transformation 5 in the channel SW4.1
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
24432 TRAFO_AXES_IN_5 [n]: 0 ... max. No. axes per chann. - 1 F2, M1
- Axis assignment for transformation 5 SW4.1
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
24434 TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2, M1
- GEO/chann. axis assignment transform. 5 SW4.1
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
- GEO/channel axis assignment transformation 7 SW4.1
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
Fct.: 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7

04/00 Lists
Fct.: { 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Fct.: { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 7/7
Transformations ...
24500 TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Offset vector of 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation 0.0}, ...
24510 TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 1 F2
degrees Position offset of rotary axes 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
24520 TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1 [n]: 0 ... 1 F2
- Sign of rotary axis 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, - - BOOLEAN 7/7
transformation {1, ...
24530 TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1 F2
degrees Definition of pole range for 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation 2.0, ...
24540 TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1 F2
degrees End angle tolerance with interpolation through pole for 5-axis transformation SW1
Fct.: 5-axis 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
24550 TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Vector of base tool on activation of 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
24560 TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Vector of kinematic offset of 5-axis transformation 1 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
24562 TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Offset of swivel point of 1st rotary axis on 5-axis transformation with swivelled linear SW3
axis, 1st trafo
Offset of rotary axis to machine zero
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7

Lists 04/00
24564 TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1 F2
degrees Angle of inclination of 2nd rotary axis of 1st nutating head transformation SW3
Fct.: 5-axis 45.0, 45.0, 45.0, 45.0, -89. 89. DOUBLE 7/7
transformation 45.0, 45.0, ...
24566 TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_1 -
- Virtual orientation axes SW5.2
transformation
24570 TRAFO5_AXIS1_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Direction of 1st rotary axis SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24572 TRAFO5_AXIS2_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Direction of 2nd rotary axis SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24574 TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Tool base orientation SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24580 TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1 F2
- Direction of orientation vector SW5
Fct.: 5-axis 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 0 2 BYTE 2/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24585 TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- ORI/channel axis assignment transformation 1 SW5
Fct.: 5-axis { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
transformation ...
transformation,
FM-NC
24600 TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Offset vector of 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7

04/00 Lists
24610 TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 1 F2

degrees Position offset of rotary axes 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0}, {0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
24620 TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2 [n]: 0 ... 1 F2
- Sign of rotary axis 1/2 for 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, {1, 1}, - - BOOLEAN 7/7
transformation {1, ...
24630 TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_2 F2
degrees Definition of pole range for 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
24640 TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2 F2
degrees End angle tolerance with interpolation through pole for 5-axis transformation SW1
Fct.: 5-axis 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, 2.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
24650 TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Vector of base tool on activation of 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
24660 TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Vector of kinematic offset of 5-axis transformation 2 SW1
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
24662 TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
mm Offset of swivel point of 2nd 5-axis transformation with swivelled linear axis SW3
Offset of rotary axis to machine zero
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
24664 TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_2 F2
degrees Angle of inclination of 2nd rotary axis of 2nd nutating head transformation SW3
Fct.: 5-axis 45.0, 45.0, 45.0, 45.0, -89. 89. DOUBLE 7/7
transformation 45.0, 45.0, ...
24666 TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_2 -
- Virtual orientation axes SW5.2
transformation

Lists 04/00
24670 TRAFO5_AXIS1_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2

- Direction of 1st rotary axis SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24672 TRAFO5_AXIS2_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Direction of 2nd rotary axis SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24674 TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- Basic tool orientation SW5.2
Fct.: 5-axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24680 TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_2 F2
- Direction of orientation vector SW5
Fct.: 5-axis 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 2, 0 2 BYTE 2/7
transformation,
FM-NC
24685 TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 F2
- ORI/channel axis assignment transformation 1 SW5
Fct.: 5-axis { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0 10 BYTE 2/7
transformation ...
transformation,
FM-NC
24700 TRAANG_ANGLE_1 M1
degrees Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis SW2
Fct.: Inclined axis 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...
24710 TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1
mm Vector of base tool for 1st TRAANG transformation SW2
Fct.: Inclined axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0}, ...
24720 TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1 M1
- Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf. SW2
Fct.: Inclined axis 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 1.0 DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...

04/00 Lists
24721 TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1 M1
- Acceleration margin of parallel axis for the 1st TRAANG transf. SW2
0.0, ...
24750 TRAANG_ANGLE_2 M1
degrees Angle between Cartesian axis and real (inclined) axis SW2
Fct.: Inclined axis 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...
24760 TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1
mm Vector of base tool for 2nd TRAANG transformation SW2
Fct.: Inclined axis {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0}, ...
24770 TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2 M1
- Velocity margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transformation SW2
0.0, ...
24771 TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2 M1
- Acceleration margin of parallel axis for the 2nd TRAANG transformation SW2
0.0, ...
24800 TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 M1
degrees Offset of rotary axis for the 1st TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
surfaces transf. 0.0, ...
24810 TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1 M1
- Sign of rotary axis for 1st TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
surfaces transf.
24820 TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1
mm Vector of base tool for 1st TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
surfaces transf. 0.0}, ...
24850 TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 M1
degrees Offset of rotary axis for the 2nd TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
surfaces transf. 0.0, ...
24860 TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2 M1
- Sign of rotary axis for 2nd TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
surfaces transf.

Lists 04/00
24870 TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1

mm Vector of base tool for 2nd TRACYL transformation SW2
Fct.: Periph. {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
surfaces transf. 0.0}, ...
24900 TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 M1
degrees Offset of rotary axis for the 1st TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
transf. 0.0, ...
24910 TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1 M1
- Sign of rotary axis for 1st TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
transf.
24911 TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1 M1
- Restriction of working range in front of / behind the pole, 1. TRANSMIT SW4.1
Fct.: Transmit 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 2 BYTE 7/7
transf. 0, 0, ...
24920 TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1
mm Vector of base tool for 1st TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transf. 0.0}, ...
24950 TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 M1
degrees Offset of rotary axis for the 2nd TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
transf. 0.0, ...
24960 TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2 M1
- Sign of rotary axis for 2nd TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit 1 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
transf.
24961 TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2 M1
- Restriction of working range in front of / behind the pole, 2. TRANSMIT SW4.1
Fct.: Transmit 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 2 BYTE 7/7
transf. 0, 0, ...
24970 TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2 [n]: 0 ... 2 M1
mm Vector of base tool for 2nd TRANSMIT transformation SW2
Fct.: Transmit {0.0, 0.0 , 0.0}, {0.0, 0.0 , - - DOUBLE 7/7
transf. 0.0}, ...
24995 TRACON_CHAIN_1 [n]: 0 ... 4 M1
- Linking transformations SW5
Chained { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0 8 DWORD 7/7
transformation 0, ...

04/00 Lists
24996 TRACON_CHAIN_2 [n]: 0 ... 4 M1

- Linking transformations SW5
Chained { 0, 0, 0 ,0 }, { 0, 0, 0, 0 }, { 0 8 DWORD 7/7
transformation 0, ...
2.6.6 Punching and nibbling

26000 PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN N4
- Hardware assignment for input byte for stroke control SW3
Fct.: Nibbling 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, ...
26002 PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT N4
- Hardware assignment for output byte for stroke control SW3
0, ...
26004 NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK [n]: 0 ... 7 N4
- Screenform for fast output bits SW3
Fct.: Nibbling {1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, - - BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
26006 NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK [n]: 0 ... 7 N4
- Screenform for fast input bits SW3
Fct.: Nibbling {1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0}, {0, - - BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
26008 NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE [n]: 0 ... 7 N4
- Definition of M functions SW3
Fct.: Nibbling {0,23,22, 25, 26, 0, 0, 0}, - - DWORD 2/7
{0, 0, ...
26010 PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK N4
- Definition of punching and nibbling axes SW3
0, ...
26012 PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION N4
- Activation of punching and nibbling functions SW3
0, ...
26014 PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING N4
- Activation of automatic path segmentation SW3
0, ...

Lists 04/00
26016 PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE N4
- Behavior of individual axes with automatic path segmentation SW3
0, ...
26018 NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME N4
s Delay time for nibbling/punching with G603 SW3.2
Fct.: Nibbling 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., - - DOUBLE 2/7
0., ...
26020 NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK N4
- Alarm on chattering punching signal SW3.2
0, ...
27800 TECHNOLOGY_MODE A2
- Mode of technology in channel SW4.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus BYTE 2/7
0, 0, ...
27860 PROCESSTIMER_MODE K1
- Activation of program runtime measurement SW5.2
always 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0 0x03F BYTE 2/7
0x00, 0x00, ...
27880 PART_COUNTER K1
- Activation of workpiece counter SW5.2
always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0x0FFFF DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...
27882 PART_COUNTER_MCODE [n]: 0 ... 2 K1
- Workpiece counting with user-defined M command SW5.2
always { 2, 2, 2 }, { 2, 2, 2 }, { 2, 2, 0 99 BYTE 2/7
...
27900 REORG_LOG_LIMIT S7
- Percentage of IPO buffer for enabling log file SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - BYTE 0/0
1, 1, ...
2.6.7 Channel-specific memory settings

28000 MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM S7
- Memory space for REORG (DRAM) SW1
always 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 1 500 DWORD 2/7
10, 10, ...

04/00 Lists
28010 MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES S7
- Number of blocks for local user variables in REORG (DRAM) SW1
Fct.: NC memory 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 0 100 DWORD 2/7
LUD 4, 4, ...
28020 MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL S7
- Number of local user variables (DRAM) SW1
Fct.: NC memory 200, 200, 200, 200, 200, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
LUD 200, 200, ...
28040 MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM S7
- Memory space for local user variables (DRAM) SW2
Fct.: NC memory 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
LUD 12, 12, ...
Fkt.: NC-Speicher 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, 25, - - DWORD 2/7
LUD, NCU573 25, 25, ...
28050 MM_NUM_R_PARAM S7
- Number of channel-specific R parameters (SRAM) SW1
always 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 0 10000 DWORD 2/7
100, 100, ...
28060 MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE S7
- Number of NC blocks in IPO buffer (DRAM) SW1
NCU572, 573 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2 300 DWORD 2/7
10, 10, ...
NCU571 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2 300 DWORD 2/7
10
810D 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 10, 2 180 DWORD 2/7
10
810D.2 - 2 300 DWORD 2/7
28070 MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP S7
- Number of blocks for block preparation (DRAM) SW2
NCU572, 573 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, 20 *** DWORD 2/7
38, 38, ...
NCU571 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 20 *** DWORD 2/7
30
810D 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 30, 20 *** DWORD 2/7
30
810D.2 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, 38, - - DWORD 2/7
38
28080 MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES S7
- Number of settable frames (SRAM) SW1
always 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5 100 DWORD 2/7
5, 5, ...

Lists 04/00
28081 MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES K2
- Number of base frames (SRAM) SW5
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 0 16 DWORD 2/7
1, 1, ...
28085 MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT FBW, S7
- Assignment of a TO unit to a channel (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: > 1 channel 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 1 1 DWORD 2/7
9,10,11,12, ...
28090 MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_ELEMENTS S7
- Number of block elements for compile cycles (DRAM) SW1
Compile cycles 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 0 DWORD 1/7
0, 0, ...
cycles
28100 MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_USER_MEM S7
- Size of block memory for compile cycles (DRAM), in KB SW1
Compile cycles 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 0 256 DWORD 1/7
NCU572, 573 256, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
compile cycles 0, 0, ...
cycles
28105 MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM S7
- Heap memory in kbytes for compile-cycle applications (DRAM) SW5
Compile cycles 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
28150 MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS P3
- Number of elements for writing PLC variables SW4.1
Fct.: Read/write 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
PLC var. 0, 0, ...
28160 MM_NUM_LINKVAR_ELEMENTS B3
- Number of elements for writing NCU-link-variables SW5
NCU-link variables 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...
28180 MM_MAX_TRACE_DATAPOINTS BA, S5, FBSY
- Length of the trace data buffer SW4.1
Fct.: with trace 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 0 2000 DWORD 2/2
files 100, 100, ...
28200 MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN S7
- Number of files for channel-specific protection zones (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: 3D protection 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 DWORD 2/7
zones 0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
28210 MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE S7
- Number of simultaneously active protection zones in one channel SW2
Fct.: 3D protection 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 DWORD 2/7
zones 0, 0, ...
28250 MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS S5, FBSY
- Number of elements for expressing the synchronized actions SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. - - - DWORD 2/7
actions
Fct.: Synchr. 159, 159, 129, 129, 129, 0 2000 DWORD 2/7
actions, NCU572, 129, 129, ...
573
Fct.: Synchr. 117, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 0 200 DWORD 2/7
actions, NCU571 99, 99
Fct.: Synchr. 117, 99, 99, 99, 99, 99, 0 200 DWORD 2/7
actions, 810D 99, 99
Fct.: Synchr. 159, 159, 129, 129, 129, 0 2000 DWORD 2/7
actions, 810D.2 129, 129, ...
28252 MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS S5, FBSY
- Number of FCTDEF elements SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. - - - DWORD 2/7
actions
Fct.: Synchr. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 0 100 DWORD 2/7
actions, NCU572, 3, 3, ...
573
Fct.: Synchr. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 0 3 DWORD 2/7
actions, NCU571
Fct.: Synchr. 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3 0 3 DWORD 2/7
actions, 810D
Fct.: Synchr. - 0 100 DWORD 2/7
actions, 810D.2
28254 MM_NUM_AC_PARAM S5, FBSY
- Number of parameters $AC_PARAM SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 50, 0 10000 DWORD 2/7
actions, basef. 50, 50, ...
28256 MM_NUM_AC_MARKER S5, FBSY
- Number of flags $AC_MARKER SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 8, 0 10000 DWORD 2/7
28258 MM_NUM_AC_TIMER S5, FBSY
- Number of time variables $AC_TIMER SW4.1
Fct.: Synchr. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10000 DWORD 2/7
28260 NUM_AC_FIFO S5, FBSY
- Number of variables $AC_FIFO1 ... SW4.1
Fct.: FIFO var. f. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 10 DWORD 2/7
sync. actions 0, 0, ...

Lists 04/00
28262 START_AC_FIFO S5, FBSY

- FIFO variables store from R parameter SW4.1
28264 LEN_AC_FIFO S5, M5, FBSY
- Length of the FIFO variables $AC_FIFO ... SW4.1
28266 MODE_AC_FIFO S5, FBSY
- Mode of FIFO processing SW4.1
Fct.: FIFO var. f. 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 *** BYTE 2/7
28500 MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE S7
- Stack size of preparation task (DRAM) SW1
NCU572, 573 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
20, 20, ...
NCU571 32, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
20
810D 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 20, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
20, 20, ...
28510 MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE S7
- Stack size of IPO task (DRAM) SW1
NCU572, 573 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
12, 12, ...
NCU571 8, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
12
810D 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 12, 4 40 DWORD 0/0
12, 12, ...
28520 MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK S7
- Maximal number of axial polynomials per block SW4.3
NCU572, 573 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 3, 1 5 DWORD 0/0
3, 3, ...
NCU571 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 5 DWORD 0/0
NCU570 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 5 DWORD 0/0
810D 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 5 DWORD 0/0
28530 MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS K1
- Number of memory units for limiting the path velocity in the block. SW5.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
28540 MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS K1
- Number of memory units for representing the arc length function per block. SW5.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 2/7
0, 0, ...

Lists 04/00
2.7 Axis-specific machine data

introduced.
meaning:
• A01 Configuration (including memory)

• A02 Measuring system
• A03 Machine geometry
• A04 Velocities / accelerations
• A05 Monitoring / limitations
• A06 Spindle
• A07 Controller data
• A08 Status data
• A09 Overrides / compensations
• A10 Technological functions
• A11 Standard machine
• A12 NC-Language ISO-Dialect
• EXP Expert mode
under attributes:
• ODLD Only download: the data can only be loaded from the file
The fields of the machine data table elements are completed as follows:

04/00 Lists

reference
Display filters Attributes Active
HW / Function Standard value Minimum value Maximum value D type Protect
. level
Note
The entry 810D_2 in the field "HW/Function" corresponds to CCU2.
2.7.1 Configuration
30100 CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
- Setpoint assignment: Drive type SW1
Display filters: A01, EXP POWER ON
NCU572, 573 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0
NCU571 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0
NCU570 0 0 2 BYTE 2/7
810D 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0
30110 CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
- Setpoint assignment: Drive number/module no. SW1
Display filters: A01, A11; bei FM-NC EXP POWER ON
30120 CTRLOUT_NR [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
- Setpoint assignment: Setpoint output on drive submodule/module SW1
(setpoint branch): 0
30130 CTRLOUT_TYPE [n]: 0 ... 0 G2, S6
- Output type of setpoint SW1
Display filters: A01, A11 POWER ON
30132 IS_VIRTUAL_AX [n]: 0 ... 0 M3
- Axis is a virtual axis SW4
Display filters: A01 Attributes: CTEQ POWER ON
30200 NUM_ENCS G2
- Number of encoders SW1
30210 ENC_SEGMENT_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Actual value assignment: Drive type SW1
Display filters: A01, A02, EXP POWER ON
NCU572, 573 1, 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0
NCU571 1, 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0
NCU570 0, 0 0 2 BYTE 2/7
810D 1, 1 0 1 BYTE 0/0

Lists 04/00
30220 ENC_MODULE_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2

- Actual value assignment: Drive number/measuring circuit number SW1
Display filters: A01, A02, A11 POWER ON
always 1, 1 1 10 BYTE 2/7
30230 ENC_INPUT_NR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Actual value assignment: Input to drive submodule/measuring circuit board SW1
810D 1, 1 1 2 BYTE 2/7
30240 ENC_TYPE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2, R1
- Type of actual value sensing (actual position value) SW1
0: Simulation
1: Raw signal generator, high resolution
2: Square-wave encoder, standard encoder (pulse quadruplication)
3: Encoder for stepper motor
4: Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
5: Absolute encoder with SSI interface (FM-NC)
30242 ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Encoder is independent SW4.1
Display filters: A02, A11 NEW CONF
30250 ACT_POS_ABS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
- Absolute encoder position at power OFF time SW4.1
Display filters: A02, A08, EXP Attributes: ODLD POWER ON
always 0.0, 0.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
30260 ABS_INC_RATIO [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
- Absolute encoder: ratio between absolute resolution and incremental resolution SW5.2
always 4, 4 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
30300 IS_ROT_AX R2
- Rotary axis / spindle SW1
30310 ROT_IS_MODULO R2
- Modulo conversion for rotary axis / spindle SW1
Display filters: A01, A06, A11 Attributes: CTEQ POWER ON
30320 DISPLAY_IS_MODULO R2
- Modulo 360 degrees display for rotary axes and spindle SW1
30330 MODULO_RANGE R2
degrees Size of modulo range. SW4.1
Display filters: A01, EXP Attributes: CTEQ RESET
always 360.0 1.0 360000000.0 DOUBLE 2/7
30350 SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT G2
- Output of axis signals with simulation axes SW1
Display filters: A01, A06 Attributes: CTEQ POWER ON

04/00 Lists
30450 IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX P2
- Competing positioning axis SW1
30500 INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB T1
- Axis is indexing axis SW1
Display filters: A01, A10 RESET
Fct.: Positioning 0 0 3 BYTE 2/7
axes, Idx.
30501 INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR T1
mm, Indexing axis equidistant positions numerator SW4.3
degrees
Fct.: Positioning 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
axes, Idx.
30502 INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR T1
- Indexing axis equidistant positions denominator SW4.3
Fct.: Positioning 1 1 *** DWORD 2/7
axes, Idx.
30503 INDEX_AX_OFFSET T1
mm, Indexing axis with equidistant positions first index position SW4.3
degrees
Fct.: Positioning 0.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
axes, Idx.
30505 HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE T1
- Axis is indexing axis with Hirth tooth system SW4.3
Display filters: A01, A10 Attributes: CTEQ RESET
Fct.: Positioning 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
axes, Idx.
30550 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN K5
- Initial setting of channel for change of axis SW2
30552 AUTO_GET_TYPE S1, K5
- Automatic GET for get axis SW3.2
30554 AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU B3
- Initial setting which NCU creates for the axis setpoints SW5.3
NCU-Link 0 0 16 BYTE 2/7
30560 IS_LOCAL_LINK_AXIS B3
- Axis is a local link axis SW5
NCU-Link 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7

Lists 04/00
30600 FIX_POINT_POS [n]: 0 ... max. No. fixed points per axis - 1 K1
mm, Fixed-value positions of axis with G75 SW1
degrees
30800 WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE A2
- Type of check of working area limitations SW5.2
Display filters: - Attributes: CTEQ NEW CONF
2.7.2 Encoder matching

31000 ENC_IS_LINEAR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Direct measuring system (linear scale) SW1
31010 ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
mm Division period for linear scales SW1
always 0.01, 0.01 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
31020 ENC_RESOL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Encoder lines per revolution SW1
31030 LEADSCREW_PITCH G2
mm Pitch of leadscrew SW1
31040 ENC_IS_DIRECT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Encoder mounted directly on the machine SW1
31050 DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM [n]: 0 ... 5 G2
- Denominator load gearbox SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 2147000000 DWORD 2/7
31060 DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... 5 G2
- Numerator load gearbox SW1
always 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 -2147000000 2147000000 DWORD 2/7
31070 DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Denominator measuring gearbox SW1
always 1, 1 1 2147000000 DWORD 2/7
31080 DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Numerator measuring gearbox SW1
always 1, 1 1 2147000000 DWORD 2/7

04/00 Lists
31090 JOG_INCR_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 1 H1, G2

mm, Evaluation of an increment with INC/handwheel SW1
degrees
always 0.001, 0.00254 - - DOUBLE 2/7
31100 BERO_CYCLE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 S6
- Steps for monitoring rotation SW1
Display filters: A02 POWER ON
Stepper motor 2000, 2000 10 10000000 DWORD 2/7
31110 BERO_EDGE_TOL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 S6
- Step tolerance for monitoring rotation SW1
Stepper motor 50, 50 10 10000000 DWORD 2/7
31120 BERO_EDGE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 S6
- BERO evaluation edge SW1
Stepper motor 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
31122 BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 S1
s BERO delay time plus SW4.1
31123 BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 S1
s BERO delay time minus SW4.1
31200 SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71 G2
- Factor for converting values while G70/G71 is active SW1
Display filters: A01, EXP Attributes: CTEQ POWER ON
31350 FREQ_STEP_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0 S6
Hz Stepping rate at maximum velocity SW3
Stepper motor 250000.0 100.0 4000000.0 DOUBLE 2/7
31400 STEP_RESOL [n]: 0 ... 0 S6
- Number of steps per stepper motor revolution SW4.1
Stepper motor 1000 0.0 plus DWORD 2/7
31500 AXIS_NUMBER_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0 S6
- Setpoint of this axis output for service purposes SW4.1
31510 OFFSETVALUE_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0 S6
V Offset voltage for service setpoint SW4.1
Display filters: A01 NEW CONF
always 0.0 -10.0 10.0 DOUBLE 2/7
31520 GAIN_FOR_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... 0 S6
- Gain for service setpoint SW4.1
always 1.0 -100.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
2.7.3 Closed-loop control

32000 MAX_AX_VELO G2
mm/min, Maximum axis velocity SW1
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A11 Attributes: CTEQ NEW CONF
always 10000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
32010 JOG_VELO_RAPID H1
mm/min, Rapid traverse in jog mode SW1
rev/min
32020 JOG_VELO H1
mm/min, Jog axis velocity SW1
rev/min
32040 JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID H1
mm/rev Revolutional feedrate in JOG with rapid traverse override SW1
32050 JOG_REV_VELO H1
mm/rev Revolutional feedrate in JOG SW1
32060 POS_AX_VELO P2
mm/min, Initial setting for positioning axis velocity SW1
rev/min
Fct.: Positioning 10000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
axes
32070 CORR_VELO H1, K2, W4
% Axis velocity for handwheel override, ext. ZO, cont. dressing, distance control SW3.2
Display filters: A04 Attributes: CTEQ RESET
32074 FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED H1, K2, W4
- Fixed feedrates for rotary axes SW4.1
always 0 0 0x3FF DWORD 2/7
32080 HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE H1
mm, Limitation of selected increment SW3.2
degrees
32082 HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE H1
mm/min, Limitation of selected increment for velocity overlay SW3.2
rev/min
Display filters: A04, A05, A10 Attributes: CTEQ RESET

04/00 Lists
32084 HANDWH_STOP_COND H1
- Control of VDI signals with respect to handwheel SW3.2
Bit significance:
Bit = 0 : Interruption and/or picking up the handwheel path distance
Bit = 1 : Abort traversing movement, no picking up
Bit0: Feedrate override

Bit1: Spindle override
Bit2: Feed stop/spindle stop
Bit3: Clamping procedure running
Bit4: Servo enable
Bit5: Pulse enable
For machine axis:

Bit6 = 0 For handwheel travel max. feedrate in MD JOG_VELO
Bit6 = 1 For handwheel travel max. feedrate in MD MAX_AX_VELO
Bit7 = 0 The override is effective for handwheel travel
Bit7 = 1 Override 100% effective for handwheel travel independent of switch, however
switch 0% effective.
always 0xFF 0 0x3FF DWORD 2/7
32090 HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR H1
- Ratio of JOG velocity to handwheel velocity (DRF) SW1
32100 AX_MOTION_DIR G2
- Traversing direction (not control direction) SW1
always 1 -1 1 DWORD 2/7
32110 ENC_FEEDBACK_POL [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
- Sign actual value (control direction) SW1
always 1, 1 -1 1 DWORD 2/7
32200 POSCTRL_GAIN [n]: 0 ... 5 G2
1000/min Servo gain factor SW1
always 1 0 2 DOUBLE 2/7
32250 RATED_OUTVAL [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
% Rated output voltage SW1
32260 RATED_VELO [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
rev/min Rated motor speed SW1
32300 MAX_AX_ACCEL B2
m/s², Axis acceleration SW1
rev/s²
always 1 0 *** DOUBLE 2/7
32310 MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR B1
- Overload factor for axial velocity steps SW1
Display filters: A04 Attributes: CTEQ NEW CONF

Lists 04/00
32400 AX_JERK_ENABLE B2
- Axial jerk limitation SW1
32402 AX_JERK_MODE B2
- Axial jerk limitation filter type SW5
32410 AX_JERK_TIME B2
s Time constant for axial jerk filter SW1
32420 JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE B2
- Default setting of axis jerk limitation SW1
32430 JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK B2
m/s³, Axial jerk SW1
degrees/s
³
32431 MAX_AX_JERK B1
m/s³, Maximum axial jerk for path movement SW5
degrees/s
³
always 1.e9 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
Standard control - - - DOUBLE 3/3
32432 PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM B1
m/s³, Max. axial jerk of a geo axis at block limit SW3.2
degrees/s
³
always 1.e9 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
Standard control - - - DOUBLE 3/3
32433 SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR B1
- Scaling of acceleration limitation with SOFT SW5.2
32434 G00_ACCEL_FACTOR B1
- Scaling of acceleration limitation with G00. SW5.2
32435 G00_JERK_FACTOR B1
- Scaling of jerk limitation with G00. SW5.2
32440 LOOKAH_FREQUENCY B1
Hz Smoothing frequency for Look Ahead SW5.3
Display filters: A04, EXP NEW CONF
32450 BACKLASH [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 K3
mm, Backlash SW1
degrees

04/00 Lists
32452 BACKLASH_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 5 K3

- Backlash evaluation factor SW5
always 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 0.01 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
32460 TORQUE_OFFSET [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
% Additional torque for electronic weight compensation SW1
always 0.0 -100.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
NCU570 0.0 -100.0 100.0 DOUBLE 0/0
810D 0.0 -100.0 100.0 DOUBLE 0/0
32490 FRICT_COMP_MODE [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
- Type of friction compensation SW2
0: No comp, 1: Compens. with const. injection value
2: Comp. with characteristic learned via neural network (option)
810D 1 0 1 BYTE 2/7
32500 FRICT_COMP_ENABLE K3
- Friction compensation active SW1
32510 FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
- Adaptation friction compensation active SW1
32520 FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
mm/min, Maximum friction compensation value SW1
rev/min
32530 FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
mm/min, Minimum friction compensation value SW1
rev/min
32540 FRICT_COMP_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
s Friction compensation time constant SW1
32550 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1 [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
m/s², Adaptation acceleration value 1 SW1
rev/s²
rev/s²
rev/s²

Lists 04/00
32580 FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 0 K3

% Weighting factor of friction compensation value with short traversing movements SW2
always 0.0 0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
32610 VELO_FFW_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... 5 K3
- Feedforward factor for speed feedforward control SW1
always 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
32620 FFW_MODE K3
- Feedforward control type SW1
0: No feedforward control 1: Speed feedforward control
2: Speed and torque feedforward control
810D 1 0 3 BYTE 2/7
32630 FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE K3
- Activate feedforward control from program SW1
32640 STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
- Dynamic stiffness control SW4.1
611D, not 810D 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
32650 AX_INERTIA K3
kgm² Moment of inertia for torque feedforward control SW1
Display filters: A07, A09, EXP NEW CONF
32652 AX_MASS K3
kg Axis mass for torque feedforward control SW4.1
611D, not 810D 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
32700 ENC_COMP_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 K3
- Interpolatory compensation SW1
32710 CEC_ENABLE K3
- Enable of sag compensation SW2
Fct.: CEC 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
32711 CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC K3
- Measuring system of sag compensation SW5
32720 CEC_MAX_SUM K3
mm, Maximum compensation value for sag compensation SW2
degrees
Fct.: CEC 1.0 0 10.0 DOUBLE 2/7
Fct.: CEC embg. - 0 1.0 DOUBLE 2/7

04/00 Lists
32730 CEC_MAX_VELO K3
% Maximum change value with sag compensation with ref. to MD32000 SW2
Fct.: CEC 10.0 0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
32750 TEMP_COMP_TYPE K3
- Temperature compensation type SW1
0: No compensation
Bit 0 = 1: Position-independent compensation active
Bit 1 = 1: Position-dependent compensation active
32760 COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR K3
- Excessive velocity due to compensation SW1
Display filters: A04, A09, EXP Attributes: CTEQ POWER ON
always 0.01 0. 0.10 DOUBLE 2/7
32800 EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5 K3
s Equivalent time constant current control loop for feedforward control SW1
0.0005, ...
32810 EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5 K3
s Equivalent time constant speed control loop for feedforward control SW1
always - 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
NCU570.2 0.006, 0.006, 0.006, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.006, 0.006, ...
NCU571 0.006, 0.006, 0.006, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.006, 0.006, ...
NCU572 0.004, 0.004, 0.004, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.004, 0.004, ...
NCU573 0.008, 0.008, 0.008, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.008, 0.008, ...
810D 0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.0025, ...
810D-2 0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0025, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
0.0025, ...
32900 DYN_MATCH_ENABLE G2
- Dynamic response adaptation SW1
32910 DYN_MATCH_TIME [n]: 0 ... 5 G2
s Time constant of dynamic response adaptation SW1
always 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
32920 AC_FILTER_TIME S5, FBSY
s Smoothing filter time constant for adaptive control SW2
32930 POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE G2
- Activation of low-pass filter at position controller output SW5.2

Lists 04/00
32940 POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME G2
s Time constant of low-pass filter at position controller output SW5.2
32950 POSCTRL_DAMPING G2
% Damping of servo loop SW1
32960 POSCTRL_ZERO_ZONE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2
mm, Zero zone of position controller SW5.2
degrees
33000 FIPO_TYPE G2
- Fine interpolator type (1: differential FIPO, 2: cubic FIPO) SW1
33050 LUBRICATION_DIST A2
mm, Traversing path for lubrication from PLC SW1
degrees
33100 COMPRESS_POS_TOL K1
mm, Maximum deviation during compression SW1
degrees
Fct.: Polynomial 0.1 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
Fct.: NCU570 - - - DOUBLE 0/0
polynomial
2.7.4 Reference point approach

34000 REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE R1
- Axis with reference point cam SW1
34010 REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS R1
- Approach reference point in minus direction SW1
34020 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM R1
mm/min, Reference point approach velocity SW1
rev/min
Display filters: A03, A04, A11 RESET
34030 REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST R1
mm, Maximum distance to reference cam SW1
degrees

04/00 Lists
34040 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1

mm/min, Creep velocity SW1
rev/min
34050 REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
- Direction reversal to reference cams SW1
34060 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Maximum distance to reference mark. Max. distance to 2 reference marks SW1
degrees For distance-coded measuring systems
34070 REFP_VELO_POS R1
mm/min, Reference point positioning velocity SW1
rev/min
34080 REFP_MOVE_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Reference point distance/target point for distance-coded system SW1
degrees
always -2.0, -2.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
34090 REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Reference point offset/absolute distance-coded offset SW1
degrees
Display filters: A02, A03, A08, A11 RESET
34092 REFP_CAM_SHIFT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Electr. cam offset of incremental measuring systems with equidistant zero marks SW3.2
degrees
34100 REFP_SET_POS [n]: 0 ... 3 R1
mm, Reference point value/irrelevant for distance-coded system SW1
degrees
always 0., 0., 0., 0. - - DOUBLE 2/7
34102 REFP_SYNC_ENCS R1
- Calibration of measuring systems SW3
34110 REFP_CYCLE_NR R1
- Sequence of axes in channel-specific referencing SW1
-1: No obligatory reference point for NC Start
0: No channel-specific reference-point approach
1-15: Sequence in channel-specific reference point approach
Display filters: A03 RESET
34120 REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE M5
- BERO polarity change SW5.2
611D 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7

Lists 04/00
34200 ENC_REFP_MODE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1

- Referencing mode SW1
0: No ref. point appr.; if absolute encoder exists: REFP_SET_POS accepted
1: Zero pulse (on encoder track)
2: BERO
3: Distance-coded reference marks
4: Bero with two edges
5. BERO cam
6. Measuring system calibration to referenced encoder
7: BERO with conf. approach speed with spindles
34210 ENC_REFP_STATE [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
- Status absolute encoder SW1
0: Encoder not adjusted
1: Encoder adjustment enabled
2; Encoder is adjusted
Display filters: A02, A03, A07 IMMEDIATELY
34220 ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R2
- Absolute value encoder range for rotary encoders SW1
always 4096, 4096 1 4096 DWORD 2/7
34230 ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1
- Encoder serial number SW5.3
always 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
34300 ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Reference mark distance for distance-coded scales SW1
degrees
34310 ENC_MARKER_INC [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
mm, Interval between reference marks for distance-coded scales SW1
degrees
34320 ENC_INVERS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 G2, R1
- Linear measurement system in an opposite direction SW1
34330 REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 R1
- Distance-coded linear measurement system without target point SW1
Display filters: A03 RESET
2.7.5 Spindles
35000 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX S1
- Assignment of spindle to machine axis SW1

04/00 Lists
35010 GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE S1
- Gear change possible. Spindle has several gear stages SW1
35012 GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION S1
mm, Gear step change position SW5.3
degrees
35020 SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE S1
- Initial spindle setting SW2
0/1: Speed mode without/with pos. control., 2: Pos. mode, 3: Axis mode
35030 SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK S1
- Time at which initial spindle setting is effective SW2
0: Power on, 1: Progr. start. 2: Reset (M2/M30)
always 0x00 0 0x03 BYTE 2/7
35032 SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE W4
- Reset response of single spindle functions SW4.1
always 0x00 0 0x01 DWORD 2/7
35040 SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET S1
- Own spindle RESET SW1
35100 SPIND_VELO_LIMIT S1
rev/min Maximum spindle speed SW1
35110 GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/min Maximum speed for gear change SW1
Display filters: A04, A06, A11 Attributes: CTEQ NEW CONF
35120 GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/min Minimum speed for gear change SW1
35130 GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/min Maximum speed of gear stage SW1
35140 GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/min Minimum speed of gear stage SW1
35150 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL S1
- Spindle speed tolerance SW1
Display filters: A03, A04, A05, A06 RESET

Lists 04/00
35160 SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT S1
rev/min Spindle speed limitation from PLC SW1
35200 GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/s² Acceleration in speed control mode SW1
35210 GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL [n]: 0 ... max. No. gear para. blocks - 1 S1
rev/s² Acceleration in position control mode SW1
35220 ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT S1, S6, B2
- Speed for reduced acceleration SW1
35230 ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR S1, S6, B2
- Reduced acceleration SW1
35240 ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE S6
- Type of acceleration SW3.2
Fct.: Stepper 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
motor
35242 ACCEL_REDUCTION_TYPE S6
- Type of acceleration reduction SW3.2
Fct.: Stepper 1 0 2 BYTE 2/7
motor
Knee-shaped 0 - - BYTE 2/7
accel. chara.,
FM357 in MC
35300 SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO S1
rev/min Position control switch-on speed SW1
35350 SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR S1
- Direction of rotation when positioning SW1
35400 SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO S1
rev/min Oscillation speed SW1
35410 SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL S1
rev/s² Acceleration during oscillation SW1

04/00 Lists
35430 SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR S1
- Starting direction during oscillation SW1
0-2: As last direction of rotation (zero-speed M3)
3: M3 direction
4: M4 direction
35440 SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW S1
s Oscillation time for M3 direction SW1
35450 SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW S1
s Oscillation time for M4 direction SW1
35500 SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START S1
- Feedrate enable for spindle in the set range SW1
35510 SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START S1
- Feedrate enable for spindle stopped SW1
35590 PARAMSET_CHANGE_ENABLE A2
- Parameter set can be changed SW4.2
2.7.6 Monitoring functions

36000 STOP_LIMIT_COARSE B1
mm, Exact stop coarse SW1
degrees
36010 STOP_LIMIT_FINE B1
mm, Exact stop fine SW1
degrees
36012 STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 5 B1
- Factor for exact stop coarse/fine and standstill SW5
always 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0 0.001 1000.0 DOUBLE 2/7
36020 POSITIONING_TIME B1, A3
s Delay time exact stop fine SW1

Lists 04/00
36030 STANDSTILL_POS_TOL A3
mm, Standstill tolerance SW1
degrees
36040 STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME A3
s Delay zero-speed control SW1
36042 FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME F1
s Delay time for standstill monitoring with active torque or force limitation (FOC) SW5.3
Fct.: Traverse to 0.4 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
stop., Force Ctrl.
36050 CLAMP_POS_TOL A3
mm, Clamping tolerance SW1
degrees
36060 STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL A2
mm/min, Maximum velocity/speed "axis/spindle stopped" SW1
rev/min
36100 POS_LIMIT_MINUS A3
mm, 1st software limit switch minus SW1
degrees
always -100000000 - - DOUBLE 2/7
36110 POS_LIMIT_PLUS A3
mm, 1st software limit switch plus SW1
degrees
always 100000000 - - DOUBLE 2/7
36120 POS_LIMIT_MINUS2 A3
mm, 2nd software limit switch minus SW1
degrees
always -100000000 - - DOUBLE 2/7
36130 POS_LIMIT_PLUS2 A3
mm, 2nd software limit switch plus SW1
degrees
always 100000000 - - DOUBLE 2/7
36200 AX_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 5 A3
mm/min, Threshold value for velocity monitoring SW1
rev/min
always 11500., 11500., 11500., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
11500., ...
36210 CTRLOUT_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0 G2
% Maximum speed setpoint SW1
Display filters: A05, EXP Attributes: CTEQ NEW CONF
always 110.0 0 200 DOUBLE 2/7

04/00 Lists
36220 CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME [n]: 0 ... 0 A3

s Delay time for speed setpoint monitoring SW1
36300 ENC_FREQ_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 A3
Hz Encoder limit frequency SW1
Display filters: A02, A05, A06, EXP POWER ON
36302 ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 A3, R1
% Encoder limit frequency at which encoder is switched on again. (Hysteresis) SW3
Display filters: A02, A05, A06, EXP NEW CONF
always 99.9, 99.9 0 100 DOUBLE 2/7
36310 ENC_ZERO_MONITORING [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 A3, R1
- Zero mark monitoring SW1
0: Zero mark monitoring off, encoder HW monitoring on
1-99, >100: Number of recognized zero mark errors during monitoring
100: Zero mark monitoring off, encoder HW monitoring off
36400 CONTOUR_TOL A3
mm, Tolerance band for contour monitoring SW1
degrees
36500 ENC_CHANGE_TOL G2
mm, Maximum tolerance for position actual value switchover SW1
degrees
36510 ENC_DIFF_TOL G2
mm, Tolerance of measuring system synchronization SW4.2
degrees
36520 DES_VELO_LIMIT DA
% Threshold for setpoint velocity monitoring SW4.3
Threshold for alarm 1016 with error code 550010
36600 BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE A3
- Deceleration response on hardware limit switch SW1
0: Deceleration ramp
36610 AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME A3
s Duration of the deceleration ramp for error states SW1
NCU570 0.05 0.02 1000. DOUBLE 2/7
36620 SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME A2
s Cutout delay servo enable SW1
NCU570 0.1 0.02 1000. DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
36690 AXIS_DIAGNOSIS -
- Internal data for test purposes SW3.2
36700 DRIFT_ENABLE K3
- Automatic drift compensation SW1
NCU572, 573 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 1/1
NCU571 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
810D 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 0/0
36710 DRIFT_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
% Drift limit value for automatic drift compensation SW1
NCU572, 573 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 1/1
NCU571 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 0/0
810D 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 0/0
36720 DRIFT_VALUE [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
% Basic drift value SW1
NCU572, 573 0.0 - - DOUBLE 1/1
NCU571 0.0 - - DOUBLE 0/0
810D 0.0 - - DOUBLE 0/0
36730 DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING S5
- Acquisition of additional drive actual values SW2
36750 AA_OFF_MODE S5
- Effect of value assignment for axial overlay in synchronous actions SW3.2
2.7.7 Safety Integrated

36901 SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE FBSI
- Enable safety functions SW3.4
Integrated
Fct.: Safety - 0 0xFF03 DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 1
Fct.: Safety - 0 0xFFEB DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36902 SAFE_IS_ROT_AX FBSI
- Rotary axis SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7
Integrated

04/00 Lists
36905 SAFE_MODULO_RANGE FBSI

degrees Range of SI actual value (rev.) SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 0.0 0.0 737280.0 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36910 SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR FBSI
- Actual value assignment: type of drive SW3.4
Display filters: A01, A02, A05, EXP POWER ON
Integrated
36911 SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR FBSI
- Actual value assignment: drive number/measurement circuit number SW3.4
Integrated
36912 SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR FBSI
- Actual value assignment: Input on drive module/measurement circuit board SW3.4
Integrated
36915 SAFE_ENC_TYPE FBSI
- Encoder type SW3.4
Integrated
36916 SAFE_ENC_IS_LINEAR FBSI
- Linear scale SW3.4
Integrated
36917 SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST FBSI
mm Scale division for linear scale SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0.01 0.00001 8 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36918 SAFE_ENC_RESOL FBSI
- Encoder markings per revolution SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 2048 1 100000 DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36920 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH FBSI
mm Lead screw pitch SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 10.0 0.1 10000. DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36921 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM [n]: 0 ... 7 FBSI
- Denominator of gearbox encoder/load SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 2147000000 DWORD 2/7
Integrated

Lists 04/00
36922 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA [n]: 0 ... 7 FBSI

- Numerator of gearbox encoder/load SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 1 2147000000 DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36925 SAFE_ENC_POLARITY FBSI
- Direction reversal of actual value SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 1 -1 1 DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36930 SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL FBSI
mm, Standstill tolerance SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety 1. 0. 100. DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36931 SAFE_VELO_LIMIT [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
mm/min, Limit value for safe velocity SW3.4
rev/min
Fct.: Safety 2000., 2000., 2000., 2000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36932 SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR [n]: 0 ... 15 FBSI
% Safe velocity override value SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 100, 100, 100, 100, 100, 1 100 DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2 100, 100, ...
36933 SAFE_DES_VELO_LIMIT FBSI
% SG setpoint speed limiting SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 0 0 100 DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36934 SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS [n]: 0 ... 1 FBSI
mm, Upper limit of safe end position SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety 100000., 100000. -2147000 2147000 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36935 SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS [n]: 0 ... 1 FBSI
mm, Lower limit of safe end position SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety -100000., -100000. -2147000 2147000 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36936 SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
mm, Plus cam position for safe cams SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety 10., 10., 10., 10. -2147000 2147000 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36937 SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
mm, Minus cam position for safe cams SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety -10., -10., -10., -10. -2147000 2147000 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated

04/00 Lists
36940 SAFE_CAM_TOL FBSI

mm, Tolerance for safe cams SW3.4
degrees
Integrated
36942 SAFE_POS_TOL FBSI
mm, Tolerance actual value cross-check SW3.4
degrees
Integrated
36944 SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL FBSI
mm, Tolerance actual value check (referencing) SW3.4
degrees
Fct.: Safety 0.01 0 36 DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36946 SAFE_VELO_X FBSI
mm/min, Speed limit n_x SW4.2
rev/min
Integrated SW 2
36948 SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL FBSI
mm/min, Velocity tolerance for safe braking ramp SW4.2
rev/min
Integrated SW 2
36949 SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL FBSI
mm/min, Slip velocity tolerance SW5.2
rev/min
Integrated SW 2
36950 SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME FBSI
s Tolerance time for SGE switchover SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0.5 0 10. DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36951 SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY FBSI
s Delay time for velocity changeover SW3.4
Integrated
36952 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C FBSI
s Transition time STOP C to safe standstill SW3.4
Integrated
36953 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D FBSI
s Transition time STOP D to safe standstill SW3.4
Integrated

Lists 04/00
36954 SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E FBSI

s Transition time STOP E to safe standstill (in preparation) SW3.4
Integrated
36956 SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY FBSI
s Delay time for pulse suppression SW3.4
Integrated
36957 SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME FBSI
s Time for checking pulse suppression SW3.4
Integrated
36960 SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL FBSI
mm/min, Creep speed for pulse suppression SW3.4
rev/min
Fct.: Safety 0.0 0.0 1000. DOUBLE 2/7
Integrated
36961 SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE FBSI
- Stop reaction for safe velocity SW3.4
Fct.: Safety - - - BYTE 2/7
Integrated
Integrated SW 1
Integrated SW 2
36962 SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE FBSI
- Stop reaction for safe end position SW3.4
Integrated
36963 SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
- Stop reaction for safe velocity SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 2, 2, 2, 2 0 3 BYTE 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36964 SAFE_IPO_STOP_GROUP FBSI
- Safety-integrated IPO-reaction grouping SW5.2
Integrated
36965 SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS FBSI
- Alarm suppression on parking axis SW5.2
Integrated SW 2
36970 SAFE_SVSS_DISABLE_INPUT FBSI
- Input assignment SBH/SG deselection SW3.4
Integrated

04/00 Lists
36971 SAFE_SS_DISABLE_INPUT FBSI

- Input assignment SBH deselection SW3.4
Integrated
36972 SAFE_VELO_SELECT_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 1 FBSI
- Input assignment SG selection SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36973 SAFE_POS_SELECT_INPUT FBSI
- Input assignment SE selection SW3.4
Integrated
36974 SAFE_GEAR_SELECT_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 2 FBSI
- Input assignment speed ratio selection SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36975 SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_INPUT FBSI
- Input assignment test stop selection SW3.4
Integrated
36976 SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT FBSI
- Input assignment status pulses suppressed SW3.4
Integrated
36977 SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 2 FBSI
- Input assignment for external stop request SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36978 SAFE_OVR_INPUT [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
- Input assignment for SG override SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36980 SAFE_SVSS_STATUS_OUTPUT FBSI
- Output assignment SBH/SG active SW3.4
Integrated
36981 SAFE_SS_STATUS_OUTPUT FBSI
- Output assignment SBH active SW4.2
Integrated SW 2

Lists 04/00
36982 SAFE_VELO_STATUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 1 FBSI

- Output assignment for active SG selection SW4.2
Fct.: Safety 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36985 SAFE_VELO_X_STATUS_OUTPUT FBSI
- Output assignment n<n_x SW4.2
Integrated SW 2
36986 SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT FBSI
- Output assignment pulse suppression SW3.4
Integrated
36987 SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT FBSI
- Output assignment axis safely referenced SW3.4
Integrated
36988 SAFE_CAM_PLUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
- Output assignment SN1 + to SN4 + SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36989 SAFE_CAM_MINUS_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
- Output assignment SN1 - to SN4 - SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated
36990 SAFE_ACT_STOP_OUTPUT [n]: 0 ... 3 FBSI
- Output assignment current stop SW3.4
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0, 0 - - DWORD 2/7
Integrated SW 2
36993 SAFE_CONFIG_CHANGE_DATE [n]: 0 ... 4 FBSI
- Date/time last change of SI-NCK MD SW5.2
Display filters: A05, A07, EXP Attributes: READ POWER ON
Fct.: Safety - - - STRING 0/7
Integrated
36994 SAFE_PREV_CONFIG [n]: 0 ... 4 FBSI
- Data of previous safety configuration SW5.2
Fct.: Safety 0, 0, 0 ,0 ,0 - - DWORD 0/0
Integrated
36995 SAFE_STANDSTILL_POS FBSI
- Standstill position SW3.4
Integrated

04/00 Lists
36997 SAFE_ACKN FBSI

- User acknowledge SW3.4
Integrated
36998 SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM FBSI
- Actual checksum SW3.4
Integrated
36999 SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM FBSI
- Desired (expected) checksum SW3.4
Integrated
2.7.8 Travel to fixed stop

37000 FIXED_STOP_MODE F1
- Mode travel to fixed stop SW2
Fct.: Traverse to 0 0 1 BYTE 2/7
stop
37002 FIXED_STOP_CONTROL F1
- Sequence control for travel to fixed stop SW5.2
stop
37010 FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF F1
% Default fixed stop clamping torque SW2
Fct.: Traverse to 5.0 0.0 100.0 DOUBLE 2/7
stop
37012 FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME F1
s Time period until reaching the changed torque limit SW5.3
stop
37020 FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF F1
mm, Default fixed-stop monitoring window SW2
degrees
stop
37030 FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD F1
mm, Threshold for fixed stop detection SW2
degrees
stop

Lists 04/00
37040 FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR F1
- Fixed stop detection by sensor SW2
stop
37050 FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK F1
- Enable of the fixed stop alarms SW2
stop
37060 FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK F1
- PLC acknowledgements observed for travel to fixed stop SW2
0. Do not wait, 1: Wait, 3: Analog drives
stop
37070 FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE F1
% Torque limit when approaching the fixed stop for analog drives SW2
stop
37080 FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE F1
- Initial setting of modal torque or force limitation SW5.3
stop., Force Ctrl.
37100 GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE G1
- Gantry axis definition SW2
Fct.: Gantry axes 0 0 33 BYTE 2/7
37110 GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING G1
mm, Gantry warning limit SW2
degrees
Fct.: Gantry axes 0.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
37120 GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR G1
mm, Gantry trip limit SW2
degrees
37130 GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF G1
mm, Gantry trip limit during referencing SW2
degrees
37140 GANTRY_BREAK_UP G1
- Invalidate gantry axis grouping SW2
Display filters: A01, A10, EXP Attributes: CTEQ RESET
Fct.: Gantry axes 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 2/7

04/00 Lists
37200 COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE S3
mm, Threshold value for "synchronization coarse" SW2
degrees
Axis coupling or 1.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
electronic gear
37210 COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE S3
mm, Threshold value for "synchronization fine" SW2
degrees
Axis coupling or 0.5 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
electronic gear
37220 COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE S3
mm/min, Velocity tolerance "coarse" between leading and following spindles SW3
rev/min
Fct.: Coupled axes 1.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
37230 COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE S3
mm/min, Velocity tolerance "coarse" between leading and following spindles SW3
rev/min
Fct.: Coupled axes 0.5 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
37300 DIG_P_MIN FBD
mm Lower operating range limit (software limit) when digitizing SW2
Fct.: Digitize -100000000 - - DOUBLE 2/7
37310 DIG_P_MAX FBD
mm Upper operating range limit (software limit) when digitizing SW2
37320 DIG_V_MAX FBD
mm/min Maximum axis velocity during digitization SW2
Fct.: Digitize 10000. 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
37400 EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP T3
mm, Angle of tangent for corner recognition SW3.2
degrees
Fct.: Tangential 5.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
follow-up
37402 TANG_OFFSET T3
mm, Default angle for tangential correction SW3.2
degrees
Fct.: Tangential 0.0 - - DOUBLE 2/7
follow-up
37500 ESR_REACTION M3
- Axial mode of "Extended Stopping and Retract" SW5
611D, not 810D 0 0 22 BYTE 2/7
37550 EG_VEL_WARNING M3
% Threshold for "Velocity warning threshold", "Acceleration warning threshold" SW5
el. gear 90.0 0 100 DOUBLE 2/7

Lists 04/00
37560 EG_ACC_TOL M3
% Threshold value for "Axis accelerating" SW5
el. gear 25.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 2/7
2.7.9 Axis-specific memory settings

38000 MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... max. No. encoders -1 K3
- Number of intermediate points for interpolatory compensation (SRAM) SW1
always 0, 0 0 5000 DWORD 2/7
38010 MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS [n]: 0 ... 0 K3
- Number of values for quadrant error compensation with neural network (SRAM) SW2
Fct.: QEC 0 0 1040 DWORD 2/7

04/00 Lists
2.8 Setting data
2.8.1 General setting data
41010 JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE H1
- Size of the variable increment for JOG SW1
Display filters: - IMMEDIATELY
always 0. - - DOUBLE 7/7
41050 JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD H1
- JOG continuous: (1) jog mode/ (0) continuous operation SW1
41100 JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE H1
- JOG mode: (1) revolutional feedrate / (0) feedrate SW1
41110 JOG_SET_VELO H1
mm/min Axis velocity in JOG SW1
41120 JOG_REV_SET_VELO H1
mm/rev Revolutional feedrate of axes in JOG mode SW1
41130 JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO H1
rev/min Axis velocity for rotary axes in JOG mode SW2
always 0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
41200 JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO H1
rev/min Speed for spindle JOG mode SW1
41300 CEC_TABLE_ENABLE [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1 K3
- Default selection for compensation table SW2
41310 CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT [n]: 0 ... double max. No. axes in sys. - 1 K3
- Default factor selection for compensation tables SW2
Fct.: CEC 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, 1.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
1.0, 1.0, ...
41500 SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 N3
mm/inch, Switching points with falling edge of cams 1-8 SW2
degrees
0.0, 0.0, ...

Lists 04/00
41501 SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 N3

mm/inch, Switching points with rising edge of cams 1-8 SW2
degrees
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points with falling edge of cams 9-16 SW2
degrees
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points with rising edge of cams 9-16 SW2
degrees
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points of falling cams 17-24 SW4.1
degrees
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points of rising cams 17-24 SW4.1
degrees
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points of falling cams 25-32 SW4.1
degrees
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
mm/inch, Switching points of rising cams 25-32 SW4.1
degrees
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...

04/00 Lists
41520 SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 N3

s Lead times for the "-" switching points of cams 1-8 SW2
Positive value: lead time negative value: delay time
0.0, 0.0, ...
41521 SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 N3
s Lead times for the "+" switching points of cams 1-8 SW2
0.0, 0.0, ...
s Lead times for the "-" switching points of cams 9-16 SW2
0.0, 0.0, ...
s Lead times for the "+" switching points of cams 9-16 SW2
0.0, 0.0, ...
s SD lead times for the "minus" switching points of cams 17 - 24. SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
s SD lead times for the "plus" switching points of cams 17 - 24 SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...

Lists 04/00

s SD lead times for the "minus" switching points of cams 25 - 32 SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
s SD lead times for the "plus" switching points of cams 25 - 32 SW4.1
840D, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
NCU 571, SW 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
cams 0.0, 0.0, ...
810D.2, SW cams 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, 0.0, ...
41600 COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1 [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Threshold value of the 1st comparator SW2
High-speed 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
dig./anal. I/O 0.0, ...
41601 COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2 [n]: 0 ... 7 A4
- Threshold value of the 2nd comparator SW2
High-speed 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 7/7
dig./anal. I/O 0.0, ...
41700 AXCT_SWWIDTH [n]: 0 ... 15 B3
- Default rotation of axis container SW5
Display filters: - Attributes: CTDE IMMEDIATELY
Fct.: Axis 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 32 DWORD 7/7
container 0, ...
2.8.2 Channel-specific setting data

42000 THREAD_START_ANGLE K1
degrees Starting angle for thread SW1
always 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
0., ...
42010 THREAD_RAMP_DISP [n]: 0 ... 1 V1
mm Acceleration behavior of axis when thread cutting SW5
always {-1., -1.}, {-1., -1.}, {-1., - -1. 999999. DOUBLE 7/7
1.}, ...

04/00 Lists
42100 DRY_RUN_FEED V1
mm/min Dry run feedrate SW1
5000.0, ...
42110 DEFAULT_FEED V1, FBFA
mm/min Path feed default value SW5.2
always 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
0., ...
42140 DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P FBFA
- Default scaling factor for address P SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, - - DWORD 7/7
42300 COUPLE_RATIO_1 [n]: 0 ... 1 S3
- Speed ratio for synchronous spindle mode, numerator(0), denominator(1) SW2
Fct.: Coupled axes {.0 -100000000 100000000 DOUBLE 7/7
42400 PUNCH_DWELLTIME N4
s Dwell time for punching and nibbling SW3
Fct.: Nibbling 1.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...
42402 NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME N4
s Delay time (punch/nibble) with G603 SW4.1
Fct.: Nibbling .02, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...
42404 MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES N4
s Minimum time between 2 strokes in seconds SW5.2
Fct.: Nibbling 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
0.0, ...
42440 FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG K2
- Traversing from zero offset with incr. Programming SW4.3
42442 TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG W1
- Traversing from zero offset with incr. Programming SW4.3
42444 TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG BA
- Set down mode after search run with calculation SW4.3

Lists 04/00
42450 CONTPREC B1, K6

mm Contour accuracy SW3.2
always 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.1, 0.000001 999999. DOUBLE 7/7
0.1, ...
42460 MINFEED B1, K6
mm/min Minimum path feedrate for CPRECON SW3.2
always 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 1., 0.000001 999999. DOUBLE 7/7
1., ...
42470 CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE W1
degrees Critical angle of spline and polynomial interpolation and compressor SW4.1
Fct.: Polynomial 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, 0.0, - - DOUBLE 0/0
0.0, ...
42480 STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE W1
- Alarm response with tool radius compensation and preprocessing stop SW4.1
42490 CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE W1
- Retraction behavior of TRC with prep. stop SW4.3
42494 CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL W1
- Approach and retraction behavior for the tool radius compensation SW5.2
always 2222, 2222, 2222, 2222, - - DWORD 7/7
2222, 2222, ...
42500 SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL B2
m/s² Max. path acceleration SW3.2
always 10000., 10000., 10000., 1.0e-3 *** DOUBLE 7/7
10000., ...
42502 IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL B2
- Evaluate SD SC_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL SW3.2
42510 SD_MAX_PATH_JERK B2
m/s³ Max. path-related jerk as SD SW3.2
always 100000., 100000., 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
100000., 100000., ...
42512 IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK B2
- Evaluate SD SD_MAX_PATH_JERK SW3.2
42600 JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE V1
- Control revolutional feedrate in JOG SW3.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, -1 10 DWORD 7/7
0, 0, ...

04/00 Lists
42700 EXT_PROG_PATH A2
- Program path for external subroutine call EXTCALL SW4.2
Fct.: Execute from , , , , , , , , , , , , , , ... - - STRING 7/7
HD
42800 SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB [n]: 0 ... 5 S1
- Spindle number converter. SW4.3
Fct.: Ch.-specific { 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 0 -2 BYTE 7/7
spindle No. 10, ...
42900 MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH W1
- Sign change of tool length with mirror image machining SW5
42910 MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR W1
- Sign change of tool wear with mirror image machining SW5
42920 WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS W1
- Sign of tool wear depending on tool point direction SW5
42930 WEAR_SIGN W1
- Sign of wear SW5
42940 TOOL_LENGTH_CONST W1
- Change of tool length components with change of active plane SW5
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
0, 0, ...
42950 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE W1
- Assignment of tool length components independent of tool type SW5.2
always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, - - DWORD 7/7
0, 0, ...
42980 TOFRAME_MODE K2
- Frame definition with TOFRAME, TOROT and PAROT SW5.3
always 1000, 1000, 1000, 1000, - - DWORD 7/7
1000, 1000, ...
2.8.3 Axis-specific setting data

43100 LEAD_TYPE M3
- Defines what is used as master value SW4.1
Display filters: - Attributes: CTEQ IMMEDIATELY
Fct.: Master value 1 0 2 DWORD 7/7
coupling

Lists 04/00
43102 LEAD_OFFSET_IN_POS M3
- Offset of master value if coupled to this axis SW4.1
Fct.: Master value 0.0 - - DOUBLE 7/7
coupling
43104 LEAD_SCALE_IN_POS M3
- Scaling of master value if coupled to this axis SW4.1
coupling
43106 LEAD_OFFSET_OUT_POS M3
mm, Offset of the functional value of the curve table SW4.1
degrees
coupling
43108 LEAD_SCALE_OUT_POS M3
- Scaling of functional value of the curve table SW4.1
coupling
43120 DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS FBFA
- Axial default scaling factor with G51 active SW5.2
Non-Siemens NC 1 - - DWORD 7/7
progr. lang.
43210 SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 S1
rev/min Progr. spindle speed limitation G25 SW1
43220 SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26 S1
rev/min Progr. spindle speed limitation G26 SW1
43230 SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS S1
rev/min Spindle speed limitation with G96 SW1
43240 M19_SPOS S1
degrees Spindle position for spindle positioning with M19. SW5.3
Display filters: -, C11 IMMEDIATELY
always 0.0 -10000000.0 10000000.0 DOUBLE 7/7
43250 M19_SPOSMODE S1
- Spindle position approach mode for spindle positioning with M19. SW5.3
Display filters: -, C11 IMMEDIATELY
43300 ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE V1, P2, S1
- Revolutional feedrate for positioning axes/spindles SW3.2
43350 AA_OFF_LIMIT S5, FBSY
mm, Upper limit of offset value $AA_OFF with clearance control SW4.1
degrees
Fct.: Synchr. 100000000.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
actions, basef.

04/00 Lists
43400 WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE A3
- Working area limitation active in positive direction SW1
43410 WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE A3
- Working area limitation active in the negative direction SW1
43420 WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS A3
mm, Working area limitation plus SW1
degrees
always 100000000 - - DOUBLE 7/7
43430 WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS A3
mm, Working area limitation minus SW1
degrees
always -100000000 - - DOUBLE 7/7
43500 FIXED_STOP_SWITCH F1
- Selection of travel to fixed stop SW2
stop
43510 FIXED_STOP_TORQUE F1
% Fixed stop clamping torque SW2
stop
43520 FIXED_STOP_WINDOW F1
mm, Fixed stop monitoring window SW2
degrees
stop
43700 OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 P5
mm, Oscillation reversal point 1 SW2
degrees
axes, Oscill.
43710 OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2 P5
mm, Oscillation reversal point 2 SW2
degrees
axes, Oscill.
43720 OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1 P5
s Hold time at oscillation reversal point 1 SW2
axes, Oscill.

Lists 04/00
43730 OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2 P5
s Hold time at oscillation reversal point 2 SW2
axes, Oscill.
43740 OSCILL_VELO P5
mm/min, Feedrate of reciprocating axis SW2
rev/min
Fct.: Positioning 0.0 0.0 plus DOUBLE 7/7
axes, Oscill.
43750 OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES P5
- Number of sparking out strokes SW2
Fct.: Positioning 0 0.0 plus DWORD 7/7
axes, Oscill.
43760 OSCILL_END_POS P5
mm, End position of the reciprocating axis SW2
degrees
axes, Oscill.
43770 OSCILL_CTRL_MASK P5
- Oscillation sequence control screenform SW2
Fct.: Positioning 0 - - DWORD 7/7
axes, Oscill.
43780 OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE P5
- Switch on oscillation movement SW2
Fct.: Positioning 0 0 1 BOOLEAN 7/7
axes, Oscill.
43900 TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE K3
mm, Position-independent temperature compensation value SW1
degrees
43910 TEMP_COMP_SLOPE K3
- Lead angle for position-dependent temperature compensation SW1
43920 TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION K3
mm, Reference position for position-dependent temperature compensation SW1
degrees

04/00 Lists
2.9 Application-specific machine data
2.9.1 Application-specific default values for ManualTurn
NC machines with NCK MDs

exact value
assignment
NC MD Name Value
number
10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[0] X1
10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[1] Z1
10000 $MN_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[2] C1
11346 $MN_HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE 0
11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK 3
11450 $MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE 1
11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK 7
11604 $MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL 100
11610 $MN_ASUP_EDITABLE 2
18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK H4
18207 $MN_MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM[0] 4
18207 $MN_MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM[1] 3
Channel MDs
20050 $MC_AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB[0] 1
20070 $MC_AXCONF_MACHAX_USED[0] 1
20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[0] X
20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[1] Z
20080 $MC_AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB[2] C
20100 $MC_DIAMETER_AX_DEF X
20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK H4065
20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK H400
20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE 0
20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE 1
20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[7] 1
20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[14] 1
20201 $MC_CHFRND_MODE_MASK 0
20240 $MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS 4
20270 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT 1
20624 $MC_HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND HBFF
20750 $MC_ALLOW_GO_IN_G96 0
20800 $MC_SPF_END_TO_VDI 3
22510 $MC_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC[7] 2
22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE 0

Lists 04/00
Axis MDs
30300 $MA_IS_ROT_AX[AX3] 1
30310 $MA_ROT_IS_MODULO[AX3] 1
30320 $MA_DISPLAY_IS_MODULO[AX3] 1
32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND[AX1] HFF
32084 $MA_HANDWH_STOP_COND[AX2] HFF
35000 $MA_SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX[AX3] 1
Setting data
42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG 0
42442 $SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG 0
42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE 0
NC machine data with NCK MDs

minimum value
assignment NC MD Name Value
number
10350 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS 3
10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS 2
10702 $MN_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK H1
18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL 100
18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA 100
18118 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES 7
18120 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK 10
18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN 50
18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM 5
18160 $MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS 20
18170 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES 120
18180 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM 700
18206 $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM 2
18230 $MN_MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED 750
18280 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR 300
18320 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM 300
1) does not apply to SINUMERIK 840D

Channel MDs
20116 $MC_IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP H70

20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP H70
28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM 150
28010 $MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES 10
28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL 300
28040 $MC_MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM 50
28081 $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAME 3

04/00 Lists
NC machine data with NCK MDs

variable value
assignment NC MD Name Value
number
11220 $MN_INI_FILE_MODE 2
12202 $MN_PERMANENT_FEED[0] 2000
12204 $MN_PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED[0] 20
12205 $MN_PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED[0] 100
12205 $MN_PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED[1] 200
12205 $MN_PERMANENT_ SPINDLE _FEED[2] 300
12205 $MN_PERMANENT_ SPINDLE _FEED[3] 400
Channel MD
20700 $MC_REFP_NC_START_LOCK 0
Axis MD
35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET[AX3] 1

Lists 04/00
2.9.2 Application-specific default values for ShopMill
ShopMill MD block Machine data block cmm.8x0 is available for ShopMill. This machine data block
is included in the ShopMill tool box and comprises the following:
• NC machine data with exact value assignment

• NC machine data with minimum value assignment
• NC machine data with variable value assignment
• Setting data
NC MDs with exact NC machine data with exact value assignment are machine data which must
value assignment (G) not be changed.
NC MDs with minimum NC machine data with minimum value assignment are machine data the
value assignment (M) default value of which can be set to a higher value.
NC MDs with variable NC machine data with variable value assignment are machine data the default
value assignment (V) of which can be set to a higher or lower value.
Table 2-1
NC MD Name Value Can be
number changed
10350 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS 3 M
10360 $MN_FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS 3 M
11220 $MN_INI_FILE_MODE 2 V
11410 $MN_SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK H7 G
11450 $MN_SEARCH_RUN_MODE 1 G
11602 $MN_ASUP_START_MASK H3 G
11604 $MN_ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL H64 G
18080 $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK HB M
18082 $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL 30 V
18084 $MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE 4 M
18086 $MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION 36 V
18100 $MN_MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA 60 V
18118 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES 7 M
18120 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK 20 M
18130 $MN_MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN 170 M
18150 $MN_MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM 35 M
18160 $MN_MM_NUM_USER_MACROS 30 M
18170 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES 140 M
18180 $MN_MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM 1000 M
18230 $MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED 915 M

04/00 Lists
NC MD Name Value Can be

number changed
18280 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR 400 M
18320 $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM 400 M
20110 $MC_RESET_MODE_MASK H4041 G
20112 $MC_START_MODE_MASK H400 G
20116 $MC_IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP H10 M
20117 $MC_IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP H10 M
20120 $MC_TOOL_RESET_VALUE 0 G
20128 $MC_COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE 0 G
20130 $MC_CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE 1 G
20150 $MC_GCODE_RESET_VALUES[15] 3 G
20152 $MC_GCODE_RESET_MODE[5] 1 G
20184 $MC_TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER 1 G
20202 $MC_WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS 10 M
20240 $MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS 4 G
20250 $MC_CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS 5 G
20310 $MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK H400B M
20320 $MC_TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK 1 G
20700 $MC_REFP_NC_START_LOCK 0 V
20800 $MC_SPF_END_TO_VDI 3 G
22550 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_MODE 1 G
22560 $MC_TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE 206 V
28000 $MC_MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM 75 M
28010 $MC_MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES 10 M
28020 $MC_MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL 600 M
28081 $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES 2 G
35040 $MA_SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET 1 G
Note:
This MD is not included in machine data block
cmm.8x0 since it depends on an axis.
Table 2-2
Setting Name Value Can be
data changed
number
42440 $SC_FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG 0 G
42442 $SC_TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG 0 G
42480 $SC_STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE 0 G

Lists 04/00
2.9.3 Settings for ShopMill tool management
Memory settings
18080 MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK FBW

HEX Activate memories for tool management SW2

18082 MM_NUM_TOOL FBW, S7
- Number of tools which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM) SW2

18084 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE FBW
- Number of magazines which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM) SW2

management
18086 MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION FBW
- Number of magazine locations which can be managed by the NCK (SRAM) SW2

management
18100 MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA S7
- Tool offsets per TOA module (SRAM) SW1

Channel data settings
20310 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK FBW

HEX Activate different tool management versions SW2

always 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0x0, 0 0xFFFFF DWORD 2/7
0x0, 0x0, ...
20320 TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK FBW
HEX Activate tool time monitoring for the tool in spindle 1...5 SW2

Fct.: Tool 1/2 1 4 DWORD 2/7
management

04/00 Lists
22550 TOOL_CHANGE_MODE W1
- New tool offset for M function SW1

always 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,0, 0, 0 1 BYTE 2/4
0, 0, ...
22560 TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE W1
- M function for tool change SW1

always 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6, 6,6, 6, 0 99999999 DWORD 2/4
6, 6, ...
22562 TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE W1
- Error on programmed tool change SW 5.1

2.9.4 MDs for the sequence of measuring cycles with ShopMill
Machine data for

the adaptation of the
probe
13200 MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [0]

MD number Switching behavior of the probe at measuring input 1
Default setting: 0 Minimum input limit: 0 Maximum input limit: 1
Change effective after POWER ON Protection level: 2/7 Unit: -

Data type: BOOLEAN Valid as from software version: SW2
Meaning: Value 0: (default setting)
Non-deflected state 0V
Deflected state 24 V
Value 1: Non-deflected state 24 V
Deflected state 0V
13200 MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE [1]

MD number Switching behavior of the probe at measuring input 2
Default setting: 0 Minimum input limit: 0 Maximum input limit: 1
Change effective after POWER ON Protection level: 2/7 Unit: -

Data type: BOOLEAN Valid as from software version: SW2
Meaning: Value 0: (default setting)
Non-deflected state 0V
Deflected state 24 V
Value 1: Non-deflected state 24 V
Deflected state 0V

Lists 04/00
Notes

Variables 3
3.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................3-290
3.1.2 Module types ...................................................................................3-292
3.1.3 Variable types ...................................................................................3-294
3.1.4 Data types ...................................................................................3-296
3.2 System data ...........................................................................................3-298

3.2.1 Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data...............................................................3-298
3.2.2 Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data ..............................................3-306
3.2.3 Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones .....................................................3-310
3.2.4 Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones .....................................3-317
3.2.5 Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups ...............................................3-324
3.3 Status data of system .....................................................................................3-325

3.3.1 Area N, Mod. S: Global status data ................................................................3-325
oldest alarm appears first ...............................................................................3-336
3.3.3 Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority ................3-338
most recent alarm appears first ......................................................................3-340
3.3.5 Area N, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes ..............................................3-342
3.3.6 Area N, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ............3-344
3.3.7 Area N, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle ........................................................3-360
3.3.8 Area N, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle ......................................................3-363
3.3.9 Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames..................................................3-366
3.3.10 Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames ...................................................3-367
3.3.11 Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames ..............................................3-368
3.3.12 Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc) ..................................3-370
3.3.13 Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific status data ..........................................3-371
3.4 Status data of channel ....................................................................................3-372

3.4.1 Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data............................................3-372
3.4.2 Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data ................................................3-373
3.4.3 Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data...................................3-389
3.4.4 Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information ............................................3-392
3.4.5 Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation ...................3-395
3.4.6 Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption .................................3-397
3.4.7 Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search .............................3-399
3.4.8 Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions................................................3-401
3.4.9 Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions .....................3-404
3.4.10 Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions .........................................................3-405
3.4.11 Area C, Mod. NIB: Status data: Nibbling.........................................................3-407
3.4.12 Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame.........................................................................3-409
3.4.13 Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame ....................................................................3-410
3.5 Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-411

3.5.1 Area C, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes ..............................................3-411

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.2 Area C, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of SMA) ............3-413
3.5.3 Area C, Mod. SGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory .........3-430
3.5.4 Area C, Mod. SEGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset memory
(extension of SGA) ...................................................................................3-433
3.5.5 Area C, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle ........................................................3-438
3.5.6 Area C, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle ......................................................3-441
3.5.7 Area C, Mod. FU: User frames .......................................................................3-444
3.5.8 Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames .............................................................3-446
3.5.9 Area C, Mod. FE: External frames ..................................................................3-448
3.6 Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-449

3.6.1 Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (MSD) ..........................................3-449
3.6.2 Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)...........................................3-452
3.7 Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-454

3.7.1 Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data................................................3-454
3.7.2 Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data......................................................3-457
3.7.3 Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data .........................................3-460
3.7.4 Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data ..............................................3-461
3.7.5 Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data...................................3-462
3.7.6 Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data........................................3-463
3.7.7 Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data..................................3-465
3.7.8 Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory .................................................3-467
3.7.9 Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data .............................................3-468
3.7.10 Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data.............................................3-470
3.7.11 Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of location data ......3-472
3.7.12 Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types ...........................................3-473
3.7.13 Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory ............................................................3-474
3.7.14 Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of _N_TMGETT,
_N_TSEARC ...................................................................................3-476
3.7.15 Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data ........................................3-481
3.7.16 Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magazine place data ...............................3-482
3.7.17 Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data .......................................3-483
3.7.18 Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data.......................................................................3-484
3.7.19 Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory................................................3-485
3.7.20 Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters .......................................................3-488
3.7.21 Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets...............3-491
transformed setup offsets ...............................................................................3-492
3.7.23 Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets...........3-493
3.7.24 Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total offsets,
transformed ...................................................................................3-496
3.7.25 Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data.................................3-497
3.7.26 Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data ..................................................3-499
3.7.27 Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data .................................3-500
3.7.28 Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific edge data .........................................3-501
3.7.29 Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data ....................3-502
3.7.30 Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data.................................3-503
3.8 Machine and setting data................................................................................3-504

3.8.1 Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data ............................................................3-504
3.8.2 Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data...................................................3-506
3.8.3 Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data .............................................................3-507
3.8.4 Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data.............................................3-508
3.8.5 Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data....................................................3-509
3.9 Parameters ...........................................................................................3-511

3.9.1 Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters........................................................3-511
synchronous actions ...................................................................................3-512

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.10 Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-513

3.10.1 Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data .................................................3-513
3.10.2 Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-524
3.10.3 Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling ...............................................3-526
3.10.4 Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events................................................................3-527
3.11 MMC status ...........................................................................................3-530

3.11.1 Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC .....................................................3-530

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.1 Introduction
This section describes the NCK variables that an MMC or the PLC can access
via the operator panel interface. (Access is read and for some variables write
also). The access methods of the various components are described in the
following user documentation:
References: /FBO/, Configuring the OP030 Operator Interface
/PK/, Configuring kit MMC 100/Unit Operator Panel
Description of PLC access method in:
References: /FB/, P3, "Basic PLC Program"
Description of the OEM-MMC access method in "OEM-MMC Description of
Functions".
OEM-MMC
OPI
MPI
NCK
OP 030 NCU 57x
NC data
block
PLC
The components shown on the left-hand side of the diagram each have their
own development environment which defines the syntax to be used. A variable
is always addressed according to a defined pattern. All the information required
for addressing the variables irrespective of the programming language chosen
is summed up in the following lists.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.1.1 General information

The NCK variables are stored in data modules that are assigned to the
individual areas of the NCK as the figure below shows:
Mode group 1
Channel n
Channel 2
Channel 1
Axis n
Axis 2
Axis 1
Variable areas of SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC
A distinction is made between the following areas:

• NCK (N)
• Mode group (B)
• Channel (C)
• Tool (T)
• Axis (A)
• Feed/main drive (V/H)
NCK Contains all the variables such as system data (Y), protection zones (PA), G
groups (YNCFL) etc. that apply to the entire NCK.

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
Mode group Contains variables such as the status data (S) that apply to the mode group.
Channel Contains variables such as the system data (Y), protection zones (PA), global
status data (S) etc. that apply to each channel.
Tool Contains variables such as the tool offset data (TO), general tool data (TD),
tool monitoring data (TS) etc. that apply to the tools on the machine. Each tool
area T is assigned to a channel.
Axis Contains the setting data and machine data that apply to each axis or spindle.
For a description see Section "Axis-specific machine data".
Feed / main drive Contains machine data and machine data as the service values that apply to
each drive. For a description see Section "Drive machine data".
3.1.2 Module types

The following table provides an overview of the modules for the variables of the
NCK and how they are assigned to the individual areas.
Only the data modules whose variables can be read or written with direct
access are contained in the list. Data modules whose variables can be defined
by the programmer (e.g. global user data) are read by the MMC or PLC using
other mechanisms. The documentation listed below describes the modules to
which these mechanisms are applied:
References: /FBO/, Configuring the OP030 Operator Interface,

/FB/, P3, "Basic PLC Program" and
"OEM-MMC Description of Functions"
Module Area
A B C H N T V
ETP 1
ETPD 1
DIAGN 1
FA 1 1
FB 1 1
FE 1
FU 1 1
M 1 1
NIB 1
PA 1 1
RP 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
Module Area
continued A B C H N T V
S 1 1 1 1 1
SALA 1
SALAL 1
SALAP 1
SE 1 1 1
SEGA 1
SEMA 1 1
SGA 1
SINF 1
SMA 1 1
SNCF 1
SPARP 1
SPARPF 1
SPARPI 1
SPARPP 1
SSP 1 1
SSP2 1 1
SSYNAC 1
SYNACT 1
TD 1
TF 1
TG 1
TM 1
TMC 1
TMV 1
TO 1
TP 1
TPM 1
TS 1
TT 1
TU 1
TUE 1
TUM 1
TUP 1
TUS 1
TV 1
AD 1
AEV 1
TC 1
TOE 1
TOET 1
TOS 1
TOST 1
TOT 1
VSYN 1
Y 1 1
YNCFL 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.1.3 Variable types

Within each area the variables are generally stored in the form of structures or
in arrays of structures (tables). The following information must therefore be
contained in an address when accessing a variable:
• Area + area number
• Module
• Variable name (or column number)
• Line number
It is generally possible to distinguish between three different variable types:

1. Variables that consist of 1 line
2. Variables that consist of several lines
3. Variables that consist of several columns and lines
Single-line variables Each of these variables consists of a single value. The following information is
required when accessing a variable of this type:
1. Area (and possibly area number)
2. Module
3. Variable name
numMachAxes
Number of existing machine axes
- Word r
Multi-line: no
Example for reading the number of machine axes in channel 1:
MMC102:
/Channel/Configuration/numMachAxes[u1]
MMC100/OP030:
P_C_Y_numMachAxes
PLC with NC-Var-Selector:

Area: C[.]
Module: Y
Variable: numMachAxes
Area No. = 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
Multi-line variables These variables are defined as a one-dimensional field. When accessing a
variable of this type the following information must be specified:
2. Module
3. Variable name
4. Line number
actFeedRate $AA_VACTB[x] S5
Axial feedrate actual value (only if axis is a positioning axis "spec" = 1)
% Double r
Multi-line:yes Axis index numMachAxes
Example for reading the current velocity of axis 3 in channel 1:
MMC102:
/Channel/MachineAxis/actFeedRate[u1, 3]
MMC100/OP030:
P_C_SEMA_actFeedRate

Area: C[.]
Module: SEMA
Variable: actFeedRate[.]
Area No. = 1
Line = 3
Multi-line and multi- These variables are defined as a two-dimensional field. In order to access a
column variables variable of this type, the following information must be specified:
2. Module
3. Variable name
4. Column number
5. Line number
In this case the entire data module only consists of this two-dimensional
variable.
cuttEdgeParam $TC_DPx[y,z]
Offset value parameters for a cutting edge
mm, inch or userdef 0 Double wr
Multi-line:yes (CuttEdgeNo 1) * numCuttEdgeParams * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
Example for reading the current cutting edge data of cutting edge 3/parameter
1 of tool 3 in T area 1: (in this example it is assumed that each tool cutting
edge has been defined with (numCuttEdgeParams =) 25 parameters).
MMC102:
/Tool/Compensation/cuttEdgeParam[u1,c3, 51]
MMC100/OP030:
P_T_TO_cuttEdgeParam

Area: T[.]
Module: TO
Variable: cuttEdgeParam[.]
Area No. = 1
Column = 3
Line = 51
3.1.4 Data types

The following data types are used in this description:
Data type Description

Bool 1 bit
Character 8 bits without sign
Byte 8 bits with sign
Word 16 bits without sign
Short Integer 16 bits with sign
Doubleword 32 bits without sign
Long Integer 32 bits with sign
Float 32 bits floating point
Double 64 bits floating point
String String ending in zero
In the tables below the individual fields have the following meaning:

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
Variable name Reference to assigned MD Ref.

Variable brief description/
variable description
« Description of value range »
Physical unit Default value Lower limit Upper limit Format / w/r
field length
Multi-line:yes / no Description of line index Maximum line index
Ref. Cross-reference to references

w/r w Variable can be overwritten
r Variable can be read

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.2 System data

3.2.1 Area N, Mod. Y: Global system data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/Configuration/...
The machine tool builder or user configures the control with the help of the
machine data. Configuration can only be performed with certain access rights.
The configuration of the NC can be read in the system data regardless of
current access rights.
accessLevel
Level of the access rights currently set.
Can be changed by entering the password or turning the keyswitch.
0 = access level SIEMENS
1 = access level machine tool builder
2 = access level system start-up engineer (machine tool builder)
3 = access level end user with password
4 = access level key switch 3
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
axisType
Axis types for all machine axes (necessary
for start-up): If a machine axis is addressed via the M module, the units and values are returned with reference to the
axis type accessible via this variable. (The absolute machine axis index 1-N_Y_maxnumGlobMachAxes is specified
via the line index)
0 = Linear axis
1 = Rotary axis
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Absolute machine axis number maxnumGlobMachAxes
basicLengthUnit
Global basic unit
0 = mm
1 = inch
4 = userdef
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
chanAssignment MD 10010: ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP[x] x=ChannelNo K1

Assignment of each channel to mode group
0 = channel does not exist
n = channel assigned to mode group n (n is maximum numBAGs (BAG = mode group))
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Channel number maxnumChannels
externCncSystem $MN_EXTERN_LANGUAGE und $MN_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM

CNC system whose part programs must be processed on the
SINUMERIK control.
0: No external language defined
1: System ISO Dialect0 Milling
2: System ISO Dialect0 Turning
etc.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
extraCuttEdgeParams
Bit string that specifies which TO edge parameters are available
in addition to the 25 standard parameters.
Bit 0: Edge parameter no. 26 valid (ISO Dialect Milling H No.)
Bit 1: Edge parameter no. 27 valid
etc.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
kindOfSumcorr $MN_MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
Characteristics of total offsets in NCK:
Bit No. Value Meaning
0 0 Total offsets are saved at the same time as the tool data.
1 Total offsets are not saved at the same time as the tool data.
1 0 Setup offsets are saved at the same time as the tool data.
1 Setup offsets are not saved at the same time as the tool data.
2 0 If the "Tool management" function is in use: The existing total/setup offsets are not affected when
tool status "active" is set.
1 When tool status "active" is set, the existing total offsets are set to zero. The setup offsets are
not affected.
3 0 If the "Tool management" function plus "Adapter" is in use: Transformation of total offsets
1 No transformation of total offsets
4 0 No setup offset data sets
1 Setup offset data sets are created additionally, in which case the total offset equals the product
of total offset + "fine total offset".
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
maskToolManagement $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Settings for NCK tool management function
Activation of tool management memory with "0" means: The set tool management data do not occupy any memory
space.
Bit 0=1: Memory for TM-specific data is made available
Bit 1=1: Memory for monitoring data is made available
Bit 2=1: Memory for user data (CC data) is made available
Bit 3=1: Memory for "Consider adjacent location" is made available
SW 5.1 and later:
Bit 5=0: Parameters and function for tool wear monitoring are not available.
Bit 5=1: Parameters and function for tool wear monitoring are available and, if bit 1 = 1, the wear monitoring
function is also available.
Bit 6=0: The wear group function is not available; i.e. parameters $TC_MAMP3, $TC_MAP9 cannot be
programmed, $TC_MPP5 is not defined for magazine locations of type 1.
Bit 6=1: The wear group function is available; i.e. parameters $TC_MAMP3, $TC_MAP9 can be programmed and
wear groups defined. $TC_MPP5 contains the wear group number for location type 1.
Wear group number:
Bit 7=1: Tool adapter data sets are available.
Bit 8=1: Total offsets are available.
Bit 9=1: Tools in a turret are handled in OPI variable modules such that they are not "displayed" in tool half-
locations, but always displayed in a turret location. Please note, therefore, that tools in a turret remain (in display
terms) in their turret location in the event of a tool change.
Bit 9=0: Default response; Tools in a turret are "displayed" in the OPI in their actual (according to data) location.
- 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
maxCuttingEdgeNo $MN_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
Maximum value of D number
1 to 32000
- 9 1 32000 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
maxNumAdapter $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
Maximum number of tool adapter data sets available in NCK
>0: Maximum number of adapter data sets.
0: Adapter data cannot be defined. Edge-specific parameters $TC_DP21, $TC_DP22, $TC_DP23 are available,
i.e. active tool management function with adapters is not in use.
-1: An adapter is automatically assigned to each magazine location, i.e. the number of adapters provided
internally corresponds to the number of magazine locations set in machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION.
- 0 -1 600 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1
maxnumAlarms
Size of NCK alarm buffer (maximum number of pending alarms)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
maxnumChannels
Maximum number of available channels
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
maxnumContainer
Maximum number of available axis containers
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
maxnumContainerSlots
Maximum number of available slots per axis container
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool $MN_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PER_TOOL
Max. number of edges per tool
1 to 12
- 9 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
maxnumDrives
Maximum number of available drives
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
maxnumEdgeSC $MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE
Max. number of total offsets per edge
0 to 6
- 0 ??? NCK UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
maxnumEventTypes
Maximum number of event types for the trace protocolling
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
maxnumGlobMachAxes
Maximum number of available machine axes
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
maxNumSumcorr $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR
Total number of total offsets in NCK
A setting of -1 means that the number of total offsets equals the
number of edges * number of total offsets per edge.
A setting of > 0 and < number of edges * number of total offsets per edge
means that a maximum number of total offsets equalling "number of total
offsets per edge" can be defined per edge, but need not be, i.e. it is thus
possible to use the buffer memory more economically.
In other words, only the edges have a total offset data set for which
data can be defined explicitly.
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1
maxnumTraceProtData
Maximum number of data per data list for trace protocolling
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
maxnumTraceProtDataList
Maximum number of data per data list for trace protocolling
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
modeSpindleToolRevolver MD $MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK Bit 9

Representation of tool currently in use in modules
magazine location data (T / TP, magazine data, location data) and
tool data (T / TD, tool data, general data and T / TV, tool data, directory)
0: Previous method: During operation, the tool is removed (in data terms) from its circular magazine location and
loaded to the spindle location in the buffer magazine.
1: During operation, the tool remains in its circular magazine locations in the OPI modules. This applies to OPI
modules magazine location data (T / TP, magazine data and location data) and tool data (T / TD, tool data, general
data and T / TV, tool data, directory and T / AEV, working offsets, directory).
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
nckLogbookSeekPos
NCK logbook
- Long Integer wr
Multi-line: no 1
nckType
NCK type
0 = 840D
1000 = FM-NC
2000 for 810D
3000 for 802S (from SW 4.1)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
nckVersion
NCK version
Only the digits before the comma of the floating point number are evaluated, the digits after the comma may contain
identifiers for development-internal intermediate releases.
The digits before the comma includes the official NCK identifier for the software release: For software release 3.4 the
value of the variable is 34,....
- Double r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
numAnalogInp MD 10300: FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS A2

Number of HW analog inputs
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numAnalogOutp MD 10310: FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS A2

Number of HW analog outputs
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numBAGs
Number of available mode groups
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numBasisFrames $MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES
Number of channel-independent basic frames
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numChannels
Number of active channels
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numContainer
Number of currently available axis containers
- 0 maxnumContain UWord r
er
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numContainerSlots
Number of currently available slots per axis container
- maxnumContain UWord r
erSlots
Multi-line: yes Index of axis container numContainer
numCuttEdgeParams
Number of P elements of a cutting edge
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numCuttEdgeParams_tao $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM
Number of Siemens application cutting edge data in the TAO module
!! Reserved for SIEMENS applications !!
- 0 0 10 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numCuttEdgeParams_tas $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM
Number of Siemens application monitoring data in the TAS module
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
numCuttEdgeParams_ts
Number of P elements of a cutting edge in module TS (tool monitoring data)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numCuttEdgeParams_tu MD 18096: MM_CC_TOA_PARAM

Number of P elements of a cutting edge in module TUE (cutting edge data for OEM)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numCuttEdgeParams_tus $MN_MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
Number of parameters in the user monitoring data of a cutting edge in the module TUS
- 0 0 10 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numDigitInp MD 10350: FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS A2

Number of HW digital inputs
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numDigitOutp MD 10360: FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS A2

Number of HW digital outputs
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numDrives
Number of active drives
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numGCodeGroups
Number of NC instruction groups
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numGCodeGroupsFanuc
Number of NC instruction groups in ISO Dialect mode
(the number for the turning and milling versions is not the same)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numGlobMachAxes
Number of active machine axes
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numHandWheels
Maximum number of handwheels
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
numMagLocParams_tap $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
Number of Siemens application magazine location data in the module TAP
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numMagLocParams_u $MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
Number of parameters of the magazine user data for a tool magazine location in the module TUP
- 0 0 10 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numMagParams_tam $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
Number of Siemens application magazine data in the TAM module
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numMagParams_u $MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
Number of parameters of the magazine user data for a tool magazine in the module TUM
- 0 0 10 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numMagPlaceParams $TC_MPPx; x=1,...7

Number of parameters of a magazine location
8 in SW 5.1 and later
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
numMagPlacesMax MD 18086: MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION FBW

Maximum number of magazine locations
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numMagsMax MD 18084: MM_NUM_MAGAZINE FBW

Maximum number of magazines
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numParams_Adapt
Number of parameters per adapter
- 4 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
numParams_SC $TC_SCPx; x=13,...21,....71

Number of total offset parameters per total offset set
- 9 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
numPlaceMulti FBW
Number of possible multiple assignments of a location to magazines
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
numPlaceMultiParams FBW
Number of parameters of a multiple assignment
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numToBaust MD 18110: MM_NUM_TOA_MODULES

Number of T areas
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numToolParams_tad $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numToolParams_tu MD 18094: MM_CC_TDA_PARAM

Number of P elements of a tool in module
TU (tool data for OEM)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numUserFrames MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES
Number of channel-independent user frames
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
simo611dSupport
This data specifies the extent of support of 611D drives of the system applied.
Bit 0 set: NCK software supports 611D drives
Bit 1 set: Hardware supports 611D drives
(even if only bit 0 is set).
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
toolChangeMfunc MD 22560: TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE W1

Number of M function for tool change
0 = change on T selection (standard for turning)
1 = change on selection M1..
99999 = change on selection M99999
(standard for milling M06)
- Double r
Multi-line: no
typeOfCuttingEdge
Type of D-number programming see MD: MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
0 no 'flat D-number management' active
1 D-numbers are programmed directly and absolutely
2 D-numbers are programmed indirectly and relatively
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
userScale
User unit table with 13 elements
(see Start-up Guide 2.4 and machine data)
0 = table not active
1 = table active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.2.2 Area C, Mod. Y: Channel-specific system data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Configuration/...

The machine tool builder or user configures the control with the help of the
machine data. Configuration can only be performed with certain access rights.
The configuration of the NC can be read in the system data regardless of
current access rights.
channelName MD 20000: CHAN_NAME K1
Channel name
- String[32] r
Multi-line: no
maskToolManagement MC_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
Channel-specific settings for NCK tool management function
Activation of TM memory by "0" means: The set tool management data do not use any memory space.
Value=0: TM deactivated
Bit 0=1: TM active: The tool management functions are enabled for the current channel.
Bit 1=1: TM monitoring function active: Functions required to monitor tools (tool life and number of workpieces) are
enabled.
Bit 2=1: OEM functions active: The memory for user data can be utilized.
Bit 3=1: Consideration of adjacent location active
Bits 0 to 3 must be set identically to machine data MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK (18080).
Bit 4=1: The PLC has the possibility of issuing another request for tool change preparation with modified
parameters.
-------------------------For test purposes only :------------------------------------------------
Part program is halted in response to T selection or M06 until it has been
acknowledged by the PLC program.
Bit 5=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the main spindle is executed
simultaneously with the transport acknowledgement.
Bit 6=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the auxiliary spindle is executed
simultaneously with the transport acknowledgement.
Bit 7=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the main spindle is not executed until
the PLC acknowledgement confirms that the tool change is complete.
Bit 8=1: The main run/PLC synchronization in response to a tool change for the auxiliary spindle is not executed
until the PLC acknowledgement confirms that the tool change is complete..
-------------------------End For test purposes only :-------------------------------------------
Bit 9: Reserved
Bit 10=1: M06 is delayed until the preparation acknowledgement has been output by the PLC. The change signal
(e.g. M06 ) is not output until the tool selection ( DBX [ n+0 ].2 ) has been acknowledged. The part program is halted
in response to M06 until the T selection has been acknowledged.
Bit 11=1: The preparation command is output even if a preparation command has already been output for the same
tool. This setting is useful, for example, if the chain is to be positioned when "Tx" is first called and if the second call
is to initiate a check as to whether the tool is in the correct location for a tool change (e.g. in front of tool-change
station).
Bit 12=1: The preparation command is executed even if the tool is already loaded in the spindle, i.e. the T selection
signal (DB72.DBXn.2) is set even if it has already been set for the same tool. (Tx...Tx)
Bit 13=1: Only on systems with sufficient memory space (NCU572, NCU573): Recording of tool sequences in a
diagnostics buffer. The commands are fetched from the diagnostics buffer in response to Reset and stored in a file in
the passive file system, NCATR xx.MPF under part program. The trace file is useful for the Hotline in the event of
errors and is not described in detail here.
Bit 14=1: Automatic tool change in response to Reset and Start according to machine data MD20120
TOOL_RESET_NAME MD20110 RESET_MODE_MASK MD20124 TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER. If
machine data RESET_MODE_MASK is in use, then this bit must be set as well. If RESET_MODE_MASK is set such
that the tool stored in TOOL_RESET_NAME must be loaded in response to RESET, then the select and change
command is output to the user interface (DB 72) in response to RESET or Start. If machine data
RESET_MODE_MASK is set such that the active tool must remain active after M30 or RESET and if the active tool is
disabled in the spindle (by user), then a change command for a replacement tool is output to the user interface in
response to RESET. If no replacement tool is available, then an error message is output.
Bit 15=1: No return transport of tool when several preparation commands are output. (Tx->Tx)
Bit 16=1: T location number is active
Bit 17=1: Tool life decrementation can be started/stopped via the PLC.
- 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
mmcCmd
Command from NCK to MMC
The string is made up of the following characters:
1st Character acknowledgement mode:
"N" no acknowledgement
"S" synchronous acknowledgement
"A" asynchronous acknowledgement
2. - 6th character: five-digit sequence number in ASCII that is generated by the NCK
7. - 207th character: Command string which ends with "\0"
- String[206] r
Multi-line: no
mmcCmdPrep
Command from the NCK-preparation task to the MMC (e.g. for calling external subprograms)
- String[206] r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
mmcCmdQuit
Acknowledgement from MMC for command from NCK to MMC
The string is made up of the following characters:
1st Character acknowledgement code:
"P" programmed
"B" busy
"F" failed
"E" executed
2. - 6th character: five-digit sequence number in ASCII for acknowledgement code "B", "F" or "E", generated by NCK
7. - 201th character: additional communication-specific information for acknowledgement code "B", "F" or "E", ends
with "\0"
- String[200] w
Multi-line: no
mmcCmdQuitPrep
Acknowledgemnt by MMC for an NCK-preparation command to the MMC (e.g. for calling external subprograms)
- String[200] wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numActAxes
Number of active tools in channel.
Channel axis gaps are not included in count
which means that value might be lower than numMachAxes.
The following applies:
numMachAxes >= numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
numActAxes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
- 0 0 numMachAxes UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numAuxAxes
Number of auxiliary axes
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numBasisFrames $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
Number of basic frames in channel
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numContourInProtArea
Maximum number of polygon elements per protection zone
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
numGeoAxes
Number of geometry axes and orientation axes
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numMachAxes
No. of highest channel axis.
This also corresponds to the number of axes in the
channel provided there are no gaps in the axis sequence.
- 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numOriAxes
Number of orientation axes in channel
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numProtArea MD 28200: MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN S7

Maximum number of protection zones
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numRParams MD 28050: MM_NUM_R_PARAM S7

Number of channel-specific R parameters
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numSpindles
Number of spindles
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numSpindlesLog
Number of logical spindles.
Specifies the number of lines in module SSP2.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
numToolEdges MD 18100: MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA S7

Number of tool edges in this channel
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numUserFrames MD 28080: MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES S7

Number of user frames in this channel
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
progProtText
Programmable text to be entered next in the logging buffer
- String[128] r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
punchNibActivation MD 26012: PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION N4

Activation of punching and nibbling functions
0 = option not available
1 = option available
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
systemFrameMask $MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK
Configuration mask for channel-specific system frames
Indicates the available system frames in bit code.
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
toNo MD 28085: MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT W1

Number of T area that is assigned to the channel
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.2.3 Area N, Mod. PA: Global protection zones
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/ProtectedArea/...
Up to 10 protection zones can be defined. Each protection zone is described

by a polygon function consisting of up to 10 elements. The module PA contains
the individual coordinates of the polygon elements. The protection zones are
addressed via the variable indices. The physical unit of the parameters can be
read from the variable "basicLengthUnit" in the module Y in area N.
The classification as NCK or channel-specific protection zones does not affect

the protection zone monitoring function, but indicates the area in which the
protection zone is registered.
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0 $SN_PA_CENT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 1st contour element
mm, inch, userdef Double r
Multi-line: yes Number of protection zone numProtArea

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 2nd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 3rd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 4th contour element





04/00 Lists
3 Variables


MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0 $SN_PA_CENT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 1st contour element

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 2nd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 3rd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 4th contour element






Lists 04/00
3 Variables

MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0 $SN_PA_CONT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 1st contour element

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 2nd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 3rd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 4th contour element







04/00 Lists
3 Variables
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0 $SN_PA_CONT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 1st contour element

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 2nd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 3rd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 4th contour element






MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM $SN_PA_MINUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Limitation in the minus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM $SN_PA_PLUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Limitation in the plus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED $SN_PA_ACTIV_IMMED[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for "active immediately after referencing", i.e. the protection zone is active as soon as the control has been
started up and the axes have been referenced
0 = protection zone is not active immediately
1 = protection zone is active immediately
- UWord r
MDU_PA_CONT_NUM $SN_PA_CONT_NUM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Number of valid contour elements
- 0 numContourInPr UWord r
otArea
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0 $SN_PA_CONT_TYP[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Contour type of 1st contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Contour type of 2nd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Contour type of 3rd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Contour type of 4th contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r
MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM $SN_PA_LIM_3DIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for limitation of protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to polygon definition (applicate)
0 = no limitation
1 = limitation in positive direction
2 = limitation in negative direction
3 = limitation in both directions
- UWord r
MDU_PA_ORI $SN_PA_ORI[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for plane assignment of protection zone
0 = G17
1 = G18
2 = G19
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
MDU_PA_TW $SN_PA_T_W[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for workpiece or tool-oriented protection zone
0 = workpiece-related
1 = reserved
2 = reserved
3 = tool-related
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.2.4 Area C, Mod. PA: Channel-specific protection zones
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ProtectedArea/...
Up to 10 protection zones can be defined. Each protection zone is described

by a polygon function consisting of up to 10 elements. The maximum
permissible number of protection zones is specified in "numProtArea" in the
module Y in area C. The maximum permissible number of polygon definition
elements is specified in "numContourInProtArea" in module Y in area C.
Module PA contains the individual coordinates of the polygon elements. The
protection zones are addressed via the variable indices.
The classification as NCK or channel-specific protection zone does not affect

the protection zone monitoring function but simply indicates the area in which
the protection zone is registered.
The physical unit actually used for length quantities is defined in "extUnit" in
module SGA in area C.
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0 $SC_PA_CENT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 1st contour element

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 2nd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of arc centre of 3rd contour element





Lists 04/00
3 Variables



MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0 $SC_PA_CENT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 1st contour element

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 2nd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of arc centre of 3rd contour element






04/00 Lists
3 Variables


MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0 $SC_PA_CONT_ABS[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 1st contour element

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 2nd contour element

Absolute abscissa value of end point of 3rd contour element







Lists 04/00
3 Variables

MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0 $SC_PA_CONT_ORD[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 1st contour element

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 2nd contour element

Absolute ordinate value of end point of 3rd contour element








04/00 Lists
3 Variables
MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM $SC_PA_MINUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Limitation in the minus direction of the protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM $SC_PA_PLUS_LIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Limitation of the protection zone in the plus direction of the axis that is perpendicular to the polygon definition
(applicate)
MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED $SC_PA_ACTIV_IMMED[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for "active immediately after referencing", i.e. the protection zone is active as soon as the control has been
started up and the axes have been referenced
0 = protection zone is not active immediately
1 = protection zone is active immediately
- UWord r
MDU_PA_CONT_NUM $SC_PA_CONT_NUM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Number of valid contour elements
- 0 numContourInPr UWord r
otArea
MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0 $SC_PA_CONT_TYP[x,0] x = Number protection zone A3

Contour type of 1st contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Contour type of 2nd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Contour type of 3rd contour element
0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r

0 = G1
1 = G2
2 = G3
- UWord r
MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM $SC_PA_LIM_3DIM[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for limitation of protection zone in the axis that is perpendicular to polygon definition (applicate)
0 = no limitation
1 = limitation in positive direction
2 = limitation in negative direction
3 = limitation in both directions
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
MDU_PA_ORI $SC_PA_ORI[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for plane assignment of protection zone
0 = G17
1 = G18
2 = G19
- UWord r
MDU_PA_TW $SC_PA_T_W[x] x = Number protection zone A3

Code for workpiece or tool-oriented protection zone
0 = workpiece-related
1 = reserved
2 = reserved
3 = tool-related
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.2.5 Area N, Mod. YNCFL: NCK instruction groups
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/FunctionGrouping/...
All G functions currently configured for the channels are made available for
reading by the NCK. They are configured via machine data. Since the G
functions are organized in groups, only one of which can be active at a time,
this module is organized as a table.
There are two columns for each G group. The 1st column lists the number of G
functions in a group (Gruppe_NUM), this corresponds to the number of lines in
each subsequent column. This second column contains all the G functions
belonging to a group (Gruppe).
As a result, the data for a certain G group are calculated via a column offset.
The column offset of each variable is:
2 * (G group number - 1)
The number of G groups is given in the variable "numGCodeGroups" in

area N / module Y. The resultant the maximum column offset of the variables is
thus 2 * numGCodeGroups.
The G functions currently active are listed in area C / module SNCF.
Function
Instruction group
Attention: This variable is called "Gruppe" in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes Serial number GroupID
GroupID
Number of G-functions in each G-group
Attention: This variable is called "Gruppe_NUM" in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
Gruppe
Instruction group
Attention: This variable is called "Function" in the MMC102 !

- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes Serial number Gruppe_NUM
Gruppe_NUM
Number of G-functions in each G-group
Attention: This variable is called "GroupID" in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC !
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.3 Status data of system

3.3.1 Area N, Mod. S: Global status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/State/...
During NC operation different internal statuses occur and system-specific data

may change during operation. To distinguish those from system variables, they
are classified as status data.
A distinction is made between:

- NCK-specific status data
- Mode-group-specific status data
- Channel-specific status data
- Drive-specific status data (FDD)
- Drive-specific status data (MSD)
accIndex
Global upload starting point for ACC entries. If a value is set here, upload access to _N_xx_yyy_ACC modules starts
from this entry.
- 1 UWord wr
Multi-line: no
aDbb $A_DBB[x] x = ByteNo

Byte data from/to the PLC
- Character r
Multi-line: yes Position offset within an I/O area
aDbd $A_DBD[x] x = Offset

Double word data (32 bits) from/to the PLC
- Long Integer r
aDbr $A_DBR[x] x = Offset

Real data (32 bits IEEE) from/to the PLC
- Float r
aDbw $A_DBW[x] x = Offset

Word data (16 bits) from/to the PLC
- UWord r
aDlb $A_DLB[index]
Data byte (8 bits) in link area
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes Position offset within link data area
aDld $A_DLD[index]
Data double word (32 bits) in link data area
- UDoubleword wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aDlr $A_DLR[index]
Read data (32 bits) in link data area
- Double wr
Multi-line: yes Position offset within link area
aDlw $A_DLW[index]
Data word (16 bits) in link data area
- UWord wr
aInco $A_INCO[x] x = InputNo

Comperator input NC
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Input number 2
analogInpVal $A_INA[x] x = AnaloginputNo

Value of HW analog input
A oder V Double r
Multi-line: yes Number of analog input numAnalogInp
analogOutpVal $A_OUTA[x] x = AnalogoutputNo

Number of HW analog output
A oder V Double wr
Multi-line: yes Number of analog output numAnalogOutp
anAxCtAS $AN_AXCTAS[n]
Current container rotation, i.e. by how many slots the axis
container has been currently advanced. The original container
assignment is valid after Power On and outputs value 0.
maxCount = max. number of occupied slots in axis container - 1
- 0 0 maxnumContain UWord r
erSlots - 1
Multi-line: yes Container no. numContainer
anAxCtSwA $AN_AXCTSWA[CTn]
A rotation is currently being executed on the
axis container.
- 0 0 1 UWord r
anAxEsrTrigger $AN_ESR_TRIGGER
(Global) control signal "Start Stop/Retract". With a signal edge change
from 0 to 1, the reactions parameterized beforehand in axial MD $MA_ESR_REACTION
and enabled via system variable $AA_ESR_ENABLE are started.
Independent drive reactions subsequently require a Power-Off / Power-On,
independent NC reactions require at least an opposite edge change in the
relevant system variable as well as a Reset.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aPbbIn $A_PBB_IN[index]
Data byte (8bits) in PLC input/output area IN
(also available on 810D CCU2)
Neg. values are also permitted in spite of TYPE_UWORD
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Position offset within PLC
input/output area

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
aPbbOut $A_PBB_OUT[index]
Data byte (8bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
- UWord r
input/output area
aPbdIn $A_PBD_IN[index]
Data double word (32bits) in PLC input/output area IN
- UDoubleword r
input/output area
aPbdOut $A_PBD_OUT[index]
Data double word (32bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
- UDoubleword r
input/output area
aPbrIn $A_PBR_IN[index]
Real data (32bits) in PLC input/output area IN
- Double r
input/output area
aPbrOut $A_PBR_OUT[index]
Real data (32bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
- Double r
input/output area
aPbwIn $A_PBW_IN[index]
Data word (16bits) in PLC input/output area IN
- UWord r
input/output area
aPbwOut $A_PBW_OUT[index]
Data word (16bits) in PLC input/output area OUT
- UWord r
input/output area
axisActivInNcu
Display indicating whether the axis is active, i.e. whether it can be traversed via a channel
of its own NCU or via another NCU (link axis).
This data can be utilized by MMCs in order to suppress the display of any non-active axes.
Bits 0-31 stand for the axes of the NCU.
Bit n = 1: Axis can be traversed.
Bit n = 0: Axis cannot be traversed.
- UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
badMemFfs
Number of bytes which are defective in the Flash File System (FFS)
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
basisFrameMask $P_NCBFRMASK
Display indicating which channel-independent basic frames are active.
Each bit in the mask specifies whether the relevant basic frame
is active. Bit0 = 1st basic frame, Bit1 = 2nd basic frame etc.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
diagnoseDataFfs
Diagnostic data for Flash File System (FFS)
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1: realspace (bytes) 8
2: formspace (bytes)
3: freespace (%)
4: delspace (%)
5: badspace (%)
6: actlowwater (%)
7: lowwater (%)
8: reorgmode (%)
digitInpVal $A_IN[x] x = DigitalinputNo

Value of HW digital input
0 = low
1 = high
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Number of digital input numDigitInp
digitOutpVal $A_OUT[x] x = DigitaloutputNo

Value of HW digital output
0 = low
1 = high
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes Number of digital output numDigitOutp
driveType
Drive type of digital drives.
Coding according to MD 13040, however, addtional coding for "Drive type unknown"
0x100: Drive type unknown.
For further codings refer to MD 13040
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no maxnumDrives
driveTypeChangeCnt
This counter is increased by 1 with each drive type change.
The value 65535 is followed by the value 0.
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
freeDirectorys
Number of directories that can be created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
freeFiles
Number of files that can be created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
freeMem
Free SRAM in bytes
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
freeMemDram
Free memory in bytes
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
freeMemFfs
Number of bytes that are still available in the Flash File System (FFS)
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
freeProtokolFiles
Number of protocol files that can still be created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
mmcCmdPrepCounter
Counter that is incremented with each call of EXTCALL
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
nckAliveAndWell DB10, DBX104.7 A4

NCK sign-of-life
This value is incremented every time the variable is read which means that an
MMC can determine whether the NCK is still operating correctly by reading the variable
cyclically.
The value itself has no meaning.
Cyclic result acknowledgements in relation to this variable are generated even if the NCK
is otherwise no longer operating cyclic services owing to problems with block cycle times.
However, this response can be guaranteed only if the variable is not mixed with others in
one request, i.e. nckAliveAndWell must be the only variable linked to the cluster.
As long as a cyclic read service is set for this variable, one of the MMC-CPU-Ready signals
is set in the PLC interface.
Which of the signals is set is determined on the one hand by the line number and, on the other,
by the client's "gloports":
line index = 1 and gloports 0x20-0x2f --> DB10.DBX108 bit2 MMC1-CPU-Ready to MPI
line index = 1 and gloports 0x10-0x1f --> DB10.DBX108 bit3 MMC1-CPU-Ready to OPI
line index = 2 --> DB10.DBX108 bit1 MMC2-CPU-Ready
Note: The related NCK-CPU-Ready signal is stored in DB10,DBX104.7.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes MMC No. 2 (ab SW 5.2)
ncuLinkActive
Display indicating whether NCU link is activated (via machine data setting)
Based on display, MMC decides whether link-specific calculations and
displays are required.
0: NCU link not activated
1: NCU link activated
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
nettoMemFfs
Net number of bytes which are available for the
Flash File System (FFS).
This memory stores the files contents and
management data (e.g. file names).
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numAlarms
Number of pending general alarms
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
numFilesPerDir
Maximum number of files per directory
(see: $MN_MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
numSubDirsPerDir
Maximum number of subdirectories per directory see: $MN_MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
safeExtInpValNckBit $A_INSE
External NCK input of the SI programmable logic from the NCK periphery
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeExtInpValNckWord $A_INSED
Image of the external NCK inputs of the SI programmable logic
- 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1: image of the system variables 2
$A_INSE[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variables
$A_INSE[33]...[64]
safeExtInpValPlcBit $A_INSEP
External PLC input of the SI programmable logic from the PLC periphery
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeExtInpValPlcWord $A_INSEPD
Image of the external PLC inputs of the SI programmable logic
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_INSEP[1]...[32]
$A_INSEP[33]...[64]
safeExtOutpValNckBit $A_OUTSE
External NCK output of the SI programmable logic to the NCK periphery
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
safeExtOutpValNckWord $A_OUTSED
Image of the external NCK outputs of the SI programmable logic
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_OUTSE[1]...[32]
$A_OUTSE[33]...[64]
safeExtOutpValPlcBit $A_OUTSEP
External PLC output of the SI programmable logic to the PLC periphery
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeExtOutpValPlcWord $A_OUTSEPD
Image of the external PLC outputs of the SI programmable logic
- 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1: image of the system variable 2
$A_OUTSEP[1]...[32]
2. mage of the system variable
$A_OUTSEP[33]...[64]
safeIntInpValNckBit $A_INSI
Internal NCK input of the SI programmable logic from the NCK's SI monitoring channel
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeIntInpValNckWord $A_INSID
Image of the internal NCK inputs of the SI programmable logic from the NCK's SI monitoring channel
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_INSI[1]...[32]
$A_INSI[33]...[64]
safeIntInpValPlcBit $A_INSIP
Internal PLC input of the SI programmable logic from the 611D's SI monitoring channel
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeIntInpValPlcWord $A_OUTSID
Image of the internal PLC inputs of the SI programmable logic from the 611D's SI monitoring channel
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_INSIP[1]...[32]
$A_INSIP[33]...[64]
safeIntOutpValNckBit $A_OUTSI
Internal NCK output of the SI programmable logic to the NCK's SI monitoring channel
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeIntOutpValNckWord $A_OUTSID
Image of the internal NCK outputs of the SI programmable logic to the NCK's SI monitoring channel
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_OUTSI[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variable
$A_OUTSI[33]...[64]

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
safeIntOutpValPlcBit $A_OUTSIP
Internal PLC output of the SI programmable logic to the 611D's SI monitoring channel
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeIntOutpValPlcWord $A_OUTSIPD
Image of the internal PLC outputs of the SI programmable logic to the 611D's SI monitoring channel
- 0 Long Integer r
$A_OUTSIP[1]...[32]
2: image of the system variable
$A_OUTSIP[33]...[64]
safeMarkerNck $A_MARKERSI
NCK flag for the SI programmable logic
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeMarkerPlc $A_MARKERSIP
Image of the PLC flag-variable for SI programmable logic
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 64
safeSplStatus
Status of components and parameterizations required
for the operation of safe programmable logic.
Bit 0: SPL interfaces $A_INSE, $A_OUTSE, $A_INSI
or $A_OUTSI have been parameterized
Bit 1: SPL program file SAFE.SPF loaded
Bit 2: Drive run-up status 4 reached, NCK
waits for run-up of PLC
Bit 3: Drive run-up status 4 reached, PLC in
cyclical operation. PLC drive
communication possible.
Bit 4: Interrupt for ASUP start of SPL is to be
assigned (FB4 call started)
Bit 5: Interrupt for ASUP start of SPL was
assigned (FB4 call completed)
Bit 6: Interrupt processing for SPL start called
(FC9 call started)
Bit 7: Interrupt processing for SPL start completed
(FC9 call completed)
Bit 8: -
Bit 9: NCK crosswise data comparison was started
Bit10: PLC crosswise data comparison was started
Bit11: Checking of cyclic SPL checksum active
Bit12: All SPL protection mechanisms active
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
safeTimerNck $A_TIMERSI
NCK timer-variable for the SI programmable logic
s, userdef 0.0 Double r
Multi-line: no 8

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
safeXcmpCmd $A_CMDSI[index]
Command word for crosswise data comparison
between NCK and PLC.
0:No command
1:Time window prolonged for different
signal levels in the crosswise data comparison between NCK and PLC
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: no 32
safeXcmpLevel $A_LEVELSID
Level indicator of des crosswise data comparison
between NCK and PLC. Informs about
the current number of signals with
different levels between NCK and PLC.
- 0 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1
safeXcmpState $A_STATSID
Errors occurred in the crosswise data comparison
between NCK and PLC.
0: No errors occurred
Multi-line: no 1
scalingSystemCounter
Modification counter for dimension system
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
semaDataAvailable
Display indicating whether complete SEMA data are available for individual axes.
This is the case if a channel can be assigned to the relevant NCU axis, thus allowing
the data in the channel context to be accessed. This does not apply to link axes as these
are traversed by a channel of another NCU.
This data can be utilized by MMCs in order to conceal specific, inaccessible data
in link axis data displays.
Bits 0-31 stand for the axes of the NCU.

Bit n = 1: Data can be accessed easily
Bit n = 0: Not all SEMA data are accessible
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
sysTimeBCD
Time represented in PLC format:
<month>.<day>.<year> <hours>:<minutes>:<seconds>.<milliseconds> <weekday> <status>
<weekday> can take following values: "SUN", "MON", "TUE", "WED", "THU", "FRI", "SAT"
- String[8] r
Multi-line: no
totalDirectorys
Maximum number of directories which may be created
see: $MN_MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
totalFiles
Maximum number of files which may be created
(see: $MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
totalMem S7
Total SRAM in bytes (user memory)
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1
totalMemDram
total DRAM in bytes
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
totalMemFfs
Number of bytes reserved on the PCMCIA card for the
Flash File System (FFS)
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
totalProtokolFiles
Maximum number of protocol files which may be created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
traceProtocolActive
Status of trace protocolling
1 = active
2 = not active
- UWord wr
Multi-line: no
usedDirectorys
Number of directories that have already been created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
usedFiles
Number of files that have already been created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
usedMem S7
Used memory in bytes
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1
usedMemDram
Used DRAM in bytes
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
usedMemFfs
Number of used bytes in the Flash File System (FFS)
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
usedProtokolFiles
Number of protocol files that have already been created
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

oldest alarm appears first
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/SequencedAlarms/...
The NCK alarms are sorted in a list in the order they occurred, the oldest alarm
appears at the top of the list. The alarm parameters are transferred as ASCII
strings, the first character contains the type information for that parameter. The
following types are used:
S: General string, e.g. part program name
A: Axis name / spindle name
K: Channel name
N: Block number
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameters is not assigned, an "S" is transferred.
All variables in this module are privileged variables! This means that cyclic
acknowledgements are sent for these variables even if the cyclic services are
no longer serviced by the NCK because of block cycle problems.
Attention: Privileged variables lose this characteristic if they are combined with
non-privileged variables in a request. -> Do not combine alarm variables with
other variables in a cluster!
In addition it is presumed that the cyclic services are set "on change" for the
alarm variables and are not combined with other variables (not even with
privileged variables) in the same request.
The module SALA only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
contains neither PLC nor MMC alarms. In order to read all alarms, the OEM-
MMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALA
module directly.
alarmNo DA
Ordinal number of an alarm (how many alarms since control ON)
0 = unknown alarm
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes Alarm list index 16
The maximum alarm list index can
be read via variable numAlarms in
module S.
clearInfo DA
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
4 = Alarm is cancelled by NCK-software (from SW 4.1)
5 = Alarm is cancelled by starting a program
6 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the bags (from SW 4.1)
7 = Alarm is cancelled by RESET in all channels of the NC (from SW 4.1)
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
fillText1 DA
Parameter 1 of the alarm
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText2 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText3 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText4 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
textIndex
Alarm number (actual alarm)
- Long Integer r
module S.
timeBCD
Time stamp of an alarm
Time stamp, displayed in PLC format DATE_AND_TIME
- BCD r
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.3 Area N, Mod. SALAP: Alarms: List organized according to priority
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/TopPrioAlarm/...
The NCK alarms are listed in the sequence of their priorities with the alarm with
the highest priority being listed first. The alarm list is sorted according to the
following criteria:
1st sorting criterion: Delete criterion (highest priority listed first)

- Switch NC on and off
- Press reset key
- Press "Delete alarm"
- Press NC start
- Press recall key
2nd sorting criterion: chronological appearance of alarms
The alarm parameters are transferred as ASCII strings, the first character
contains the type information for the parameter. The following types are used:
K: Channel name
N: Block name
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameter is not assigned, an "S" is transferred.
The module SALAP only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
MMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALAP
module directly.
alarmNo DA
0 = unknown alarm
- Long Integer r
module S.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
clearInfo DA
Acknowledgement criteria of an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no
fillText1 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText2 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText3 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText4 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
textIndex
- Long Integer r
module S.
timeBCD
- BCD r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

most recent alarm appears first
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/LastAlarm/...
The NCK alarms are sorted in a list in the order they occurred, the most recent
alarm appears at the bottom of the list. The alarm parameters are transferred
as ASCII strings, the first character contains the type information for that
parameter. The following types are used:
K: Channel name
N: Block number
Y: System error
D: Drive number
If a parameters is not assigned, an "S" is transferred.
The module SALA only contains the alarms that are generated in the NCK. It
MMC user should use the alarm server functions and not read the SALA
module directly.
alarmNo DA
0 = unknown alarm
- Long Integer r
module S.
clearInfo DA
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm
1 = Power On
2 = Reset
3 = Cancel
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
fillText1 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText2 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText3 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
fillText4 DA
- String[32] r
module S.
textIndex
- Long Integer r
module S.
timeBCD
- BCD r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.5 Area N, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/MachineAxis/...
All status data that are dependent on machine movement and are defined
specifically for machine axes (geometry and special axes) are combined in
module SMA. Supplementary information is to be found in module SEMA. The
individual variables are defined as fields where the line index is the number of
the machine axis (assigned to the current channel). The variable "name" in
module SMA with the line index in question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SMA and SEMA is identical.
actIncrVal H1
Active INC weighting of the axis
0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no incremental mode set
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Axis index numMachAxes
actToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, Degrees, userdef Double r
cmdToolBasePos
Tool base position setpoint. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
mm, inch, degrees, userdef Double r
extUnit
Current physical unit of the axis position
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
3 = indexing position
4 = userdef
- UWord r
name
Axis name
- String[32] r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
status
Axis status
0 = travel command in plus direction
1 = travel command in minus direction
2 = exact position coarse reached
3 = exact position fine reached
- UWord r
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
toolBaseREPOS
Tool base REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
varIncrVal
Settable value for INC_VAR. The physical value depends on whether the axis is linear or rotary.
Linear axis: unit is 1 mm
Rotary axis: unit is 1/1000 degrees

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.6 Area N, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of

SMA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/MachineAxis/...
aaCoupAct
Current coupling status of the slave spindle
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Axis index maxnumGlobMachAxes
aaCoupOffs
Position offset of the synchronous spindle desired value
- Double r
aaCurr
Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A (611D only)
A Double r
aaDtbb
Axis-specific distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in
synchronous actions (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDteb
Axis-specific distance to the end of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in synchronous
actions (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDtepb
Axis-specific distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaEsrEnable
(Axial) enabling of reactions of "Extended Stop and Retract" function.
The selected axial ESR reaction must be parameterized in MD $MA_ESR_REACTION.
beforehand. The corresponding Stop or Retract reactions can be activated via
$AN_ESR_TRIGGER (or for individual drives in the event of communications failure/
DC-link undervoltage), generator-mode operation is automatically activated in response to
undervoltage conditions.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
- 0 0 1 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
aaEsrStat
(Axial) status checkback signals of "Extended Stop and Retract" function,
which can be applied as input signals for the gating logic of the ESR (synchronous actions).
The data is bit-coded. Individual statuses can therefore be masked or
evaluated separately if necessary:
Bit0 = 1: Generator mode is activated
Bit1 = 1: Retract operation is activated
Bit2 = 1: Stop operation is activated
Bit3 = 1: Risk of undervoltage (DC-link voltage monitoring,
voltage has dropped below warning threshold)
Bit4 = 1: Speed has dropped below minimum generator mode threshold (i.e. no more
regenerative rotation energy is available).
- 0 UWord r
aaLeadP
Actual lead value position
- Double r
aaLeadSp
Simulated lead value - position
- Double r
aaLeadSv
Simulated leading value velocity
- Double r
aaLeadTyp
Source of the lead value
1: actual value
2: desired value
3: simulated value
- UWord r
aaLeadV
Actual lead value - velocity
- Double r
aaLoad
Drive load in % (611D only)
% Double r
aaMm
Latched probe position in the machine coordinate system
- Double wr
aaMm1
Access to measurement result of trigger event in the MCS
- Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaMm2
- Double wr
aaMm3
- Double wr
aaMm4
- Double wr
aaOff
Superimposed position offset from synchronous actions
- Double r
aaOffLimit
Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached (Note: for SYNACT only)
0: limit not reached
1: limit in positive axial direction reached
11: limit in negative axial direction reached
- UWord r
aaOffVal
Integrated value of overlaid motion for an axis.
The negative value of this variable can be used to cancel an overlaid motion.
e.g. $AA_OFF[axis] = -$AA_OFF_VAL[axis]
- 0 Double r
aaOscillReversePos1
Current reverse position 1 for oscillation in the BCS.
For synchronous actions the value of the setting data $SA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 is evaluated online; (note:
SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaOscillReversePos2
Current reverse position 2 for oscillation in the BCS;
SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaOvr
Axial override for synchronous actions
- Double r
aaPower
Drive power in W (611D only)
W Double r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
aaSoftendn
Software end position, negative direction
- Double r
aaSoftendp
Software end position, positive direction
- Double r
aaStat
Axis status
0: no axis status available
1: travel command is active
2: axis has reached the IPO end. only for channel axes
3: axis in position (exact stop coarse) for all axes
4: axis in position (exact stop fine) for all axes
- UWord r
aaSync
Coupling status of the following axis with lead value coupling
0: not synchronized
1: synchronized coarse
2: synchronized fine
3: synchronized coarse and fine
- UWord r
aaTorque
Desired torque value in Nm (611D only)
Nm Double r
aaTyp
Axis type
0: axis in other channel
1: channel axis of same channel
2: neutral axis
3: PLC axis
4: reciprocating axis
5: neutral axis, currently traversing in JOG
6: slave axis coupled via master value
7: coupled motion slave axis
8: command axis
9: compile cycle axis
- UWord r
aaVactB
Axis velocity in basic coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef 0.0 Double r
aaVactM
Axis velocity in machine coordinate system

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaVc
Additive correction value for path feed or axial feed
- Double r
ackSafeMeasPos
Confirmation of SI actual position
0 = not confirmed
0x00AC = confirmed
- UWord wr
actCouppPosOffset S3
Position offset of an axis to a leading axis /
leading spindle (actual value)
mm, inch, degrees, userdef 0 360 Double r
actFeedRate S5
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate for positioning axes. Actual value of single axis feed for additional axes.
- Double r
actIndexAxPosNo
Current indexing position number
0 = no indexing position
>0 = indexing position number
- UWord r
actSpeedRel
Actual value of rotary speed (referring to the maximum speed in %; for 611D in MD1401), for linear drives actual
value of the velocity.
% Double r
actValResol
Actual value resolution. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module)
amSetupState
Status variable of the PI Service
Automatic set-up of an asynchronous motor
0 = inactive
1 = wait for PLC enable
2 = wait for key NC-start
3 = active
4 = stopped by Servo + fine code in the upper byte
5 = stopped by 611D + fine code in the upper byte
6 = stopped by NCK + fine code in the upper byte
- 0 0 0xff06 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
axComp
Sum of axis-specific compensation values (CEC Cross Error compensation and temperature compensation). The
physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
axisActiveInChan
Flag indicating whether axis is active in this channel
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = inch/min
2 = degree/min
- UWord r
chanAxisNoGap
Display indicating whether axis exists, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
0: Axis does not exist
1: Axis does exist
- 0 0 1 UWord r
chanNoAxisIsActive
Channel number in which the channel axis is currently active
0 = axis is not assigned to any channel
1 to maxnumChannels (Area.:N / Module:Y) = channel number
- UWord r
cmdContrPos
Desired value of position after fine interpolation
cmdCouppPosOffset S3
Position offset of an axis referring to the leading axis / leading spindle (desired value)
cmdFeedRate
Setpoint of axis-specific feedrate, if axis
is a positioning axis. Single axis feedrate setpoint if the axis is an additional axis.
- Double r
cmdSpeedRel
Desired value of rotary speed. (referring to the max. speed in %; for 611D in MD 1401). For linear motors actual value
of velocity.
% Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
contrConfirmActive
Controller enable
0 = no controller enable
1 = controller enable
- UWord r
contrMode
Identifier for controller mode servo
0 = position control
1 = speed control
2 = stop
3 = park
4 = follow-up
- UWord r
displayAxis
Identifier indicating whether axis is displayed by MMC as a machine axis.
0= Do not display at all
0xFFFF = Always display everything
bit 0 = Display in actual-value window
bit 1 = Display in reference point window
bit 2 = Display in Preset / Basic offset / Scratching
bit 3 = Display in handwheel selection
- 0xFFFF 0 0xFFFF UWord r
distPerDriveRevol
Distance per revolution. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
drive2ndTorqueLimit
2nd torque limit. With linear motors: 2nd force limit
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
driveActMotorSwitch
Actual motor wiring (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
- UWord r
driveActParamSet
Number of the actual drive parameter set
- 1 8 UWord r
driveClass1Alarm
Message ZK1 drive alarm
0 = no alarm set
1= alarm set (fatal error occured)
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
driveContrMode
Control mode of drive
0 = current control
1 = speed control
- UWord r
driveCoolerTempWarn
Heatsink temperature monitoring
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
- UWord r
driveDesMotorSwitch
Motor wiring selection (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
- UWord r
driveDesParamSet
Desired parameter set of the drive
- 1 8 UWord r
driveFastStop
Ramp-function generator rapid stop
0 = not stopped
1 = stopped
- UWord r
driveFreqMode
I/F mode
- UWord r
driveImpulseEnabled
Enable inverter impulse (checkback signal to impulseEnable)
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
- UWord r
driveIndex
Drive assignment (logical drive number)
0 = drive does not exist
1 to 15 = logical drive number
- 0 15 UWord r
driveIntegDisable
Integrator disable
0 = not disabled
1 = disabled
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
driveLinkVoltageOk
Status of the DC link voltage
0 = OK
1 = not OK
- UWord r
driveMotorTempWarn
Motor temperature warning
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
- UWord r
driveNumCrcErrors
CRC errors on the drive bus
(transmission errors when writing data to the 611D;
values may range up to FFFFH)
0 = no error
- UWord r
driveParked
Parking axis
0 = no parking axis
1 = parking axis
- UWord r
drivePowerOn
Drive switched on
0 = drive not switched on
1 = drive switched on
- UWord r
driveProgMessages
Configurable messages (via machine data)
- UWord r
driveReady
Drive ready
0 = drive not ready
1 = drive ready
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
driveRunLevel
Current status reached during the boot process
(range: coarse status (0 to 5) * 100 + fine status (up to 22)
Boot firmware ---> 0 XX
Enter configuration ---> 1XX
Hardware init, communication init
Load, convert data ---> 2XX
Change bus addressing ---> 3XX
Prepare synchronization ---> 4XX
Activate interrupt ---> 519
XX ==> fine status

- UWord r
driveSetupMode
Set-up mode
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
driveSpeedSmoothing
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed, for linear drives: smoothing the desired value of the velocity
0 = no smoothing
1 = smoothing
- UWord r
effComp1
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1. The value results from: Temperature compensation, backlash
compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation, leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
effComp2
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2. The value results from: Temperature compensation, backlash
compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation, leadscrew error compensation.
The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
encChoice
Active encoder
0 = does not exist
1 = encoder 1
2 = encoder 2
- UWord r
fctGenState
Status of the function generator
- UWord r
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override (only if axis is a positioning axis)
% Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
focStat
Current status of "Travel with limited torque" function
0-2
0: FOC not active
1: FOC modal active (programming of FOCON[])
2: FOC non-modal active (programming of FOC[])
- 0 0 2 UWord r
fxsStat
Status after travelling to fixed stop
0 = normal control
1 = fixed stop reached
2 = failed
- UWord r
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to an axis
0 = no handwheel assigned
1 to 3 = handwheel number
- 0 3 UWord r
impulseEnable
Impulse enable for drive
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
- UWord r
index
Absolute axis index referred to machine data
- UWord r
kVFactor
position control gain factor
16,667 1/s Double r
lag
Following error = desired value of position after fine interpolation - actual value of position. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module).
logDriveNo
0 = not available
1 to 15 = drive number
- 0 15 UWord r
measFctState
Status of the probing function
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
measPos1
Actual value of position for encoder 1. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
measPos2
measPosDev
Actual position difference between the two encoders. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
measUnit
Unit for service values of the drives
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = grd
- UWord r
paramSetNo
Number of parameter set
- 1 8 UWord r
preContrFactTorque
Feed forward control factor torque
Nm Double r
preContrFactVel
Feed forward control factor velocity
- Double r
preContrMode
Feed forward control mode
0 = inactive
1 = velocity feed forward
2 = torque feed forward
- UWord r
PRESETActive
Preset status
0 = no preset active
1 = preset active
- UWord r
PRESETVal
The function PRESETON (...) programs a zero offset for an axis. The value of the offset is stored in the variable
'PRESETVal'. The variable can be overwritten by the part program and by the MMC.
mm, inch, userdef Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
progIndexAxPosNo
Programmed indexing position number
- UWord r
qecLrnIsOn
Quadrant error compensation learning active
0 = inactive
1 = Neuronal-QEC learning active
2 = Standard-QEC active
3 = Standard-QEC with adaptation of correction value active
4 = Neuronal-QEC active
5 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of measuring time active
6 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of decay time of correction value active
7 = Neuronal-QEC with adaptation of measuring time and decay time of correction value active
- 0 7 UWord r
refPtBusy
Axis is being referenced
0 = axis is not being referenced
1 = axis is being referenced
- UWord r
refPtCamNo
Reference point cam
0 = no cam approached
1 = cam 1
2 = cam 2
3 = cam 3
4 = cam 4
- UWord r
refPtStatus
Identifier indicating whether an axis requires referencing and is referenced.
Note regarding exchange axes:

An exchange axis need only ever be referenced in the channel to which it is currently assigned. A referenced
exchange axis is thus logged onto the channel in which it is traversing with value "3" (requires referencing and
referenced) and in other channels with value "1" (does not require referencing, but referenced).
A set bit means:
SW release 3.1 and earlier:

Bit0: at least 1 measuring system has been referenced
Bit1: current measuring system requires referencing
SW release 3.2 and later:

Bit0: current measuring system has been referenced
Bit1: current measuring system requires referencing
(The busy signal effects the status)
- Axis index UWord r
Multi-line: no maxnumGlobMachAxes
safeActPosDiff
Current actual value difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
mm, inch, degrees, userdef 0.0 Double r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
safeActVeloDiff
Current speed difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
safeActVeloLimit
Safe limit of actual speed
-1 => no actual speed limit active
>= 0 => limit of actual speed is active
mm, inch, degrees, userdef -1 Double r
safeDesVeloLimit
Safe limit of desired speed
-1 => no desired speed limit active
>= 0 => desired speed limit is active
safeFctEnable
Safe operation active
0 = not activated
1 = activated
- UWord r
safeInputSig
Safe input signals of the axis
- UWord r
safeInputSig2
Safe input signals part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
safeInputSigDrive
Safe input signals of the drive
- UWord r
safeInputSigDrive2
Safe input signals of the drive part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
safeMaxVeloDiff
Maximum speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels since last NCK Reset
safeMeasPos
Safe actual position of the axis. The physical unit is defined in the variable measUnit (in this module).

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
safeMeasPosDrive
Safe actual position of drive. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
safeOutputSig
Safe output signals of the axis
- UWord r
safeOutputSig2
Safe output signals part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
safeOutputSigDrive
Safe output signals of the drive
- UWord r
safeOutputSigDrive2
Safe output signals of the drive part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
1 = positioning axis
- UWord r
subSpec T1
Subspecification
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
- UWord r
torqLimit
Torque limitation value (referring to the nominal value of the drive). For linear motors: force limitation value.
% Double r
traceState1
Status of trace channel 1
0 = idle status
1 = recording started
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
4 = recording aborted
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
traceState2
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
traceState3
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
traceState4
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
trackErrContr
Position controller difference (actual value / desired value of position)
trackErrDiff
Contour deviation (difference actual value of position and calculated dynamical model)
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
- UWord r
vaVactm
Axis velocity actual value on the load side in the MCS
- Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.7 Area N, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/Spindle/...
All status data that refer to the spindle are combined in the module SSP. The
individual variables are defined as arrays where the line index is the number of
the spindle (assigned to the current channel). The spindle can be identified by
reading the variables "name" or "index" in the same module with the respective
line index.
The number of spindles can be read from "numSpindles" in the module Y in the
area C. Values of 0 or ' ' are supplied for axes which are not spindles. The
value SSP:index = 0 indicates that the axis is not a spindle.
actGearStage
Actual gear stage of spindle
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Spindle index numSpindles
actSpeed
Spindle speed actual value
rev/min, userdef Double r
channelNo
Number of channel in which spindle is configured
- UWord r
cmdAngPos
Spindle position (SPOS)
Degrees, userdef Double r
cmdConstCutSpeed
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle. The requested value for the master spindle differs from
SSP:cmdSpeed only if G96 is active
cmdGearStage
Requested gear stage
- UWord r
cmdGwps
Programmed SUG desired value (SUG is the function "constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel")
m/s, ft/s Double r
cmdSpeed
Spindle speed desired value
rev/min , m/min Double r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
driveLoad
Load
% Double r
gwpsActive
SUG programming active (SUG is the function "constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel)
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
index
Absolute axis index referred to MD
- UWord r
name
Spindle name
Note: If several logical spindles are referred to one physical spindle with active spindle conversion and access is
made via area N of module SSP2, then the name of the first suitable logical spindle is output.
- String[32] r
namePhys
Name of associated physical spindle, identical to "name" variable.
- String[32] r
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
1 = oscillation mode (gear step changeover)
2 = positioning mode
3 = synchronous mode
4 = axis mode
- UWord r
speedLimit
Current speed limitation for spindle
speedOvr
Spindle override
% Double r
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
1 = no master spindle
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
status
Spindle status
Bit0 = following spindle
Bit1 = leading spindle
Bit2 = master spindle (extension from SW 4.1)
Bit3 = constant cutting speed (G96) active (extension from SW4.1)
- UWord r
turnState
Status of spindle rotation
value range to be read via BTSS variable
0 = clockwise
1 = counter-clockwise
2 = stop
value range to be read via $ variable
3 = clockwise
5 = stop
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.3.8 Area N, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/LogicalSpindle/...
All status data that refer to a spindle, if a spindle converter (logical spindles) is
active
actGearStage
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes logical spindle index numSpindlesLog
actSpeed
channelNo
- UWord r
cmdAngPos
cmdConstCutSpeed
cmdGearStage
- UWord r
cmdGwps
m/s, ft/s Double r
cmdSpeed
driveLoad
Load
% Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
gwpsActive
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
index
- UWord r
name
Spindle name
- String[32] r
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle.
- String[32] r
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
4 = axis mode
- UWord r
speedLimit
speedOvr
Spindle override
% Double r
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
- UWord r
status
Spindle status
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
turnState
0 = clockwise
2 = stop
3 = clockwise
5 = stop
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.9 Area N, Mod. FA: Global NCU active frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/ActualFrame/...
Active zero offsets (ZO) are also available in a global NCU configuration.
In contrast to area C (channel-specific zero offsets), only the following frame

indices are available for global NCU offsets:
2: IFRAME current settable zero offset (only if

$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES > 0)
6: ACTBFRAME current total of base frames (only if
$MN_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES = 0)
The line index is calculated from:

Line index = frame index * maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis number
The maximum line index is determined by the maximum number of available

machine axes:
Max. line index: 6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
The value linShiftFine is available.
linShift $P_PFRAME[x,TR] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Translation of an active zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
Multi-line: yes (Frame index - 1 ) * 6 * maxnumGlobMachAxes
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis
number
mirrorImgActive $P_PFRAME[x,MI] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Mirroring enabled in an active zero offset
0 = mirroring not active
1 = mirroring active
- UWord r
number
rotation $P_PFRAME[x,RT] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Rotation of an active zero offset
Degrees Double r
number
scaleFact $P_PFRAME[x,SC] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Scaling factor of an active zero offset
- Double r
number

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.3.10 Area N, Mod. FB: Global NCU base frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/BaseFrame/...
Global NCU base frames can be configured via

$MC_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES.
Channel-independent base frames are available only if
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES > 0.
Individual zero offsets are set via the parameter variables in module FB.
Each parameter is defined as an array. The axes of a specific zero offset group
(frame) are addressed via the line index.

machine axes:
Max. line index: $MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes

In contrast to area C, there are no rotations in area N,

i.e. the definition for "rotation" is omitted here in the OPI.
linShift $P_BUFR[x,TR] x=FrameNo PA

Translation of settable zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
Multi-line: yes (Frame index - 1 ) * $MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes + axis maxnumGlobMachAxes
number
linShiftFine $P_BUFR[x,SI] x=FrameNo

Fine offset with frames, expansion of basic frames and settable frames
number
mirrorImgActive $P_BUFR[ x ,MI] x = FrameNo PA

Mirroring enabled in a settable zero offset
0: Mirroring not active
1: Mirroring active
- UWord wr
number
scaleFact $P_BUFR[x,SC] x=FrameNo PA

Scaling factor of a settable zero offset
- Double wr
number

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.11 Area N, Mod. FU: Global NCU settable frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/UserFrame/...
Global NCU settable frames are available only if

$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES > 0. MD
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES is not evaluated in this case.
Global NCU frames are configured only once per NCU and can be accesssed
by all channels.
Individual zero offsets are set via the parameter variables in module FU.

machine axes:
Max. line index: $MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
maxnumGlobMachAxes

The meaning of the frame indices is as follows:

0 = G500
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
6 = G506
:
nn = G5nn
:
99 = G599
The number of machine axes "numMachAxes" can be read from module Y in

area C.
In contrast to area C, there are no rotations in area N, i.e. the definition for
"rotation" is omitted here in the OPI.
To activate the zero offset, PI service SETUFR must be called after the
parameters have been entered!
linShift $P_UIFR[x,y,TR] x=FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Multi-line: yes (Frame index - 1 ) * $MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES *
number
linShiftFine $P_UIFR[x,y,SI] x=FrameNo,y=Axis

number

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
mirrorImgActive $P_UIFR[x,y,MI] x = FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Mirroring enabled in settable zero offset
- UWord wr
number
scaleFact $P_UIFR[x,y,SC] x = FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Scaling factor of settable zero offset
- Double wr
number

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.3.12 Area N, Mod. YFAFL: NCK instruction groups (Fanuc)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/FunctionGroupingFanuc/...
All G functions currently configured for the channels are made available for
reading by the NCK. They are configured via machine data. Since the G
functions are organized in groups, only one of which can be active at a time,
this module is organized as a table.
There are two columns for each G group. The 1st column lists the number of G
functions in a group (Gruppe_NUM), this corresponds to the number of lines in
each subsequent column. This second column contains all the G functions
belonging to a group (Gruppe).
As a result, the data for a certain G group are calculated via a column offset.
The column offset of each variable is:
2 * (G group number - 1)
The number of G groups is given in the variable "numGCodeGroupsFanuc" in

area N / module Y. The resultant maximum column offset of the variables is
thus
2 * numGCodeGroupsFanuc.
The G functions currently active are listed in area C / module SNCF.
Gruppe
Instruction group
- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes Serial number Gruppe_NUM
Gruppe_NUM
Number of Fanuc-G functions in respective group
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.3.13 Area B, Mod. S: Mode-group-specific status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Bag/State/...


opMode DB11, DBX6.0-6.2

Active mode
0 = JOG
1 = MDA
2 = AUTO
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
readyActive DB11, DBX6.3

Code whether mode group is ready
0 = not ready
1 = ready
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
resetActive DB11, DBX6.7

Code whether all channels in mode group are in Reset
0 = not all channels in reset
1 = all channels in reset
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.4 Status data of channel
3.4.1 Area C, Mod. M: Channel-specific machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Drive/...
Channel-specific machine data
MDS_CHAN_NAME MD 20000: CHAN_NAME
- String[16] wr
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.2 Area C, Mod. S: Channel-specific status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/State/...


aaEgActive $AA_EG_ACTIVE[a,b]
Electronic gear:
Link to the specified master axis is operative, i.e. activated.
0: Deactivated
1: Activated
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes (Axis index of the slave) * numMachAxes * numMachAxes
numMachAxes + (axis index of the
master axis) + 1
aaEgAx $AA_EG_AX[n,a]
Electronic gear:
Axis number of nth master axis (1-n).
(Axis index = axis number - 1)
1-numMachAxes
- 0 1 numMachAxes UWord r
Multi-line: yes (Axis index of slave axis) * 5 + numMachAxes * 5
(index of master axis) + 1
aaEgDenom $AA_EG_DENOM[a,b]
Electronic gear:
Denominator of link factor for the specified master axis.
The link factor of the gear is the result of $AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]/$AA_EG_DENOM[a,b].
- 1 Double r
Multi-line: yes (Axis index of the slave axis) * numMachAxes * numMachAxes
master axis) + 1
aaEgNumera $AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]
Electronic gear:
Numerator of link factor for the specified master axis.
The link factor of the gear is the result of $AA_EG_NUMERA[a,b]/$AA_EG_DENOM[a,b].
- 0 Double r
master axis) + 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaEgNumLa $AA_EG_NUM_LA[a]
Electronic gear:
Number of master axes specified with EGDEF.
If the axis has not been specified with EGDEF as slave axis,
the value is 0.
0-5
- 0 0 5 UWord r
Multi-line: yes (Axis index of slave axis + 1) numMachAxes
aaEgSyn $AA_EG_SYN[a,b]
Electronic gear:
Synchronous position for the specified master axis.
mm, inch, degrees, userdef 0 Double r
master axis) + 1
aaEgSynFa $AA_EG_SYNFA[a]
Electronic gear:
Synchronous position for the slave axis.
aaEgType $AA_EG_TYPE[a,b]
Electronic gear:
Type of link for the specified master axis
0: Actual-value linkage
1: Setpoint linkage
- 0 0 1 UWord r
master axis) + 1
acAlarmStat $AC_ALARM_STAT
!=0: Alarms are pending, the appropriate coded alarm reactions can be used as source for
"Extended stop and retract".
evaluated separately if necessary (bits excluded below produce a value of 0)
Bit2 = 1: NOREADY (active rapid deceleration + cancellation of servo enable)
Bit6 = 1: STOPBYALARM (ramp stop of all channel axes)
Bit9 = 1: SETVDI (VDI interface signal alarm setting)
Bit13 = 1: FOLLOWUPBYALARM (follow-up)
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acAxCtSwA $AC_AXCTSWA[CTn]
Channel status of axis container rotation
TRUE: The channel has enabled rotation for the axis container
and rotation is still in progress.
FALSE: Axis container rotation is already finished
- 0 0 1 UWord r
acDelt $AC_DELT
Stored distance-to-go of the path in the WCS after delete-distance-to-go of the path DELDTG for synchronous action
(Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
acDtbb $AC_DTBB
Distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS (Note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acDtbw $AC_DTBW
Distance from the beginning of the block in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acDteb $AC_DTEB
Distance to the end of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acDtepb $AC_DTEPB
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only )
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acDtepw $AC_DTEPW
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acDtew $AC_DTEW
Distance to the end of the block in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acFct0 $AC_FCT0[x] x = PolynomNo

a0-coefficient of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
- Double r
Multi-line: yes Number of the polynominal $MC_MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS

- Double r

- Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

- Double r
acFctll $AC_FCTLL[x] x = PolynomNo

Lower limit of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
- Double r
acFctul $AC_FCTUL[x] x = PolynomNo

Upper limit of the nth polynominal for the synchronous action SYNFCT / function FCTDEF n
- Double r
acIwStat $AC_IWSTAT
Current position of machine
Bit-coded:
Bit 0: Tool inv. position
Bit 1: Axis 2/3 position
Bit 2: Axis 5 position
Bit 3-31: Not yet assigned
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acIwTu $AC_IWTU
Current position of channel axes
Bit-coded:
Bit 0: Channel axis 1 position
...
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acMea $AC_MEA
Touch probe has switched
No. of touch probe
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes No. of touch probe 2
acOvr $AC_OVR
Path override for synchronous actions (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acPathn $AC_PATHN
Normalized path parameter (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
acPltbb $AC_PLTBB
Path length from the beginning of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acPlteb $AC_PLTEB
Path length to the end of the block in the BCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acProg $AC_PROG
Program status
(identical to progStatus but with coding that corresponds to $AC_PROG)
0: aborted (reset)
1: halted (stop)
2: running (active)
3: waiting
4: interrupted
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acPRTimeA
For simulation: Estimation of program runtime in seconds - downtime
s, userdef Double wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acPRTimeM
For simulation: Estimation of program runtime in seconds - machining time
s, userdef Double wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acPtpSup
Cartesian point-to-point travel (PTP) is supported by transformation
0: Cart. PTP travel is not supported
1: Cart. PTP travel is supported
- 0 0 1 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acStat $AC_STAT
Channel status
(identical to chanStatus but with coding that corresponds to $AC_STAT)
0: reset
1: interrupted
2: active
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acSynaMem $AA_SYNA_MEM
Free memory for synchronous actions: Shows how many elements of the memory set with
$MC_MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS are still free.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actDLNumber ??
Number of active total offset DL
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
actDNumber $P_TOOL
Number of active tool edge
- 0 9 UWord r
Multi-line: no
actDNumberFanuc
With programming in ISO Dialect mode:
Offset memory number radius.
Assigned only in conjunction with ISO Dialect M external language.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actDNumberS
Corresponds to actNumber for block search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actDuploNumber
Duplo number of active tool
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
actFeedRateIpo
Actual value of the interpolation feedrate. The actual value is the feed actually moved with. (depends on the
acceleration profiles, LookAhead, velocity limits etc. ) The variable 'feedRateIpoUnit' defines the physical unit.
mm/min, inch/min, userdef Double r
Multi-line: no
actFrameIndex $P_UIFRNUM
Index of the active set frame (index in G
group 8 "Settable zero offset")
Frames 0 - 4 (corresponds to G500 ... G57)
can be set in the standard version. The number
of frames can be changed via machine data
MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES.
0 = no frame selected
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
to
99 = G599
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
actHNumberFanuc
With programming in ISO Dialect mode:
Offset memory number length.
Assigned only in conjunction with ISO Dialect M external language.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acTime $AC_TIME
Time from the beginning of the block in seconds (Note: for SYNACT only)
s Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
acTimec $AC_TIMEC
Time from the beginning of the block in interpolation cycles (Note: for SYNACT only)
IPO-Takt Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acTimer $AC_TIMER[x] x = TimerNo

Time variable in seconds (Note: for SYNACT only)
s Double r
Multi-line: yes Number of the time variable $MN_MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
actIpoType
Active interpolation mode used for the path motion. This date corresponds to a large degree to the SNCF:ncFktBin
for the first G-group. The value differs for automatically generated intermediate blocks only. This is e.g. the case if
two lines are connected with an arc by the command RND. The value is the index of the active G-code (analog with
SNCF:ncFktBin)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actIpoTypeS
Active mode of interpolation applied during block searches.
This data is very similar to SNCF:ncFktBinS for the 1st G group.
Its value is different only in the case of automatically generated intermediate blocks,
such as when, for example, two straight lines are connected to an arc
by means of command RND.
The value is the index of the active G function (analogous to SNCF:ncFktBinS).
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actOriToolLength1
X component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
taking into account the tool orientation, incl. adapter data, mirroring and TCARR
(orientable toolholder).
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actOriToolLength2
Y component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
(orientation-capable toolholder).
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actOriToolLength3
Z component in workpiece coordinate system (WCS) of active tool length,
(orientation-capable toolholder).
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acTrafo $AC_TRAFO
Code number of the active transformation (encoded as for $AC_TRAFO)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actTNumber $P_TOOLNO W1
Number of active tool
- 0 32000 UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
actTNumberLong
Number of the active tool using flat D-numbers with up to 8 digits
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actTNumberS
Corresponds to actTNumber for block search with calculation. Attention: This variable is available for protocolling the
block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actToolAdapterNum
Adapter number of current tool
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
actToolIdent W1
Identifier of active tool
- "\0" String[32] r
Multi-line: no 1
actToolLength1 $P_TOOLL[1] W1
Active tool length 1
Multi-line: no
actToolLength2 $P_TOOLL[2] W!
Multi-line: no
actToolLength3 $P_TOOLL[3] W1
Multi-line: no
actToolRadius $P_TOOLR W1
Active tool radius
Multi-line: no
actTransform
Active transformation
- \0 String[32] r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acVactB $AC_VACTB
Path velocity in basic coordinate system
mm/min, inch/min, userdef 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
acVactw $AC_VACTW
Path velocity in the work piece coordinate system
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
acVc $AC_VC
Additive path feedrate correction value for synchronous actions (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aLinkTransRate $A_LINK_TRANS_RATE
Link transfer rate
Number of bytes that can still be transferred in the
current IPO cycle via the NCU link communication.
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes Spindle no. or toolholder no. max. Spindelnr oder WZ-Halter-Nr.
allAxesRefActive DB21-28, DBX36.2

Code specifying whether all axes are referenced
1 = all axes referenced
0 = at least 1 axis not referenced
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
allAxesStopped
Code specifying whether axes are in exact stop
0 = at least one axis is not in exact stop
1 = All axes in exact stop
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
aTcFct $A_TC_FCT
Command number
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcLfn $A_TC_LFN
Source location number of new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcLfo $A_TC_LFO
Source location number of old tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcLtn $A_TC_LTN
Target location number of new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcLto $A_TC_LTO
Target location number of old tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcMfn $A_TC_MFN
Source magazine of new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aTcMfo $A_TC_MFO
Source magazine number of old tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcMtn $A_TC_MTN
Target magazine number of new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcMto $A_TC_MTO
Target magazine number of old tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcStatus $A_TC_STATUS
Command status
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcThno $A_TC_THNO
Number of toolholder for new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
aTcTno $A_TC_TNO
T number of new tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
basisFrameMask $P_CHBFRMASK
Display indicating which channel-specific basic frames are active
Every bit in the mask indicates whether the appropriate basic frame
is active. Bit0 = 1st basic frame, Bit1 = 2nd basic frame, etc.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
chanAlarm DB21-28, DBX36.6 und DBX36.7 A2

Code whether NCK alarm pending.
0 = no alarm in this channel
1 = alarm without stop
2 = alarm with stop
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
chanAxisNoGap
Display of existing axes, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
Bits 0-31 represent the axes of the channel.
Bitn = 0: Axis does not exist.
Bitn = 1: Axis does exist.
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
changeAxConfCounter
A counter which is incremented if the axes configuration has changed. This is the case, if e.g. geometry axes are
switched or axes have been changed between channels. The counter is set to 0 at PowerOn and it might overflow.
You cannot be sure, that the axes configuration actually has changed when the counter is incremented.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
chanStatus DB21-28, DBX35.5-DBX35.7 K1

Channel status
0 = RESET
1 = active
2 = interrupted
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
cIn $C_IN[n]
Signal from PLC to cycle (reserved for
SIEMENS application, for example, ShopMill/ManualTurn)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes No. of input signal 16
cmdFeedRateIpo
Desired feedrate of the interpolation feedrate. The physical unit is defined in the variable 'feedRateIpoUnit'
Multi-line: no
corrBlActive
Incorrect block has occurred (correction block)
0 = no incorrect block
1 = incorrect block
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
cOut $C_OUT[n]
Signal from cycle to PLC (reserved for
SIEMENS application, for example, ShopMill/ManualTurn)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes No. of output signal 16
cycServRestricted
Code whether restricted cyclic variable service is available.
This is a privileged variable: Cyclic result acknowledgements for this variable are produced even if the cyclic services
are no longer served by the NCK because of block cycle time problems. Caution: Privileged variables lose this
characteristic if they are mixed with non-privileged variables in one request. -> Do not combine the variable
cycServRestricted in a cluster with other variables!
0 = normal cycl. service
1 = no cyclic service (but acknowledgement)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
direction
Traversing direction
0 = normal travel
1 = forward travel
2 = reverse travel
3 = reference point cycle
4 = stop status
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
extProgActive DB21-28, DBB32.0

Flag indicating whether program execution from external is active.
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
feedRateIpoOvr
Interpolation feedrate, override
% Double r
Multi-line: no
feedRateIpoUnit
Interpolation feedrate, units
0 = mm/min
1 = mm/rev
2 = inch/min
3 = inch/rev
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
findBlActive DB21-28, DBX33.4 K1

Code whether block search is active.
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
G0Mode $AC_G0MODE
G00 is active and $MC_G0_LINEAR_MODE is FALSE (Siemens mode) or $MC_EXTERN_G0_LINEAR_MODE is
FALSE (ISO mode) and therefore the non-linear interpolation is active with G0, i.e. the path axes are traversed as
positioning axes.
0: G00 not active
1: G00 and linear interpolation active
2: G00 and non-linear interpolation active
- 0 0 2 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
ludAccCounter
Counter indicating that a new LUD ACC is available. If subprograms are called during an automatic program
execution, a new set of LUDs becomes valid. In order to indicate to the MMC that it has to modify the display of the
LUDs, respectively that the validity of the LUDs has changed, the variable 'ludAccCounter' is incremented. It is only
necessary for the MMC to inquire a change of the variable's value, the value itself is of no importance.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
machFunc DB11, DBX7.0-DBX7.2

Active channel machine function
0 = none
1 = REPOS
2 = TEACH IN
3 = REF
4 = TEACH-REPOS
5 = TEACH-REF
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
ncStartCounter
Counter for the NC-start key. Pressing this key increments the variable 'ncStartCounter'. The value of the variable
can be ignored, the MMC must just inquire the change of the variable to see whether the start-key has been pressed.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
pEgBc $P_EG_BC[a]
Electronic gear:
Block change criterion. Important for EGON, EGONSYN
0: NOC Block change is performed immediately
1: IPOSTOP Block change is performed with setpoint synchronism
2: COARSE Block change is performed with "Synchronism coarse"
3: FINE Block change is performed with "Synchronism fine"
- 3 0 3 UWord r
pOffn $P_OFFN
Last programmed offset normal
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: no
progDLNumber ??
Number of programmed total offset DL (need not yet be active)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
progDLNumberS ??
Corresponds to actDLNumber for block search with calculation
Caution: This variable is not available for the Variable Service,
but only for logging in the case of block search events!.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1
progDNumber
Number of programmed tool edge
(does not yet have to be active)
- 0 9 UWord r
Multi-line: no
progDuploNumber
Duplo number of programmed tool
(does not yet have to be active)
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
progStatus DB21-28, DBX35.0 - DBX35.4 K1

Program status
1 = interrupted
2 = stopped
3 = in progress
4 = waiting
5 = aborted
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
progTNumber
Number of programmed tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
progTNumberLong
Number of the programmed tool using flat D-numbers with up to 8 digits
- 0 Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
progToolIdent
Identifier of programmed tool (does not yet have to be active)
- "\0" String[32] r
Multi-line: no 1
protAreaCounter
Counter is incremented by 1 every time a
protection zone (block PA) is modified
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pTc $P_TC
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pTcAng $P_TCANG[n]
The current angles of the two axes of an orientation-capable toolholder
Degrees 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes Axis no. of toolholder 2
pTcDiff $P_TCDIFF[n]
The difference between the exact and the actually used
angles of the two axes of
an orientation-capable toolholder
Degrees 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes Axis no. of toolholder 2
rapFeedRateOvr
Rapid traverse override
% Double r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
stopCond
NC in stop status
0 = no stop status
1 = stop: NC not ready
2 = stop: mode group not ready
3 = stop: EMERGENCY STOP active
4 = stop: alarm with stop active
5 = stop: M0 / M1 active
6 = stop: block ended in SBL mode
7 = stop: NC stop active
8 = wait: read-in enable missing
9 = wait: feed enable missing
10 = wait: dwell time active
11 = wait: aux. funct. acknowledgement missing
12 = wait: axis enable missing
13 = wait: exact stop not reached
14 = wait for positioning axis
15 = wait for spindle
16 = wait for another channel
17 = wait for feed override
18 = stop: NC block faulty
19 = wait for NC blocks from external source
20 = wait due to SYNACT instruction
21 = wait: block search active
22 = wait: spindle enable missing
23 = wait: axis feed override 0
24 = wait for tool change acknowledgement
25 = wait for gear ratio change
26 = wait for position control
27 = wait for thread first cut
28 = reserved
29 = wait for punching
30 = wait for safe operation
31 = wait for channel ready from SW 4.1
32 = wait: oscillating active from SW 4.1
33 = wait: axis exchange active (block change disabled because axis exchange in progress) from SW 4.1
34 = wait for axis container rotation; from SW 4.4
35 = wait: AXCT axis active as slave axis; from SW 5.2
36 = wait: AXCT axis active as master axis; from SW 5.2
37 = wait: AXCT axis changing to follow-up; from SW 5.2
38 = wait: AXCT axis, internal status change; from SW 5.2
39 = wait: AXCT axis, drive disable; from SW 5.2
40 = wait: AXCT axis, overlaid motion in progress; from SW 5.2
41 = wait: AXCT axis, axis exchange active; from SW 5.2
42 = wait: AXCT axis, interpolator active; from SW 5.2
43 = WARTEN_AUF_CC_FREIGABE: Wait for compile cycle; from SW 5.2
44 - 50 = reserved
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
stopCondPar
Supplementary parameters for variable stopCond.
stopCondPar has the default value 0. If stopCond takes one of the following values, variable stopCondPar contains
supplementary information:
stopCond = 12 -> stopCondPar = axis number

stopCond = 15 -> stopCondPar = spindle number
stopCond = 22 -> stopCondPar = spindle number
stopCond = 23 -> stopCondPar = axis number
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
suppProgFunc
Disabling of language commands
Bit0 = 0: SBLOF command is active
Bit0 = 1: SBLOF command is disabled
- Bit0 = 0 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes 1 1
toolCounter
Counter of the changes of the tool data assigned to a channel. The counter is incremented each time a tool data is
changed.
All changes of tool data made by BTSS, part programs, INI files and by the Tool Management software are
considered.
Tool data are tool compensations, grinding-specific tool parameters, OEM tool parameters and Tool Managment data
including magazine data.
There is one exception: the present tool-in-use-time, since it is changed in each IPO cycle.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
toolCounterC
Counter for modifications to tool offset data assigned to the channel
(analog toolCounter).
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
toolCounterM
Counter for modifications to magazine data assigned to the channel
(analog toolCounter).
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
transfActive DB21-28, DBX33.6 K1,

M1
Transformation active
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
vaEgSyncDiff $AA_EG_SYNCDIFF[a]
Electronic gear:
Synchronism deviation (actual values). The comparison between this value
and $MA_COUPLE_POS_TOL_... determines whether the appropriate
"Synchronism" VDI signal is set.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.3 Area C, Mod. SINF: Part-program-specific status data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ProgramModification/...
During automatic execution of a part program different parameters can

influence the type of machining. The current status data for the selected part
program are combined in module SINF. The status data must only be changed
via the PLC. interface.
DRFActive
DRF active
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
feedStopActive
Feed disable
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
ipoBlocksOnly
Display traversing blocks
0 = normal block transfer
1 = exclusively traversing blocks
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
optStopActive
M01 selected
0 = not selected
1 = selected
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
progTestActive DB21-28, DBX1.7 K1

Program test
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
rapFeedRateOvrActive
ROV rapid traverse override
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
singleBlockActive
Single block, SBL
0 = no single block
1 = SBL 1
2 = SBL 2
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
singleBlockType
Single block mode
1 = interpolation single block
2 = decoder single block
- UWord wr
Multi-line: no
skipLevel0Active
Skip block /0
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel1Active
Skip block /1
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel2Active
Skip block /2
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel3Active
Skip block /3
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel4Active
Skip block /4
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel5Active
Skip block /5
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
skipLevel6Active
Skip block /6
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
skipLevel7Active
Skip block /7
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
trialRunActive DB21-28, DBX0.6 V1

Dry run feedrate
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.4.4 Area C, Mod. SPARP: Part program information
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ProgramInfo/...
This module contains information on the currently active part programm in the
respective channel.
actLineNumber
Line number of the current NC instruction (starting at 1)
0: before program start
-1: not available due to an error
-2: not available because of DISPLOF
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
block
To display the currently active part programm, NCK supplies 3 ascii-blocks of the part programm in one single
variable job (last, current and next block). That means the variable 'block' consists of a maximum of 3 lines:
Line index 1: string of the last block
Line index 2: string of the current block
Line index 3: string of the next block
To gain consistent information, all 3 array elements must be processed in one variable request. This is why the
maximum string length of each array element is limited to 66 characters.
- String[66] r
Multi-line: yes Block index, 1 = last, 2 = current, 3 3
= next block
blockNoStr
Block number
- String[12] r
Multi-line: no
circleCenter
Center of the circle (WCS)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes Line index 1 - 3 for geometry axis 3
and only effective for G02 or G03
circleCenterS
Corresponds to circleCenter for search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling the block search events only, not for the Variable Service!
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes No. of the geometry axis 3
circleRadius
Radius of the circle (only effective for G02/G03)
- Double r
Multi-line: no
circleRadiusS
Corresponds to circleRadius for block search with calculation.
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for logging in connection with block search
events!
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
circleTurn
Progr. number of additional circular passes with
helical interpolation in curr. program
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
circleTurnS
Programmed number of additional circular passes with
helical interpolation in the current program for search with calculation.
Note: This variable is not available for the Variable Service, but only for
logging of block search events
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleC
enterEns
Arc center in relation to WOS frame, i.e. with tool length but
without tool radius
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes No. of geo-axis 3
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleC
enterEnsS
Corresponds to circleCenterWos for block search with calculation
in relation to the WOS frame, i.e. with tool length but without tool radius
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for
logging in connection with block search events!
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes No. of geo-axis 3
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleR
adiusEns
Arc radius in relation to WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool
length but without tool radius
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleR
adiusEnsS
Corresponds to circleRadiusWos for block search with calculation
in relation to WOS frame as center-point path. i.e. with tool length
but without tool radius
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service, but only for
logging in connection with block search events!
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
msg PG
Messages from a part program can be programmed with the instruction 'MSG (...)'. The variable 'msg' contains the
text of the current 'MSG(...)'-instruction until a new instrucion is processed or until the message is deleted with the
instruction 'MSG ()'.
- String[128] r
Multi-line: no 1
progName
Progam name of the currently active program
(or subroutine)
- String[32] r
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
singleBlock
In most cases the variable 'block' is used to read the currently active blocks of the part program. Because this
variable is limited to 66 characters per string, it might be necessary (for long blocks) to read longer strings. The
variable 'singleBlock' can read complete blocks (up to strings with 198 charecters) . 3 lines can be addressed:
Line index 1: last block

Line index 2: current block
Line index 3: next block
It is not guaranteed for rapid block changes, that the information of 3 successive blocks is always consistent,
because each block is read with a single variable request. This method is only safe, if the part program has stopped.
- String[198] r
Multi-line: yes Block index, 1 = last, 2 = current, 3 3
= next block
workPandProgName
Workpiece name and name of current program.
- String[160] r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
workPName
Name of the active workpiece
- String[32] r
Multi-line: no 1
workPNameLong
Workpiece name of active workpiece
- String[128] r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.5 Area C, Mod. SPARPP: Program pointer in automatic operation
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ProgramPointer/...
In automatic mode it is possible to branch to several subroutine levels from the

main program level. The status of the program can be determined for every
program level. Each variable of the module consists of 12 lines. This makes it
possible to address the main program level and 11 subroutine levels (incl.
ASUP levels).
The array indices (line indices) mean:
1 = Main program
2 = 1st subroutine level
3 = 2nd subroutine level
4 = 3rd subroutine level
5 = 4th subroutine level
9 = 1st asynchronous subroutine level
10 = 2nd asynchronous subroutine level
11 = 3rd asynchronous subroutine level
12 = 4th asynchronous subroutine level
actInvocCount
Subroutine call counter, actual value. Specifies the number of subroutine passes. Is always set 1 for the
main program and for asynchronous subroutines.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Index of program level 12
blockLabel
Block label
- String[32] r
blockNoStr
Block number
[:][N]<No>
- String[12] r
cmdInvocCount
Subroutine call counter, desired value. Specifies the number of subroutine passes. Is always set to 1
for the main program and for asynchronous
subroutines.
- UWord r
displayState
Display status for block display.
(Blocks should not be displayed automatically for program levels for which DISPLAY OFF has been programmed in
the PROC instruction. This is valid also for the subroutine levels below).
0 = DISPLAY OFF for the program level
1 = DISPLAY ON for the program level
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes Index of the program level 12

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
extProgBufferName
Name of FIFO buffer for execution from external source
- String[160] wr
extProgFlag
Indicates whether programs are being executed externally
0: Program is being processed from NCK program memory
1: Program is being executed externally
- UWord r
progName
Program name
- String[32] r
seekOffset
Search pointer (block offset, each block consists of a string that ends with a line feed)
- Long Integer r
workPandProgName
Workpiece name and name of current program.
- String[160] r
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure
- String[32] r
Multi-line: yes Program level index 12
workPNameLong
Note: This variable is ignored when lines are accessed!
- String[128] r
Multi-line: yes Program level index 12

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.6 Area C, Mod. SPARPI: Program pointer on interruption
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/InterruptionSearch/...
In order to be able to continue at the point of interruption in a program, the

current statuses of the main program and any subroutines must be stored. On
a program interrupt the information is immediately updated in the NCK and
reamins valid even after RESET.
This makes it possible to read the statuses of the main program level and the
11 subroutine levels (incl. ASUP levels).
1 = main program
12 = 4th asynchronus subroutine level
forward
Search direction
2 = forwards
- UWord r
invocCount
Actual value of the subroutine call counter. Is always 1 for the main program
- UWord r
progName
Program name
- String[32] r
searchString
Search string (the first 64 characters of the NC block - corresponding to the search pointer)
- String[64] r
searchType
Search type
5 = search pointer block-oriented (searching for line feed characters)
- UWord r
seekOffset
Search pointer (block-oriented, searching for linefeed-characters)
- Long Integer r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NC file structure
- String[32] r
workPNameLong
- String[128] r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.7 Area C, Mod. SPARPF: Program pointer for block search
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Search/...
To look for a particular block within a part program the user can enter search
criteria and start a block search. The variables to be entered are combined in
the module SPARPF and must be written by the MMC (or another component
on the MPI bus).
The main program level and 11 subroutine levels can be processed. These
levels are the line indices of the individual variables. The search target (seek
pointer and search string) can only be used mutually exclusively in one level. If
a collision occurs a negative acknowledgement results when the block search
is started.
Depending on the search type, the search string is either a block label, block
number or any string.
If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for subroutine calls is
used. The main program entered in the first program level must be selected for
the block search; otherwise the search request is acknowleded negatively.
1 = main program
12 = 4th asynchronous subroutine level
forward
Search direction
Search direction "backwards" is only possible in the mode without calculation
1 = backwards (without calculation)
2 = forwards
- UWord wr
invocCount
Actual value of the subroutine call counter. Is always 1 for the main program.
- UWord wr
progName
Program name. The main program that is used in the first main program level must be selected for the block search,
otherwise the search request will be acknowledged negatively.
- String[32] wr
Multi-line: yes Index of the program level 12

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
searchString
Search string (the first 64 characters of the NC block - corresponding to search pointer)
Contents of the search string depend on the search type and are either:
block label
block number
any string
- String[64] wr
searchType
Search type
1 = block number
2 = label
3 = string
4 = program level
5 = search pointer block-oriented (searching for line feeds)
- UWord wr
seekOffset
Search pointer (block-oriented, searching for line feeds). If the search pointer is used, a program name (progName)
always must have been defined. The search pointer refers to this program.
- Long Integer wr
workPName
Workpiece name = path name in the NC file structure. If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for
subroutine calls is used.
- String[32] wr
workPNameLong
Workpiece name = path name in the NCK file structure. If no path name is specified, the default search strategy for
subroutine calls is used.
- String[128] wr

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.8 Area C, Mod. SSYNAC: Synchronous actions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/SelectedFunctions/...
Several synchronous actions (M, H, S, E, F, T, D) can be active simultaneously

in one channel. The module SSYNAC contains a list of all the synchronous
actions programmed in the current block. This module consists of arrays of
varying length because some types of synchronous actions might be
programmed several times in a block. A synchronous action that is not
assigned produces a negative number for the respecitive index.
For each synchronous action there is an address variable and a variable in
which the value of the address is entered.
5 M functions
3 S functions
3 H functions
1 T function
1 D function
6 F functions
1 E function
can be programmed in each part program block, but no more than 10
synchronous actions must be programmed in a single block.
blockNoStrAct
Block number of the current block if synchronous actions are active
- String[12] r
Multi-line: yes No of the synchronous action numSynAct
blockNoStrProg
Number of the block where the synchronous action has been programmed
- String[12] r
Multi-line: yes No. of the synchronous action numSynAct
Dadr
D-number. There is only one active D-number per channel.
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1
Dval
Value of the current D-number
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1
Eadr S5
Number of active E-function
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
Eval S5
Value of the E-function
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
Hadr S5
Number of active auxiliary functions (H-functions).
Up to three H-functions can be active simultaneously.
- 0 99 UWord r
Multi-line: yes Serial number 3
Hval S5
Value of the H-function
- -99999,9999 99999,9999 Double r
id
ID of the synchronous action; value 0 means no ID defined
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes No. of the synchronous action numSynAct
Madr S5
Number of the active M-function. Up to 5 M-functions can be active simultaneously.
- 0 99 UWord r
Mval S5
Value of the M-function
numSynAct
Number of synchronous actions
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
Sadr S5
Number of active S-functions. Up to three S-functions can be active simultaneously.
- 0 6 UWord r
Sval S5
Value of the S-function. Specifies the spindle speed.
rev/min , m/min 0 999999,999 Double r
Tadr
Active T-number. Only one T-number can be active at any a time.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
TPreSelAdr
Number of the preselected T-function
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
TPreSelVal
Value of the preselected T-function
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
Tval
T-function value
- Long Integer r
Multi-line: no 1
typStatus
Type and status of the synchronous action
Bits0-7 describe the status:
Bit0: active
Bit1: lock
Bits8-15 describe the type:
Bit8: static
Bit9: modal
Bit10: blockwise
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Number of the synchronous action numSynAct

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.4.9 Area C, Mod. SYNACT: Channel-specific synchronous actions
This module contains information on the synchronous actions. The 1000 digit
of the cell contains the user protection level (0-7) needed for displaying the
corresponding synchronous action.
blockNoStrAct
If a technology cycle is active: block number of the current action
- String[12] r
Multi-line: yes (Protection level) * 1000 + no. of 7 * 1000 + numSynAct
the synchronous action
blockNoStrProg
Number of the block where the synchronous action has been programmed
- String[12] r
id
ID of the synchronous action; value 0 means that there is no ID defined (blockwise)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes (protection level) * 1000 + no. of 7 * 1000 + numSynAct
numSynAct
Number of synchronous actions
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes (protection level) * 1000 + 1 7 * 1000 + 1
typStatus
Type and status of the synchronous action
Bits0-7 describe the status:
Bit0: active, i.e. condition fullfilled, action is being executed
Bit1: lock, i.e. action is locked by PLC or Synact
Bits8-15 describe the type:
Bit8: static
Bit9: modal
Bit10: blockwise (to be recognized by id=0)
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.10 Area C, Mod. SNCF: Active G functions
All G functions are organized in G groups. Only one function of each G group
can be active at a time. The module SNCF consists of a single variable that is
organized as an array. The line index corresponds to the G group number.
ncFkt
Active G-function of relevant group G <No>.
If there is no function active within the corresponding G-group, the variable returns an empty string "\0".
- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes G group number numGCodeGroups
ncFktAct
Active G function of relevant current group in current
language mode.
Depending on whether function has been programmed in Siemens or
ISO Dialect mode, this is identical to ncFkt or ncFktFanuc.
- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes G group number or ISO Dialect G numGCodeGroups bzw.
group number numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBin
Active G-function of the correponding group
- UWord r
ncFktBinAct
Active G function of relevant current group in current
language mode.
Depending on whether function has been programmed in Siemens or
ISO Dialect mode, this is identical to ncFktBin or ncFktBinFanuc.
(The value is the index of the active G function within the group)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes G group number or ISO Dialect G numGCodeGroups bzw.
group number numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBinFanuc
Active G function of relevant ISO Dialect group
(the value is the index of the active G function within the group)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes ISO Dialect G group number numGCodeGroupsFanuc
ncFktBinS
Active G-function of the correponding group for block search with calculation
(The value is the index of the active G-function within the group)
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, but not for the Variable Service.
- UWord r
ncFktFanuc
Active G function of relevant ISO Dialect group
- String[16] r
Multi-line: yes ISO Dialect G group number numGCodeGroupsFanuc

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
ncFktS
Active G-function of the correponding group for block search with calculation
Attention: This variable is available for protocolling block search events only, but not for the Variable Service.
- String[16] r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.11 Area C, Mod. NIB: Status data: Nibbling
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Nibbling/...
The module NIB contains technology-specific data for nibbling.
actPunchRate N4
Strokes per minute
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
automCutSegment N4
Identifier that indicates which type of automatic block division is active. The division is specified by the commands
'SPP' and 'SPN' in the part program.
0 = no block division
1 = number of segments per block ('SNP')
2 = segments of fixed length ('SPP')
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
numStrokes N4
Number of strokes when the instruction 'SPN' divides the block into segments (variable 'automCutSegment' = 1).
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
partDistance N4
If the block has been divided in segments with the instruction 'SPP' (variable 'automCutSegment' = 2)
the variable specifies the length of the path between the punches.
Multi-line: no 1
punchActive N4
Identification of punching or nibbling active. The part program turns off/on punching and nibbling with 'SPOF', 'SON'
and 'PON'. Rapid punching and nibbling are turned on/off with 'SONS' and 'PONS'.
The variable 'punchActive' specified the present status.
0 = inactive
1 = punching active
2 = nibbling active
3 = rapid punching active (PONS from SW 4.1)
4 = rapid nibbling active (SONS from SW 4.1)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
punchDelayActive N4
Identifier that indicates whether punching with delay is active. The part program can turn on/off the delay with the
instructions 'PDELAYON' and 'PDELAYOF'. The variable 'PunchDelayActive' indicates the present status.
0 = inactive
1 = active
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
punchDelayTime SD 42400: PUNCH_DWELL_TIME N4

Punching delay time
ms Double r
Multi-line: no 1
strokeNr
Current stroke number
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.4.12 Area C, Mod. FB: Base frame
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/BaseFrame/...
Up to $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES channel-specific base frames

can be defined for each channel. Channel-specific base frames are available
only if $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES > 0.
The individual offset values can be set with the parameter variables in the
module FB.
Each parameter is defined as an array and the axes of a specific zero offset
group (frame) are addressed via the line index.
The maximum line index is calculated from the maximum number of axes
available in the channel:
Max. line index: $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES * (numGeoAxes +
numAuxAxes)
The line index is calculated as follows:

Line index = Frame index * (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes) + axis number
linShift $P_BUFR[x,TR] x=FrameNo PA

Multi-line: yes (Frame index - 1 ) * (numGeoAxes $MC_MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES *
+ numAuxAxes) + axis number (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
linShiftFine $P_BUFR[x,SI] x=FrameNo

mirrorImgActive $P_BUFR[ x ,MI] x = FrameNo PA

Mirroring enabled in a settable zero offset
1: Mirroring active
- UWord wr
rotation $P_BUFR[x,RT] x= FrameNo PA

Rotation of a settable zero offset
Degrees Double wr
scaleFact $P_BUFR[x,SC] x=FrameNo PA

Scaling factor of a settable zero offset
- Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.4.13 Area C, Mod. FS: System Frame
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/SystemFrame/...
Up to 4 system frames can be defined in the channel. The bits in

$MC_MM_SYSTEM_FRAME_MASK specify the channels available.
Accordingly, there may be gaps between the active system frames.
The setting of the individual zero offsets is implemented by means of the

parameter variables in the FS module.
Each parameter is defined as a field whereas the axes of a specified zero
offset group (frame) are addressed by means of the line index.
The maximum line index results from the maximum available number of axes in
the channel:
Max. line index: 4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)

Line index = frame index * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes) + axis number
linShift $P_SETFR[Axis, TR]

Translation
mm, inch, userdef 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes Frame index 4 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
linShiftFine $P_SETFR[Axis, SI]

Fine shift
mm, inch, userdef 0 Double r
mirrorImgActive $P_SETFR[Axis, MI]

Mirroring
1: Mirroring active
- 0 0 1 UWord r
rotation $P_SETFR[Axis, RT]

Rotation
Degrees 0 Double r
scaleFact $P_SETFR[Axis, SC]

Scaling factor
- 0 Double r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.5 Axis status data

3.5.1 Area C, Mod. SMA: Status data: Machine axes
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/MachineAxis/...
actIncrVal DB31-48, DBB5 H1

0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no incremental mode set
- UWord r
actToolBasePos $AA_IM[x] x = Ax is
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
cmdToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
extUnit
Current physical unit of the axis position
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
4 = userdef
- UWord r
name
Axis name
- String[32] r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
status
Axis status
2 = exact position coarse reached
3 = exact position fine reached
- UWord r
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
toolBaseREPOS
varIncrVal
Settable value for INC_VAR. The physical value depends on whether the axis is linear or rotary.
Linear axis: unit is 1 mm
Rotary axis: unit is 1/1000 degrees

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.5.2 Area C, Mod. SEMA: Status data: Machine axes (extension of

SMA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/MachineAxis/...
aaCoupAct $AA_COUP_ACT[x] x = Spindle following

Current coupling status of the slave spindle
- UWord r
aaCoupOffs $AA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Spindle

Position offset of the synchronous spindle desired value
- Double r
aaCurr $AA_CURR[x] x = Axis

Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A (611D only)
A Double r
aaDtbb $AA_DTBB[x] x = Axis

Axis-specific distance from the beginning of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in
synchronous actions (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDteb $AA_DTEB[x] x = Axis

Axis-specific distance to the end of the block in the BCS for positioning and synchronous axes used in synchronous
actions (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDtepb $AA_DTEPB[x] x = Axis

Axis-specific distance-to-go of infeed during oscillation in the BCS (note: SYNACT only)
- Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaEsrEnable $AA_ESR_ENABLE[Achse]
(Axial) enabling of reactions of "Extended Stop and Retract" function.
The selected axial ESR reaction must be parameterized in MD $MA_ESR_REACTION.
beforehand. The corresponding Stop or Retract reactions can be activated via
$AN_ESR_TRIGGER (or for individual drives in the event of communications failure/
DC-link undervoltage), generator-mode operation is automatically activated in response to
undervoltage conditions.
0: FALSE
1: TRUE
- 0 0 1 UWord r
aaEsrStat $AA_ESR_STAT[Achse]
(Axial) status checkback signals of "Extended Stop and Retract" function,
which can be applied as input signals for the gating logic of the ESR (synchronous actions).
evaluated separately if necessary:
Bit0 = 1: Generator mode is activated
Bit1 = 1: Retract operation is activated
Bit2 = 1: Stop operation is activated
Bit3 = 1: Risk of undervoltage (DC-link voltage monitoring,
voltage has dropped below warning threshold)
Bit4 = 1: Speed has dropped below minimum generator mode threshold (i.e. no more
regenerative rotation energy is available).
- 0 UWord r
aaLeadP $AA_LEAD_P[x] x = Axis

Actual lead value position
- Double r
aaLeadSp $AA_LEAD_SP[x] x = Axis

Simulated lead value - position
- Double r
aaLeadSv $AA_LEAD_SV[x] x = Axis

Simulated leading value velocity
- Double r
aaLeadTyp $AA_LEAD_TYP[x] x = Axis

Source of the lead value
1: actual value
2: desired value
3: simulated value
- UWord r
aaLeadV $AA_LEAD_V[x] x = Axis

Actual lead value - velocity
- Double r
aaLoad $AA_LOAD[x] x = Axis

Drive load in % (611D only)
% Double r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
aaMm $AA_MM[x] x = Axis

Latched probe position in the machine coordinate system
- Double wr
aaMm1 $AA_MM1[x] x = Axis

Latched probe position for the trigger event 1 in the MCS
- Double wr

- Double wr

- Double wr

- Double wr
aaOff $AA_OFF[x] x = Axis

Superimposed position offset from synchronous actions
- Double r
aaOffLimit $AA_OFF_LIMIT[x] x = Axis

Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached (Note: for SYNACT only)
0: limit not reached
1: limit in positive axial direction reached
11: limit in negative axial direction reached
- UWord r
aaOffVal $AA_OFF_VAL
Integrated value of overlaid motion for an axis.
The negative value of this variable can be used to cancel an overlaid motion.
e.g. $AA_OFF[axis] = -$AA_OFF_VAL[axis]
- 0 Double r
aaOscillReversePos1 $AA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1[x] x = Axis

Current reverse position 1 for oscillation in the BCS.
SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaOscillReversePos2 $AA_OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2[x] x = Axis

Current reverse position 2 for oscillation in the BCS;
SYNACT only)
- Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaOvr $AA_OVR[x] x = Axis

Axial override for synchronous actions
- Double r
aaPower $AA_POWER[x] x = Axis

Drive power in W (611D only)
W Double r
aaSoftendn $AA_SOFTENDN[x] x = Axis

Software end position, negative direction
- Double r
aaSoftendp $AA_SOFTENDP[x] x = Axis

Software end position, positive direction
- Double r
aaStat $AA_STAT[]
Axis status
0: no axis status available
1: travel command is active
2: axis has reached the IPO end. only for channel axes
3: axis in position (exact stop coarse) for all axes
4: axis in position (exact stop fine) for all axes
- UWord r
aaSync $AA_SYNC[x] x = Axis

Coupling status of the following axis with lead value coupling
0: not synchronized
1: synchronized coarse
2: synchronized fine
3: synchronized coarse and fine
- UWord r
aaTorque $AA_TORQUE[x] x = Axis

Desired torque value in Nm (611D only)
Nm Double r
aaTyp $AA_TYP[x] x = Axis

Axis type
0: axis in other channel
1: channel axis of same channel
2: neutral axis
3: PLC axis
4: reciprocating axis
5: neutral axis, currently traversing in JOG
6: slave axis coupled via master value
7: coupled motion slave axis
8: command axis
9: compile cycle axis
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
aaVactB $AA_VACTB[X]
Axis velocity in basic coordinate system
aaVactM $AA_VACTM[X]
Axis velocity in machine coordinate system
aaVc $AA_VC[x] x = Axis

Additive correction value for path feed or axial feed
- Double r
ackSafeMeasPos
Confirmation of SI actual position
0 = not confirmed
0x00AC = confirmed
- UWord wr
actCouppPosOffset $VA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Axis S3

Position offset of an axis to a leading axis /
leading spindle (actual value)
actFeedRate S5
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate for positioning axes. Actual value of single axis feed for additional axes.
- Double r
actIndexAxPosNo
Current indexing position number
- UWord r
actSpeedRel
Actual value of rotary speed (referring to the maximum speed in %; for 611D in MD1401), for linear drives actual
value of the velocity.
% Double r
actValResol
Actual value resolution. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module)

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
amSetupState
Status variable of the PI Service
Automatic set-up of an asynchronous motor
0 = inactive
1 = wait for PLC enable
2 = wait for key NC-start
3 = active
4 = stopped by Servo + fine code in the upper byte
5 = stopped by 611D + fine code in the upper byte
6 = stopped by NCK + fine code in the upper byte
- 0 0 0xff06 UWord r
axComp
Sum of axis-specific compensation values (CEC Cross Error compensation and temperature compensation). The
physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
axisActiveInChan
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = inch/min
2 = degree/min
- UWord r
chanAxisNoGap
Display of existing axis, i.e. no axis gap in channel.
0: Axis does not exist
1: Axis does exist
- 0 0 1 UWord r
chanNoAxisIsActive
Channel number in which the channel axis is currently active
0 = axis is not assigned to any channel
1 to maxnumChannels (Area.:N / Module:Y) = channel number
- UWord r
cmdContrPos
Desired value of position after fine interpolation
cmdCouppPosOffset $AA_COUP_OFFS[x] x = Axis S3

Position offset of an axis referring to the leading axis / leading spindle (desired value)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
cmdFeedRate
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate, if axis
is a positioning axis. Single axis feedrate if the axis is an additional axis.
- Double r
cmdSpeedRel
Desired value of rotary speed. (referring to the max. speed in %; for 611D in MD 1401). For linear motors actual value
of velocity.
% Double r
contrConfirmActive
Controller enable
0 = no controller enable
1 = controller enable
- UWord r
contrMode
Identifier for controller mode servo
0 = position control
1 = speed control
2 = stop
3 = park
4 = follow-up
- UWord r
displayAxis $MC_DISPLAY_AXIS Bit16-31

Identifier indicating whether axis is displayed by MMC as a machine axis.
distPerDriveRevol
Distance per revolution. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
drive2ndTorqueLimit
2nd torque limit. With linear motors: 2nd force limit
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
driveActMotorSwitch
Actual motor wiring (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
driveActParamSet
Number of the actual drive parameter set
- 1 8 UWord r
driveClass1Alarm
Message ZK1 drive alarm
0 = no alarm set
1= alarm set (fatal error occured)
- UWord r
driveContrMode
Control mode of drive
0 = current control
1 = speed control
- UWord r
driveCoolerTempWarn
Heatsink temperature monitoring
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
- UWord r
driveDesMotorSwitch
Motor wiring selection (star/delta)
0 = star
1 = delta
- UWord r
driveDesParamSet
Desired parameter set of the drive
- 1 8 UWord r
driveFastStop
Ramp-function generator rapid stop
0 = not stopped
1 = stopped
- UWord r
driveFreqMode
I/F mode
- UWord r
driveImpulseEnabled
Enable inverter impulse (checkback signal to impulseEnable)
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
driveIndex
0 = drive does not exist
1 to 15 = logical drive number
- 0 15 UWord r
driveIntegDisable
Integrator disable
0 = not disabled
1 = disabled
- UWord r
driveLinkVoltageOk
Status of the DC link voltage
0 = OK
1 = not OK
- UWord r
driveMotorTempWarn
Motor temperature warning
0 = temperature OK
1 = overtemperature
- UWord r
driveNumCrcErrors
CRC errors on the drive bus
(transmission errors when writing data to the 611D;
values may range up to FFFFH)
0 = no error
- UWord r
driveParked
Parking axis
0 = no parking axis
1 = parking axis
- UWord r
drivePowerOn
Drive switched on
0 = drive not switched on
1 = drive switched on
- UWord r
driveProgMessages
Configurable messages (via machine data)
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
driveReady
Drive ready
0 = drive not ready
1 = drive ready
- UWord r
driveRunLevel
Current status reached during the boot process
(range: coarse status (0 to 5) * 100 + fine status (up to 22)
Booting the firmware ---> 0 XX
entering the configuration ---> 1XX
hardware-init, communication-init
loading, converting data ---> 2XX
changing bus addressing ---> 3XX
preparing synchronization ---> 4XX
activating interrupt ---> 519
XX ==> fine status

- UWord r
driveSetupMode
Set-up mode
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
driveSpeedSmoothing
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed, for linear drives: smoothing the desired value of the velocity
0 = no smoothing
1 = smoothing
- UWord r
effComp1
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1.
The value results from:
temperature compensation, backlash compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation,
leadscrew error compensation. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
effComp2
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2.
The value results from:
temperature compensation, backlash compensation, quadrant error compensation, beam sag compensation,
leadscrew error compensation. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
encChoice
Active encoder
0 = does not exist
1 = encoder 1
2 = encoder 2
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
fctGenState
Status of the function generator
- UWord r
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override (only if axis is a positioning axis)
% Double r
focStat $AA_FOC
Current status of "Travel with limited torque" function
0-2
0: FOC not active
1: FOC modal active (programming of FOCON[])
2: FOC non-modal active (programming of FOC[])
- 0 0 2 UWord r
fxsStat $AA_FXS[x] x = Axis

Status after travelling to fixed stop
0 = normal control
1 = fixed stop reached
2 = failed
- UWord r
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to an axis
- 0 3 UWord r
impulseEnable
Impulse enable for drive
0 = not enabled
1 = enabled
- UWord r
index
Absolute axis index referring to machine data axis number
- UWord r
kVFactor
position control gain factor
16,667 1/s Double r
lag
Following error = desired value of position after fine interpolation - actual value of position. The physical unit is
defined in measUnit (in this module).

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
logDriveNo
0 = not available
1 to 15 = drive number
- 0 15 UWord r
measFctState
Status of the probing function
- UWord r
measPos1
measPos2
measPosDev
Actual position difference between the two encoders. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
measUnit
Unit for service values of the drives
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = grd
- UWord r
paramSetNo
Number of parameter set
- 1 8 UWord r
preContrFactTorque
Feed forward control factor torque
Nm Double r
preContrFactVel
Feed forward control factor velocity
- Double r
preContrMode
Feed forward control mode
0 = inactive
1 = velocity feed forward
2 = torque feed forward
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
PRESETActive
Preset status
0 = no preset active
1 = preset active
- UWord r
PRESETVal $AC_PRESET[x] x = Axis

The function PRESETON (...) programs a zero offset for an axis. The value of the offset is stored in the variable
'PRESETVal'. The variable can be overwritten by the part program and by the MMC.
progIndexAxPosNo
Programmed indexing position number
- UWord r
qecLrnIsOn
Quadrant error compensation learning active
0 = inactive
1 = Neuronal-QEC learning active
2 = Standard-QEC active
3 = Standard-QEC with adaption of the correction value active
4 = Neuronal-QEC active
5 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the measuring time active
6 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the decay time of the correction value active
7 = Neuronal-QEC with adaption of the measuring time and the decay time of the correction value active
- 0 7 UWord r
refPtBusy
Axis is being referenced
0 = axis is not being referenced
1 = axis is being referenced
- UWord r
refPtCamNo
Reference point cam
0 = no cam approached
1 = cam 1
2 = cam 2
3 = cam 3
4 = cam 4
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
refPtStatus
Identifier indicating whether an axis is liable for reference and actually is referenced.
Note for changing axes into another channel:
In general a changable axis is only liable for reference in the channel it is presently assigned to. Thus a referenced
changable axis is announced to the channel it is presently being moved in with the value 3 (liable for reference and
referenced) and to all other channels with the value 1 (not liable for reference but referenced).
A set bit means:
Until SW release 3.1:

bit0: at least 1 measuring system has been referenced
bit1: active measuring system is liable for reference
From SW release 3.2:

bit0: active measuring system has been referenced
bit1: active measuring system is liable for reference
(The busy signal effects the status)
- Achsindex UWord r
Multi-line: no numMachAxes
safeActPosDiff
Current actual value difference betw. NCK and drive monitoring channels
safeActVeloDiff
Current speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels
safeActVeloLimit
Safe limit of actual speed
-1 => no actual speed limit active
>= 0 => limit of actual speed is active
safeDesVeloLimit
Safe limit of desired speed
-1 => no desired speed limit active
>= 0 => desired speed limit is active
safeFctEnable
Safe operation active
0 = not activated
1 = activated
- UWord r
safeInputSig
Safe input signals of the axis
- UWord r
safeInputSig2
Safe input signals part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
safeInputSigDrive
Safe input signals of the drive
- UWord r
safeInputSigDrive2
Safe input signals of the drive part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
safeMaxVeloDiff
Maximum speed difference between NCK and drive monitoring channels since last NCK Reset
safeMeasPos $VA_IS[x] x = Axis

Safe actual position of the axis. The physical unit is defined in the variable measUnit (in this module).
safeMeasPosDrive
Safe actual position of drive. The physical unit is defined in measUnit (in this module).
safeOutputSig
Safe output signals of the axis
- UWord r
safeOutputSig2
Safe output signals part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
safeOutputSigDrive
Safe output signals of the drive
- UWord r
safeOutputSigDrive2
Safe output signals of the drive part 2
- 0 0xffff UWord r
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
- UWord r
subSpec T1
Subspecification
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
torqLimit
Torque limitation value (referring to the nominal value of the drive). For linear motors: force limitation value.
% Double r
traceState1
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
traceState2
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
traceState3
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
traceState4
0 = idle status
2 = trigger reached
3 = recording ended
- UWord r
trackErrContr
Position controller difference (actual value / desired value of position)
trackErrDiff
Contour deviation (difference actual value of position and calculated dynamical model)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
- UWord r
vaVactm $VA_VACTM[x] x = Axis

Axis velocity actual value on the load side in the MCS
- Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.3 Area C, Mod. SGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset
memory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/GeometricAxis/...
All status data that are dependent on machine movement and specified in the
workpiece coordinate system are included in module SGA. Supplementary
information can be found in module SEGA. The individual variables are defined
as arrays where the line index is the number of the axis (assigned to the
current channel).The variable "name" in module SGA with the line index in
question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SGA and SEGA is identical.
With SW 5.2 and later, OPI modules SGA and SEGA can be addressed via the
geo-axis no. instead of via the channel axis no.:
Line index 1001: 1st geo-axis
Line index 1002: 2nd geo-axis
Line index 1003: 3rd geo-axis
The number of channel axes (geometry, special axes and spindles) can be
found in "numMachAxes" in module Y in area C.
actIncrVal
0 = INC_10000
1 = INC_1000
2 = INC_100
3 = INC_10
4 = INC_1
5 = INC_VAR
6 = INC_JOG_CONT
7 = no increment mode has been set
- UWord r
actProgPos
Programmed position, actual value. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)
actToolBasePos
Tool base position. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (from this module)
actToolEdgeCenterPos
Center point of a cutting edge. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (from this module)
cmdProgPos
Programmed position, desired value. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
cmdToolBasePos $AA_IW[x] x = Axis

Tool base position, desired value . Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in
this module).
cmdToolEdgeCenterPos
Position of the cutting edge center point. Physical unit is defined in variable extUnit (in this module).
extUnit
Current physical unit of the related geometry axis or auxiliary axis
0 = mm
1 = inch
2 = degree
4 = userdef
- UWord r
name
Axis name
- String[32] r
progDistToGo
Programmed position, distance-to-go. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
progREPOS
Programmed position, REPOS. The physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
status
Axis status
2 = exact stop coarse reached
3 = exact stop fine reached
- UWord r
subType
Axis type geometry or auxiliary axis
0 = auxiliary axis
1 = geometry axis
2 = orientation axis
- UWord r
toolBaseDistToGo
Tool base distance-to-go. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module)

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
toolBaseREPOS
toolEdgeCenterDistToGo
Center point of cutting edge distance-to-go. Physical unit results from the variable extUnit (in this module)
toolEdgeCenterREPOS
Center point of the cutting edge REPOS. Physical unit is defined in the variable extUnit (in this module).
varIncrVal
Setable value for INC_VAR. The physical unit depends on whether the axis is rotary or linear.
Linear axes: 1mm
rotary axes: 1/1000 degrees
mm, inch, degrees, userdef Double wr

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.5.4 Area C, Mod. SEGA: Status data: Geometry axes in tool offset
memory (extension of SGA)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/GeometricAxis/...
All status data that are dependent on machine movement and specified in the
workpiece coordinate system are combined in module SGA. Supplementary
information can be found in module SEGA. The individual variables are defined
as arrays where the line index is the number of the axis (assigned to the
current channel).The variable "name" in module SGA with the line index in
question identifies the axis.
The assignment of the line indices in modules SGA and SEGA is identical.
With SW 5.2 and later, OPI modules SGA and SEGA can be addressed via the
geo-axis no. instead of via the channel axis no.:
Line index 1001: 1st geo-axis
Line index 1002: 2nd geo-axis
Line index 1003: 3rd geo-axis
The number of channel axes (geometry, special axes and spindles) can be
found in "numMachAxes" in module Y in area C.
aaDelt $AA_DELT[x] x = Axis

Stored axial distance-to-go in the WCS after axial delete-distance-to-go DELDTG(axis) for synchronous actions
- Double r
aaDtbw $AA_DTBW[x] x = Aaxis

Axial distance from the beginning of the block in the WCS for positioning and synchronous axes for synchronous
motion (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDtepw $AA_DTEPW[x] x = Axis

Axial distance-to-go for infeed during oscillation in the WCS (Note: for SYNACT only)
- Double r
aaDtew $AA_DTEW[x] x = Axis

Axial distance to the end of the block in the WCS for positioning and synchronous axes for synchronous actions
- Double r
aaMw $AA_MW[x] x = Axis

Latched probe position retransformed in the WCS
- Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
aaMw1 $AA_
MW1
[Achs
e]
Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in the WCS
- Double wr
aaMw2 $AA_
MW2
[Achs
e]
- Double wr
aaMw3 $AA_
MW3
[Achs
e]
- Double wr
aaMw4 $AA_
MW4
[Achs
e]
- Double wr
aaVactW $AA_VACTW[X]
Axis velocity in workpiece coordinate system
acRetpoint $AC_RETPOINT[x] x = Axis

Return point on the contour for repositioning
- Double r
actFeedRate S5
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate, if the axis is a positioning axis.
actProgPosBKS $AA_IBORI
Actual value of geometry and orientation axes in basic coordinate system
- 0.0 Double r
actToolBasePosBasic
Base position of the active tool in the base system (inch/metrical)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
actToolBasPosBN $AA_IBN[x] x=Axis

Actual tool base position in relation to basic zero point
(SGA:actToolBasePos without progr. frame and without settable frames)
actToolBasPosEN $AA_IEN[x] x = Axis

Base position of the active tool relative to the workpiece zero point
(SGA:actToolBasePos without programmed frame)
- Double r
actToolEdgeCenterPosEns
Actual position value
in relation to the WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool length
- Double r
axisActiveInChan
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
axisFeedRateUnit
Unit of axial feedrate
0 = mm/min
1 = mm/rev
2 = inch/min
- UWord r
cmdFeedRate
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate for a positioning axis.
cmdToolEdgeCenterPosEn
sS
Programmed position for block search with calculation
in relation to the WOS frame as center-point path, i.e. with tool length
Note: This variable is not available for the variable service,
but only for logging in connection with block search events!

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
displayAxis $MC_DISPLAY_AXIS Bit0-15

Identifier indicating whether the axis is displayed by the MMC as a geometry or auxiliary axis.
drfVal $AC_DRF[x] x = Axis

DRF value. The physical unit is defined in extUnit (in module SGA).
dummy
Added for alignment only, line index may be used later
- UWord
Multi-line: no
feedRateOvr
Feedrate override if axis is a positioning axis. Multiplying override component which is active in addition to the
override factors programmed, set via handwheel or via PLC.
% Double r
geoAxisNr
Number of the geometry axis
1 - 3 for geometry axes
0 for non-geometry axes
- UWord r
handwheelAss
Number of handwheel assigned to axis
- 0 3 UWord r
index
Absolute axis index referring to machine data axis number
- UWord r
motEnd $AA_MOTEND
Current motion end criterion with single-axis interpolation
1 = Motion end with exact stop FINE
2 = Motion end with exact stop COARSE
3 = Motion end with exact stop IPO stop
4 = Block change in braking ramp of the axis motion
- 1 1 4 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
spec
Axis specification
0 = path axis
- UWord r
subSpec MD 30500: INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB T1

Subspecification, identifies whether an axis is an indexing axis
0 = normal axis
1 = indexing axis
- UWord r
type
Axis type
1 = linear axis
2 = rotary axis
3 = spindle
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.5 Area C, Mod. SSP: Status data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Spindle/...
All status data that refer to the spindle are combined in the module SSP. The
individual variables are defined as arrays where the line index is the number of
the spindle (assigned to the current channel). The spindle can be identified by
reading the variables "name" or "index" in the same module with the respective
line index.
The number of spindles can be read from "numSpindles" in the module Y in the
area C.
actGearStage
- UWord r
actSpeed
channelNo
- UWord r
cmdAngPos
cmdConstCutSpeed
cmdGearStage
- UWord r
cmdGwps
m/s, ft/s Double r
cmdSpeed $AA_S[x] x = SpindleNo


04/00 Lists
3 Variables
driveLoad
Load
% Double r
gwpsActive
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
index
- UWord r
name
Spindle name
- String[32] r
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle, identical to "name" variable.
- String[32] r
opMode $AC_SMODE[x] x = SpindleNo

Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
4 = axis mode
- UWord r
speedLimit
speedOvr
Spindle override
% Double r
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
status
Spindle status
- UWord r
turnState $AC_SDIR[x] x = SpindleNo

0 = clockwise
2 = stop
3 = clockwise
5 = stop
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.5.6 Area C, Mod. SSP2: Status data: Spindle
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/LogicalSpindle/...
All status data that refer to a spindle, if a spindle converter (logical spindles) is
active
actGearStage
- UWord r
actSpeed
channelNo
- UWord r
cmdAngPos
cmdConstCutSpeed
cmdGearStage
- UWord r
cmdGwps
m/s, ft/s Double r
cmdSpeed
driveLoad
Load
% Double r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
gwpsActive
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord r
index
- UWord r
name
Spindle name
- String[32] r
namePhys
Name of assigned physical spindle, identical to "name" variable.
- String[32] r
opMode
Spindle mode
0 = spindle mode
4 = axis mode
- UWord r
speedLimit
speedOvr
Spindle override
% Double r
spindleType
Spindle type
0 = master spindle
- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
status
Spindle status
- UWord r
turnState
0 = clockwise
2 = stop
3 = clockwise
5 = stop
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.7 Area C, Mod. FU: User frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/UserFrame/...
Up to $MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES zero offsets can be defined for each

channel.
These channel-specific settable frames are only available if
$MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES > 0 and
$MN_MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES = 0, otherwise all settable frames
have an NCU-global configuration.
Individual offset values can be set with the parameter variables in the module
FU.
Each parameter is defined as an array and the axes of a specific zero offset
group (frame) are addressed via the line index.
The maximum line index is calculated from the maximum number of axes
available in the channel:
Max. line index: $MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES * (numGeoAxes +

numAuxAxes)

The frame indices have the following meaning:

0 = G500
1 = G54
2 = G55
3 = G56
4 = G57
5 = G505
6 = G506
:
nn = G5nn
:
99 = G599
Attention: The parameters for the zero offset apply to the geometry axes only
and are assigned values. The geometry axes are the first 3 axes only.
However, all axes are included in the line calculation!
Sum of the axes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
The number of geometry axes "numGeoAxes" and auxiliary axes

"numAuxAxes" is given in module Y in area C.
In order to activate the zero offset, PI-Service SETUFR must be called after the
parameters have been entered!
linShift $P_UIFR[x,y,TR] x=FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Multi-line: yes Frame index * numMachAxes + $MC_MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES *
axis number (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
linShiftFine $P_UIFR[x,y,SI] x=FrameNo,y=Axis

mirrorImgActive $P_UIFR[x,y,MI] x = FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Mirroring enabled in settable zero offset
- UWord wr
rotation $P_UIFR[x,y,RT] x = FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Rotation of settable zero offset
Degrees Double wr
scaleFact $P_UIFR[x,y,SC] x = FrameNo,y=Axis PA

Scaling factor of settable zero offset
- Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.8 Area C, Mod. FA: Active user frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ActualFrame/...
For each channel up to 6 zero offsets can be active and can be read from the
module FA.
The maximum line index is the maximum number of available axes in the
channel:
Max. line index = 6 * (numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes)
Caution: The parameters for zero offset apply to the geometry axes only and
are assigned values. The geometry axes are the first 3 axes only. However, all
axes must be used to calculate the line index!
Sum of the axes = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes
The number of geometry axes "numGeoAxes" and auxiliary axes

"numAuxAxes" can be read from the module Y in area C.
The following frame indices (important for calculating the line indices of a
variable) are available:
0: ACTFRAME = currently resulting zero offset = sum of ACTBFRAME,

IFRAME and PFRAME
1: IFRAME = current settable zero offset
2: PFRAME = current programmable zero offset
3: EXTFRAME = current external zero offset
4: TOTFRAME = current total zero offset = sum of ACTFRAME and
EXTFRAME
5: ACTBFRAME => current total base frame
The value linShiftFine is available.
linShift $P_PFRAME[x,TR] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Translation of an active zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
Multi-line: yes Frame index * numMachAxes + 10 * (numGeoAxes+numAuxAxes)
axis number

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
mirrorImgActive $P_PFRAME[x,MI] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Mirroring enabled in an active zero offset
- UWord r
axis number
rotation $P_PFRAME[x,RT] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Rotation of an active zero offset
Degrees Double r
axis number
scaleFact $P_PFRAME[x,SC] / $P_ACTFRAME / $P_IFRAME PA

Scaling factor of an active zero offset
- Double r
axis number

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.5.9 Area C, Mod. FE: External frames
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ExternFrame/...
1 external zero offset (usually via the PLC) can be defined for each channel.
The parameters of the external zero offset can be read from module FE. Each
parameter is defined as an array and the individual axes are addressed using
the line index.
The maximum line index results from the maximum number of axes available in
the channel:
Max line index = numGeoAxes + numAuxAxes = numMachAxes +

numSpindles
The number of geometry axes "numGeoAxes", auxiliary axes "numAuxAxes",

machine axes "numMachAxes" and spindles "numSpindles" can be read from
the module Y in area C.
linShift $AA_ETRANS[x] x = FrameNo PA

Translation of external zero offset (the physical unit is defined in basicLengthUnit in module Y in area N).
Multi-line: yes Geo axis number numGeoAxes

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.6 Drive status data
3.6.1 Area H, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (MSD)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /DriveHsa/Status/...


Attention: The HS module cannot be addressed with MMC100/EBF/OP030
actualCurrent MD 1708: ACTUAL_CURRENT IAD

Actual value of the smoothened current (referring to the maximum current of the drive)
CAUTION: The variable cannot be configured by MMC100.
% -100000,0 10000,0 Float r
Multi-line: no
actualSpeed MD 1701: ACTUAL_SPEED IAD

Actual value of rotary speed (motor)
CAUTION: The variable cannot be configured by MMC100.
rev/min , m/min -100000,0 100000,0 Float r
Multi-line: no
cl1PoImage MD 1731: CL1_PO_IMAGE IAD

Image of the ZK1PO register. The format is hexadecimal
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC 100
- 0x0 0x7FFF UWord r
Multi-line: no
cl1ResImage MD 1732: CL1_RES_IMAGE IAD

Image of the ZK1RES register. The format is hexadecimal
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC 100!
Multi-line: no
crcErrorCount MD 1720: CRC_DIAGNOSIS IAD

CRC-parameter for diagnosis
Number is displayed in hexadecimal format.
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
Multi-line: no
desiredSpeed MD 1706: DESIRED_SPEED IAD

Desired value of rotary speed. With linear motors: desired velocity
Attention: The variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
encTypeDirect MD 1791: ENC_TYPE_DIRECT IAD

Direct mounted encoder used for reading in the actual values
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by MMC100!
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
encTypeMotor MD 1790: ENC_TYPE_MPTOR IAD

Motor mounted ( indirect ) encoder used for reading in the actual values.
Attention: This variable cannot be configured by MMC100!
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
firmwareDate MD 1798: FIRMWARE_DATE IAD

Firmware date
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
firmwareVersion MD 1799: FIRMWARE_VERSION IAD

Firmware version
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
linkVoltage MD 1701: LINK_VOLTAGE IAD

Link voltage
0 to 800
V 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
load MD 1722: LOAD IAD

Load. Display is in hexadecimal format
Attention: Variable cannot be configured by the MMC100!
% -100000,0 100000,0 Float r
Multi-line: no
motorTemperature MD 1702: MOTOR_TEMPERATURE IAD

Motor temperature
C 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
operatingMode IAD
Operating mode
Attention: Variable cannot be configured By the MMC100!
Bit0 = VSA
Bit4 = HSA
Bit8 = AM control
Bit9 = AM closed loop control
Bit12 = U/f-operation mode
bits exclude one another (except bit 12)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
pblVersion MD 1797: PBL_VERSION IAD

Data version
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
safeStopFDiagnosis MD 1395 : SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS

Drive error code for alarm 300911
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no
terminalState MD 1700: TERMINAL_STATE IAD

Status of the binary inputs (displayed in hexadecimal format)
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.6.2 Area V, Mod. S: Drive-specific status data (FDD)
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /DriveVsa/Status/...


No cyclic service may be set up on variables in this module. Only single

variable access is permitted.
actualCurrent MD 1708: ACTUAL_CURRENT IAD

Actual value of the smoothened current (referring to the maximum current of the drive)
% -10000,0 10000,0 Float r
Multi-line: no
actualSpeed MD 1707: ACTUAL_SPEED IAD

Actual value of the rotary speed, actual velocity for linear drive (motor)
Multi-line: no
cl1PoImage MD 1731: CL1_PO_IMAGE IAD

ZK1PO register image. Hexadecimal numerical representation
Multi-line: no
cl1ResImage MD 1732: CL1_RES_IMAGE IAD

ZK1RES register image. Hexadecimal numerical representation
Multi-line: no
crcErrorCount MD 1720: CRC_DIAGNOSIS IAD

CRC diagnostic parameter. Hexadecimal numerical representation
Multi-line: no
desiredSpeed MD 1706: DESIRED_SPEED IAD

Speed setpoint
Multi-line: no
encTypeDirect MD 1791: ENC_TYPE_DIRECT IAD

Measuring circuit type of direct measuring system
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
encTypeMotor MD 1790: ENC_TYPE_MOTOR IAD

Measuring circuit type of indirect measuring system
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
firmwareDate MD 1798: FIRMWARE_DATE IAD

Firmware date
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
firmwareVersion MD 1799: FIRMWARE_VERSION IAD

Firmware version
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
linkVoltage MD 1701: LINK_VOLTAGE IAD

DC-link voltage
V 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
load MD 1722: LOAD IAD

Utilization: Represented in hexadecimal format
% -100000,0 100000,0 Float r
Multi-line: no
motorTemperature MD 1702: MOTOR_TEMPERATURE IAD

Motor temperature
C 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
operatingMode IAD
Operating mode
Bit0 = FDD
Bit4 = MSD
Bit8 = Open-loop AM control
Bit9 = Closed-loop AM control
Bit12 = V/Hz mode
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
pblVersion MD 1797: PBL_VERSION IAD

Data version
- 0 32767 UWord r
Multi-line: no
safeStopFDiagnosis MD 1395 : SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS

Drive error code for alarm 300911
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no
terminalState MD 1700: TERMINAL_STATE IAD

Status of the binary inputs (in hexadecimal format)
Multi-line: yes 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7 Tool and magazine data
3.7.1 Area T, Mod. TO: Tool edge data: Offset data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Compensation/...
The data module TO is organized as a two-dimensional variable array.

The module contains the tool edge offset data for all tools. Each element can
be addressed via a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T number), i.e. the offset data for all
cutting edges of a tool are located in one column. The assignment of a tool to a
T-number is given in the module "Tool directory" (TV) in the related area T. If a
non-existent tool number is entered for the column index the request is
negatively acknowledged.
The number of lines is derived from the number of parameters per tool edge
and the number of edges on a tool:
Max. line index = numCuttEdgeParams * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge "numCuttEdgeParams" is given in

module Y in area N. The number of cutting edges "numCuttEdges" is always
tool-specific and is given in the module TV in associated area T.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that in one request, for

example, all tool edge offset data of a single tool can be read. The offset
values of the tool edges are all of the same data type and have the same
physical unit.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
cuttEdgeParam $TC_DPCEx[y,z] x = ParamNo y = ToolNo z = EdgeNo

Offset value parameter and edge list with D numbers for a tool
1st section: Offset value parameter for a tool edge:
The meaning of each parameter depends on the tool type. At present 25 parameters are reserved for each tool edge
(however only some of them are used). To be flexible for future extensions use the variable 'numCuttEdgeParams'
rather than the fixed number 25 for the number of parameters.
A detailed description of tool parameters can be found in the documentation Tool Offset (W1), Section "Tool edge".
The following list is a summary of the tool edge parameters:
parameter 1: Geometry -- tool type ($TC_DP1)
parameter 2: Geometry -- tool point direction ($TC_DP2)
parameter 3: Geometry -- length 1 ($TC_DP3)
parameter 6: Geometry -- radius ($TC_DP6)
parameter 7: Geometry -- corner radius (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP7)
parameter 8: Geometry -- length 4 (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP8)
parameter 10: Geometry -- angle 1 ($TC_DP10)
parameter 11: Geometry -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP11)
parameter 12: Wear -- length 1 ($TC_DP12)
parameter 15: Wear -- radius ($TC_DP15)
parameter 16: Wear -- slot width b / rounding radius ($TC_DP16)
parameter 17: Wear -- proj. length k ($TC_DP17)
parameter 19: Wear -- angle 1 ($TC_DP19)
parameter 20: Wear -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP20)
parameter 21: Adapter -- length 1 ($TC_DP21)
parameter 24: Relief angle ($TC_DP24)
parameter 25: Manual Turn: Cutting rate ($TC_DP25)
Shopmill: Bit-coded value for different statuses of tools of type 1xx and 2xx ($TC_DP25)
All parameters up to 25, that are not listed, are reserved.
2nd section: edgeDNo (SW 5.1 and later), associated optional D numbers of edges:
-1: No edge
1 .. maxDNo: Edge exists, associated D number, only when "any D numbers" function is activated
(maxnumCuttEdges_Tool < maxCuttingEdgeNo)
Edge No.:1 to maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, when edge exists, but when "Assignment of any D numbers" function is not
activated on the NC.
0: No D number assigned/assignment cancelled. (In this case, OPI deviates from NCK variable
$TC_DPCE.... $TC_DPCE... contains a unique number > 32000 when a D number is not assigned.)
Important: This variable is called "edgeData" on the MMC102.

The value for the tool type is stored internally as an integer.
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes For edge offset value parameters: (numCuttEdgeParams + 1) *
(edgeNo - 1) * maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
((numCuttEdgeParams *
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) +
EdgeNo)

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
edgeData $TC_DPCE[t,d]
Offset value parameter and edge list with D numbers for a tool
1st section: Offset value parameter for a tool edge:
The meaning of each parameter depends on the tool type. At present 25 parameters are reserved for each tool edge
(however only some of them are used). To be flexible for future extensions use the variable 'numCuttEdgeParams'
rather than the fixed number 25 for the number of parameters.
A detailed description of tool parameters can be found in the documentation Tool Offset (W1), Section "Tool edge".
The following list is a summary of the tool edge parameters:
parameter 1: Geometry -- tool type ($TC_DP1)
parameter 2: Geometry -- tool point direction ($TC_DP2)
parameter 6: Geometry -- radius ($TC_DP6)
parameter 7: Geometry -- corner radius (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP7)
parameter 8: Geometry -- length 4 (tool type 700; slotting saw) ($TC_DP8)
parameter 10: Geometry -- angle 1 ($TC_DP10)
parameter 11: Geometry -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP11)
parameter 15: Wear -- radius ($TC_DP15)
parameter 16: Wear -- slot width b / rounding radius ($TC_DP16)
parameter 17: Wear -- proj. length k ($TC_DP17)
parameter 19: Wear -- angle 1 ($TC_DP19)
parameter 20: Wear -- angle 2 for tapered milling tools ($TC_DP20)
parameter 24: Relief angle ($TC_DP24)
parameter 25: Manual Turn: Cutting rate ($TC_DP25)
Shopmill: Bit-coded value for different statuses of tools of type 1xx and 2xx ($TC_DP25)
All parameters up to 25, that are not listed, are reserved.
2nd section: edgeDNo (SW 5.1 and later), associated optional D numbers of edges:
-1: No edge
1 .. maxDNo: Edge exists, associated D number, only when "any D numbers" function is activated
(maxnumCuttEdges_Tool < maxCuttingEdgeNo)
Edge No.:1 to maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, when edge exists, but when "Assignment of any D numbers" function is not
activated on the NC.
0: No D number assigned/assignment cancelled. (In this case, OPI deviates from NCK variable
$TC_DPCE.... $TC_DPCE... contains a unique number > 32000 when a D number is not assigned.)
Important: This variable is called "cuttEdgeParam" in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC.
The value for the tool type is stored internally as an integer.
mm, inch, userdef 0 Double wr
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
EdgeNo)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.2 Area T, Mod. TD: Tool data: General data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Data/...
In addition to the tool offset data other tool characteristics are stored for
managing the tools. The module TD contains the general data of the tools. The
tool characteristics can be addressed via individual multiple-line variables. The
variable line index corresponds to the T-number. If non-existent T-numbers are
accessed, the request is acknowledged negatively. The module Tool directory
(TV) in the associated area T shows which T-numbers are valid.
A new entry is provided for the tool monitoring mode:

Monitoring modes in toolMon:
0: No tool monitoring
1: Tool life monitoring
2: Workpiece number monitoring
4: Monitoring of edge wear parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
8: Monitoring of total offset parameters (fine, $TC_SCP..., not setup offsets
$TC_ECP...) using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
adaptNo
Number of adapter defined by system parameter $TC_ADPx which is
supporting the tool
>0: adapter number
0: no adapter assigned
- 0 0 numMagPlaces UWord r
Max
Multi-line: yes T number max. T-Nummer
duploNo $TC_TP1 FBW

Duplo number (number of replacement tool)
In the tool management each tool is explicitly defined both by its identifier and its duplo number. This means that a T-
area can only contain tool identifiers with different duplo numbers.
- T-Nummer UWord r
Multi-line: yes Tool number T 32000
numCuttEdges $P_TOOLND[x] x = ToolNo

Number of cutting edges of a tool
- UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
toolIdent $TC_TP2 FBW

Tool identifier
- "<T-Nummer>" String[32] r
toolInfo $TC_TP11 FBW

Tool information for MMC
Not currently assigned
- 0 UWord wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
toolInMag $A_TOOLMN[x] x = ToolNo T

Current magazine in which the tool is located
- UWord r
toolInPlace $A_TOOLMLN[x] x = ToolNo T

Current location in which the tool is located
- UWord r
toolMon $TC_TP9 FBW

Type of tool monitoring
0: no tool monitoring
1: tool life monitoring
2: no. of workpieces monitoring
4: monitoring of edge wear parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
8: monitoring of total offset parameters using wear limit (SW 5.1 and later)
- 0 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes TNo 32000
toolplace_spec $TC_TP7 FBW

Magazine location type of tool
- 9999 UWord wr
toolSearch $TC_TP10 FBW

Type of tool search for replacement tools
0: no strategy
1: next duplo no.
2: shortest path
- 0 UWord wr
toolsize_down $TC_TP6 FBW

Size downwards in half locations
- 1 UWord wr
toolsize_left $TC_TP3 FBW

Size to the left in half locations
- 1 UWord wr
toolsize_right $TC_TP4 FBW

Size to the right in half locations
- 1 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes Tool number t 32000
toolsize_upper $TC_TP5 FBW

Size upwards in half locations
- 1 UWord wr

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
toolState $TC_TP8 FBW

Tool status
0: not enabled
1: active tool (A)
2: enabled (F)
4: disabled (G)
8: measured (M)
16: prewarning limit reached (V)
32: tool being changed (W)
64: fixed location coded (P)
128: tool was in use (E)
- 0 UWord wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.3 Area T, Mod. TS: Tool edge data: Monitoring data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Supervision/...
The module TS is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The module

contains the tool edge monitoring data for all tools. Each element can be
addressed via a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T-number), i.e. one column contains the
monitoring data for all tool edges of a tool. The assignment of a tool to a T-
number is given in the module Tool directory (TV) in the associated area T. If a
non-existent tool number is specified for the column index, the request is
acknowledged negatively.
and from the number of tool edges of a tool:
maxZeilenanzahl = numCuttEdgeParams_ts * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge "numCuttEdgeParams_ts" is given in

the module Y in area N. The number of tool edges "numCuttEdges" is always
tool specific and can be found in the module TV in associated area T.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that in one request, for

example, all tool edge monitoring data of a single tool can be read. The
monitoring data of the tool edges are all of the same data type and have the
same physical unit.
New tool monitoring modes "Monitoring of wear values" and "Monitoring of total
offsets":
3 new parameters are provided for these modes:
P7 = Wear prewarning limit (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP6)
P8 = Remaining wear (actual value) (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP5)
P9 = Wear setpoint (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP15)
data $TC_MOP1[x,y] ...$TC_MOP15[x,y] x=ToolNo y=EdgeNo

Monitoring data per tool edge
Important: This is a two-dimensional variable.
9 parameters are available for each tool edge.
The parameters have the following meaning:
P1 = prewarning limit service life in minutes ($TC_MOP1)
P2 = remaining service life in minutes ($TC_MOP2)
P3 = prewarning limit workpiece number ($TC_MOP3)
P4 = remaining workpiece number ($TC_MOP4)
P5 = desired service life ($TC_MOP11)
P6 = desired workpiece number ($TC_MOP13)
P7 = prewarning limit wear (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP5)
P8 = remaining wear (actual value) (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP6) cannot be written
P9 = desired wear (SW 5.1 and later) ($TC_MOP15)
Important: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
The values for P3 to P9 are stored internally as integers.
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes (ToolEdgeNo - 1) * numCuttEdgeParams_ts * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_ts +
ParameterNo

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.4 Area T, Mod. TU: Tool data: User-defined data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/User/...
The data module TU is defined as a two-dimensional variable array. The

module contains user-defined data for all tools. Each element can be
The column index is the number of the user-defined tool parameter. The
number of tool parameters (columns) is to be found in the variable
"numToolParams_tu" in the module Y in area N.
The line index is the tool number. If non-existent tools are accessed, the
request is acknowledged negatively.
The user-defined tool data are all of the same type.
data $TC_TPCx[y] x = ParameterNo y = ToolNo FBW

User-defined tool parameters
Important: This is a two-dimensional variable. The column index is the parameter number.
Attention: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC !
- Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.5 Area T, Mod. TUE: Tool edge data: User-defined data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/User/...
The data module TUE is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The

module contains user-defined tool edge data for all tools. Each element can be
The column index is the tool number (T-number), i.e. the user-defined data for
all tool edges are to be found in one column.The assignment of a tool to a T-
number is to given in the module Tool directory (TV) in the associated area T. If
a non-existent tool number is specified for the column index, the request is
and the number of tool edges of a tool:
maxZeilenanzahl = numCuttEdgeParams_tu * numCuttEdges (T-number)
The number of parameters per tool edge "numCuttEdgeParams_tu" is given in

the module Y in area N. The number of tool-specific tool edges
"numCuttEdges" are contained in the module TV in the associated area T.
If neccessary, several lines can be addressed, so that in one request, for
example, all user-defined tool edge data of a single tool can be read. The data
are all of the same data type.
edgeData $TC_DPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo,y=ToolNo z=EdgeNo FBW

User-defined cutting edge parameter.
Important: this is a two-dimensional variable, the column index is the T number
Caution: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC und the PLC!
- Double wr
Multi-line: yes (TooledgeNo - 1) * numCuttEdgeParams_tu * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tu +
ParamterNo

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.6 Area T, Mod. TG: Tool data: Grinding-specific data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/GrindingData/...
Special tool data are required for grinding tools. These data are contained in
the module TG. They can be addressed via several multiple-line variables. The
line index corresponds to the T number. If a non-existent T-number is
addressed negative acknowledgement is returned. The module tool directory
(TV) in the associated area T shows which T-numbers are valid.
actToolWide $TC_TPG5 W4
Current width of the grinding wheel
conntectPar $TC_TPG2 W4
Chaining rule. This parameter ( which is bitwise defined ) specifies which tool parameters of cutting edge 2 and
cutting edge 1 are chained. If the value of any chained parameter is altered, the value of the other chained parameter
is automatically adapted.
If the following bits are set, the corresponding parameters of D1 and D2 are chained:
Bit0: tool type
Bit2: geometry length1
Bit11: wear length1
Bit12: wear length2
Bit13: wear length3
Bit20: base dimension/adapter dimension length1
The value is stored internally as an integer.
- Double wr
inclAngle $TC_TPG8 W4
Angle of inclination of the inclined grinding wheel in the current plane
Degrees -90 90 Double wr
maxRotSpeed $TC_TPG6 W4
Maximum rotary speed of the grinding wheel
rev/min , m/min Double wr
maxTipSpeed $TC_TPG7 W4
Maximum peripheral speed of the grinding wheel
mm/min, inch/min, userdef Double wr
minToolDia $TC_TPG3 W4
Minimum diameter of the grinding wheel

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
minToolWide $TC_TPG4 W4
Minimum width of the grinding wheel
paramNrCCV $TC_TPG9 W4
Compensation parameters for the function SUG ("constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel"). These parameters
define which compensation value is to be used for SUG, tool monitoring and centerless grinding. The value always
refers to cutting edge D1.
3: length 1
4: length 2
5: length 3
6: radius
- Double wr
spinNoDress $TC_TPG1 W4
Spindle number to which the monitoring data and the function SUG ("constant perimeter speed of grinding wheel")
refer.
- Double wr
Multi-line: yes Tool-number T 32000

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.7 Area T, Mod. TMC: Magazine data: Configuration data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/MagazineConfiguration/...
Each tool magazine is configured with several parameters during start-up.

These configuration data together with the status information are combined in
the module TMC.
magBLMag W4
Number of the internal load magazine
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magCBCmd W4
Command for magazine execution
1: Find_empty location_loading
2: Tool_MOVE
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magCBCmdState W4
Command status of the magazine (for magCBCmd)
1: started
2: running
3: end correct
4: end with error
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magCBIdent $TC_MAMP1 W4
Identifier of the magazine
- String[32] r
Multi-line: no
magCMCmdPar1 W4
Return variable for the command MagCBCmd
In case of a succesfull return, the return variable is the magazine number.
If an error occurs, an error number is set.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magCMCmdPar2 W4
Return value for command MagCBCmd
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the place number.
If an error occurs an error number is set.
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magRPlaces W4
Total number of real magazine locations (incl. buffer and loading locations)
- UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
magSearch $TC_MAMP2 W4
Type of tool search. This variable is bitwise defined.
A set bit has the following meaning:
Bit0: search active tool
Bit1: search tool by shortest path
Bit8: begin search at first location (forwards)
Bit9: begin search at current location forwards
Bit10: begin search at last location (backwards)
Bit11: begin search at current location backwards
Bit12: begin search at current location symmetrically
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magVPlaces W4
Number of defined locations for the control block
Number of virtual locations (without buffer and loading locations) for all real magazines in this area unit
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
magZWMag W4
Number of internal buffer magazine
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
modeWearGroup $TC_MAMP3
Definition of strategies relating to wear group.
The value is bit-coded. Default setting = 0.
Effects on tool status
Bit Value Meaning
0 0 When a wear group is activated internally, the status of the tools it contains remains unchanged.
1 When a wear group is activated internally, the status of the tools it contains changes. One tool
from each tool group is set to the "active" status.
1 0 When a wear group is disabled internally, the status of the tools it contains remains unchanged.
1 When a wear group is disabled internally, the status of the tools it contains changes. The "active"
status is cancelled for all tools.
"Internally" in this instance means disabling or activation due to a tool change necessitating a change in the wear
group. Activating/disabling the appropriate tools
after writing system parameters or via OPI is described in Section ???.
2... Reserved
... Reserved
7... Reserved
Search strategy for next wear group:
Bit Value Meaning
8 0 Find the next possible wear group
1 Find the wear group with the next-higher group number which can be activated
9... Reserved
... Reserved
11... Reserved
Search strategy within the wear group for the tool to be activated
Bit Value Meaning
12 0 Lowest possible duplo number
1 Lowest possible magazine location number
13... Reserved
... Reserved
15... Reserved
The active wear group can be disabled completely by negating the contents of $TC_MAP9. It is also possible to
disable any selected wear group by negating $TC_MPP8 for a
magazine location assigned to the relevant wear group.
See also system parameter magWearCompoundNo / $TC_MAP9 (active wear group number) and wear group
number of magazine location / $TC_MPP8.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.8 Area T, Mod. TMV: Magazine data: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/MagazineCatalogue/...
The data module TMV can be used for the following purposes:
1. To display all magazines. The most important magazine information is
combined in the module TMV. The existing magazines are sorted in ascending
order according to the magazine number without gaps. This means that
variables that are defined in this module as one-dimensional arrays contain all
magazine information without any gaps. The line index with which a specific
array can be addressed does not refer to the magazine number, it is merely a
serial number. Inserting/deleting a magazine dynamically changes the contents
of a line.
2. To access magazine data in the modules TM, TP and TPM. Before

accessing an element in the above modules, the module TV should be
consulted to determine which tools have actually been defined.
magVIdent
- String[32] r
Multi-line: yes Magazine number numMagsMax
magVNo
Number of the magazine
- UWord r
numActMags
Number of magazines in the modules TMV and TM
- numMagsMax UWord r
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.9 Area T, Mod. TM: Magazine data: General data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/MagazineDescription/...
This module contains the information for the available tool magazines.
magActPlace $TC_MAP8
Current magazine position
Location number of tool change position
- UWord wr
magCmd
Command for magazine execution
1: Find_empty location_loading
2: Tool_MOVE
- UWord r
magCmdPar1
Command parameter of the magazine
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the magazine number.
If an error occurs, an error number is set.
- UWord r
magCmdPar2
Command parameter of the magazine
In case of a succesfull return, the return value is the place number.
If an error occurs an error number is set.
- UWord r
magCmdState
Command status of the magazine
1: started
2: running
3: end correct
4: end with error
- UWord r
magDim $TC_MAP6 FBW

Dimension of the magazine, number of magazine lines in the box magazine
Applies to box magazines (magKind = 5) number of lines. For all other magazine types the value is 1.
- UWord r
magIdent $TC_MAP2 FBW

- String[32] r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
magKind $TC_MAP1 FBW

Type of the magazine
1 = chain
3 = revolver
5 = box magazine
7 = internal magazine tool buffer
9 = internal magazine loading stations
- 0 UWord r
magLink1 $TC_MAP4 FBW

Chaining 1 of the magazine to the following magazine. Number to (next) background magazine. Can be used with
chain, revolver and box magazines (magKind = 1,3 or 5)
- -1 UWord r
magLink2 $TC_MAP5 FBW

Chaining 2 of the magazine to the previous magazine. Backward chaining of background magazines. Can be used for
chaining to chain, revolver and box magazines (magKind = 1, 3 or 5)
- -1 UWord r
magNo
Number of the magazine
- 1 numMagsMax UWord r
magNrPlaces $TC_MAP7
Number of real locations (in chain magazine) or number of slots (in box magazine)
- UWord r
magState $TC_MAP3 FBW

Status of the magazine
1 = current magazine
2 = disabled
4 = magazine in loading position
8 = motion is active
16 = enabled for loading
- 2 UWord wr
magWearCompoundNo $TC_MAP9
Each magazine has its own active wear group (wear group number).
The number of this group is stored in OPI variables magWearCompoundNo:
Meaning: Number of active wear group.
=0: No wear group active.
>0: Number of wear group in which tool search commences.
(this is the number of the active wear group.)
<0: Number of wear group in which tool search commences.
However, this wear group is disabled which means that the next tool
search is started in the next possible wear group.
This system parameter can thus also be used to disable a wear
group. See also wear group number of magazine location
/ $TC_MPP7 and modeWearGroup / $TC_MAMP3.
Previous name: actWearGrInMag

-32000, ..., -1, 0, 1, 2, ... 32000
- 0 Long Integer wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.10 Area T, Mod. TP: Magazine data: Location data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Magazine/...
The data module TP is organized as a two-dimensional variable array. The

module contains the status and assignment of all magazine locations of an
area T. Each element can be addressed via a column or a line index:
The column index is the magazine number, i.e. the configuration data for all
locations of a magazine are contained in a column. The assignment of a
magazine to a magazine number is given in the associated module Magazine
directory (TMV) in the associated area T. If a non-existent magazine number is
specified for the column index, the request is negatively acknowledged.
The number of lines is derived from the number of parameters per magazine
location and from the number of magazine locations:
Max. line index = numMagPlaceParams * magNrPlaces
The number of parameters per magazine location "numMagPlaceParams" is

given in module Y in area N and is currently 7 (8 with SW 5.1 and later).
The line indices follow the scheme below:
1: Location type ($TC_MPP1) (read only)
1: Magazine location
2: Spindle
3: Gripper
4: Loader
5: Transfer location
6: Loading station
7: Loading point
2: Location type ($TC_MPP2) (read only)
>0: Location type for virtual location
=0: "match all" (buffer location)
9999: Undefined (not a virtual location)
3: T number of tool in this location ($TC_MPP6)
4: Consideration of adjacent location on / off ($TC_MPP3)
0: off
1: on
5: Location status ($TC_MPP4)
1: Disabled
2: Free (<> occupied)
4: Reserved for tool in buffer location
8: Reserved for tool to be loaded
16: Occupied in left half-location
32: Occupied in right half-location
64: Occupied in top half-location
128: Occupied in bottom half-location
6: Physical magazine reference ($TC_MPP7) (read only)
Magazine number of magazine to which location belongs
7: Type index ($TC_MPP5) (read only) and new: Wear group number
from SW 5.1
Type index/wear group number is read only in SW earlier than 5.1 and
read/write from SW 5.1 if it is assigned "Wear group" meaning.
Type index: The locations of a location type in a magazine are
numbered in ascending sequence, e.g. type=2, type index=5; ==> Spindle5)
(previous meaning when location type = 1 before P5: Equals location
number when location type=1)
Wear group number from SW 5.1 ($TC_MPP5)
When location type = 1: Number of wear group to which this
magazine location is assigned.
Value range: -32000, ..., -1, 0, 1, 2, ... 32000

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
=0: Not assigned to a wear group

>0: Number of assigned wear group, this wear group is enabled
<0: Number of assigned wear group, this wear group is disabled
By negating this system parameter, it is possible to disable or enable
the whole assigned wear group.
See also magWearCompoundNo / $TC_MAP9 (active wear group
number) and modeWearGroup / $TC_MAMP3 (general settings for wear
grouping).
8: Adapter number from SW 5.1 ($TC_MPP7)
Reference to adapter data set number.
Associated system data:

The number of parameters of this module changes accordingly:
N / Y, global system data, numMagPlaceParams = 8 from SW 5.1
The number of magazine locations "magNrPlaces" is magazine-specific and

can be found in module TM in associated area T.
The locations of the buffer magazine and the loading magazine are numbered
in ascending order independently of the location type index.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that, for example, all location
data of a magazine can be read in a single request. The location data are all of
the same type.
placeData $TC_MPP1[n,m]...$TC_MPP7[n,m] n=MagNo m=SlotNo

P1: Location type (read access only) ($TC_MPP1)
P2: Location type (read access only) ($TC_MPP2)
P3: T number of tool in this location ($TC_MPP6)
P4: Consider adjacent location on/off ($TC_MPP3)
P5: Location status (bit arry) ($TC_MPP4)
P6: Reference for physical magazine (read access only)
P7: Location type index (location type numbering) ($TC_MPP5)
P8: Number of adapter in magazine location ($TC_MPP7)
Attention: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes (LocationNo - 1) * numMagPlaceParams * magNrPlaces
numMagPlaceParams +
ParameterNo

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.11 Area T, Mod. TPM: Magazine data: Multiple assignment of

location data
The data module TPM is organized as a two-dimensional variable array.

(ParameterNo = 1: Specifies the magazine number with which a relationship
exists.
ParameterNo = 2: Distance (in locations) between the internal location and the
magazine change position (cf. magazine number for 1st parameter) with which
a relationship will be established. It contains information about possible
multiple assignments. The column index is the magazine number.
For location P with location number p in magazine MP (= column index)

numPlaceMulti times the multiple assignments to other magazines which are
possible are stored with the associated distances to the change positions in
each of the magazines. The offset for line index zi for a location number p is
calculated according to the following rule: zi = (p-1) * numPlaceMulti *
numPlaceMultiParams + ParameterNo.
Determining the distance between the load position and the change position:
The value 9999 (magazine no. load position) must be specified for the variable
multiPlace in the column. The LocationNo (p) for the line is the number of the
load position. The line for the first assignment is calculated with Parameter = 1.
When reading the variable, the system can thus read the magazine number
linked to the intended change position. If this magazine number is correct, it is
possible to read the number of locations between the load position and the
change position with the variable multiPlace with the next higher line number. If
the magazine number read was incorrect, the following magazine assignment
must be read with the line number increased by numPlaceMulti.
multiPlace $TC_MDP1[n,m]...$TC_MDP2[n,m] n=MagNo m=SlotNo

P1: Distance between change position of magazine n and location m of 1st internal magazine (load magazine, 9999)
($TC_MDP1)
P2: Distance between change position of magazine n and location m of 2nd internal magazine (buffer magazine,
9998) ($TC_MDP2)
Attention: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC and PLC !

- UWord r
Multi-line: yes (LocationNo - 1) * numPlaceMulti * numPlaceMulti * numPlaceMultiParams *
numPlaceMultiParams+Parameter magNrPlaces
No
In this case, numPlaceMulti and

numPlaceMultiParams are other
OPI variables from module Y.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.12 Area T, Mod. TT: Magazine data: Location types
The module TT is organized as a two-dimensional array where the variable

with index (1/1) contains the maximum number of columns (corresponds to the
location hierarchies) in this module. Each element can be addressed via a
column and line index:
The column index is the number of the location hierarchy + 1. The line index is
the number of the location type + 1. Line 1 contains the current T-number of
lines for a specific location hierarchy as special information.
If all location types are to be read out for a location hierarchy, this must be
defined in two steps:
1. The 1st line of each location hierarchy contains the number of assigned
location types for this hierarchy
2. Lines 2 ... n can be read out in a single request.
placeType $TC_MPTH[n,m] n=0...7 Hierarchy m=0...7 SlotType

Magazine location hierarchy
Attention: This variable is called "dummy" in the non-Windows-MMC and the PLC!
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Number of location type + 1 Wert aus Zeile 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.13 Area T, Mod. TV: Tool data: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Catalogue/...
Data module TV can be used for the following purposes:
1. For displaying all tools of a magazine. The most important tool information is
contained in module TV. Available tools are sorted consecutively in ascending
order of T-number. This means that variables that are defined as one-
dimensional arrays in this module contain all the tool information without any
gaps. The line index with which a specific array is addressed has no
connection with the tool number but is only a serial number. Inserting/deleting
tools changes the contents of a line dynamically.
2. Access to tool data in modules TD, TG, TO, TS, TU and TUE. Before an
element in one of the above modules is accessed, module TV should be
consulted to ascertain which tools are actually defined.
SW 5.1 and later: Variable modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N/Y, global

system data) defines for circular magazines (T / TM, magazine data, general
data, MagKind=3) whether the tool in OPI modules "T / TP, magazine data,
location data", "T / TD, tool data, general data", "T/TV, tool data, directory" and
"T / AEV, working offsets, directory" remains (new functionality) in its circular
magazine location during operation or changes to the buffer magazine (earlier
behaviour).
Associated system data:

modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N / Y, global system data) with SW 5.1 and
later.
nrDuplo
Duplo number
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Serial number numTools
numCuttEdges
Number of cutting edges of a tool
- 9 UWord r
numTools
Number of tools in the area TO
- 0 MD UWord r
MM_NUM_TOO
L
Multi-line: no
TnumWZV
Last assigned T-number for tool management
- UWord r
Multi-line: no
toolIdent
Tool identifier
- String[32] r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
toolInMag
Current magazine in which the tool is located
0 = tool not loaded
- UWord r
toolInPlace
Current location in which the tool is located
0 = tool not loaded
- UWord r
toolNo
T-number
- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.14 Area T, Mod. TF: Parametrizing, return parameters of

_N_TMGETT, _N_TSEARC
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Find/...
This module is used for parametrizing the PI-Services _N_TMGETT and

_N_TSEARC and it contains the corresponding return parameters. It is up to
the clients to guarantee the exclusive access by using the semaphore
mechanism _N_MMCSEM with the function number for _N_TMSEARCH.
parDataTD
Parametrizing: For parameters with data type UWORD of the module TD a value can be stored as a comparison
value for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in
the module TD according to parMasksTD.
The size of the column matches the lines in module TD.
See module TD
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes Index of the parameter (i.e. column
index) in the TD module > 1.
The maximum line index thus
equals the number of columns in
the TD module.
parDataTO
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TO a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TO
according to parMasksTO.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TO.
See module TO
- Double wr
index) in the TO module.
equals the number of parameters
of one edge in the TO module.
parDataToolIdentTD
Parametrizing: For the parameter with data type string[32] (tool identifier) of the module TD a value can be stored as
a comparison value for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponing
parameter in the module TD according to parMasksTD.
See module TD
- String[32] wr
Multi-line: yes Tool identifier 1
parDataTS
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TS a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TS
according to parMasksTS.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TS.
See module TS
- Double wr
index) in the TS module.
of one edge in the TS module.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
parDataTU
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TU a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TU
according to parMasksTU.
The size of the column matches the lines in module TU.
See module TU
- Double wr
index) in the TU module.
of one edge in the TU module.
parDataTUE
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TUE a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TUE
according to parMasksTUE.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TUE.
See module TUE
- Double wr
index) in the TUE module.
of one edge in the TUE module.
parDataTUS
Parametrizing: For each parameter of the module TUS a value can be stored as a comparison value for a 'complex
search' (_N_TUSEARC). The comparison value is combined with the corresponding parameter in the module TUS
according to parMasksTUS.
The size of the column matches the data set of an edge in module TUS.
See module TUS
- Double wr
index) in the TUS module.
of one edge in the TUS module.
parMasksTD
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TD that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison values
are stored in parDataTD. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.
Value 0 : corresponding operand is not evaluated / Variable is not a criterion for comparison
Value 1 : == (equal)
Value 2 : < (less than)
Value 3 : > (greater than)
Value 4 : <= (less or equal)
Value 5 : >= (greater or equal)
Value 6 : && (bitwise AND, value allowed for operands of the type WORD and DOUBLEWORD only)
For string operands "==" is the only operator allowed

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TD module > 1.
the TD module.

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
parMasksTO
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TO that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
are stored in parDataTO. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TO module.
of one edge in the TO module.
parMasksTS
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TS that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
are stored in parDataTS. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TS module.
of one edge in the TS module.

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
parMasksTU
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TU that indicates whether it is to serve as a search
are stored in parDataTU. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are logically
combined with AND.

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TU module.
the TU module.
parMasksTUE
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TUE that indicates whether it is to serve as a
search criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison
values are stored in parDataTUE. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are
logically combined with AND.

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TUE module.
of one edge in the TUE module.
parMasksTUS
Parametrizing: There is a mask for each parameter of the module TUS that indicates whether it is to serve as a
search criterion for a 'complex search' (_N_TUSEARC) and how it is to be combined. The corresponding comparison
values are stored in parDataTUS. If more than one parameter ( i.e. search criteron) has been selected (#0), they are
logically combined with AND.

- 0 0 6 UWord wr
index) in the TUS module.
of one edge in the TUS module.

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
resultNrOfTools
Result: Number of tools found
In the case of _N_TMGETT, it is possible to find no tools (value=0) or exactly 1 tool (value 1); in the case of
_N_TSEARC, the number of found tools can be any number > 0, limited by the number of tools in the NC or no tools
at all (value=0).
- 0 0 numTools UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
resultToolNr
Result: T-numbers of the tools found
The array elements contain the internal T- numbers of the tools found. The storing order is the order in which the
tools have been found by the PI-Service.
- 0 0 31999 UWord r
Multi-line: yes Serial number of the tools found tfNrOfResults

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.15 Area T, Mod. TUM: Tool data: user magazine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/MagazineDescription/...
userData $TC_MAPCx[y] x = ParameterNo y = MagazineNo

Magazine user data for a tool magazine. These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK have been set accordingly.
- 0 Long Integer wr
Multi-line: yes Number of the user-defined numMagParams_u
parameter

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.16 Area T, Mod. TUP: Tool data: user magazine place data
userPlaceData $TC_MPPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo y=MagazineNo z=MagPlaceNo

Magazine location user data for a tool magazine. These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM and
- 0 Long Integer wr
Multi-line: yes Number of the user-defined numMagLocParams_u * magNrPlaces
parameter + numMagLocParams_u
* (number of the magazine location
- 1)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.17 Area T, Mod. TUS: Tool data: user monitoring data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Supervision/...
userData $TC_MOPCx[y,z] x=ParamNo,y=T-Number,z=Edge

User data for monitoring a cutting edge These parameters can only be used if the machine data
$MN_MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM and
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes Number of the user-defined numCuttEdgeParams_tus * numCuttEdges
parameter + (number of the cutting
edge -1) *
numCuttEdgeParams_tus

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.18 Area T, Mod. AD: Adapter data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/Adapter/...
Adapter data are used to be able to describe the adapter dimensions (L1, L2,
L3) and the direction (transformation) of tools already loaded for each
magazine location.
The transformation is effective for processing the tool cutting data in the TOT,
TOST and TOET OPI modules if the tool is located in a magazine location to
which adapter data have been assigned.
The adapter data exist independently from the magazine location data. The
magazine location data contain a reference to the adapter data (see TP
module, placeData).
adaptData $TC_ADPTx; x=1,...3, $TC_ADPTT

Adapter data
mm, inch, userdef 0.0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes ParameterNo numParams_Adapt

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.19 Area T, Mod. AEV: Working offsets: Directory
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/ActiveCatalogue/...
The active tool edges are sorted in consecutive ascending D number sequence
in the AEV module. This module also contains the essential tool data for each
D number entered. "Active" in this case refers to the replacement tools.
(If the "unique D numbers" option is not activated in the NC, the edges are
sorted according to ascending ToolIdent and DuploNumber. The D number
variable is then set to 0 on all lines in this module.)
The D number assignment is not necessarily unique for active tools. For this
reason, the same D number may be entered in several lines (successively).
The line number is a serial number which is not related to the D number.
The number of active tool edges is stored in numActDEdges (module AEV),
e.g. example 10,
i.e. module AEV contains entries for 10 tool edges. These are sorted in
ascending D number sequence. The tool edge with the lowest D number has
index (serial number) 1, the next-higher D number index 2, etc. and the edge
with the highest D number index 10.
When tools are activated/deactivated and D numbers re-assigned, the entries

for a D number change line dynamically.
Module T / AEV is organized as a 1-dimensional variable array and can be
used for the following purposes:
- Display all tool edges, including D numbers, of active tools.
- Display associated tool data
The module contains the following information which can be addressed via a
column index:
- Single column, in 1st line only. Number of D numbers (lines, tool edges) in
the current list
- The other columns apply to all lines, each line contains tool edge data with
the following information:
- D number
- Internal T number of associated tool
- Tool edge number relative to tool
- Tool identifier
- Duplo number
- Magazine number and
- Location number of tool
Individual values cannot be altered via this module.
Re-assignment of D numbers and changes in allocation to tools (deactivate,

activate replacement tools) and other modifications to data cause changes to
toolCounter in "C / S Channel-specific status data".
Variable modeSpindleToolRevolver (module N/Y, global system data) defines

for circular magazines (T / TM, magazine data, general data, MagKind=3)
whether the tool in OPI modules "T / TP, magazine data, location data", "T /
TD, tool data, general data", "T/TV, tool data, directory" and "T / AEV, working
offsets, directory" remains (new functionality) in its circular magazine location
during operation or changes to the buffer magazine (earlier behaviour).

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
cuttEdgeNo
Number of edge for this tool
Meaningful and defined only in connection with "unique D numbers" function.

- 1 maxnumCuttEdg UWord r
es_Tool
Multi-line: yes Serial number of active edges numActDEdges
DNo
D number

- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Current number of active tool numActDEdges
edges
duploNo
Duplo number

- UWord r
numActDEdges
Number of D numbers in this list

When tool management function is active:
Specifies the number of edges belonging to tools with "active"
status (contained in the TO unit)
When tool management function is not active:
Specifies the number of all edges contained in the TO unit.
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
toolIdent
Tool identifier

- String[32] r
toolInMag
Magazine in which tool is located

- UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
toolInPlace
Magazine location of tool

- UWord r
toolNo
Internal T number

- UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.20 Area T, Mod. TC: Toolholder parameters
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool//...
The module TC contains those data defining an orientable tool carrier (offset
vectors, axis directions, angles of rotation, type information).
Additionally, the current positions of the tool carrier axes and their differences
to the programmed values can be read for each active tool carrier.
tcCarr1 $TC_CARR1
x component of offset vector l1
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes No. of toolholder $MN_MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER /
numToBaust
tcCarr10 $TC_CARR10
x component of rotary axis v2
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr11 $TC_CARR11
y component of rotary axis v2
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr12 $TC_CARR12
z component of rotary axis v2
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr13 $TC_CARR13
Angle of rotation alpha1 (in degrees)
Degrees 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr14 $TC_CARR14
Angle of rotation alpha2 (in degrees)
Degrees 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr15 $TC_CARR15
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
tcCarr16 $TC_CARR16
y component of offset vector l3
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr17 $TC_CARR17
z component of offset vector l3
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr18 $TC_CARR18
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr19 $TC_CARR19
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr2 $TC_CARR2
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr20 $TC_CARR20
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr21 $TC_CARR21
Axis identifier of 1st rotary axis
- 0 String[32] wr
numToBaust
tcCarr22 $TC_CARR22
Axis identifier of 2nd rotary axis
- 0 String[32] wr
numToBaust
tcCarr23 $TC_CARR23
Kinematic type
Kinematic type: P: Rotatable workpiece (part)
M: Rotatable tool and rotatable workpiece (mixed)
T or any character except P and M: Rotatable tool
- 0 String[32] wr
numToBaust

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
tcCarr3 $TC_CARR3
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr4 $TC_CARR4
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr5 $TC_CARR5
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr6 $TC_CARR6
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr7 $TC_CARR7
x component of rotary axis v1
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr8 $TC_CARR8
y component of rotary axis v1
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust
tcCarr9 $TC_CARR9
z component of rotary axis v1
- 0 Double wr
numToBaust

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.21 Area T, Mod. TOE: Edge-related coarse total offsets, setup

offsets
One set of edge-related coarse total offsets, setup offsets, exists for each tool
edge and operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOS, edge-related location-
dependent fine total offsets.
edgeECData $TC_ECPx[t,d]
Location-dependent offsets, setup value
Multi-line: yes ((EdgeNo-1) * (maxnumEdgeSC * numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *
numParams_SC)) + ((EdgeSC - 1)* maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
numParams_SC) + ParameterNo

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

transformed setup offsets
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Tool/CompTransfor/...
One set of edge-related transformed total offsets exists for each tool edge and
operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOE.
edgeECData
Transformed location-dependent offsets, setup value

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.23 Area T, Mod. TOS: Edge-related location-dependent fine total

offsets
One set of edge-related total offsets exists for each tool edge and operating
location.
The maximum number of operating locations is identical for all tool edges and
defined by the new variable maxnumEdgeSC
($MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE) in "N / Y global system data".
numParams_SC (currently 9) offsets are provided (depending on location-
independent wear values) for each total offset set: Length 1, length 2, length 3,
radius and 5 others.
Each replacement tool has its own separate (different) data.
The NCK resets the data when the associated tool is activated if machine data
($MN_MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR, bit 1 = 1) is used for activation.
The total offsets of a tool edge are accessible via the internal T number of the
associated tool, edge number, total offset number ("operating location").
PI Services may exist for selective creation and deletion of tool edge total
offsets.
The existence of total offsets can be controlled selectively via the new machine
data $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR (OPI: maxNumSumcorr in N / Y) (P5??).
The following applies:

When the MMC2 tool management function is in use,
$MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR = -1 must be set to ensure that the total offsets
exist for all offset locations (number = maxnumEdgeSC) from creation of the
tool edge until its deletion.
(The new PI Services for creation / deletion will not currently be used by the
MMC2 tool management for turning applications). For the present, the new NC
machine data $MN_MM_NUM_SUMCORR = -1 must be set to automatic
creation / deletion.
The method of addressing in this module is analogous to accessing "Edge

data / offsets" by column addressing with T number (using an array access
operation to gain quick access to the total offsets of all tool edge operating
locations or all edges of a tool).
The module contains the location-dependent total offsets for all tools. Each
element is addressed via a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T number), i.e. all location-dependent
total offsets of this tool (for all edges / locations) can be found in one column.
If a non-existent T number is specified as the column index, the request is
The number of lines is determined by the number of total offset values, the
number of operating locations and the maximum possible edge number of a
tool:

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
Max. line index = numParams_SC * maxnumEdgeSC *

maxnumCuttEdges_Tool
These variables are stored in "N / Y global system data" and have the following
meanings:
numParams_SC: No. of wear offsets per location (according to L1,
L2, L3, radius and 5 others), currently 9
maxnumEdgeSC: Maximum number of locations (SC) per edge
maxnumCuttEdges_Tool: Max. permissible number of edges per tool
Several lines can be addressed simultaneously if necessary, allowing, for

example, all location-dependent total offsets of all edges of one tool to be read
in one request. The location-dependent total offsets of the tools are all of the
same data type and have the same physical unit.
Module T / TOS has a 2-dimensional organization.

For OPI, see Section OPI variables.
The following lines are provided for each T number (column index):
Edge 1, Location 1, L1
Edge 1, Location 1, Radius
Edge 1, Location 1, Par5
.......... ..... .....
Edge 1, Location 1, Par numParams_SC
Edge 1, ..... ......
Edge 1, Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par numParams_SC
.......... ..... .....
Edge 2, Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par numParams_SC
.......... ..... .....
Edge maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, Location maxnumEdgeSC,Par
numParams_SC
Interrelationship between edge parameters, total offsets and variables:

Edge parameter DL1 DL2 ... DL4
...
$TC_DP3 $TC_SCP13 $TC_SCP23 ...
$TC_SCP43 ...
$TC_SCP44 ...
$TC_SCP45 ...
....
$TC_SCP49 ...
$TC_SCP50 ...
$TC_SCP51 ...

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
with DLx, TC_DPy, TC_SCPz

x from 1 to 6 (maxnumEdgeSC =
$MN_MAX_SUMCORR_PERCUTTING_EDGE) and maximum = 6
y from 3 to 11
z = (10 * x) + y
edgeSCData $TC_SCPx[t,d]
Location-dependent offsets, wear

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.24 Area T, Mod. TOST: Edge-related location-dependent fine total

offsets, transformed
One set of edge-related transformed total offsets exists for each tool edge and
operating location.
This module corresponds totally to module T / TOS.
edgeSCData
Transformed location-dependent offsets, wear

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.25 Area T, Mod. TOT: Edge data: Transformed offset data
The MMC must be capable of displaying and modifying the offset data of the
tool edges as both transformed and untransformed data. The transformation
refers to the adapter data (if programmed) of magazine locations. The MMC
can display and modify both transformed and untransformed data (of the same
tool if necessary) "simultaneously" (in different applications or different MMCs).
To provide access to transformed data, a new module, T / TOT (edge data:

transformed offset data), is provided which is identical to the existing module T
/ TO (edge data: Offset data), except that it supplies transformed data instead
of untransformed data.
The information edge DNo (D numbers assigned to edges) is included under
the offset (numCuttEdgeParams * maxnumCuttEdges_Tool) in both the T /
TOT and T / TO modules.
Both modules have a 2-dimensional organization.
The T number is the column index.

Line numbers are calculated by the following method:
(EdgeNo -1) * numCuttEdgeParams +parameter No.
numCuttEdgeParams = parameter per edge (currently 25) (from Y in N area)

EdgeNo = edge number for tool
Example: with numCuttEdgeParams = 25 and maxnumCuttEdges_Tool = 9
Column: T number
Lines:
1 edge 1, parameter 1
...
25 edge 1, parameter numCuttEdgeParams
...
50 edge 2, parameter numCuttEdgeParams
...
225 edge maxnumCuttEdges_Tool, parameter numCuttEdgeParams
226 edge 1, D No assigned to edge 1
Untransformed data:
/Tool/Compensation/edgeData[uToa,cTNr,line_from,line_to]
Transformed data:
/Tool/CompTransfor/edgeData[uToa,cTNr,line_from,line_to]
Values which can be displayed as transformed data are the 9 geo-data

(corresponding to L1, L2, L3, radius, and generally 5 other values), wear and
total offsets.
If tools which are not located in a magazine location with adapter data are
accessed via the module for transformed data, then the data are treated as if
they were untransformed.

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
For OPI, see Section OPI variables.
cuttEdgeParam
Transformed edge offset data and D number list
Important: This variable is called "edgeData" in the MMC102.
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
EdgeNo)
edgedata
Transformed edge offset data and D number list
Important: This variable is called "cuttEdgeParam" in NonWindows-MMC and PLC.
numCuttEdgeParams +
ParameterNo
For D numbers:
EdgeNo)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.26 Area T, Mod. TAD: Application-specific data
The data module TAD is organized as a 2-dimensional variable field. It

contains application-specific data for all tools. Each element can be addressed
by means of a column and line index:
The column index is the number of the user-defined tool parameter. The
number of tool parameters (columns) can be found in the numToolParams_tad
variable in the area N / module Y.
The line index is the tool number. If non-existing tools are requested, this is
The application-specific tool data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific tool data are reserved for SIEMENS applications.
siemData $TC_TPCSx[y]
Siemens application tool parameters
Important:2-dimensional variable. Column index is the parameter number.
Reserved for SIEMENS applications.
- 0 Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.27 Area T, Mod. TAM: Application-specific magazine data
The TAM module contains application-specific information about the existing

tool magazines.
The application-specific magazine data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific magazine data are reserved for SIEMENS

applications.
siemData $TC_MAPCSx[y]
Siemens application magazine data.
These parameters can only be used if the machine data $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set accordingly.
- 0 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes Parameter number numMagParams_tam

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.28 Area T, Mod. TAO: Application-specific edge data
The data module TAO is organized as a 2-dimensional variable field. The

module contains application-specific edge data for all tools. Each element can
be addressed by means of a column and line index:
The column index is the tool numer (T number), i.e. the application-specific
data for all edges of a single tool can be found in one column.
The tool assignment to a T number is shown in the tool directory module (TV)
in the corresponding area T. If a non-existing tool number is entered in the
column index, a negative acknowledgement follows.
The number of lines results from the number of parameters per edge and the
number of tool edges:
Max. line number = numCuttEdgeParams_tao * numCuttEdges (T number)
The number of parameters per edge numCuttEdgeParams_tao can be found in

the area N / module Y. The number of tool-specific edges can be looked up in
the area T / module TV.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed so that, for example, all
application-specific edge data of a tool can be read with a single request.
The application-specific edge data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific edge data are reserved for SIEMENS applications.
siemEdgeData $TC_DPCSx[y,z]
Siemens application tool edge parameters
Important:2-dimensional variable. Column index is the T number.
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes (EdgeNo-1) * numCuttEdgeParams_tao * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tao +
ParameterNo

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.7.29 Area T, Mod. TAP: Application-specific magazine location data
The data module TAP is organized as a 2-dimensional variable field. It

contains application-specific data of an area T. Each element can be
addressed by means of a column and line index:
The column index is the magazine number, i.e. the application-specific

magazine data for all locations of a single magazine can be found in one
column. The assignment of a magazine to a magazine number can be looked
up in the corresponding module magazine (TMV) in the associated area T. If a
non-existing magazine number is entered in the column index, the request is
The number of lines results from the number of parameters per magazine
location and the number of magazine locations:
Max. line index = numMagLocParams_tap * magNoLocations
The application-specific magazine location data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific magazine location data are reserved for SIEMENS

applications.
siemPlaceData $TC_MPPCSx[y,z]
Siemens application magazine location data.
These parameters can only be used if the machine data $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set correspondingly.
- 0 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes ParameterNumber + numMagLocParams_tap * magNoLocations
numMagLocParams_tap *
Magazine location number-1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.7.30 Area T, Mod. TAS: Application-specific monitoring data
The data module TAS is orgazined as a 2-dimensional variable field. It

contains application-specific monitoring data for all tools. Each element can be
addressed by means of a column and line index:
The column index is the tool number (T number), i.e. the application-specific
monitoring data for all edges of a single tool can be found in one column. The
assignment of a tool to a T number can be looked up in the module tool
directory (TV) in the associated area T. If a non-exisiting tool number is entered
in the column index, the request is negatively acknowledged.
The number of lines results from the number of parameters per edge and the
number of edges of a tool:
Max. line number = numCuttEdgeParams_tas * numCuttEdges (T number)
The number of parameters per edge numCuttEdgeParams_tas can be found in

the area N / module Y. The number of tool-specific edges (numCuttEdges),
can be found in the area T / module TV.
If necessary, several lines can be addressed, so that, for example, all
application-specific monitoring data of a tool can be read with a single request.
The application-specific monitoring data are all of the same data type.
The application-specific monitoring data are reserved for SIEMENS

applications.
siemData $TC_MOPCSx[y,z]
Siemens application monitoring data of a tool edge.
These parameters can only be used if the machine data $MN_MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM and
$MN_MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK are set correspondingly.
- 0 Double wr
Multi-line: yes ParameterNumber + (EdgeNo -1) * numCuttEdgeParams_tas * numCuttEdges
numCuttEdgeParams_tas

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.8 Machine and setting data
3.8.1 Area N, Mod. M: Global machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/Drive/...
Global machine data
MDBA_DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE MD 13000: DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE[x] x = PlugplaceNo

Activation of 611D drive / enable high-speed inputs/outputs
0 = inactive
1 = active
- Character wr
Multi-line: yes Slot number in drive bus 14
MDCA_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR MD 13010: DRIVE_LOGIC_NR[x] x = PlugplaceNo

Logical drive number
- 0 30 Character wr
MDCA_DRIVE_MODULE_TY MD 13030: DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo

PE
Module identifier of relevant drive bus slot
1 = single-axis module
2 = two-axis module
9 = terminal block for dig. I/Os
10 = bit bus interface
- Character wr
MDCA_DRIVE_TYPE MD 13040: DRIVE_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo

Drive type identifier for each drive bus slot
1 = FDD
2 = MSD
- Character wr
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_DEG MD 10210: INT_INCR_PER_DEG

Calculation resolution for angular position
- 0,000001 1000 Double wr
Multi-line: no 1
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_MM MD 10200: INT_INCR_PER_MM

Calculation resolution for linear positions
- 0,000001 1000 Double wr
Multi-line: no 1
MDD_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_ MD 10050: SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME

TIME
Basic system clock cycle. For possible assignment of values, see description of machine data
SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME.
s 0,000125 s 0,032 s Double wr
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
MDL_POSCTRL_SYSCLOC MD 10060: POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO

K_TIME_RATIO
Position control cycle factor
- 1 100 Long Integer wr
Multi-line: no 1
MDLA_DRIVE_INVERTER_ MD 13020: DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE[x] x = PlugplaceNo

CODE
Power section code of drive module
- Long Integer wr
Multi-line: yes Slot number of drive module 14
MDSA_AXCONF_MACHAX_ MD 10000: AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB[x] x = Axis

NAME_TAB
Machine axis name
- String[16] wr
Multi-line: yes Axis index from 0 7

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.8.2 Area A, Mod. M: Axis-specific machine data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Axis/Drive/...
Axis-specific machine data
MDCA_CTRLOUT_MODULE MD 30110: CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR

_NR
Setpoint assignment: Drive number / module number
- 1 15 Character wr
Multi-line: no 1
MDCA_CTRLOUT_TYPE MD 30130: CTRLOUT_TYPE

Type of setpoint output
- 0 1 Character wr
Multi-line: no 1
MDCA_ENC_MODULE_NR MD 30220: ENC_MODULE_NR[x] x = PlugplaceNo

Actual value assignment: Drive number / measuring circuit number
- 1 15 Byte wr
Multi-line: yes Encoder number 2
MDCA_ENC_TYPE MD 30240: ENC_TYPE[x] x = PlugplaceNo

Type of actual value sensing (actual position value)
0 = Simulation
1 = Raw signal generator, high-resolution
2 = Square-wave generator, standard generator with pulse quadruplication
3 = Encoder for stepper motor
4 = Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
5 = Absolute encoder with SSI interface (FM-NC)
- 0 5 Character wr
Multi-line: yes Encoder number 2

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.8.3 Area N, Mod. SE: Global setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/Settings/...
This module contains all global setting data. The physical units depend on the
variable "userScale" in module Y of area N.
MDB_JOG_CONT_MODE_L
EVELTRIGGRD
Jog mode
- Character wr
Multi-line: no
MDB_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE
JOG at revolutional feedrate
0 = G94
1 = G95
- Character wr
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_REV_SET_VEL
O
JOG velocity for G95
Degrees, userdef Double wr
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_SET_VELO
JOG velocity for G94
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_SPIND_SET_VE
LO
JOG velocity for master spindle
rev/min, userdef Double wr
Multi-line: no
MDD_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZ
E
Variable incremental value for JOG mode
- Double wr
Multi-line: no

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.8.4 Area C, Mod. SE: Channel-specific setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Settings/...
Channel-specific setting data
MDD_DRY_RUN_FEED
Dry run feedrate
mm/min, inch/min, userdef Double wr
Multi-line: no
MDD_THREAD_START_AN
GLE
Starting angle for thread
Degrees Double wr
Multi-line: no

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.8.5 Area A, Mod. SE: Axis-specific setting data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Axis/Settings/...
Axis-specific setting data
AA_OFF_LIMIT
Upper limit of compensation value which can be preset by means of synchronized actions via the system variable
$AA_OFF.
This limit value acts on the absolutely effective compensation value via $AA_OFF.
It is possible to interrogate the compensation value for limit-range violation via the system variable $AA_OFF_LIMIT.
- Double r
Multi-line: no
MDB_WORKAREA_LIMIT_
MINUS
Working area limitation in the negative direction
Multi-line: yes Number of machine axis 1
MDB_WORKAREA_LIMIT_P
LUS
Working area limitation in the positive direction
MDB_WORKAREA_MINUS_
ENABLE
Working area limitation active in the negative direction
0 = inactive
1 = active
- Character wr
MDB_WORKAREA_PLUS_E
NABLE
Working area limitation active in the positive direction
0 = inactive
1 = active
- Character wr
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_G
26
Maximum spindle speed at G26 (master spindle)
Multi-line: no 1
MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_L
IMS
Spindle speed limitation (master spindle)
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
MDD_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G
25
Minimum spindle speed at G25 (master spindle)
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.9 Parameters
3.9.1 Area C, Mod. RP: Arithmetic parameters
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/Parameter/...
Arithmetic parameters are special predefined variables which are addressed

with the letter R followed by a number. The contents and meaning of an
arithmetic parameter are defined by the programmer of the NC program. 100 R
parameters are defined by default. The number of R parameters can be set via
the channel-specific machine data 28050 (MM_NUM_R_PARAM). Up to 1000
R-Parameters can be set.
R $R[x] x = ParameterNo PA
R parameter (up to SW 3.2)
Attention: This variable should be used for SW releases < 3.3. For later releases use the variable rpa !
Attention: For MMC102 the R number is used as line index !!!

- Double wr
Multi-line: yes R number MM_NUM_R_PARAM
rpa R[x] x = ParameterNo PA

R parameter (from SW 3.3)
Attention: For MMC102 the R number is used as line index !!!

- Double wr
Multi-line: yes R number + 1 MM_NUM_R_PARAM + 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables

synchronous actions
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/SelectedFunctionData/...
This module contains channel-specific user variables for synchronous actions
acFifoN $AC_FIFOx[y] , x = FIFONo (1-10) y = ParameterNo

FIFO variable for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
The number of columns depends on the number of FIFOs
- Double r
Multi-line: yes 1=2: access to the first element MD $MC_MM_LEN_AC_FIFO+6
read in
3: access to the last element read
in
4: sum of all FIFO elements
5: number of elements available in
FIFO
6: current write index in relation to
start of FIFO
7 etc: FIFO contents
acMarker $AC_MARKER[x] x = MarkerNo

Flag variable, counter for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
- UWord r
Multi-line: yes Number of the flag MD $MC_MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
acParam $AC_PARAM[x] x = ParameterNo

Dynamic parameters for synchronous actions (Note: SYNACT only)
- Double r
Multi-line: yes Number of the parameter MD $MC_MM_NUM_AC_PARAM

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.10 Diagnostic data
3.10.1 Area N, Mod. DIAGN: Global diagnostic data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/ChannelDiagnostic/...
This module contains information about global NC diagnostic data.

The measured time variables are available on the destination hardware only.
The net time is calculated without interrupts by higher priority time levels, the
gross time includes the interrupts.
The highest priority time level is the SERVO, followed by the IPO and finally
the interpreter/ preparation. To obtain useful minimum and maximum time
intervals, the corresponding variables must be initialized before the
measurement.
actCycleTimeBrut
Sum of current gross runtimes of all channels
ms 0 0 Double r
Multi-line: yes Selects a specific SW task on the 4
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
actCycleTimeNet
Sum of current net runtimes of all channels
ms 0 0 Double r
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
dp611USpecAccChangeCnt
If the NCK changes the provided ACC information, the counter is increased.
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: no 1
dp611USpecAccChangeMa
sk
Bit-coded mask defining for which drives special ACC files are available
Bit 0 == 1 -> For drive with log. drive number 1
a special ACC is available.
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: no 1
dp611USpecAccKey
Version and type information about the provided ACC contents
- 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: no maxnumDrives

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dp611USpecAccPath
Path containing the ACC files in the NCK file system.
The path can later be empty if the files
are to be provided from the active file sytem.
Current substitution value: /_N_VS_DIR
- 0 String[32] r
Multi-line: no
dpAxisCfgMachAxisNr
Machine axis !!CAUTION NCU LINK!!
- 0 0 INT32_MAX UDoubleword r
Multi-line: no dpAxisCfgNumAxes
dpAxisCfgNumAxes
Number of axes entered in the system
Multi-line: no 1
dpAxisCfgValid
Axis information available
0=Information not available
1=Information available
Multi-line: no 1
dpAxisStateCtrlout
Output driver status.
0=No axis status assigned
1=Axis status assigned
2=Axis status is cyclic
3=Axis status assigned and cyclic
- 0 0 3 UWord r
dpAxisStateEnc1
Encoder 1 driver status
0= No axis status assigned
1= Axis status assigned
2= Axis status is cyclic
3= Axis status assigned and cyclic
- 0 UWord r
dpAxisStateEnc2
Encoder 2 driver status
0=No axis status assigned
1= Axis status assigned
2= Axis status is cyclic
3= Axis status assigned and cyclic
- 0 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrCtrlo
ut
This data counts the number of position controller cycles in case of a failing sign-of-life.
0 to n= number of position controller cycle in case of a failing sign-of-life.
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc1
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc2
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusCfgBaudrate
DP bus baud rate (bits/s)
The permissible baud rates are defined by the Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
Hz 0 Double r
Multi-line: no dpBusCfgNumBuses
dpBusCfgCycleTime
The time required by the master to check all slaves once (request, response) until the cycle starts from the beginning.
s, userdef 0 0 DOUBLE_MAX Double r
dpBusCfgDataExTime
Data exchange time in [s,s,userdef]
s, userdef 0 0 DOUBLE_MAX Double r
dpBusCfgNumBuses
Number of DP busses
For the time being, only one bus specified by Profibus DP standard.
Multi-line: no 1
dpBusCfgValid
Data about bus configuration available
TRUE= Data available and initialized FALSE= No data available
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dpBusStateAccessDuration
Act
Actual access duration from the buffer memory to the DP master
- 0 UDoubleword r
Max
Maximum access duration from the buffer memory to the DP master
- 0 UDoubleword r
Min
Maximum access duration from the buffer memory to the DP master
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt1
Number of bus access errors type 1 since NCK start
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt2
Number of bus access errors type 2 since NCK start
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetwe
enErr1
Average number of cycles between two bus access errors type 1
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetwe
enErr2
Average number of cycles between two bus access errors type 2
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateCycleCnt
Number of bus cycles since NCK start
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateDpmAction
Indicator for action development of DP-M
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateDpmActual
Actual status of the DP-M bus - DP-M controlled
- 0 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
dpBusStateDpmCtrl
Run-up status sequence control for DP master dpcadmin
- 0 UWord r
dpBusStateDpmError
Error with status transitions
- 0 UDoubleword r
dpBusStateDpmPrjCnt
Modification counter for new DP configuration.
Suggested application:
*) Read modification counter (1)
*) Read out configuration data
*) Read modification counter (2)
*) If the modification counters are identical in (1) and (2),
and both are specified as "valid", a consistent status
of the data delivered by the HW configuration is read.
Integer values -> configuration invalid
Odd values -> configuration valid
- 0 UWord r
dpBusStateDpmRequest
Desired status of the DP-M bus - specification by HOST
- 0 UWord r
dpBusStateNumActiveSlave
s
This data informs about the number of slaves that can currently be reached via the bus. This value is updated during
online operation. The number of slaves on the bus is specified by the Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
dpClientCfgId
Identification of client NCK/PLC/3RD
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no dpClientCfgNumClnt
dpClientCfgNumClnt
Number of clients
Multi-line: no 1
dpClientCfgValid
Information available
0=No client information available
1=Client information available
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dpClientStateComm
Client status including output release
0=No output enable
1=Client status output enable
- 0 UWord r
Multi-line: no dpClientCfgNumClnt
dpSlaveCfgBusAddr
The address of the slave on the bus.
In addition to their own addresses, all slaves have
a broadcast address
with which they can be addressed.
The broadcast address is not permitted for addressing a single slave.
127: Broadcast address
- 0 0 127 UWord r
Multi-line: no dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
dpSlaveCfgInputTime
Point of time of actual value measurement
Refer to dpSlaveMasterAppCycTime
s, userdef 0 Double r
dpSlaveCfgMasterAppCycTi
me
Position controller cycle.
For a detailed description, refer to
PROFIDRIVE PROFILE DRIVE SYSTEMS
(Edition: Draft V1.2, April 1999) Chapter 7
Refer to PROFIDRIVE PROFILE DRIVE SYSTEMS
(Edition: Draft V1.2, April 1999) Chapter 7
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves
Number of slaves configured in SDB1xxx.
This value can distinguish from that of the slaves actually connected on the bus.
The number of configurable slaves on the bus is specified by the
Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
Multi-line: no 1
dpSlaveCfgOutputTime
Point of time for setpoint value transfer
Refer to dpSlaveMasterAppCycTime
dpSlaveCfgValid
This data informs about whether the slave data structure has already been initialized.
The initialization is carried out when a slave configuration or status data is accessed.
Inquiry of dpSlaveCfgValid also starts the initialization.
True: Slave data available
False: Slave data are not available
Multi-line: no 1

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
dpSlaveIdentNo
Identification number of the slave
- 0 UWord r
dpSlaveStateComm
The slave is active on the bus if the assigned drive successfully passed the bus reception.
True: Slave on the bus
False: Slave not on the bus
- 0 0 1 UWord r
dpSlaveStateIncCnt
The sign-of-life counter of the slave.
If a slave falls out of the bus, its sign-of-life counter is increased by 1 for each position control cycle as long as the
slave is re-recognized by the bus.
From 0 (initial value after restart) to INT32_MAX.
Probably, the upper limit will never be reached
as a slave with several failing signs-of-life
is thrown out of the bus.
dpSlaveStateSync
The drive of this slave operates cyclically.
Slaves without drives are defined as non-cyclic.
True: Cyclic
False: Non-cyclic
- 0 0 1 UWord r
dpSlotCfgAssignAxis
This data specifies the axis indices of the drive, encoder1 and encoder2 for the access to the axis assign table.
The 32-bit value consists of 4 bytes with the following meaning:
Byte0(bits 0-7) = Axis index of axis
Byte1(bits 8-15) = Axis index of encoder1
Byte2(bits 16-23)= Axis index of encoder2
Byte3(bits 24-31)= Reserved for future expansion.
The value 0xFF of a byte characterizes the fact that there is no axis index available for this slot.
Multi-line: no dpSlotCfgNumSlots
dpSlotCfgAssignBus
Bus number assigned to this slot.
As, for the time being, only one bus is supported by the Profibus DP,
there is only one bus to which all slots are assigned.
dpSlotCfgAssignClient
This data specifies the clientIndex for the access to the
client assign table.
0=No assignment possible (valid for diagnostics and PKW slots)
>0 Assignment available

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dpSlotCfgAssignMaster
Number of the masters assigned to this slot.
As, for the time being, only one bus is supported by the Profibus DP
and only one master class 1 exists per bus,
there is only one master to which all slots are assigned.
dpSlotCfgAssignSlave
This data specifies the bus address of the slave
assigned to the nth slot.
All permissible slave addresses are possible.
dpSlotCfgIoType
I/O identifier
0 = Input slot
1 = Output slot
2 = Diagnostic slot
- 0 0 2 UWord r
dpSlotCfgLength
Length in number of bytes
dpSlotCfgLogBaseAddress
The logical base address of the slot is specified in the configuration. Although it is not required for the data transfer
on the bus, a unique link between the NCK and
bus nodes is only possible with this address.
- 0 0 UINT16_MAX UWord r
dpSlotCfgNumSlots
This data specifies the total number of all slots available in the system.
0(lower limit) to INT32_MAX(upper limit),
whereas one slave cannot support
more than 256 slots.
Multi-line: no 1
dpSlotCfgSlaveAddress
This data specifies the bus address of the slave assigned to this slot.
Several slots with the same slave address are possible.
The number of available addresses on the bus is specified by the
Profibus standard (DIN19245 EN50170).
- 0 0 125 UWord r
dpSlotCfgSlotNr
Slot number within the slave
Not more than 256 slots are permitted per slave.
0: Diagnostic slot
2: Diagnostic slot
4: 1st data slot
- 0 0 255 UWord r

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
dpSlotCfgValid
The slot data structure (CcIdent) is initialized and available
True: Data are valid
False: Data are not valid or not initialized
Multi-line: no 1
dpSlotStateComm
Status of the slots (ok, failed, not accessed by NCK)
0= No sign-of-life available
1= Sign-of-life available
2= Not accessed by NCK
- 0 0 1 UWord r
dpSlotStateRecvTelegram
Bit pattern of this slot received by the master
in the form of a hexadecimal string.
- 0 String[198] r
dpSlotStateSendTelegram
Bit pattern of this slot transmitted to the slave
in the form of a hexadecimal string.
Transmitted telegram
- 0 String[198] r
dpSlotStateTelegramType
Telegram type o the slots
0 = telegram type unknown
- 0 0 UINT16_MAX UWord r
dpSysCfgAvailable
This data informs whether the system has been generated with DP adapter and/or DP master.
0= DPA and DPM not available
1= DPA available
2= DPM available
3= DPA and DPM available
- 0 0 3 UWord r
Multi-line: no 1
dpSysCfgNumMaster
Number of masters available
There is only one master permitted for each bus with DP.
As, for the time being, only one master
is specified by the standard, there can
only be a maximum of one master.
Multi-line: no 1
dpSysCfgValid
This data informs about whether the configuration data are valid and initialized.
TRUE or FALSE
Multi-line: no 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dpSysCfgVersionDpm
Version number of the DP-M software as numerical value
- 0 Double r
Multi-line: no dpSysCfgNumMaster
dpSysCfgVersionDpr
Actual version Dpr (formerly impossible)
- 0 Double r
dpSysCfgVersionDprEx
DPR_SS_VERSION is a version number stored in the NCK which can be read out by means of this variable.
- 0 Double r
dpSysCfgVersionHost
This data specifies the version number of the host software as numerical value.
- 0 0 UINT16_MAX Double r
dpSysStateDpmInit
There are three different initialization statuses:
REQUEST, ACKNOWLEDGE and ERROR
- 0 UWord r
maxCycleTimeBrut
Sum of maximum gross runtime of all channels
ms 0 0 Double r
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
maxCycleTimeNet
Sum of maximum net runtime of all channels
ms 0 0 Double r
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
minCycleTimeBrut
Sum of minimum gross runtimes of all channel
ms 0 0 Double r
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
minCycleTimeNet
Sum of minimum net runtimes of all channels
ms 0 0 Double r
NCK:
Line index 1: SERVO
Line index 2: IPO
Line index 3: VL
Line index 4: PLC
pcmciaDataShotAct
Current access to PCMCIA card: Transferred bytes
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement
a status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pcmciaDataShotSum
Current access to PCMCIAcard: Total length in bytes.
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement a
status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pcmciaFfsLength
Length of FFS on PCMCIA card in bytes
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pcmciaShotStatus
Current access to PCMCIA-Karte: Status
Data pcmciaShotStatus, pcmciaDataShotSum and pcmciaDataShotAct can be used to implement a
status display for PCMCIA card access operations.
0: Not active
1: Write active
2: Read active
3-: Reserved
- 0 0 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pcmciaStartFfsOffset
Start offset of FFS at beginning of PCMCIA card in bytes
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
pcmciaStartShotOffset
Current access to PCMCIA card: Start offset at beginning of PCMCIA card in bytes
- 0 0 UDoubleword r
Multi-line: yes 1 1

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.10.2 Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ChannelDiagnose/...
This module contains information about the channel-specific NC diagnostic

data.
The measured time variables are available on the destination hardware only.
The net time is calculated without interrupts by higher priority time levels, the
gross time includes the interrupts. The highest priority time level is the SERVO,
followed by the IPO and finally the interpreter/preparation. To obtain useful
minimum and maximum time intervals, the corresponding variables must be
initialized before the measurement.
actCycleTimeBrut
Current gross cycle time
line index 1: SERVO-task
line index 2: IPO-task
line index 3: interpreter/preparation-task
ms Double r
Multi-line: yes 1-3 3
actCycleTimeNet
Current net cycle time
ms Double r
ipoBufLevel
Fill level of the IPO buffer (integer value in %)
% 0 100 UWord r
Multi-line: yes 1 1
maxCycleTimeBrut
Maximum gross cycle time
line index 3: interpreter/preparation task
ms Double wr
maxCycleTimeNet
Maximum net cycle time
ms Double wr

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
minCycleTimeBrut
Minimum gross cycle time
line index 3: interpreter/preparation task
ms Double wr
minCycleTimeNet
Minimum net cycle time
ms Double wr

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.10.3 Area N, Mod. ETPD: Data lists for protocolling
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Nck/ProtocolData/...
Data lists for protocolling.This module allows to access several lines or

columns at a time.
numData
Number of data to be protocolled for an event
<= maxnumTraceProtData
- UWord wr
Multi-line: yes line index 1: numData 1 bis 1 + 5 * maxnumTraceProtData
for the nth variable specification
applies ( i = 1,
...,maxnumTraceProtData)
line index 5 * (i - 1) + 1: area (area
of the variable)
line index 5 * (i - 1) + 2: unit (unit
of the variable)
line index 5 * (i - 1) + 3: col (line
index of the variable)
line index 5 * (i - 1) + 4: line (line
index of the variable)
line index 5 * (i - 1) + 5: type
(module type of the variable)

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
3.10.4 Area C, Mod. ETP: Types of events
OEM-MMC: Linkitem /Channel/ProtocolEvent/...
Description of the event types. This module allows to access several lines or
columns at a time.
Description of the line index:

cyclic events:
1 = IPO cycle
non-cyclic events, referring to axis movements
2 = GEO_AXIS_START, geometry axis starts or changes its direction
3 = GEO_AXIS_STOP, geometry axis stops
4 = MA_AXIS_START, a channel's machine axis stops or changes its direction
5 = MA_AXIS_STOP, machine axis stops
18 = GEO_AXIS_STARTa, interface NCK->PLC byte 40 bit 6/7
19 = GEO_AXIS_STOPa, interface NCK->PLC byte 40 bit 6/7
non-cyclic events, referring to channel influence
6 = NC_START, NC-start as soon as it has been identified by the NCK
7 = NC_STOP, NC-stop as soon as it has been identified by the NCK; axes
might still be moving
non-cyclic events, referring to the execution of part programs

8 = BLOCK_BEG_1, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, all program levels
9 = BLOCK_BEG_2, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) with
10 = BLOCK_BEG_3, beginning of a block (the block's first IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, main program level and MDA level only
11 = BLOCK_END_1, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) without
12 = BLOCK_END_2, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) with inserted
blocks, all program levels
13 = BLOCK_END_3, end of a block (the block's last IPO cycle) without
inserted blocks, main program level and MDA level only
16 = BLOCK_BEG_S1, with inserted blocks, all program levels
this event may not be activated simultaneously with other HL events
17 = BLOCK_END_S1, with inserted blocks, all program levels
this event may not be activated simultaneously with other HL events
20 = BLOCK_BEG_2a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
21 = BLOCK_END_2a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
22 = BLOCK_BEG_S1a, with inserted blocks, all program levels
non-cyclic events, referring to the protocol process itself

14 = start of protocolling referring to a protocol file
cyclic events
15 = IPO cycle (IPO2)
asciiMode
Data recording method for logging
0: Binary recording with fixed alignment
1: ASCII recording
2: Binary recording with variable alignment
3: Binary recording with variable alignment and discarding of redundant data sets (from SW 4.2)
- 0 0 3 UWord wr
Multi-line: yes See module header

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
dataListIndex
Data list index (see module ETPD)
0 - (maxnumTraceProtData - 1)
- UWord wr
eventActive
Status of the event type
0 = not active
1 = active
- UWord wr
eventActiveStatus
Diagnosis data: status of the event type
0 activated
1 not activated
2 cannot be activated, because the sum of the variable lengths is too large
3 cannot be activated, because the internal resources are not sufficient
4 cannot be activated because the prorocol file cannot be created
100-...- cannot be activated, because the variable specification with the index (value - 100) is wrong
- UWord r
maxElementsFastFifoUsed
Diagnosis data: maximum number of elements in the FIFO buffer
- UWord r
maxFileLength
Maximum length of the protocol file
- Byte wr
maxGrossFileLengthUsed
Diagnosis data: Maximum gross length of the NCK protocol file
- Byte r
maxNetFileLengthTooSmall
Diagnosis data: Number of net bytes the protocol file is too small for
- Byte r
numElementsFastFifoTooS
mall
Diagnosis data: Number of entries the FIFO buffer is too small for
- UWord r
protocolFilename
Name of the protocol file including the path
- String[64] wr

04/00 Lists
3 Variables
skip
Number of events to be skipped
- UWord wr
timePeriod
Time base (for cyclic event types only)
ms UWord r

Lists 04/00
3 Variables
3.11 MMC status
3.11.1 Area M, Mod. S: Internal status data MMC
OEM-MMC: Linkitem //Status/...
Some internal status data of the MMC can be accessed via this module.
/Nck/Nck/ActApplication
Current application for display in MMC
- String[32] wr
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/ActBag
Current operating mode for display in MMC
- Character wr
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/Channel
Current channel for display in MMC
- Character wr
Multi-line: no
/Nck/Nck/CoordSystem
Coordinate system for display in MMC
- Character wr
Multi-line: no

Interface Signals 4
4.1 Data modules .....................................................................................................4-532
4.2 Interface signals .................................................................................................4-534

4.2.1 Signals from/to machine control panel, M version..............................................4-534
4.2.2 Signals from/to machine control panel, T version ..............................................4-536
4.2.3 Signals from/to slimline machine control panel ..................................................4-537
4.2.4 Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU)..................................................................4-538
4.2.5 Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU)............................................4-540
4.2.6 PLC messages (DB2) ...................................................................................4-541
4.2.7 Signals from/to NC (DB 10)................................................................................4-544
4.2.8 Signals from/to NCK/MMC .................................................................................4-549
4.2.9 Signals from/to mode group (DB11)...................................................................4-554
4.2.10 Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic).............................................4-556
4.2.11 Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19)..............................................................4-559
4.2.12 PLC machine data ...................................................................................4-563
4.2.13 Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21 - 30).........................................................4-564
4.2.14 Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→NCK) ..........................................................4-579
4.2.15 Interface for loading/unloading magazine ..........................................................4-586
4.2.16 Interface for spindle as change position.............................................................4-587
4.2.17 Interface for circular magazine ...........................................................................4-589
4.2.18 Interface for buffer (tool management)...............................................................4-590
4.2.19 Signals to/from ManualTurn ...............................................................................4-591
4.2.20 Signals to/from ShopMill ...................................................................................4-595
4.2.21 NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application .......................................4-597
4.2.22 NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application.............................................4-600

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.1 Data modules
Module assignment DB 1 Reserved for Siemens

DB 2 to 4 PLC messages
DB 5 to 8 Basic program
DB 9 Interface for NC compile cycles
DB 10 NCK interface
DB 11 Mode group interface
DB 12 Interface for computer link and transport system
DB 13 to 14 Reserved for basic program
DB 15 Basic program
DB 16 PI service definitions
DB 17 Version code
DB 18 SPL interface (Safety Integrated
DB 19 MMC interface
DB 20 PLC machine data
DB 21 to 30 NC channel interface
DB 31 to 61 Interface for axes/spindles
DB 62 to 70 Unassigned
DB 71 to 74 Tool management
DB 75 to 76 M group decoding
DB 77 Tool management buffer
DB 78 to 80 Reserved for Siemens
DB 81 to 89 See remarks concerning ShopMill, ManualTurn
DB 81 to 127 Unassigned
Note:
Data modules of inactivated channels, axes/spindles, C programming, tool

management can be assigned by the user.
ManualTurn ManualTurn uses FCs 30 to 35 and DBs 81 to 87.

ManualTurn is a control unit for conventional cycle-controlled turning
machines. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a turning machine with a maximum of 2 axes and one
spindle. If the machine to be configured is such a machine and, in addition to
CNC control, conventional operation is not excluded, the FCs and DBs should
not be used.

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
ShopMill ShopMill uses FCs 30 to 35 and DBs 81 to 88. ShopMill is a control unit for 2
1/2D milling machines in workshop operation. The FCs and DBs can be used
without any problem if the machine to be configured is not a milling machine for
2 1/2D machining. If the machine to be configured is intended for such
applications, the FCs and DBs should not be used.
Legend • A ”*” before the interface signals means that the function is active with
signal ZERO.
• In Step7, DBB means data module byte
• In Step7, DBW means data module word (16 bits)
• In Step7, DBD means data module double word (32 bits)

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2 Interface signals
General In the following list of interface signals, a reference to relevant documentation

is provided for every signal.
This reference specifies the section number or the short designation of the
description of functions, please refer to
References: /FB/, xx, ”yyy”
xx Short designation of individual description of functions (e.g.: /A2/)
yyy Name of description of functions (e.g.: ”Various interface signals”
or title of the guide)
Inverse signals Signals marked with a ”*” are so-called inverse signals. These signals initiate
the appropriate function when a 0 signal appears rather than a 1 signal (e.g.
MCP, byte n+2.0: *NC STOP).
4.2.1 Signals from/to machine control panel, M version
Signals from machine control panel (keys)
Byte Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0
IB n + 0 Spindle speed override Operating mode
D C B A JOG TEACH IN MDA AUTO
IB n + 1 Machine function
REPOS REF var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
IB n + 2 Key- Key- Spindle *Spindle Feed *Feed NC Start *NC Stop

switch switch start stop start stop
position 0 position 2
IB n + 3 Key- Feedrate override

switch
position 1
Reset Single E D C B A
block
IB n + 4 Direction keys Keyswitch Direction keys

position 3
+ - Rapid x 4th axis 7th axis R10
R15 R13 traverse R1 R4 R7
R14
IB n + 5 Axis selection
Y Z 5th axis Traverse R11 R9 8th axis 6th axis

R2 R3 R5 command R8 R6
MCS/WCS
R12
IB n + 6 Unassigned customer keys
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to machine control panel (LEDs)
QB n + 0 Machine function Operating mode
1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC JOG TEACH IN MDA AUTO
QB n + 1 Feed *Feed NC Start *NC Stop Machine function

start stop
REPOS REF var. INC 10000 INC
QB n + 2 Axis selection Single Spindle *Spindle

block start stop
Direction X 4th axis 7th axis R10
key R1 R4 R7
-
R13
QB n + 3 Axis selection
Z 5th axis Travel R11 R9 8th axis 6th axis Direction

R3 R5 command R8 R6 key
MCS/WCS +
R12 R15
QB n + 4 Unassigned customer keys
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 R2
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8
Note
With the SINUMERIK 840D, the machine control panel is assigned to the
input/output area by GP parameters; as a standard, initial address 0 is
specified for the input and output areas.
With FM-NC, the initial address is set via the SDB 210. For the supplied SDB
210, initial address 120 is specified. If another initial address is desired, this
must be specified via the STEP 7 Package Communication Configuration.
Note that the GD parameters given automatically through Communication
Configuration must be set on the machine control panel.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.2 Signals from/to machine control panel, T version
Signals from machine control panel (keys)
D C B A JOG TEACH IN MDA AUTO
IB n + 1 Machine function
REPOS REF var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
IB n + 2 Keyswitch Keyswitch Spindle *Spindle Feed start *Feed stop NC Start *NC Stop
position 0 position 2 start stop
IB n + 3 Keyswitch Feed override

position 1
Reset Single E D C B A
block
IB n + 4 Keyswitch Direction keys

position 3
R15 R13 R14 +Y -Z -C R10
R1 R4 R7
IB n + 5 Direction keys
+X +C Rapid Travel -Y -X +Z
R2 R3 traverse command R11 R9 R8 R6
override MCS/WCS
R5 R12
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8
Signals to machine control panel (LEDs)
QB n + 0 Machine function Operating mode
1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC JOG TEACH IN MDA AUTO
QB n + 1 Feed start *Feed stop NC Start *NC Stop Machine function
REPOS REF var. INC 10000 INC
QB n + 2 Direction keys Single Spindle *Spindle

block start stop
+Y -Z -C
R13 R1 R4 R7 R10
QB n + 3 Direction keys
Travel -Y -X +Z
R3 R5 command R11 R9 R8 R6 R15
MCS/WCS

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
QB n + 4 Unassigned customer keys Direction

key
+X
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 R2
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8
4.2.3 Signals from/to slimline machine control panel
Signals from slimline machine control panel

(keys and switches)
*NC Stop SP - SP 100% SP + SINGLEB JOG MDA AUTOM.
IB n + 1 Spindle Keyswitch Machine function
NC Start SP right *SP Stop SP left SS 3 REF. REPOS Teach in
IB n + 2 Feedrate Keyswitch Machine functions
START *STOP var. INC SS 0 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
IB n + 3 Keyswitch Feed override
RESET SS 2 SS 1 E D C B A
IB n + 4 Direction keys Optional customer keys
(+) R15 (-) R13 Rapid KT4 KT3 KT2 KT1 KT0
traverse
R14
IB n + 5 Axis selection
T17 KT5 6 5 4 Z Y X
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 T16
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Signals to slimline machine control panel

(LEDs)
QB n + 0 Spindel speed override Operating mode
NC Stop SP - SP 100 % SP + SINGLEB JOG MDA AUTOM.
QB n + 1 Spindle Machine function
NC Start SP right SP Stop SP left Unassigned REF. REPOS Teach in
QB n + 2 Feedrate Machine functions
START STOP var. INC Unassigned 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
QB n + 3 Unassigned
Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned Unassigned
QB n + 4 Direction keys Optional customer keys
(+) R15 (-) R13 Rapid KT4 KT3 KT2 KT1 KT0
traverse
R14
QB n + 5 Axis selection
T17 KT5 6 5 4 Z Y X
T9 T10 T11 T12 T13 T14 T15 T16
T1 T2 T3 T4 T5 T6 T7 T8
4.2.4 Signals from/to handheld unit (HHU)
Signals from handheld unit (keys)

(input display)
IB n + 0 Reserved
IB n + 1 Reserved
IB n + 2
T9 T7 T6 T5 T4 T3 T2 T1
IB n + 3
T16 T15 T14 T13 T12 T11 T10 T9
IB n + 4
T24 T23 T22 T21
IB n + 5 Acknowl- Keyswitch Rapid traverse/feed override switch

edgement
Digital E D C B A
display

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals to handheld unit (LEDs)

(Output display, LEDs)
QB n + 0 always 1
New data Line
for selection
QB n + 1 selected
line
QB n + 2
L8 L7 L6 L5 L4 L3 L2 L1
QB n + 3
L16 L15 L14 L13 L12 L11 L10 L9
HHU digital display
QB n + 4 1st character (right) of the selected line
QB n + 5 2nd character of the selected line
QB ...
QB n + 18 15th character of the selected line
QB n + 19 16th character (left) of the selected line
Note
With the SINUMERIK 840D, the handheld unit is connected to the OPI or
MCP interface of the PLC.
The initial addresses of the input/output areas and the activation must be set
via basic program parameter FB1. With the SINUMERIK 810D and FM-NC,
the handheld unit is connected to the MPI interface of the PLC.
The initial addresses of the input/output areas as well as the number of bytes
to be transferred must be specified via the STEP 7 Package Communication
Configuration.
Note that the GD parameters given automatically through Communication

Configuration must be set on the handheld unit.
The parameterization is described in the Installation and Start-Up Guide and

in the Description of Functions P3 ”Basic PLC program”.
References: /BH/, ”Operator Components Manual”

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.5 Signals from/to handheld programming unit (HPU)

Signals from machine control panel simulation
→PLC
Interface HPU→
IB n + 0 Function key block
REF TEACH AUTO MDA JOG QUIT RESET WCS/MCS
IB n + 1 Function key block
FCT15 FCT14 BigFct FCT12 FCT11 INC REPOS
IB n + 2 JOG keys positive direction
If 1: Ax6 Ax5 Ax4 Ax3 Ax2 Ax1

Ax1-Ax6=
Ax7-Ax12
IB n + 3 JOG keys negative direction
Ax6 Ax5 Ax4 Ax3 Ax2 Ax1
IB n + 4 Shift keys
Signal Diagno Service System Param Correct Progr. Mach.
IB n + 5 Shift keys
BF16 BF15 BF14 BF13 BF12 Step Modify Insert
IB n + 6 Start key block
VAL+ VAL- SF2 SF1 START STOP
IB n + 7
Signals to machine control panel simulation

→HPU
Interface PLC→

QB n + 0 Function key block
REF TEACH AUTO MDA JOG QUIT RESET WCS/MCS
QB n + 1 Function key block
FCT15 FCT14 BigFct FCT12 FCT11 INC REPOS
QB n + 2 JOG keys positive direction
QB n + 3 JOG keys negative direction
QB n + 4 Shift keys
Signal Diagno Service System Param Correct Progr. Mach.
QB n + 5 Shift keys
BF16 BF15 BF14 BF13 BF12 Step Modify Insert
QB n + 6 Start key block
VAL+ VAL- SF2 SF1 START STOP
QB n + 7

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.6 PLC messages (DB2)
DB2 →MMC), /P3/

Signals for PLC messages (PLC→
Channel 1
0 510007 510006 510005 510004 510003 510002 510001 510000
Feed disable (alarm no.: 510000-510015)
1 510015 510014 510013 510012 510011 510010 510009 510008
2 Feed and read-in disable byte1 (alarm no.: 510100-510131)
3 Feed and read-in disable byte 2 (alarm no.: 510108-510115)
6 Read-in disable byte 1 (alarm no.: 510200-510207)
10 NC Start disable byte 1 (alarm no.: 510300-510307)
11 NC Start disable byte 2 (alarm no.: 510308-510315)
12 Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 1(alarm no.: 511100-511107)
13 Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 2 (alarm no.: 511108-511115)
Channel 2
18 520007 520006 520005 520004 520003 520002 520001 520000
Feed disable (alarm no.: 520000-520015)
19 520015 520014 520013 520012 520011 520010 520009 520008
20-23 Feed and read-in disable byte 1-4 (alarm no.: 520100-520131)
24-27 Read-in disable byte 1-4 (alarm no.: 520200-520231)
28-29 NC Start disable byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 520300-520315)
30-31 Feed stop GEOaxis 1 byte 1-2 (alarm no.: 521100-521115)
36-143 As from channel 3, please refer to the following table

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Channel areas in DB2
Area Address Signal number

Channel 1, see above DBX 0.0 - DBX 11.7 510.000 - 510.231
Channel 1, geo axes DBX 12.0 - DBX 17.7 511.100 - 511.315
Channel 2, see above DBX 18.0 - DBX 29.7 520.000 - 520.231
Channel 3 DBX 36.0 - DBX 47.7 530.000 - 530.231
Channel 4 DBX 54.0 - DBX 65.7 540.000 - 540.231
Channel 5 DBX 72.0 - DBX 83.7 550.000 - 550.231
Channel 6 DBX 90.0 - DBX 101.7 560.000 - 560.231
Channel 7 DBX 108.0 - DBX 119.7 570.000 - 570.231
Channel 8 DBX 126.0 - DBX 137.7 580.000 - 580.231
Channel 9, channel 10 in
SW 5 not implemented
Axis areas in DB2
Axis/spindle
144 600107 600106 600105 600104 600103 600102 600101 600100

Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600100-600015) for axis/spindle 1
145 600115 600114 600113 600112 600111 600110 600109 600108

146-147 Feed stop/spindle stop (alarm no.: 600200-600215) for axis/spindle 2





Axes 19 -31 not implemented in SW 5

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
User areas
User area 0 Bytes 1 - 8
180 700007 700006 700005 700004 700003 700002 700001 700000
... User area 0 (alarm no.: 700000-700063)
187 700063 700062 700061 700060 700059 700058 700057 700056
188-195 User area 1 Bytes 1 - 8 (alarm no.: 700100-700163)
...
372-379 User area 24 Bytes 1 - 8 (alarm no.: 702400-702463)
Note
In DB2, the assignment is made between message/alarm number, text and

area identifier. All alarm or message bits are automatically transferred to the
user interface (channel, axis/spindle) through appropriate parameter settings.
If these parameter settings are not made, the bit transfer must be
programmed in the user program. The user interface can be further
influenced after the block for the error/operational messages has been
called. Only signals of the channels and axes declared in the NC machine
data can be transferred and texts displayed.
The user must acknowledge all error messages generated. Operational
messages are displayed only for as long as the relevant condition prevails.
The number of user areas can be parameterized via FB 1.
DB2/DB3 must be deleted after changing the configuration (FB1: MSGUser).
Definition of error and operational messages /P3/

Byte no. of DB2 / Error message EM or operational message OM
7 / EM 6 / EM 5 / OM 4 / OM 3 / EM 2 / EM 1 / OM 0 / EM
15 / OM 14 / EM 13 / OM 12 / EM 11 / OM 10 / EM 9 / OM 8 / OM
23 / OM 22 / OM 21 / EM 20 / EM 19 / OM 18 / EM 17 / OM 16 / EM
31 / OM 30 / EM 29 / OM 28 / EM 27 / OM 26 / OM 25 / EM 24 / EM
35 / OM 34 / EM 33 / OM 32 / EM
151 / OM 150 / EM 149 / OM 148 / EM 147 / OM 146 / EM 145 / OM 144 / EM
159 / OM 158 / EM 157 / OM 156 / EM 155 / OM 154 / EM 153 / OM 152 / EM
187 / OM 186 / OM 185 / OM 184 / OM 183 / EM 182 / EM 181 / EM 180 / EM
195 / OM 194 / OM 193 / OM 192 / OM 191 / EM 190 / EM 189 / EM 188 / EM
Example The alarms numbered from 510200 to 510207 can be generated via DB2,
DBB6 (read-in disable channel 1). These alarms are defined as error
messages as standard.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.7 Signals from/to NC (DB 10)

On-board input and output signals from NCK
DB10 →NC)
Signals to NC (PLC→
DBB 0 Disabling of digital NCK inputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
Digital inputs without hardware #) On-board inputs §)

Input 8 Input 7 Input 6 Input 5 Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1
DBB 1 Setting of digital NCK inputs from PLC (SW 2 and higher)
Digital inputs without hardware #) On-board inputs §)

DBB2, 3
unas-
signed
DBB 4 Disabling of digital NCK outputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)
Digital outputs without hardware #) On-board outputs §)

Output 8 Output 7 Output 6 Output 5 Output 4 Output 3 Output 2 Output 1
DBB 5 Overwrite screenform of digital NCK /A2/ outputs (SW 2 and higher)

DBB 6 Setting value of digital NCK outputs from PLC /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)

DBB 7 Input screenform of digital NCK outputs /A2/ (SW 2 and higher)

DBB 8-55 RESERVED
Note
#) Bits 4-7 of the digital input and NCK outputs can be processed by the PLC
even though there are no hardware I/Os available for this. Therefore, these
bits can be used in addition to the information exchange between NCK and
PLC.
§) On the 840D, the digital inputs and outputs 1 to 4 of the NCK are
physically on-board. On the FM-NC, there are no hardware I/Os for bit 0 to
bit 3. These can be processed by the PLC according to #).
The external I/O signals from the NCK have been shifted to the range starting
with DBB122.

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
General signals to NCK
DB10 →NC)
Signals to NC (PLC→
DBB 56 Keyswitch /A2/ Acknowl. EMER-

EMER- GENCY
GENCY STOP /N2/
STOP /N2/
Position 3 Position 2 Position 1 Position 0
DBB 57 PC INC inputs

shutdown in mode
group area
active
DBB
58 - 59
External digital inputs of the NCK
DB10 Signals to NC (PLC -> NCK)
DBB 122 Disable the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 123 Values from the PLC for the external digital NCK inputs (SW 2 and higher)

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
External digital outputs of the NCK
DBB 130 Disable the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 131 Overwrite screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 132 Value from the PLC for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 133 Default screenform for the external digital NCK outputs (SW 2 and higher)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Analog inputs of the NCK (external)
DBB 146 Disable the analog NCK inputs
DBB 147 Specified analog value for NCK from PLC
DBW 148 Setpoint from PLC for analog input 1 of NCK
DBB Unassigned
164,165

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Analog outputs of the NCK (external)
DB10 Signals to NCK (PLC -> NCK)
DBB 166 Overwrite screenform for the analog NCK outputs
DBB 167 Default screenform for the analog NCK outputs
DBB 168 Disable the analog NCK outputs
DBB 169 RESERVED
DBW 170 Setpoint from PLC for analog output 1 of NCK

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.8 Signals from/to NCK/MMC

On-board NCK inputs and outputs
DB10 Signals from (NCK -> PLC)
DBB 60 Actual value of the digital ON-BOARD inputs of the

NCK (SW 2 and higher)
On-board inputs §)
Input 4 Input 3 Input 2 Input 1
DBB 61-63
DBB 64 Setpoint for the digital outputs of the NCK without Setpoint for the digital on-board outputs of the NCK
hardware
DBB 65-67 Unassigned
DBB 68 Handwheel 1 moved
DBB 71 Modification counter inch/metric system of units
DBB 72-96 Unassigned
Note
#) Although no associated hardware I/Os exist, the PLC can process bits 4-7
of the digital inputs and NCK outputs. Consequently, these bits can also be
used to transfer information between the NCK and the PLC.
§) The digital inputs and outputs 1 to 4 of the NCK exist as on-board

hardware for the 840D. No hardware I/Os are available for bits 0-3 of the FM-
NC. In accordance with #), these can be processed by the PLC.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Selection/status signals from MMC
DB 10 →PLC)
Signals from NC (NCK→
DBB 97 Channel number for handwheel 1 /H1/

(SW 2 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
D C B A

(SW 2 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
D C B A

(SW 4.1 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
D C B A
DBB 100 Axis number for handwheel 1 /H1/ (SW 2 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
Machine Handwheel Contour E D C B A
axis selected handwheel
DBB 101 Axis number for handwheel 2 /H1/ (SW 2 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
DBB 102 Axis number for handwheel 2/H1/ (SW 4.1 and higher)
MMC--> PLC
DBB 103 MMC- MMC AT box

101/102 tempera- ready
MMC--> PLC
battery
alarm ture limit
General signals from NCK
DB 10 →PLC)
Signals from NC (NCK→
DBB 104 NCK CPU HHU MCP 2 MCP 1

ready /A2/ ready ready ready
DBB 105 Unassigned
DBB 106 EMERGEN

-CY STOP
active /N2/
DBB 107 Inch NCU-link Probe actuated /M4/

system active
Probe 2 Probe 1

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBB 108 NC ready Drive ready Drives in MMC-CPU MMC CPU MMC2
/A2/ /FBA/ cyclic Ready Ready CPU ready
(MMC to (MMC to
operation OPI) MPI) E_MMC2
/A2/ /A2/
Ready
DBB 109 NCK Air temp. Heat sink PC NCK

battery alarm temp. operating alarm
alarm /A2/ alarm present
/A2/ NCU 573 system /A2/
fault
DBB 110 Software cams minus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBB 111 Software cams minus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DBB 112 Software cams minus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DBB 113 Software cams minus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
DBB 114 Software cams plus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
DBB 115 Software cams plus (SW 2 and higher) /N3/
15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8
DBB 116 Software cams plus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16
DBB 117 Software cams plus (SW 4.1 and higher) /N3/
31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24
Note
Concerning NCK-CPU Ready (DBX 104.7):
This signal is the sign-of-life monitoring function for the NC. It must be
included in the safety circuit of the machine.
Concerning MMC-CPU1 READY (DBX 108.3 and DBX 108.2):
If the MMC is connected to the operator panel interface (X 101), bit 3 is set
(default). When connecting to the PG MPI interface (X 122), bit 2 is set.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
External digital input and output signals of the NCK
DB 10 →PLC), /A2/ (SW2 and higher)

Signals from NCK (NCK→
DBB 186 Actual value of external digital NCK inputs
DBB 190 NCK setpoint for external digital NCK outputs

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Analog input and output signals of the NCK
DB 10 →PLC), /A2/ (SW2 and higher)

Signals from NCK (NCK→
DBW 194 Actual value for analog input 1 of the NCK
DBW 210 Setpoint for analog output 1 of the NCK

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.9 Signals from/to mode group (DB11)
Mode group-specific signals
DB 11 →NCK) /K1/
Signals to mode group 1 (PLC→
DBB 0 Mode Mode Mode Mode Operating mode

group reset group stop group stop change
Axes plus disable
spindle
JOG MDA AUTO-
MATIC
DBB 1 Single block Machine function
Type A Type B REF REPOS TEACH IN
DBB 2 Machine function

var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
DBB 3
Note
about machine function: machine function defined centrally when signal
"INC inputs in mode group area active" (DB10.DBX57.0) is set.
DB 11 →PLC) /K1/
Signals from mode group 1 (NCK→
DBB 4 Strobe mode

MMC--> PLC
JOG MDA AUTOM.
DBB 5 Strobe machine function

MMC--> PLC
REF REPOS TEACH IN
DBB 6 All Mode Active operating mode

channels in group
reset state ready JOG MDA AUTOM.
DBB 7 Digitizing Active machine function
REF REPOS TEACH IN

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB 11 →NCK) /K1/
Signals to mode group 2 (PLC→
DBB 20 Mode Mode Mode Mode Operating mode

group reset group stop group stop change
Axes plus disable
spindle
JOG MDA AUTO-
MATIC
DBB 21 Single block Machine function
Type A Type B REF REPOS TEACH IN

DBB 22 Machine function
DBB 23 Unassigned
Note
about machine function: machine function defined centrally when signal
"INC inputs in mode group area active" (DB10.DBX57.0) is set.
DB 11 →PLC) /K1/
Signals from mode group 2 (NCK→
DBB 24 Strobe mode

MMC--> PLC
JOG MDA AUTO-
MATIC
DBB 25 Strobe machine function

MMC--> PLC
REF REPOS TEACH IN
DBB 26 All Mode Active operating mode

channels in group
reset state ready JOG MDA AUTO-
MATIC
DBB 27 Digitizing Active machine function

/FBD/
(SW 2 and REF REPOS TEACH IN
higher)

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Note
The other mode groups (mode group 3 to mode group 10) are also located in
DB 11 with the following initial bytes:
Mode group 3: DBB 40 Mode group 7: DBB 120
4.2.10 Signals for Safety SPL (safe programmable logic)
Parameterization section
References: /FBSI/, SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
DB 18 Signals for Safety SPL (PLC → PLC)

DBB 0 INSEP valid (valid bit)
8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
input byte input byte input byte input byte input byte input byte input byte input byte
DBB 1
DBB 2 OUTSEP valid (valid bit)

8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st
output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte output byte
DBB 3
DBW 4 INSEP_ADDR (address 1st input byte)
DBW 6 INSEP_ADDR (address 2nd input byte)
DBW 8 INSEP_ADDR (address 3rd input byte)
DBW 10 INSEP_ADDR (address 4th input byte)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBW 20 OUTSEP_ADDR (address 1st output byte)
DBW 22 OUTSEP_ADDR (address 2nd output byte)
DBW 24 OUTSEP_ADDR (address 3rd output byte)
DBW 26 OUTSEP_ADDR (address 4th output byte)
DBB 36 SPL
READY
DBB 37
Data area / error
DB 18 Signals for Safety SPL (PLC ←→ NCK)

Data area for SPL inputs/outputs
SPL_DATA.INSEP [1..32]
DBD 38
SPL_DATA.INSEP [33..64]
DBD 42
SPL_DATA.OUTSEP [1..32]
DBD 46
SPL_DATA.OUTSEP [33..64]
DBD 50
Data area for user SPL

SPL_DATA.INSIP [1..32]
DBD 54
SPL_DATA.INSIP [33..64]
DBD 58
SPL_DATA.OUTSIP [1..32]
DBD 62
SPL_DATA.OUTSIP [33..64]
DBD 66

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
SPL_DATA.MARKERSIP [1..32]
DBD 70
SPL_DATA.MARKERSIP [33..64]
DBD 74
Difference in level between NCK - PLC for diagnostics

SPL_DELTA.INSEP [1..32]
DBD 78
SPL_DELTA.INSEP [33..64]
DBD 82
SPL_DELTA.OUTSEP [1..32]
DBD 86
SPL_DELTA.OUTSEP [33..64]
DBD 90
SPL_DELTA.INSIP [1..32]
DBD 94
SPL_DELTA.INSIP [33..64]
DBD 98
SPL_DELTA.OUTSIP [1..32]
DBD 102
SPL_DELTA.OUTSIP [33..64]
DBD 106
SPL_DELTA.MARKERSIP [1..32]
DBD 110
SPL_DELTA.MARKERSIP [33..64]
DBD 114
DBD 118 CMDSI
DBD 119
DBD 120 Error number
0 = no error
1 - 320 = Signal number starting from SPL_DATA.INSEP [1]
DBD 124 Level indicator of cross-checking
(diagnostics option: how many SPL signals currently differ in level)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.11 Signals from/to operator panel (DB 19)
DB 19 →MMC)
Signals to operator panel (PLC→
DBB 0 Actual Back up Clear Clear Key Screen Screen

value in travel recall cancel disable darkening bright
WCS recorder alarms alarms /A2/ /A2/ /A2/
0=MCS
(MMC 103 (MMC 103
/A2/
only) only)
DBB 1 Reserved
DBW 2 Higraph first error display
DBW 4 Higraph first error display
DBB 6 Analog spindle 1, capacity in percent
DBB 7 Analog spindle 2, capacity in percent
DBB 8 Channel number of machine control panel to MMC
DBB 9
DBB 10 ShopMill Reserved for selection Selection Selection Selection

control of tool of alarm of program
signal offset area area
DBB 11 Reserved for selection
DBB 12 V24 On V24 Off V24 V24 Stop COM1 COM2 Res. Res.
External
/A2/ /A2/ /A2/ /A2/ /A2/
/A2/
DBB 13 Load part Res.
Select program Unload

/A2/ /A2/ /A2/
DBB 14 0=act. FS V24 act. FS: Index of file to be transferred in the standard list.
1=pas. FS V24 pass. FS: Number of the control file for user file names.
DBB 15 V24 act. FS: Index that specifies the axis, channel or tool no.
V24 pass. FS: Index of the file to be transferred in the user list
DBB 16
Part program handling: Number of the control file for user file names.
DBB 17
Part program handling: Index of the file to be transferred in the user list
DBB 18 Reserved (test automation)
DBB 19 Reserved (signal counter)

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DB 19 Signals from operator panel (MMC → PLC)
DBB 20 MCS/WCS Simulation Recall Cancel Cancel key Screen is

Change- active alarm alarm actuated dark
over /A2/ cleared cleared /A2/
/A2/ /A2/
MMC 103 MMC 103
/A2/ /A2/
DBB 21
DBB 22 Displayed channel number from the MMC /A2/
DBB 23
DBB 24 V24 status from PLC
V24 On V24 Off V24 V24 Stop Com1 Com2 OK Error

External active /A2/ active /A2/
/A2/ /A2/ /A2/ /A2/ /A2/
/A2/
DBB 25 Error V24 /A2/
DBB 26 Part program handling status /A2/
Select Load Unload Active OK Error
DBB 27 Error program handling /A2/
DBB Reserved
28-29
DBB Reserved
30-39
Basic program/MMC interface, MMC PLC interface
DBB 40 Mode group number /A2/
DBB 41 Channel number (FC9: ChanNo) /A2/
DBB 42 FC9: Start

(Measure
in Jog) /A2/
DBB 43
PLC →MMC
DBB 44 Mode
change
disable
/A2/
DBB 45 FC9 out/A2/
StarErr Error Done Activ
DBW 46 FC9: Ref
DBW 48 Reserved

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Interface 2nd MMC
DBB Assignment as for DBB 0 to DBB 49
50-99
Switchover interface to MMC
DBW 100 ONL_REQUEST /B3/

Online request from MMC
MMC writes its client identification as online request
(bit 8-15: bus type, bit 0-7: MMC bus address)
DBW 102 ONL_CONFIRM /B3/

Acknowledgment from PLC to online request
PLC writes MMC client identification as acknowledgment (bus type, MMC bus address;
as with DBW 100).
DBW 104 PAR_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/
MMC writes its client identification (bus type, MMC bus address; as with DBW 100).
DBB 106 PAR_MMC_TYP /B3/

Type of MMC as per NETNAMES.INI: Main / subordinate operator panel / server /...
DBB 107 PAR_MSTT_ADR /B3/

MMC writes address of MCP to be activated; 255, when no MCP activated
DBB 108 PAR_STATUS /B3/

PLC writes online enable for MMC.
DBB 109 PAR_Z_INFO /B3/

PLC writes additional info about status
DBB 110 Sign of life of M:N switchover /B3/

Cycle counter: 0 to 65535
Online interface MMC 1 (user)

DBW 120 MMC1_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/
PLC writes PAR_CLIENT_IDENT to MMCx_CLIENT_IDENT when MMC goes online.
DBB 122 MMC1_TYP /B3/

PLC writes PAR_MMC_TYP to MMCx_TYP when MMC goes online.
DBB 123 MMC1_MSTT_ADR /B3/

PLC writes PAR_MSTT_ADR to MMCx_MSTT_ADR when MMC goes online.
DBB 124 MMC1_STATUS /B3/

Connection status, MMC and PLC alternately write their requests/acknowledgments

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DBB 125 MMC1_Z_INFO /B3/

Additional info connection status (pos./neg. acknowledgment, error messages...)
DBB 126 MMC1 MMC1 MMC1 MMC1 MMC1 MMC1

CHANGE ACTIVE ACTIVE ACTIVE MSTT SHIFT
DENIED CHANGED PERM REQ SHIFT LOCK
/B3/ /B3/ /B3/ /B3/ LOCK /B3/
/B3/
DBB Reserved
127-129
Online Interface MMC 2 (user)
DBW 130 MMC2_CLIENT_IDENT /B3/

PLC writes PAR_CLIENT_IDENT to MMCx_CLIENT_IDENT when MMC goes online.
DBB 132 MMC2_TYP /B3/

PLC writes PAR_MMC_TYP to MMCx_TYP when MMC goes online.
DBB 133 MMC2_MSTT_ADR /B3/

PLC writes PAR_MSTT_ADR to MMCx_MSTT_ADR when MMC goes online.
DBB 134 MMC2_STATUS /B3/

Connection status, MMC and PLC alternately write their requests/acknowledgments
DBB 135 MMC2_Z_INFO /B3/

Additional info connection status (pos./neg. acknowledgment, error messages...)
DBB 136 MMC2_ MMC2_ MMC2_ MMC2_ MMC2_ MMC2_

ACTIVE_ ACTIVE_ ACTIVE_ ACTIVE_ MSTT_ SHIFT_
DENIED CHANGED PERM REQ SHIFT_ LOCK
/B3/ /B3/ /B3/ /B3/ LOCK /B3/
/B3/
DBB Reserved
137-139

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.12 PLC machine data
DB 20 →operator)
PLC machine data (PLC→
DBW 0 INT values
DBW
DBW INT values
DBB Bit arrays
DBB
DBB Bit arrays
DBD REAL values
DBD
DBD REAL values
Note
The initial and end addresses of the PLC machine data areas depend on the
respective length indications of the partial areas. In general, the integer
values start with the data byte 0. The upper limit is determined by the
corresponding length indication. In general, the following bit arrays (2-decade
hexadecimal numbers on input) start with the following even address. The
real values follow directly the bit arrays and also start with an even address.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.13 Signals from/to NCK channel (DB 21 - 30)
DB →NCK)
Signals to NCK channel (PLC→
21 - 30
DBB 0 Activate Activate Activate Activate

dry run M01 single DRF /H1/
feedrate /K1/ block /K1/
/V1/
DBB 1 Activate PLC action CLC CLC stop Time Synchron- Enable Activate
program complete override /TE1/ monitoring ized action protection referencing
test /K1/ /TE1/ act. (tool OFF zones /R1/
/K1/ manage- /A3/
ment)
DBB 2 Skip block /K1/
/7 /6 /5 /4 /3 /2 /1 /0
DBB 3 Nibbling and punching /N4/
Stroke Stroke not Stroke Manual No stroke

delayed operating suppres- stroke enable /N4/
/N4/ /N4/ sion /N4/ enable /N4/
DBB 4 Feedrate override /V1/
H G F E D C B A
DBB 5 Rapid traverse override /V1/
H G F E D C B A
DBB 6 Feedrate Rapid Program Delete Delete Read-in Feed

override traverse level abort subroutine distance- disable disable
active /V1/ override /K1/ no. of to-go /K1/ /V1/
active /V1/ passes /A2/
DBB 7 Reset NC Stop NC Stop NC Stop to NC Start NC Start

/K1/ axes plus /K1/ block limit /K1/ disable
spindle /K1/ /K1/
/K1/
DBB 8 Activate machine-related protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
Area 8 Area 7 Area 6 Area 5 Area 4 Area 3 Area 2 Area 1
DBB 9 Activate machine-related protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
Area 10 Area 9
DBB 10 Activate channel-specific protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)

Activate channel-specific protection area /A3/ (SW 2 and higher)
DBB 11 Area 10 Area 9

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Note
on Feedrate override active (DBX6.7)
even if feedrate override is not active (= 100 %), the setting 0% is effective.
on Feedrate override (DBB 4)
either 31 positions (Gray code) with 31 MD for % evaluation or 0-200%

corresponding to the dual value in byte (201-255 max. 200 %).
on Rapid traverse override (DBB 5)
either 31 positions (Gray code) with 31 MD for % evaluation or 0-100%
corresponding to the dual value in byte (101-255 max. 100 %).
on Activate single block (DBX0.4)
select variant via ”Write variable”.
on Delete distance-to-go (DBX6.2)
effects only path axes and not positioning axes
Control signals to geometry axes
DBB 12 Geometry axis 1
Traversing keys /H1/ Rapid Traversing Feed stop Activate handwheel /H1/
traverse key disable /V1/
override /H1/
/H1/
+ - 3 2 1
DBB 13 Geometry axis 1 machine function /H1/
Var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
DBB 14 OEM signals geometry axis 1
override /H1/
/H1/
+ - 3 2 1

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
override /H1/
/H1/
+ - 3 2 1
Note
about machine function: machine function only defined when signal "INC
inputs in mode group area active" (DB10.DBX57.0) is not set.
Operating signals from MMC/status signals from NC channel
DB →PLC,
Signals from NCK channel (NCK→
21-30 MMC→→PLC, PLC→ →NCK)
DBB 24 Dry run M01 DRF

feedrate selected selected
MMC--> PLC
selected /K1/ /H1/
/V1/
DBB 25 Program Feedrate

test override for
MMC--> PLC
selected rapid
/K1/ traverse
selected /V1/
DBB 26 Skip block

selected /K1/
MMC--> PLC
(SW 2 and
higher)
DBB 27 Reserved
MMC--> PLC
DBB 28 OEM channel signals

PLC→NCK
DBB 29
PLC→NCK Do not Switch off Switch off Activate Activate Activate Activate Activate
fixed feed fixed feed fixed feed fixed feed
disable wear workpiece PTP
4 3 2 1
tool monitoring counter motion /FBMA/, /FBMA/, /FBMA/, /FBMA/,
/V1/ /V1/ /V1/ /V1/
(SW 4 and (SW 4 and (SW 4 and (SW 4 and
higher) higher) higher) higher)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBB 30 Activate contour handwheel

PLC→NCK
Neg. Simulation Handwheel Handwheel Handwheel
direction contour 3 2 1
simulation handwheel
contour on
handwheel
DBB 31 Reserved
PLC→NCK
DBB 32 Last action M00/M01 Approach Action Execution

NCK--> PLC block active block block from external
active /K1/ /K1/ active /K1/ active /K1/ source
active
DBB 33 Program Transforma M02/M30 Block Handwheel Revolutio- Referencing
NCK--> PLC test active tion active active search override nal active
/K1/ /K1/M1 /K1/ active active (SW 2 feedrate /R1/
/K1/ and higher) active /V1/
/H1/
DBB 34 OEM channel signals feedback
NCK--> PLC
DBB 35 Channel status /K1/ Program status /K1/

NCK--> PLC
Reset Interrupted Active Aborted Interrupted Stopped Waiting Running
DBB 36 NCK alarm Channel- Channel Interrupt All axes All axes
NCK--> PLC with specific ready processing stationary requiring
processing NCK alarm for active /B1/ reference
stop present operation /K1/ points are
present /A2/ in SW 4 referenced
/A2/ and higher /R1/
DBB 37 Stop Read-in CLC CLC CLC Contour handwheel active
NCK--> PLC
at block enable is stopped stopped active Handwheel Handwheel Handwheel
end with ignored upper limit lower limit /TE1/ 3 2 1
SBL is /TE1/ /TE1/ /H1/ /H1/ /H1/
sup-
pressed
DBB 38 Nibbling and punching /N4/
NCK--> PLC
Acknowl. Stroke
manual enable
stroke active /N4/
enable /N4/
DBB 39 Protection
NCK--> PLC zones not
guaranteed
Note
on Feedrate override for rapid traverse selected (DBX25.3)
Depending on this signal, the basic PLC program copies the feedrate
override onto the rapid traverse override on the channel-specific interface.
On Program test selected (DBX25.7)
”Program test selected” means axis disable for all channel axes and spindles.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Status signals of geometry axes

DB →PLC)
21 - 30
Traverse command /H1/ Handwheel active /H1/

plus minus 3 2 1
DBB 41 Geometry axis 1 active machine function /H1/
DBB 44
MMC--> PLC

plus minus 3 2 1
DBB 50
MMC--> PLC

plus minus 3 2 1
DBB 56
MMC-->
PLC
DBB 57

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Change signals on auxiliary function transfer from NC channel
DB
21 - 30 →PLC)

DBB 58 M fct. 5 M fct. 4 M fct. 3 M fct. 2 M fct. 1
change change change change change
/H2/ /H2/ /H2/ /H2/ /H2/
not not not not not
decoded decoded decoded decoded decoded
DBB 60 S fct. 3 S fct. 2 S fct. 1 S fct. 3 S fct. 2 S fct. 1
quick quick quick change change change
/H2/ /H2/ /H2/
DBB 61 T fct 3 T fct. 2 T fct. 1 T fct. 3 T fct. 2 T fct. 1
quick quick quick change/H2/ change/H2/ change
(SW 2 and (SW 2 and /H2/
higher) higher)
DBB 62 D fct. 3 D fct. 2 D fct. 1 D fct. 3 D fct. 2 D fct. 1
quick quick quick change/H2/ change/H2/ change
(SW 2 and (SW 2 and /H2/
higher) higher)
DBB 63 DL fct. DL fct.
quick change
DBB 64 H fct. 3 H fct. 2 H fct. 1 H fct. 3 H fct. 2 H fct. 1
quick quick quick change change change
/H2/ /H2/ /H2/
DBB 65 F fct. 6 F fct. 5 F fct. 4 F fct. 3 F fct. 2 F fct. 1
change change change change change change
/H2/ /H2/ /H2/ /H2/ /H2/ /H2/
quick quick quick quick quick
DBB 67 F fct. 6 F fct. 5 F fct. 4 F fct. 3 F fct. 2 F fct. 1
quick quick quick quick quick quick
Note
For 10-decade T numbers, only the T fct. 1 change signal is available. For
5-decade D numbers, only the D fct. 1 change signal is available.
Transferred M/S functions
DB
21 - 30 →PLC)

DBW 68 Extended address M function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 70
M function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 76 M function 2 (binary) /H2/

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DBW 98 Extended address S function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 100 S function 1 (REAL format) /H2/
Note
M functions are programmed in the part program in the INTEGER format
(8 decades plus sign).
”REAL format” means: 24 bit mantissa and 8 bit exponent.
Transferred T/D/DL functions
DB →PLC)
21 - 30
DBW 116 Extended address T function 1 (16 bit Int)
DBW 118 T function 1 (binary) /H2/

For 8-decade T nos., T function 1 (32 bit DINT) is used in DBD 118 (see note)
DBD 118
DBW 122 T function 2 (Int)
DBW 126 T function 3 (Int)
DBB 128
DBB 129 D function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBW 130 For 5-decade D nos., D function 1 (16 bit DINT) is used in DBD 130 (see note)
Extended address D function 2 (8 bit Int)
DBB 130
DBB 131 D function 2 (8 bit Int)
DBB 132 Extended address D function 3 (8 bit Int)
DBB 133 D function 3 (8 bit Int)
DBW 134 Extended address DL function (16 bit Int)
DBD 136 DL function (REAL)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Note
With active tool management, programmed T functions are not output to the
PLC.
8-decade T nos. are only available as T function 1
Programmed D functions with names (e.g. D=CUTEDGE_1) cannot be
output in ASCII format to the PLC.
5-decade D nos. are only available as D function 1
The REAL format corresponds to floating point representation in STEP 7
(24 bit mantissa and 8 bit exponent). This floating point format supplies a
maximum of 7 valid places.
Transfered H/F functions
DB
21 - 30 →PLC)

DBW 140 Extended address H function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 142 H function 1 (REAL or Dint) /H2/
DBW 158 Extended address F function 1 (binary) /H2/
DBD 160 F function 1 (REAL format) /H2/
Note
F functions are programmed in the part program in the REAL format.

The extended address of the F function contains an identifier with the
following meaning:
0 = path feed,
1-31 = machine axis number for feed with positioning axes.
The H function data type is dependent on MD 22110: AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT.

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Decoded M signals (M0 - M99)

DB →PLC)
21 - 30
DBB 194 Dynamic M functions
M07 M06 M05 * M04 * M03 * M02 M01 M00
DBB 195 Dynamic M functions /H2/
M15 M14 M13 M12 M11 M10 M09 M08
M23 M22 M21 M20 M19 M18 M17 M16
M31 M30 M29 M28 M27 M26 M25 M24
M39 M38 M37 M36 M35 M34 M33 M32
M47 M46 M45 M44 M43 M42 M41 M40
M55 M54 M53 M52 M51 M50 M49 M48
M63 M62 M61 M60 M59 M58 M57 M56
M71 M70 * M69 M68 M67 M66 M65 M64
M79 M78 M77 M76 M75 M74 M73 M72
M87 M86 M85 M84 M83 M82 M81 M80
M95 M94 M93 M92 M91 M90 M89 M88
M99 M98 M97 M96
DBB 207
Note
M functions marked with * are not decoded in this bit array if a spindle is
configured in the channel. In this case, these M functions are offered as
extended M functions in DB21-30.DBB68 ff. and in the relevant axis DB
DB31-61.DBB86 ff.
Dynamic M functions (M00 to M99) are decoded by the basic PLC program.
The PLC user must use dynamic M functions in order to generate static M
functions.

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Active G functions
DB →PLC)
21 - 30
DBB 208 Number of active G function of G function group 1 (binary) /K1/
...
DBB 270 Number of active G function of G function group n-1 (binary) /K1/
DBB 271 Number of active G function of G function group n (binary) /K1/
Note
The active G functions of the groups are updated each time a G function or a
mnemonic identifier (e.g. SPLINE) is programmed.
G functions within a G group are output as binary value, starting with 1.
A G function with the value 0 means that no G function is active for this G
group.
Signals for protection areas from NC channel
DB
21 - 30 →PLC) (SW 2 and higher)

DBB 272 Machine-related protection area preactivated /A3/
DBB 273 Machine-related protection area preactivated /A3/
Area 10 Area 9
DBB 274 Channel-specific protection area preactivated /A3/
DBB 275 Channel-specific protection area preactivated /A3/
Area 10 Area 9
DBB 276 Machine-related protection area violated /A3/
DBB 277 Machine-related protection area violated /A3/
Area 10 Area 9

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DBB 278 Channel-specific protection area violated /A3/
DBB 279 Channel-specific protection area violated /A3/
Area 10 Area 9
Instruction-controlled signals to NC channel

DB →PLC) (SW 4 and higher)
Signals to NCK channel (NCK→
21 - 30
DBB 280 Synch. D number

action request to
request to NCK
NCK
DBB 281 Synch.

action
request
from NCK
DBW 282 Assignment D1
DBB 300 Disable synchronized actions /FBSY/
No. 8 No. 7 No. 6 No. 5 No. 4 No. 3 No. 2 No. 1

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Note
The request signals are set by the user and reset by the basic program after
transmission of the corresponding data.
Instruction-controlled signals from NC channel
DB
21 - 30 →PLC) (SW 4 and higher)

Cyclic Signals interface NCK PLC
DBB 316 Active G functions
G00 *
DBB 317 Cartesian point-to-point motion
Tool PTP External
missing motion language
active mode
active
DBB 318
Dryrun ASUP
feedrate stopped
DBB 319
* applies to Geo axes only

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Signals to orientation axes
DB →NCK)
Signals to NCK channel (PLC→
21 - 30
DBB 320 Traversing keys Orientation axis 1
+ − Rapid Traversing Feed stop Activate handwheel

traverse key disable
− − override
(bit value coding)
DBB 321 Orientation axis 1
DBB 322 OEM signals orientation axis 1
+ − Rapid Traversing Feed Activate handwheel

traverse key
stop (bit value coding)
override
disable
+ − Rapid Traversing Feed Activate handwheel

key
traverse stop (bit value coding)
disable
override

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
Signals from orientation axes
DB →PLC)
21 - 30
DBB 332 Travel command Orientation axis 1

plus minus Handwheel active
(bit value coding)

Active machine function

(bit value coding)


(bit value coding)


Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Tool management functions from NC channel
DB →PLC)
21 - 30
Modification signals tool management functions
DBB 344 Last Transfer to Tool limit Tool pre-

replace- new value warning
ment tool replace- reached limit
of tool ment tool reached
group
DBB
345-347
Transferred tool management functions
DBD 348 T number for tool prewarning limit (DInt)
DBD 352 T number for tool limit value (DInt)
DBD 356 T number of new replacement tool (DInt)
DBD 360 T number of last replacement tool (DInt)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.14 →NCK)
Signals from/to axis/spindle (PLC→
DB →NCK)
Signals to axis/spindle (PLC→
31 -61
DBB 0 Feedrate override /V1/

Axis and
spindle H G F E D C B A
DBB 1 Override Position Position Follow-up Axis/spindle Sensor fixed Acknowl. Drive test
active measuring measuring mode /A2/ disable stop fixed stop movement
Axis and
/V1/ system 2 system 1 /A2/ /F1/ reached enable
spindle /A2/ /A2/ (SW 2 and /F1/ (SW 2
higher) and higher))
DBB 2 Reference point value /R1/ Clamping Delete Controller Cam

in progress distance-to- enable activation
Axis and
/A3/ go/ spindle /A2/ /N3/
spindle reset (SW 2 and
/A2, S1/ higher)
4 3 2 1
DBB 3 Velocity/ Activate Activate Activate Activate Enable Accept

spindle fixed feed fixed feed fixed feed fixed feed travel to external ZO
Axis and
speed fixed stop /K2/ (SW 2
spindle limitation 4 3 2 1 /F1/ SW 2 and higher)
/A3/ /FBMA/, /FBMA/, /FBMA/, /FBMA/, and higher)
/V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4 /V1/ (SW 4
and higher) and higher) and higher) and higher)
DBB 4 Traversing keys /H1/ Rapid Traversing Feed Activate handwheel /H1/
Axis and traverse key disable stop/spindle
spindle override /H1/ stop /A2/
/H1/
plus minus 3 2 1
DBB 5 Machine function /H1/

Axis and
spindle Var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
DBB 6 OEM axis signals

Axis and
spindle
DBB 7
DBB 8 Request Activation Allocate NC axis to channel

PLC signal with /K5/
axis/spindle change of
this byte
/K5/ /K5/ D C B A
Note
DBX8.4: is automatically reset after assignment (SW 3.7, 4.2 and higher). For
previous SW versions, the activation signal must be applied until the
assignment is made (DBB68).

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DB Continuation: Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)

31-61
DBB 9 Parameter Parameter block servo (SW4 and

set higher) /K2/
Definition
from NC
disabled
C B A
DBB
10-11
DBB 12 Delay 2nd software limit switch Hardware limit switch
reference /A3/ /A3/
Axis
point
approach
/R1/
plus minus plus minus
DBB
13-15
DBB 16 Delete No n- Resyn- Resyn- Gear has Actual gear stage /S1/
S value monitoring chronize chronize changed
Spindle
/S1/ when spindle 1 spindle 2 over /S1/
changing /S1/ /S1/
gear /S1/
C B A
DBB 17 Invert Resyn- Resyn- Feedrate

M3/M4 chronize chronize override f.
Spindle
/S1/ spindle at spindle at spindle
pos. 2 /S1/ pos. 1 /S1/ valid /S1/
DBB 18 Setpoint rot. direct. /S1/ Oscillating Oscillation

speed via PLC
Spindle
/S1/ /S1/
CCW CW
DBB 19 Spindle override /V1/

Spindle
H G F E D C B A
DBB 20 Speed Torque Ramp- Runup

setpoint limit 2 function change-
611D
smoothing /A2/ generator over U/f
/A2/ interface mode
/A2/ /DE1/
DBB 21 Pulse n controller Selecting Motor selection /A2/ Drive parameter set selection /A2/
enable integrator motor
611D
/A2/ disable /A2/
/A2/
B A C B A
DBB 22 Speed limit Speed limit Deselect Deselect

bit value 1 bit value 0 safe safe
Safety
standstill velocity and
Integr. standstill

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB Continuation: Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK)

31-61
DBB 23 Activate Activate Trans- Trans- Trans-

test stop end mission of mission of mission of
Safety
position bit value 2 bit value 1 bit value 0
Integr. pair 2
DBB 24 Master/ Bit value for (Stepper motor)

slave on
CTRLOUT_changed:
1 0
Change setpoint output Step mode Rotation
assignment (for compile fine/coarse monitoring
cycles)
DBB 25
DBB 26 Enable Enable

Grinding emergency slave axis
retraction overlay
DBB 27
Grinding
DBB 28 PLC Stop /P5/ Stop at Change Set

checks (SW 2 and next reversal reversal
Oscillation
axis /P5/ higher) reversal point /P5/ point /P5/
(SW 2 and point (SW 2 and (SW 2 and
higher) /P5/ (SW 2 higher) higher)
and higher)
DBB 29 No auto Start

sync gantry
Grinding
synchroni-
zation run
/G1/ (SW 2
and higher)
DBB 30-
31
Grinding
DBB 32 Deselect Deselect Deselect

external external external
Safety
stop D stop C stop A
Integr.
DBB 33 Select override
Safety Bit value 3 Bit value 2 Bit value 1 Bit value 0

Integr.
DBB 34
DBB ...
DBB 59

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
Note
The IS ”Delete distance-to-go” (DBX2.2) is effective only for position axes on

an axis-specific basis; the IS ”Delete distance-to-go” (DB21-30, DB6.2) acts
on a channel-specific basis. The IS ”Spindle reset” (DXB2.2) acts on a
spindle-specific basis.
Signals from axis/spindle
DB →PLC)
Signals from axis/spindle (NCK→
31 -61
DBB 60 Position reached /B1/ References/ References/ Encoder Encoder NCU_Link Spindle
Axis and with exact with exact synchro- synchro- limit limit Axis active /no axis
spindle stop fine stop nizes nizes frequency frequency /S1/
/B3/
coarse 2 /R1/ 1 /R1/ exceeded exceeded
2 /A3/ 1 /A3/
DBB 61 Current Speed Position Axis/spindle Follow-up Axis ready Travel

controller controller controller stationary mode request
Axis and /B3/
active /A2/ active /A2/ active /A2/ (n < nmin) active /A2/ /F1/
spindle /A2/
DBB 62 Force fixed Fixed stop Activate Measure- Revolutio- Handwheel Software
stop limited reached travel to ment nal overlay cams
/F1/ (SW /F1/ fixed stop active feedrate active /H1/ active /N3/
5.2) (SW 2 and /F1/ (SW 2 active (SW 2 and (SW 2 and
higher) and higher) higher) higher)
DBB 63
DBB 64 Traverse command /H1/ Handwheel active /H1/

Axis and
spindle plus minus 3 2 1
65 Active machine function /H1/

Axis and
spindle Var. INC 10000 INC 1000 INC 100 INC 10 INC 1 INC
DBB 66 OEM axis signals (reserved)

Axis and
spindle
DBB 67
DBB 68 NC axis/spindle in channel /K5/
PLC axis/ Neutral axis/ Axis New type D C B A

spindle spindle replacement requested by
/K5/ /K5/ possible PLC
/K5/ /K5/
DBB 69 NCU number in NCU link network Parameter block servo
C B A
DBB 70-71
DBB 72

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB Continuation: Signals from axis/spindle (NCK → PLC)

31-61
DBB 73-75
DBB 76 Rotary axis Indexing Positioning Scratch

in position axis in axis pulse
Axis
position /P2/ /A2/
/T1/
DBB 77
DBB 78
Axis
F function (REAL format)
for positioning axis /V1/
DBB 82 Gear Setpoint gear stage /S1/

change-
Spindle over /S1/
C B A
DBB 83 Actual Speed Spindle in Support Geometry Set speed Set speed Speed limit
rotat. monitoring setpoint area limits monitoring increased limited exceeded
Spindle
direction /W1/ range /S1/ violated /W1/ /S1/ /S1/ /S1/
CW (SW 2 and /S8/ (SW 2 and
/S1/ higher) (SW 2 and higher)
higher)
DBB 84 Active spindle operating mode /S1/ Synchro- Tapping CLGON SUG active Const.
nous mode without active (grinding cutting
Spindle
/S3/ compen- /S8/ wheel speed
(SW 2 and sating (SW 2 and surface active
higher) chuck /S1/ higher) speed)
Control Oscillation Positioning
mode mode mode
DBB 85
Spindle
DBB 86 M function (binary) for spindle /S1/

Spindle
DBD 88
Spindle
S function (floating-point) for spindle /S1/
DBB 92 Speed Torque HLGSS Set-up

setpoint limit 2 active mode
611D
smoothing active /A2/ /A2/ active /A2/
active /A2/

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals

31-61
DBB 93 Enable n controller Drive Active motor /A2/ Active drive parameter set /A2/
611D pulses integrator ready
/A2/ disabled /A2/
/A2/
B A C B A
DBB 94 Variable nact = nset |nact| < nx |nact| < Md < Mdx Ramp-up Temperature prewarning
611D signaling /A2/ /A2/ nmin /A2/ /A2/ complete /A2/
fct. /A2/ /A2/
Heat sink Motor
DBB 95 UDC-link <
611D alarm
threshold
/A2/
DBB 96 Master/ Bit value for (Stepper
slave active CTRLOUT_changed: motor)
/TE3/ error
rotation
monitoring
/S6/
1 0
Change setpoint output

assignment (for compile
cycles)
DBB 97
DBB 98 Emergency Accel. Speed Overlaid Actual value Synchronism (SW 2 and
Synchro- retraction warning warning motion coupling higher) /S3/
nous spindle active threshold threshold /S3/ (SW2 /S3/ (SW2
reached reached and higher) and higher)
coarse fine
DBB 99 Emergency Max. acce- Max. Synchro- Axis acce- Slave Master
Synchro- retraction leration speed nization lerating spindle spindle
nous spindle enabled reached reached running active active
(SW 2 and (SW 2 and
higher) higher)
/S3/ /S3/
DBB 100 Oscillation Oscillation Spark-out Error in Oscillation
Grinding active /P5/ motion active /P5/ oscillation cannot
(SW 2 and active /P5/ /P5/ start /P5/
higher)
DBB 101 Gantry axis Gantry Gantry Gantry Gantry Gantry cut-
Gantry /G1/ leading grouping is synchroni- warning off limit
(SW 2 and axis synchro- zation run limit exceeded
higher) /G1/ nous ready to start exceeded /G1/
/G1/ /G1/ /G1/
DBB 102,
103
DBB 104 Active infeed axis /P5/
Grinding
(SW2 and
higher) Axis 8 Axis 7 Axis 6 Axis 5 Axis 4 Axis 3 Axis 2 Axis 1
Axis 16 Axis 9

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals

31-61
Axis 24 Axis 17
Axis 31 Axis 30 Axis 25
DBB 108 SINUMERIK Safety Integrated / /
Axis safely Delete Safe speed

referenced pulses via or zero
external speed active
circuit
DBB 109 SINUMERIK Safety Integrated

Actual position > cam position
SC 4- SC 4+ SC 3- SC 3+ SC 2- SC 2+ SC 1- SC 1+
DBB 110 SINUMERIK Safety Integrated
n < nx Safe velocity Safe velocity Safe zero

active bit active bit speed
value 1 value 0 active
DBB 111 Reserved for SINUMERIK Safety Integrated / /
Stop E Stop D Stop C Stop A/B

active active active active

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.15 Interface for loading/unloading magazine

DB 71 →PLC)
Interface for loading/unloading magazine (NCK→
DBB 0 Interface (I) active
I8 I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1
DBB 1
I16 I15 I14 I13 I12 I11 I10 I9
DBB 2,3
DBB n
res. res. res. NC Position at Reload Unload Load
program loading point
positions
magazine
DBB
n+2 Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
DBB
n+3 Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
DBD
n+4 Unassigned parameter 1 (D word)
DBD
DBD
n + 12 Unassigned parameter 3 (D word)
DBW
n + 16 Identification for loading/unloading station (Int), (fixed value 9999)
DBW
n + 18 No. of loading station (Int)
DBW
n + 20 Magazine no. (source) for unloading/reloading (Int)
DBW
n + 22 Location no. (source) for unloading/reloading (Int)
DBW
n + 24 Magazine no. (target) for loading/reloading/positioning (Int)
DBW
n + 26 Location no. (target) for loading/reloading/positioning (Int)
DBW
n + 28 Spare
Initial addresses of the loading/unloading stations:

Loading/unloading station 1: n= 4 Loading/unloading station 3: n= 64
Loading/unloading station 2: n= 34 Loading/unloading station 4: n= 94
Load interface 1 is responsible for spindle loading and reloading of tools, for relocating tools and for positioning at any
location (e.g. buffer). References: /FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management"

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.16 Interface for spindle as change position
DB 72 →PLC)
Signals from spindle (NCK→
I8 I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1
DBB 1
I16 I15 I14 I13 I12 I11 I10 I9
DBB 2,3
DBB n
res. Replace Replace OldT in T0 Prepare Perform Compul-
manual manual buffer no. change change sory
tool tool. (n-42) (initiate: change
M06)
DBB Unassigned
n+1
DBB
n+2 Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
DBB
n+3 Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
DBD
DBD
DBD
n + 12 Unassigned parameter 3 (D word)
DBW Buffer identification (Int), (fixed value 9998)

(corresponds to ”Target position for new tool”)
n + 16
DBW Relative location (target) in the buffer (Int)
n + 18
DBW Magazine no. (source) for new tool (Int)
n + 20
DBW Location no. (source) for new tool (Int)
n + 22
DBW Magazine no. (target) for old tool (Int)
n + 24
DBW Location no. (target) for old tool (Int)
n + 26
DBW Tool new: location type (Int)
n + 28
DBW Tool new: size left (Int)
n + 30
DBW Tool new: size right (Int)
n + 32

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DBW Tool new: size top (Int)

n + 34
DBW Tool new: size bottom (Int)
n + 36
DBB Tool status for tool new
n + 38
Tool was in Tool fixed Prewarning Tool Tool Active tool
use location limit measured enabled
coded reached
DBW Tool new: T no. (Int)

n + 40
DBW If DBX (n+0.4) = 1, then buffer location of old tool is entered here.
n + 42
DBW Spare
n + 44
DBW Spare
n + 46
Initial addresses of the buffers:
Spindle 1:n= 4
Spindle 2:n = 52
References: /FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management”

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.17 Interface for circular magazine
DB73 →PLC)
Signals from circular magazine (NCK→
I8 I7 I6 I5 I4 I3 I2 I1
DBB 1
I16 I15 I14 I13 I12 I11 I10 I9
DBB 2,3
DBB n
res. res. res. res. T0 res. Perform Obligatory
change change
(initiation:
T no.)
DBB Unassigned
n+1
DBB Assigned channel (8 bit Int)
n+2
DBB Tool management no. (8 bit Int)
n+3
DBD Unassigned parameter 1 (D word)
n+4
n+8
n + 12
DBW Reserved
n + 16
DBW Reserved
n + 18
DBW Circular magazine no. (Int)
n + 20
DBW Location no. for new tool (Int)
n + 22
DBW Reserved
n + 24
DBW Location no. for old tool (Int)
n + 26
DBW Tool new: location type (Int)
n + 28
DBW Tool new: size left (Int)
n + 30

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DBW Tool new: size right (Int)

n + 32
DBW Tool new: size top (Int)
n + 34
DBW Tool new: size bottom (Int)
n + 36
DBB Tool status for tool new
n + 38 Tool was in Tool fixed Prewarning Tool Tool Active tool

use location limit measured enabled
coded reached
DBW Tool new: T no. (Int)

n + 40
DBW Spare
n + 42
Initial addresses of the circular magazines: circular magazine 1: n = 4
2: n = 48
References: /FBW/, ”Description of Functions, Tool Management”
4.2.18 Interface for buffer (tool management)

(available soon)
Note
On a tool change the PLC can detect whether a tool is about to be disabled
because the tool life or workpiece counter has been exceeded. The signal
"Prewarning limit reached" is scanned for this. The prewarning threshold
must be set correspondingly.
DB77 is set up. However, its signals and data cannot yet be addressed in
SW 5.1.
DB77 Buffer (tool management)

DBB n+0 Data not Buffer

complete occupied
(ZWS)
DBB n+1 Request

ZWS data
DBW n+2 Magazine no. of old location (Int)
DBW n+4 Location no. of old location (Int)
DBW n+6 Tool: Location type (Int)
DBW n+8 Tool: Size left (Int)
DBW n+10 Tool: Size right (Int)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DBW n+12 Tool: Size above (Int)

DBW n+14 Tool: Size below (Int)
DBB n+16 Tool status for tool
Tool was in Tool fixed Pre- Measure Tool Active
use location warning
tool enabled tool
coded limit
reached
DBB n+17 Tool status for tool
DBW n+18 Tool: T No. (Int)
Note
Initial addresses of the buffers:
Buffer 1: n = 0
2: n = 20
3: n = 40
...
m: n = (m-1)*20
4.2.19 Signals to/from ManualTurn

Note
Details for the listed signals are contained in

References: /FBMA/, Description of Functions ManualTurn
DB82 Signals to ManualTurn (input signals)

Address Name Initial value Comment
0.0 CTM_IN.mode B#16#0 Special operating modes for ManualTurn
1.0 CTM_IN.feed_ovrd B#16#0 Feed override switch

2.0 CTM_IN.spindle_ovrd B#16#0 Spindle override switch
4.0 CTM_IN.nc_start.open TRUE NC Start, break contact element
4.1 CTM_IN.nc_start.close FALSE NC Start, make contact element
6.0 CTM_IN.nc_stop.open TRUE NC Stop, break contact element
6.1 CTM_IN.nc_stop.close FALSE NC Stop, make contact element
8.0 CTM_IN.spindle_start.open TRUE Spindle start, break contact element
8.1 CTM_IN.spindle_start.close FALSE Spindle start, make contact element
10.0 CTM_IN.spindle_stop.open TRUE Spindle stop, break contact element
10.1 CTM_IN.spindle_stop.close FALSE Spindle stop, make contact element
12.0 CTM_IN.spindle_left FALSE Spindle rotational direction, counterclockwise
12.1 CTM_IN.spindle_right FALSE Spindle rotational direction, clockwise

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
12.2 CTM_IN.direction_xz_off FALSE Axis direction xz off

12.3 CTM_IN.x_plus FALSE 1st geometry axis (X axis) in plus direction
12.4 CTM_IN.x_minus FALSE 1st geometry axis (X axis) in minus direction
12.5 Reserved - -
12.6 Reserved - -
12.7 CTM_IN.z_plus FALSE 3rd machine axis (Z axis) in plus direction
13.0 CTM_IN.z_minus FALSE 3rd machine axis (Z axis) in minus direction
13.1 CTM_IN.direction_c_off FALSE Machine axis direction (C) off
13.2 Reserved - -
13.3 Reserved - -
13.4 CTM_IN.c_plus FALSE 3rd machine axis (C axis) in plus direction
13.5 CTM_IN.c_minus FALSE 3rd machine axis (C axis) in minus direction
13.6 CTM_IN.increment FALSE Increment on/off
13.7 CTM_IN.fix_feed1 FALSE Fixed feedrate F1 on
14.3 CTM_IN.hand_wheel_1 FALSE Handwheel factor 1 on/off
14.6 CTM_IN.contour_feed_plus FALSE Contour feedrate plus
14.7 CTM_IN.contour feed_minus FALSE Contour feedrate minus
15.0 CTM_IN.contour_wheel FALSE Contour handwheel on/off
15.1 CTM_IN.x_wheel FALSE Handwheel for 1st geom. axis (X axis) on/off
15.2 Reserved - -
15.3 CTM_IN.z_wheel FALSE Handwheel for 3rd geom. axis (Z axis) on/off
15.4 CTM_IN.single_block FALSE Single block on/off
15.5 CTM_IN.teach_feed FALSE Teach In, feedrate (G01)
15.6 CTM_IN.teach_rapid FALSE Teach In, rapid traverse (G00)
15.7 Reserved - -
16.0 CTM_IN.jog_feed FALSE Setup feedrate (override is active)
16.1 CTM_IN.disable_popup FALSE Suppression of the pop-up alarm window
16.2 CTM_IN.disable_cnc_standard FALSE Switchover to standard CNC suppressed
16.3 CTM_IN.reset FALSE RESET
16.4 CTM_IN.disable_spindle_control FALSE Suppression of the ManualTurn spindle
control
16.5 CTM_IN.reset_nc_start_dir_off FALSE Reset NC Start on selection of direction in
operating mode MANUAL, SK STRAIGHT
17.0 CTM_IN.assign_contour_wheel B#16#0 Assignment of contour handwheel to
handwheel 1, 2 ,3
18.0 CTM_IN.vconst_max_input_locked FALSE Enter disable speed limitation
18.1 CTM_IN.spdle_speed_input_locked FALSE Enter disable speed limitation
18.2 Reserved
18.3 CTM_IN.spindle_speed_unit FALSE Unit of speed
18.4 CTM_IN.set_spindle_speed FALSE Accept speed value/unit

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
18.5 CTM_IN.start_spindle_asup FALSE Start asynchronous subroutine for external

spindle control
22.0 CTM_IN.spindle_speed_value B#116#0 Spindle speed or cutting speed
26.0 Reserved - -
30.0 Reserved - -
34.0 CTM_IN.teach.m_func B#16#0 Teach buffer for M functions
36.0 Reserved - -
38.0 CTM_IN.teach.strobe FALSE Strobe for acceptance of the Teach buffer
DB82 Signals from ManualTurn (output signals)

40.0 CTM_OUT.ctm_activ FALSE ManualTurn active
40.1 CTM_OUT.x_plus FALSE 1st geometry axis (X axis) in plus direction
40.2 CTM_OUT.x_minus FALSE 1st geometry axis (X axis) in minus direction
40.3 Reserved - -
40.4 Reserved - -
40.5 z_plus FALSE 3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in plus direction
40.6 z_minus FALSE 3rd geometry axis (Z axis) in minus direction
40.7 Reserved - -
41.0 Reserved - -
41.1 CTM_OUT.c_plus FALSE 3rd machine axis (C axis) in plus direction
41.2 CTM_OUT.c_minus FALSE 3rd machine axis (C axis) in minus direction
41.3 CTM_OUT.spindle_right FALSE Spindle rot. direct. clockwise preselected
41.4 CTM_OUT.spindle_left FALSE Spindle rot. direct. counterclockw. presel.
41.5 CTM_OUT.nc_activ FALSE NC part program active
41.6 CTM_OUT.nc_stopped FALSE NC part program interrupt requested
41.7 CTM_OUT.spindle_activ FALSE Spindle running
42.0 CTM_OUT.spindle_stopped FALSE Spindle stop requested
42.1 CTM_OUT.hand_wheel_1 FALSE Handwheel factor 1
42.4 CTM_OUT.contour_wheel FALSE Contour handwheel
42.5 CTM_OUT.x_wheel FALSE Handwheel for 1st geometry axis (X axis)
42.6 Reserved - -
42.7 CTM_OUT.z_wheel FALSE Handwheel for 3rd geometry axis (Z axis)
43.0 CTM_OUT.spindle_speed_set FALSE Speed value/unit accepted
43.1 CTM_OUT.single_block FALSE Single block selected
43.2 CTM_OUT.spindle_control_disabled FALSE Spindle control ManualTurn suppressed
43.3 CTM_OUT.teach_in_activ FALSE Teach In selected
43.4 CTM_OUT.reset FALSE Reset pressed
43.5 CTM_OUT.reference_mode_selected FALSE Reference point approach selected
43.6 CTM_OUT.manual_mode_straight FALSE SK "STRAIGHT" selected in manual mode
43.7 CTM_OUT.manual_mode_conical FALSE SK "CONICAL" selected in manual mode
44.0 CTM_OUT.spindle_pos_mode_sel FALSE SK "ORIENTED SPINDLE STOP" is activated
45.0 CTM_OUT.active_mmc_mode B#16#0 Active operating mode

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
46.0 Reserved - -
47.0 Reserved - -
48.0 Reserved - -
52.0 Reserved - -
56.0 Reserved - -
60.0 Reserved - -
64.0 CTM_OUT.errors.nc_start_error FALSE Error messages, NC Start key defective
64.1 CTM_OUT.errors.nc_stop_error FALSE Error messages, NC Stop key defective
64.2 CTM_OUT.errors.spindle_start_error FALSE Error messages, spindle start key defective
64.3 CTM_OUT.errors.spindle_stop_error FALSE Error messages, spindle stop key defective
64.5 Reserved - -
64.6 Reserved - -
64.7 Reserved - -
65.0 Reserved - -
65.1 Reserved - -
65.2 Reserved - -
66.0 Reserved - -
67.0 Reserved - -
68.0 Reserved - -
72.0 Reserved - -
76.0 nck_signal_monitor.monitor_on FALSE NCK signal monitor function active
(input signal)
76.1 nck_signal_monitor.monitor_initialize FALSE Initialize data (input signal)
78.0 nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1]. W#16#0 Current number of error message 1
current_number (output signal)
80.0 nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1]. B#16#0 DB number of error message 1
db_number (output signal)
81.0 nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1]. B#16#0 Byte number of error message 1
byte_number (output signal)
82.0 nck_signal_monitor.access_error[1]. B#16#0 Bit number of error message 1
bit_number (output signal)
: :

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
4.2.20 Signals to/from ShopMill
Note
Details for the listed signals are contained in

References: /FBSP/, Description of Functions ShopMill
DB82 Signals to ShopMill (input signals)

0.0 CMM_IN.transfer_base_sig B#16#0 Transmission mode for MCP signals
2.0 CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.manu FALSE Manual ShopMill mode
al
2.1 CMM_IN.base_sig.main_mode_mill.auto FALSE Automatic ShopMill mode
matic
4.0 CMM_IN.base_sig.reset FALSE RESET for ShopMill
4.1 CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_start FALSE Cycle start
4.2 CMM_IN.base_sig.nc_cycle_stop FALSE Cycle stop
6.0 CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.tool FALSE Tool operational area
6.1 CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.directory FALSE Directory operational area
6.2 CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.messages FALSE Alarms/messages operational area
6.3 CMM_IN.sub_mode_mill.program FALSE Program operational area
8.0 CMM_IN.spindle_interface_number B#16#5 Assignment: spindle axis data block 4 or 5
9.1 CMM_IN.spindle_start FALSE Spindle start
9.2 CMM_IN.spindle_stop FALSE Spindle stop
9.3 CMM_IN.spindle_left FALSE Spindle rotational direction counterclockwise
9.4 CMM_IN.spindle_right FALSE Spindle rotational direction clockwise
9.5 CMM_IN.program_extern_selected FALSE Program selected in PLC
9.6 CMM_IN.disable_cnc_standard FALSE Disable switchover to standard CNC
9.7 CMM_IN.cmm_activ_in_cnc_mode TRUE ShopMill PLC active during the CNC standard
operation
10.0 CMM_IN.program_test_request FALSE Select function Program test
10.1 CMM_IN.dry_run_request FALSE Select function Dry run
10.2 CMM_IN.m01_request FALSE Select function M01
10.3 CMM_IN.skip_block_request FALSE Select skip block function
10.4 CMM_IN.boot_standard FALSE System power-up in standard CNC user
interface
DB82 Signals from ShopMill (output signals)

30.0 CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill. FALSE Manual ShopMill mode
manual
30.1 CMM_OUT.base_sig.main_mode_mill. FALSE Automatic ShopMill mode
automatic
32.0 CMM_OUT.base_sig.reset FALSE Reset performed
32.1 CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_activ FALSE Cycle active
32.2 CMM_OUT.base_sig.nc_cycle_stopped FALSE Cycle interrupted

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
34.0 CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.tool FALSE Tool operational area selected

34.1 CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.directory FALSE Directory operational area selected
34.2 CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.messages FALSE Alarms/messages operational area selected
34.3 CMM_OUT.sub_mode_mill.program FALSE Program operational area selected
36.0 CMM_OUT.cmm_plc_activ FALSE ShopMill PLC active
36.1 CMM_OUT.cmm_mmc_activ FALSE ShopMill user interface active
36.2 CMM_OUT.spindle_start_req FALSE Spindle start requested
(M3/M4 output to spindle)
36.3 CMM_OUT.spindle_stop_req FALSE Spindle stop requested
(M5 output to spindle)
36.4 CMM_OUT.spindle_right FALSE Spindle rot. direction clockwise preselected
36.5 CMM_OUT.spindle_left FALSE Spindle rot. direct. counterclockwise
preselected
36.6 CMM_OUT.set_spindle_halt FALSE Spindle stop (request for PLC user program)
37.0 CMM_OUT.program_selection_done FALSE Acknowledgment from MMC that a program
has been selected
37.1 CMM_OUT.program_test_active FALSE Function Program test is active
37.2 CMM_OUT.dry_run_active FALSE Function Dry Run is active
37.3 CMM_OUT.m01_active FALSE Function M01 is active
37.4 CMM_OUT.skip_block_activ FALSE Skip block function is active
37.5 CMM_OUT.e_asup_activ FALSE E_ASUP is active
37.6 CMM_OUT.e_s_asup_activ FALSE E_S_ASUP is active
40.0 CMM_OUT.cycle_state.tool_change FALSE Tool change active
40.1 CMM_OUT.cycle_state.approach_range FALSE Infeed range
40.2 CMM_OUT.cycle_state.retreat FALSE Retraction
40.3 CMM_OUT.cycle_state.machining_process FALSE Machining
40.7 CMM_OUT.cycle_state.initialization FALSE Program initialization
42.0 CMM_OUT.tool_m_function.function_1_on FALSE Switch on tool-specific M function 1
42.4 CMM_OUT.tool_m_function. FALSE Tool-specific M function 1 applies
function_1_activ
function_2_activ
function_3_activ
function_4_activ
44 CMM_OUT.mask_number W#16#0 Actual mask number of ShopMill
54.0 CMM_OUT.errors.asup_select_error FALSE The E_asup cycle could not be selected after
control startup
60.0 nck_signal_monitor.monitor_on FALSE NCK signal monitor function active
(input signal)
60.1 nck_signal_monitor.monitor_initialize FALSE Initialize data
(input signal)

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals

.
4.2.21 NC signals influenced by the ManualTurn application
DB10 Signals to NC (PLC ---> NC)

Byte Designation
DBB56 Bit7 Keyswitch setting 3 /A2/
DBB122, 123 External digital NCK inputs
Bits 0 to 7 Inputs 9 to 16
DBB130, 131, 132, 133 External digital NCK outputs
Bits 0 to 7 Outputs 17 to 24
DB11 Signals to mode groups (PLC--->NCK) /K1/
DBB0 Bit0 AUTOMATIC mode
Bit1 MDA mode
Bit2 JOG mode

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
DB11 continued Signals to mode groups (PLC--->NCK) /K1/

DBB1 Bit0 TEACH IN machine function
Bit1 REPOS machine function
Bit2 REF machine function
DB21 Signals to NCK channel (PLC--->NCK)

Byte Designation
DBB0 Bit3 Activate DRF /H1/
Bit4 Activate single block /K1/
Bit5 Activate M01 /K1/
Bit6 Activate dry run feedrate /V21/
DBB1 Bit6 PLC action terminated /K1/
Bit7 Activate program test /K1/
DBB4 / DBB5 Feedrate override / rapid traverse override /V1/
Bit0 A
Bit1 B
Bit2 C
Bit3 D
Bit4 E
Bit5 F
Bit6 G
Bit7 H
DBB6 Bit0 *) Feed lock /V1/
Bit2 Delete distance-to-go /A2/
Bit4 Abort program level /K1/
Bit6 *) Rapid traverse override active /V1/
Bit7 Feedrate override active /V1/
DBB7 Bit1 NC Start /K1/
Bit3 NC Stop /K1/
Bit7 Reset /K1/
DBB12, 16, 20 Geometry axis 1, 2, 3
Bit0 Activate handwheel 1 /H1/
Bit3 *) Feed stop /V1/
Bit4 *) Traversing key disable /H1/
Bit5 Rapid traverse override /H1/
Bit6 Traversing keys minus /H1/
Bit7 Traversing keys plus /H1/
DBB13, 17, 21 Geometry axis 1, 2, 3 machine functions /H1/
Bit0 1 INC
Bit1 10 INC
Bit2 100 INC
Bit3 1000 INC
Bit5 Var INC
Bit6 Continuous
DBB29 Bit0 Fixed feedrate F1 /V1/
Bit1 Fixed feedrate F2 /V1/
DBB30
Bit0 Activate contour handwheel 1
Bit3 Contour handwheel simulation on
Bit4 Contour handwheel simulation negative direction

04/00 Lists
4 Interface Signals
DB31-33 Signals to axis/spindle

DBB0, 19 Feedrate override spindle speed override /V1/
Bit0 A
Bit1 B
Bit2 C
Bit3 D
Bit4 E
Bit5 F
Bit6 G
Bit7 H
DBB1 Bit7 Correction active /V1/
DBB2 Bit2 Delete distance-to-go / reset spindle /A2,S1/
DBB4 Bit0 Activate handwheel 1 /H1/
Bit3 *) Feed stop / spindle stop /V1/
Bit4 *) Traversing key disable /H1/
Bit5 Rapid traverse override /H1/
Bit6 Traversing keys minus /H1/
Bit7 Traversing keys plus /H1/
DBB5 Machine functions /H1/
Bit0 1 INC
Bit1 10 INC
Bit2 100 INC
Bit3 1000 INC
Bit5 Var. INC
Bit6 Continuous
DB33 Signals to axis/spindle

DBB3 Bit2 Fixed feedrate F1 /V1/
DBB8 Bit0 Assign NC axis - channel A
Bit1 Assign NC axis - channel B
Bit2 Assign NC axis - channel C
Bit3 Assign NC axis - channel D
Bit4 Activate assignment using positive edge
Bit7 Request PLC axis / spindle
DBB16 Bit7 Clear S value /S1/

Lists 04/00
4 Interface Signals
4.2.22 NC signals influenced by the ShopMill application
DB10 Signals to NC (PLC--->NC)

Byte Designation
DBB130, 131 External digital NCK outputs
DBB132, 133 External digital NCK outputs
DB11 Signals to mode groups (PLC--->NCK) /K1/

DBB0 Bit0 AUTOMATIC mode
Bit1 MDA mode
Bit2 JOG mode
DBB1 Bit0 TEACH IN machine function
DB21 Signals to NCK channel (PLC--->NCK)

DBB0 Bit6 Activate dry run feedrate /V1/
DBB1 Bit7 Activate program test /K1/
DBB6 Bit2 Delete distance-to-go /A2/
DBB7 Bit1 NC Start /K1/
Bit3 NC Stop /K1/
Bit7 Reset /K1/

PLC Blocks 5
5.1 Overview of organization blocks ...........................................................................5-602
5.2 Overview of function blocks ..................................................................................5-603

5.2.1 ManualTurn ...................................................................................5-604
5.2.2 ShopMill ...................................................................................5-604
5.3 Assignment of data blocks ....................................................................................5-605

5.3.1 ManualTurn ...................................................................................5-606
5.3.2 ShopMill ...................................................................................5-606
5.4 Assigned timers ....................................................................................................5-606
Note for Section 5.2.1 ManualTurn

ManualTurn is an operator control for conventional cycle-controlled turning
machines. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a turning machine with a maximum of 2 axes and one
spindle. If the machine to be configured is such a machine and, in addition to
CNC control, conventional operation is not excluded, the FCs and DBs
should not be used.
References: /FBMA/ Description of Functions ManualTurn
Note for Section 5.2.2 ShopMill

ShopMill is an operator control for 2 1/2D milling machines in workshop
operation. The FCs and DBs can be used without any problem if the machine
to be configured is not a milling machine for 2 1/2D machining. However, the
FCs and DBs should not be used if the machine is planned to be used in
such an application.
References: /FBSP/ Description of Functions ShopMill

Lists 04/00
5 PLC Blocks
5.1 Overview of organization blocks
Table 5-1 Overview of organization blocks (OBs)
OB no. Designation Meaning Kit

1 ZYKLUS Cyclic processing GP
40 ALARM Process alarms GP
100 NEUSTART Beginning of restart GP

04/00 Lists
5 PLC Blocks
5.2 Overview of function blocks
Table 5-2 Overview of function blocks (FCs)
FC no. Designation Meaning Kit

0 - Reserved for Siemens
2 GP_HP Basic program, cyclic part GP
3 GP_PRAL Basic program, alarm-controlled part GP
5 GP_DIAG Basic program Diagnostic alarm (FM-NC) GP
7 TM_REV Transfer block for tool change with circular GP
magazine
8 TM_TRANS Transfer block for tool management GP
9 ASUP Asynchronous subprograms GP
10 AL_MSG Alarms/messages GP
12 AUXFU Call interface for user auxiliary functions GP
13 BHG_DISP Display control for handheld unit GP
15 POS_AX Positioning axis GP
16 PART_AX Indexing axis GP
17 Y-D switchover GP
18 SpinCtrl Spindle control from PLC GP
19 MCP_IFM Distribution of machine control panel and MMC GP
signals to interface (milling machine)
21 Transfer data exchange PLC-NCK GP
22 TM_DIR Selection of direction GP
24 MCP_IFM2 Transfer of MCP signals to interface GP
25 MCP_IFT Distribution of machine control panel and MMC GP
signals to interface
30 - 35 Assigned if ManualTurn or ShopMill are
installed; see below
36 - 127 User assignable with FM-NC, 810DE
36 - 255 User assignable with 810D, 840DE, 840D

Lists 04/00
5 PLC Blocks
Table 5-3 Overview of function blocks (FBs)
FB no. Designation Meaning Kit

0 - 29 Reserved for Siemens
1 RUN_UP Basic program, booting GP
2 GET Read NC variables GP
3 PUT Write NC variables GP
4 PI_SERV PI services GP
5 GETGUD Read GUD variable GP
7 PI_SERV2 General PI services GP
36 - 127 User assignable with FM-NC, 810DE
36 - 255 User assignable with 810D, 840DE, 840D
5.2.1 ManualTurn
30 ManualTurn PLC, status management; this is
invoked in OB 1
31-33 ManualTurn PLC, status management; these
are only loaded and must not be changed
34 Diagnostic block for monitoring the
ManualTurn-specific VDI signals
35 ManualTurn-local function block; this is only
loaded
5.2.2 ShopMill
30 ShopMill PLC, status management; this is
invoked in OB 1
31-33 ShopMill PLC, status management; these are
only loaded
34 Diagnostic block for monitoring the ShopMill-
specific VDI signals
35 ShopMill-local function block; this is only
loaded

04/00 Lists
5 PLC Blocks
5.3 Assignment of data blocks
Note Only so many DBs are created as are necessary according to NC-MD.
Table 5-4 Overview of data blocks
DB no. Designation Meaning Kit

1 Reserved for Siemens GP
2-4 PLC MSG PLC messages GP
5-8 Basic program
9 NC COMPILE Interface for NC compile cycles GP
10 NC Central NC interface GP
INTERFACE
11 BAG 1 Mode group interface GP
12 Computer link and transport system
13-14 Reserved (Hymnos, basic program)
15 Basic program
16 PI service definitions
17 Version code
18 SPL interface (Safety Integrated)
19 MMC interface
20 PLC machine data
21 - 30 CHANNEL 1 NC channel interface GP
31 - 61 AXIS 1,... Reserved for interface axis/spindle no. 1 to 31 GP
62 - 70 User assignable
71 - 74 User tool management GP
75 - 76 M group decoding GP
77 Tool management buffer
78 - 80 Reserved for Siemens
81 - 89 Assigned if ShopMill or ManualTurn are installed;
see below
(81)90 - User assignable FM-NC, 810DE, see below
127
(81)90 - User assignable 810D, 840DE, 840D, see
399 below
Note
Data blocks of inactivated channels, axes/spindles, C programming, tool
management can be assigned by the user.

Lists 04/00
5 PLC Blocks
5.3.1 ManualTurn
81 Data block for MMC; will be loaded.
82 Data block for spec. machine control panel
signals.
Configured by machine manufacturer.
83-87 Local data blocks; will be loaded and called by
FC30.
5.3.2 ShopMill
81 Data block for MMC
82 Data block for ShopMill interface
83-87 Internal FC 30 data blocks
88 Entity data block for FB4
5.4 Assigned timers
Timer no. Meaning

1-9 Reserved
10 - 127 User assignable

A Appendix A
References
General Documentation
/BU/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC
Ordering Information
Catalog NC 60.1
Order No.: E86060-K4460-A101-A6-7600
/ST7/ SIMATIC
SIMATIC S7 Programmable Logic Controllers
Catalog ST 70
Order No.: E86 060-K4670-A111-A3
/VS/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Technical Information
Catalog NC 60.2
Order No.: E86060-D4460-A201-A4-7600
/W/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Brochure
/Z/ SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVE

Accessories and Equipment for Special-Purpose Machines
Catalog NC Z
Order No.: E86060-K4490-A001-A6-7600
Electronic Documentation
/CD6/ The SINUMERIK system (04.00 Edition)
DOC ON CD
(with all SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC and SIMODRIVE 611D
publications)
Order No.: 6FC5 298-5CA00-0BG2

Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition A-607
Lists 04/00
A Appendix
User Documentation
/AUE/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

AutoTurn Graphic Programming System (07.99 Edition)
Part 2: Setup
Order No.: 6FC5 298-4AA50-0BP2
/AUK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Short Guide AutoTurn Operation (07.99 Edition)
/AUP/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

AutoTurn Graphic Programming System (07.99 Edition)
Part 1: Programming
/BA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Operator's Guide (04.00 Edition)
• Operator's Guide
• Operator's Guide Interactive Programming (MMC 102/103)
/BAE/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Operator's Guide Unit Operator Panel (04.96 Edition)
/BAH/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Operator's Guide HT 6 (HPU new) (06.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6FC5 298-0AD60-0BP0
/BAK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Short Operating Guide (12.98 Edition)
/BAM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Operator's Guide ManualTurn (02.00 Edition)
/KAM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Short Guide ManualTurn (11.98 Edition)
/BAS/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Operator's Guide ShopMill (03.99 Edition)
/KAS/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Short Guide ShopMill (01.98 Edition)
/BAP/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Operator's Guide Handheld Programming Unit(04.00 Edition)
/BNM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

User's Guide Measuring Cycles (04.00 Edition)
/DA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Diagnostics Guide (04.00 Edition)

A-608 Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition
04/00 Lists
A Appendix
/PG/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Programming Guide Fundamentals (04.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6FC5 298-5AB00-0BP2
/PGA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Programming Guide Advanced (04.00 Edition)
/PGK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Short Guide Programming (12.98 Edition)
/PGZ/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Programming Guide Cycles (04.00 Edition)
/PI/ PCIN 4.4

Software for Data Transfer to/from MMC Module
Order No.: 6FX2 060-4AA00-4XB0 (German, English, French)
Order from: WK Fürth
/SYI/ SINUMERIK 840Di

System Overview (01.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6FC5 298-5AE40-0BP0
Manufacturer/Service Documentation
/LIS/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC

SIMODRIVE 611D
Lists (04.00 Edition)
/BH/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC

Operator Components Manual (HW) (04.00 Edition)
/BHA/ SIMODRIVE Sensor

Absolute Encoder with Profibus DP
User Guide (HW) (02.99 Edition)
Order No.: 6SN1 197-0AB10-0YP1
/EMV/ SINUMERIK, SIROTEC, SIMODRIVE

EMC Installation Guide (06.99 Edition)
Planning Guide (HW)
/PHC/ SINUMERIK 810D

Manual Configuring (HW) (04.00 Edition)

Lists 04/00
A Appendix
/PHD/ SINUMERIK 840D

NCU 571.2-573.2 Manual Configuring (HW) (04.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6FC5 297-5AC10-0BP2
/PHF/ SINUMERIK FM-NC

NCU 570 Manual (HW) (04.96 Edition)
/PMH/ SIMODRIVE Sensor

Measuring Systems for Main Spindle Drives
Configuring/Installation Guide, SIMAG-H (HW) (05.99 Edition)
Order No.: 6SN1197-0AB30-0BP0
/FB1/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC (04.00 Edition)

Description of Functions Basic Machine (Part 1)
(the various sections are listed below)
A2 Various Interface Signals

A3 Axis Monitoring, Protection Zones
B1 Continuous Path Mode, Exact Stop and Look Ahead
B2 Acceleration
D1 Diagnostic Tools
D2 Interactive Programming
F1 Travel to Fixed Stop
G2 Velocities, Setpoint/Actual Value Systems,
Closed-Loop Control
H2 Output of Auxiliary Functions to PLC
K1 Mode Group, Channels, Program Operation Mode
K2 Coordinate Systems, Frames, Actual-Value System
for Workpiece, External Zero Offset
K4 Communication
N2 EMERGENCY STOP
P1 Transverse Axes
P3 Basic PLC Program
R1 Reference Point Approach
S1 Spindles
V1 Feeds
W1 Tool Compensation
/FB2/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)/FM-NC (04.00 Edition)

Description of Functions, Extended Functions (Part 2)
including FM-NC: Turning, Stepping Motor
A4 Digital and Analog NCK I/Os

B3 Several Operator Panels and NCUs
B4 Operation via PC/PG
F3 Remote Diagnostics
H1 Jog with/without Handwheel
K3 Compensations
K5 Mode Groups, Channels, Axis Replacement
L1 FM-NC Local Bus
M1 Kinematic Transformation
M5 Measurements
N3 Software Cams, Position Switching Signals
N4 Punching and Nibbling
P2 Positioning Axes
P5 Oscillation
R2 Rotary Axes
S3 Synchronous Spindles
S5 Synchronized Actions (up to and including SW 3)

04/00 Lists
A Appendix
S6 Stepper Motor Control

S7 Memory Configuration
T1 Indexing Axes
W3 Tool Change
W4 Grinding
/FB3/ SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D(CCU2)/FM-NC (04.00 Edition)

Description of Functions, Special Functions (Part 3)
F2 3-Axis to 5-Axis Transformation

G1 Gantry Axes
G3 Cycle Times
K6 Contour Tunnel Monitoring
M3 Coupled Motion and Leading Value Coupling
S8 Constant Workpiece Speed for Centerless Grinding
T3 Tangential Control
V2 Preprocessing
W5 3D Tool Radius Compensation
TE1 Clearance Control
TE2 Analog Axis
TE3 Master-Slave for drives
TE4 Transformation Package Handling
TE5 Setpoint Exchange
TE6 MCS Coupling
/FBA/ SIMODRIVE 611D/SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Description of Functions, Drive Functions (08.99 Edition)
Order No.: 6SN1 197-0AA80-0BP5
DB1 Operational Messages/Alarm Reactions

DD1 Diagnostic Functions
DD2 Speed Control Loop
DE1 Extended Drive Functions
DF1 Enables Commands
DG1 Encoder Parameterization
DM1 Calculation of Motor/Power Section Parameters and
Controller Data
DS1 Current Control Loop
DÜ1 Monitors/Limitations
/FBAN/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE 611 digital

Description of Functions
ANA Module (02.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6SN1 197-0AB80-0BP0
/FBD/ SINUMERIK 840D

Description of Functions Digitizing (07.99 Edition)
DI1 Start-up
DI2 Scanning with tactile sensors (scancad scan)
DI3 Scanning with Lasers (scancad laser)
DI4 Milling Program Generation (scancad mill)
/FBDN/ CAM INTEGRATION DNC NT-2000

Description of Functions (05.00 Edition)
System for NC Data Management and Data Distribution
/FBFA/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Lists 04/00
A Appendix
ISO Dialects for SINUMERIK (04.00 Edition)
/FBHLA/ SIMODRIVE 611D/ SINUMERIK 840D

HLA Module (08.99 Edition)
/FBMA/ SINUMERIK 810D

Description of Functions ManualTurn (02.00 Edition)
/FBO/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Configuring of Operator Interface OP 030 (03.96 Edition)
BA Operator's Guide
EU Development Environment (Configuring Package)
PS Online only: Configuring Syntax (Configuring Package)
PSE Introduction to Configuring of Operator Interface
IK Screen Kit: Software Update and Configuration
/FBP/ SINUMERIK 840D

Description of Functions C-PLC Programming (03.96 Edition)
/FBR/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

SINCOM Computer Link (02.00 Edition)
NFL Host Computer Interface

NPL PLC/NCK Interface
/FBSI/ SINUMERIK 840D/SIMODRIVE

SINUMERIK Safety Integrated (05.00 Edition)
/FBSP/ SINUMERIK 810D

Description of Functions ShopMill (03.99 Edition)
/FBST/ SIMATIC FM STEPDRIVE/SIMOSTEP (11.98 Edition)

Order No.: 6SN1 197-0AA70-0YP3
/FBSY/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Description of Functions Synchronized Actions (04.00 Edition)
for Wood, Glass, Ceramics and Presses
/FBTD/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Tool Information SINTDI with Online Help (04.99 Edition)
/FBU/ SIMODRIVE 611 universal

Description of Functions (10.99 Edition)

04/00 Lists
A Appendix
Closed-Loop Control Component for Speed Control and

Positioning
/FBW/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

Description of Functions Tool Management (04.00 Edition)
/HBI/ SINUMERIK 840Di

Manual (06.00 Edition)
/IK/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D/FM-NC

Screen Kit MMC 100/Unit Operator Panel (06.96 Edition)
Description of Functions: Software Update and Configuration
Order No.: 6FC5 297-3EA10-0BP1
/KBU/ SIMODRIVE 611 universal

Short Description (10.99 Edition)
Closed-Loop Contorl Component for Speed Control
/PJLM/ SIMODRIVE
Planning Guide Linear Motors (02.00 Edition)
ALL General Information about Linear Motors
1FN1 1FN1 Three-Phase AC Linear Motor
1FN3 1FN3 Three-Phase AC Linear Motor
CON Connections
/PJM/ SIMODRIVE
Planning Guide Motors
Three-Phase AC Motors for Feed and (01.98 Edition)
Main Spindle Drives
/PJU/ SIMODRIVE 611-A/611-D

Planning Guide Inverters (08.98 Edition)
Transistor PWM Inverter for
AC Feed Drives and AC Main Spindle Drive
/POS1/ SIMODRIVE POSMO A

User Manual
Distributed Positioning Motor on PROFIBUS DP (02.00 Edition)
/POS2/ SIMODRIVE POSMO A (12.98 Edition)

Installation Instructions (enclosed with POSMO A)
Order No.: 462 008 0815 00
/S7H/ SIMATIC S7-300

Hardware and Installation
Order No.: 6ES7 398-8AA01-8AA0

Lists 04/00
A Appendix
/S7HT/ SIMATIC S7-300

Manual: STEP 7, Basic Information, V. 3.1 (03.97 Edition)
Order No.: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AA0
/S7HR/ SIMATIC S7-300

Manual: STEP 7, Reference Manuals, V. 3.1 (03.97 Edition)
Order No.: 6ES7 810-4CA02-8AR0
/S7S/ SIMATIC S7-300

FM 353 Step Drive Positioning Module (04.97 Edition)
Order in conjunction with Configuring Package
/S7L/ SIMATIC S7-300

FM 354 Servo Drive Positioning Module (04.97 Edition)
/S7M/ SIMATIC S7-300

FM 357 Multi-Axis Module for Servo and (04.98 Edition)
Stepper Drives
/SHM/ SIMODRIVE 611

Single-Axis Positioning for MCU 172A
Order No.: 6SN 1197-4MA01-0BP0
/SP/ SIMODRIVE 611-A/611-D

SimoPro 3.1
Program for Configuring Machine-Tool Drives
Order No.: 6SC6 111-6PC00-0AA❏
Order from: WK Fürth
/IAA/ SIMODRIVE 611A

Installation and Start-Up Guide (04.00 Edition)
Order No.: 6SN 1197-0AA60-0BP5
/IAC/ SINUMERIK 810D

(incl. description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-up software)
/IAD/ SINUMERIK 840D

(incl. description of SIMODRIVE 611D start-up software)
/IAF/ SINUMERIK FM-NC

/IAM/ SINUMERIK 840D/810D

MMC Installation and Start-up Guide (04.00 Edition)
IM1 Start-up functions for the MMC 100.2

IM3 Start-up functions for the MMC 103
IM4 Start-up functions for HMI Advanced (PCU 50)
HE1 Editor help
BE1 Supplement operator interface

Index I
© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved I-615

Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition
Lists 04/00
I Index
Index
aaLeadTyp 3-345, 3-414
aaLeadV 3-345, 3-414
/ aaLoad 3-345, 3-414
aaMm 3-345, 3-415
/Nck/Nck/ActApplication 3-530 aaMm1 3-345, 3-415
/Nck/Nck/ActBag 3-530 aaMm2 3-346, 3-415
/Nck/Nck/Channel 3-530 aaMm3 3-346, 3-415
/Nck/Nck/CoordSystem 3-530 aaMm4 3-346, 3-415
aaMw 3-433
aaMw1 3-434
2 aaMw2 3-434
aaMw3 3-434
2nd torque limit 3-350, 3-419 aaMw4 3-434
aaOff 3-346, 3-415
aaOffLimit 3-346, 3-415
6 aaOffVal 3-346, 3-415
aaOscillReversePos1 3-346, 3-415
aaOscillReversePos2 3-346, 3-415
611D / enable high-speed inputs/outputs 3-504 aaOvr 3-346, 3-416
611D support 3-305 aaPower 3-346, 3-416
aaSoftendn 3-347, 3-416
aaSoftendp 3-347, 3-416
A aaStat 3-347, 3-416
aaSync 3-347, 3-416
a0-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action aaTorque 3-347, 3-416
3-375 aaTyp 3-347, 3-416
a1-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action aaVactB 3-347, 3-417
3-375 aaVactM 3-347, 3-417
a2-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action aaVactW 3-434
3-375 aaVc 3-348, 3-417
a3-coeff. nth polynominal for synchonous action ABS_ACTUAL_CURRENT
3-376 MD 1719 2-122
AA_OFF_LIMIT 3-509 ABS_INC_RATIO
AA_OFF_LIMIT MD 30260 2-240
MD 43350 2-276 Abscissa arc centre of 10th contour element
AA_OFF_MODE 3-311, 3-318
MD 36750 2-258 Abscissa arc centre of 1st contour element
aaCoupAct 3-344, 3-413 3-310, 3-317
aaCoupOffs 3-344, 3-413 Abscissa arc centre of 2nd contour element
aaCurr 3-344, 3-413 3-310, 3-317
aaDelt 3-433 Abscissa arc centre of 3rd contour element
aaDtbb 3-344, 3-413 3-310, 3-317
aaDtbw 3-433 Abscissa arc centre of 4th contour element
aaDteb 3-344, 3-413 3-310, 3-317
aaDtepb 3-344, 3-413 Abscissa arc centre of 5th contour element
aaDtepw 3-433 3-310, 3-317
aaDtew 3-433 Abscissa arc centre of 6th contour element
aaEgActive 3-373 3-310, 3-317
aaEgAx 3-373 Abscissa arc centre of 7th contour element
aaEgDenom 3-373 3-310, 3-317
aaEgNumera 3-373 Abscissa arc centre of 8th contour element
aaEgNumLa 3-374 3-310, 3-318
aaEgSyn 3-374 Abscissa arc centre of 9th contour element
aaEgSynFa 3-374 3-311, 3-318
aaEgType 3-374 Abscissa end point of 10th contour element
aaEsrEnable 3-344, 3-414 3-312, 3-320
aaEsrStat 3-345, 3-414 Abscissa end point of 1st contour element
aaLeadP 3-345, 3-414 3-312, 3-319
aaLeadSp 3-345, 3-414 Abscissa end point of 2nd contour element
aaLeadSv 3-345, 3-414 3-312, 3-319

I-616 Lists (LIS) - 04.00 Edition
04/00 Lists
I Index
Abscissa end point of 3rd contour element acOvr 3-376

3-312, 3-319 acParam 3-512
Abscissa end point of 4th contour element acPathn 3-376
3-312, 3-319 acPltbb 3-377
Abscissa end point of 5th contour element acPlteb 3-377
3-312, 3-319 acProg 3-377
Abscissa end point of 6th contour element acPRTimeA 3-377
3-312, 3-319 acPRTimeM 3-377
Abscissa end point of 7th contour element acPtpSup 3-377
3-312, 3-319 acRetpoint 3-434
Abscissa end point of 8th contour element acStat 3-377
3-312, 3-319 acSynaMem 3-377
Abscissa end point of 9th contour element 3-319 ACT_POS_ABS
Absicssa end point of 9th contour element 3-312 MD 30250 2-240
Absolute axis index 3-354, 3-361, 3-364, 3-423, ACT_SPEED_FILTER_TIME
3-436, 3-439, 3-442 MD 1522 2-116
AC_FILTER_TIME MD 5522 2-139
MD 32920 2-249 actCouppPosOffset 3-348, 3-417
acAlarmStat 3-374 actCycleTimeBrut 3-513, 3-524
acAxCtSwA 3-374 actCycleTimeNet 3-513, 3-524
ACCEL_DIAGNOSIS actDLNumber 3-377
MD 1721 2-122 actDNumber 3-378
ACCEL_ORI actDNumberFanuc 3-378
MD 21170 2-213 actDNumberS 3-378
ACCEL_REDUCTION_FACTOR actDuploNumber 3-378
MD 35230 2-254 actFeedRate 3-348, 3-417, 3-434
ACCEL_REDUCTION_SPEED_POINT actFeedRateIpo 3-378
MD 35220 2-254 actFrameIndex 3-378
ACCEL_REDUCTION_TYPE actGearStage 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441
MD 35242 2-254 actHNumberFanuc 3-378
ACCEL_TYPE_DRIVE acTime 3-378
MD 35240 2-254 acTimec 3-379
Access to data double word 3-325 acTimer 3-379
Access to meas. result in MCS 3-345, 3-346 actIncrVal 3-342, 3-411, 3-430
accessLevel 3-298 actIndexAxPosNo 3-348, 3-417
accIndex 3-325 actInvocCount 3-395
acDelt 3-374 actIpoType 3-379
acDtbb 3-375 actIpoTypeS 3-379
acDtbw 3-375 ACTIVATE _SEL_USER_DATA
acDteb 3-375 MD 9440 2-154
acDtepb 3-375 Activation of punching and nibbling functions
acDtepw 3-375 3-309
acDtew 3-375 Active channel machine function 3-384
acFct0 3-375 Active channel-independent basic frames 3-328
acFct1 3-375 Active channel-specific basic frames 3-382
acFct2 3-375 Active encoder 3-353, 3-422
acFct3 3-376 Active G function 3-405
acFctll 3-376 Active G function (current language) 3-405
acFctul 3-376 Active G function (ISO Dialect) 3-405
acFifoN 3-512 Active G-function for block search with calc.
acIwStat 3-376 3-405, 3-406
acIwTu 3-376 Active G-function of the correponding group
Ackn. by MMC for NCK-preparation command 3-405
3-307 Active immediately after referencing
Acknowl. from MMC for command from NCK to 3-314, 3-321
MMC 3-307 Active INC weighting of the axis
Acknowledgement criteria for an alarm 3-342, 3-411, 3-430
3-336, 3-340 Active interpolation mode 3-379
Acknowledgement criteria of an alarm 3-339 Active mode 3-371
ackSafeMeasPos 3-348, 3-417 Active T-number 3-402
acMarker 3-512 Active tool length 1 3-380
acMea 3-376 Active tool length 2 3-380

Lists 04/00
I Index
Active tool length 3 3-380 Actual value of the smoothened current 3-449
Active tool radius 3-380 Actual version Dpr 3-522
Active total offset 3-377 ACTUAL_CURRENT
Active total offset for block search 3-385 MD 1708 2-121
Active transformation 3-380 ACTUAL_CURRENT_FILTER_FREQ
actLineNumber 3-392 MD 1250 2-106
actOriToolLength1 3-379 ACTUAL_CYL_FORCE
actOriToolLength2 3-379 MD 5708 2-141
actOriToolLength3 3-379 ACTUAL_PISTON_POSITION
actProgPos 3-430 MD 5741 2-142
actProgPosBKS 3-434 ACTUAL_POSITION
actPunchRate 3-407 MD 5740 2-142
acTrafo 3-379 ACTUAL_PRESSURE_A
actSpeed 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 MD 5704 2-141
actSpeedRel 3-348, 3-417 ACTUAL_PRESSURE_B
actTNumber 3-379 MD 5705 2-141
actTNumberLong 3-380 ACTUAL_RAMP_TIME
actTNumberS 3-380 MD 1723 2-122
actToolAdapterNum 3-380 ACTUAL_SPEED
actToolBasePos 3-342, 3-411, 3-430 MD 1707 2-120, 2-121
actToolBasePosBasic 3-434 MD 5707 2-141
actToolBasPosBN 3-435 ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED
actToolBasPosEN 3-435 MD 1148 2-100
actToolEdgeCenterPos 3-430 ACTUAL_STALL_POWER_SPEED_M2
actToolEdgeCenterPosEns 3-435 MD 2148 2-126
actToolIdent 3-380 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG
actToolLength1 3-380 MD 1011 2-94
actToolLength2 3-380 MD 5011 2-130
actToolLength3 3-380 ACTUAL_VALUE_CONFIG_DIRECT
actToolRadius 3-380 MD 1030 2-95
actToolWide 3-463 ACTUAL_VALVE_SPOOL_POS
actTransform 3-380 MD 5716 2-142
Actual bus access duration 3-516 actualCurrent 3-449, 3-452
Actual gear stage of spindle 3-360, 3-363, actualSpeed 3-449, 3-452
3-438, 3-441 actValResol 3-348, 3-417
Actual lead value position 3-345, 3-414 acVactB 3-380
Actual lead value velocity 3-345, 3-414 acVactw 3-380
Actual motor wiring 3-350, 3-419 acVc 3-381
Actual position difference between 2 encoders adaptData 3-484
3-355, 3-424 Adapter data 3-484
Actual position value in relation to WOS frame Adapter number 3-457
3-435 adaptNo 3-457
Actual status of DP-M bus - DP-M controlled aDbb 3-325
3-516 aDbd 3-325
Actual tool base position 3-435 aDbr 3-325
Actual value assignment 3-506 aDbw 3-325
Actual value in basic coordinate system 3-434 Add. correction value for path feed or axial feed
Actual value of axis specific feedrate 3-417 3-348, 3-417
Actual value of axis-specific feedrate Add. path feed correction for synchronous
3-348, 3-434 actions 3-381
Actual value of position, encoder 1. 3-355, 3-424 ADD_MOVE_ACCEL_RESERVE
Actual value of position, encoder 2 3-355, 3-424 MD 20610 2-209
Actual value of rotary speed 3-348, 3-417, Added for alignment only 3-436
3-449, 3-452 aDlb 3-325
Actual value of smoothened current 3-452 aDld 3-325
Actual value of subroutine call counter aDlr 3-326
3-395, 3-397 aDlw 3-326
Actual value of subroutine call counter. 3-399 aInco 3-326
Actual value of the axis/spindle current in A Alarm number (actual alarm)3-337, 3-339, 3-341
3-344, 3-413 ALARM_MASK_POWER_ON
Actual value of the interpolation feedrate 3-378 MD 1600 2-116
Actual value of the resolution 3-348, 3-417 MD 5600 2-139

04/00 Lists
I Index
ALARM_MASK_RESET Assignment [slave] 3-520

MD 1601 2-116 Assignment of DBs 5-605
MD 5601 2-139 Assignment of each channel to mode group
ALARM_PAR_DISPLAY_TEXT 3-298
MD 11413 2-185 ASUP_EDIT_PROTECTION_LEVEL
ALARM_REACTION_CHAN_NOREADY MD 11612 2-186
MD 11412 2-185 ASUP_EDITABLE
ALARM_REACTION_POWER_ON MD 11610 2-186
MD 1612 2-117 ASUP_START_MASK
MD 5612 2-140 MD 11602 2-186
ALARM_REACTION_RESET ASUP_START_PRIO_LEVEL
MD 1613 2-117 MD 11604 2-186
MD 5613 2-140 aTcFct 3-381
alarmNo 3-336, 3-338, 3-340 aTcLfn 3-381
aLinkTransRate 3-381 aTcLfo 3-381
All axes referenced 3-381 aTcLtn 3-381
All channels of mode group in Reset 3-371 aTcLto 3-381
allAxesRefActive 3-381 aTcMfn 3-381
allAxesStopped 3-381 aTcMfo 3-382
ALLOW_G0_IN_G96 aTcMtn 3-382
MD 20750 2-210 aTcMto 3-382
Allowed axis directions for tool probe (ZYX) aTcStatus 3-382
2-168 aTcThno 3-382
amSetupState 3-348, 3-418 aTcTno 3-382
analogInpVal 3-326 AUTO_GET_TYPE
analogOutpVal 3-326 MD 30552 2-241
anAxCtAS 3-326 Automatic block division 3-407
anAxCtSwA 3-326 automCutSegment 3-407
anAxEsrTrigger 3-326 AUXFU_ASSIGN_EXTENSION
Angle of rotation alpha1 (in degrees) 3-488 MD 22020 2-219
Angle of rotation alpha2 (in degrees) 3-488 AUXFU_ASSIGN_GROUP
Angles of axes for toolholders 3-386 MD 22000 2-218
Angular difference between toolholder axes AUXFU_ASSIGN_TYPE
3-386 MD 22010 2-218
aPbbIn 3-326 AUXFU_ASSIGN_VALUE
aPbbOut 3-327 MD 22030 2-219
aPbdIn 3-327 AUXFU_D_SYNC_TYPE
aPbdOut 3-327 MD 22250 2-219
aPbrIn 3-327 AUXFU_DL_SYNC_TYPE
aPbrOut 3-327 MD 22252 2-220
aPbwIn 3-327 AUXFU_F_SYNC_TYPE
aPbwOut 3-327 MD 22240 2-219
Arc center in relation to WOS frame 3-393 AUXFU_GROUP_SPEC
Arc radius in relation to WOS frame 3-393 MD 11110 2-182
AREA_FACTOR_NEG_OUTPUT AUXFU_H_SYNC_TYPE
MD 5463 2-137 MD 22230 2-219
AREA_FACTOR_POS_OUTPUT AUXFU_H_TYPE_INT
MD 5462 2-137 MD 22110 2-219
ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE AUXFU_M_SYNC_TYPE
MD 1116 2-97 MD 22200 2-219
ARMATURE_RESISTANCE AUXFU_MAXNUM_GROUP_ASSIGN
MD 1115 2-97 MD 11100 2-182
asciiMode 3-527 AUXFU_QUICK_BLOCKCHANGE
ASSIGN_CHAN_TO_MODE_GROUP MD 22100 2-219
MD 10010 2-170 AUXFU_S_SYNC_TYPE
ASSIGN_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE MD 22210 2-219
MD 43300 2-276 AUXFU_T_SYNC_TYPE
Assigned timers 5-606 MD 22220 2-219
Assignment [axis] 3-519 AX_EMERGENCY_STOP_TIME
Assignment [bus] 3-519 MD 36610 2-257
Assignment [client] 3-519 AX_INERTIA
Assignment [master] 3-520 MD 32650 2-248

Lists 04/00
I Index
AX_JERK_ENABLE MD 12750 2-190

MD 32400 2-246 AXCT_SWWIDTH
AX_JERK_MODE MD 41700 2-272
MD 32402 2-246 Axes in exact stop 3-381
AX_JERK_TIME AXES_SCALE_ENABLE
MD 32410 2-246 MD 22914 2-222
AX_MASS Axial dist.-to-go for infeed during oscill. in WCS
MD 32652 2-248 3-433
AX_MOTION_DIR Axial distance from beginning of block in the
MD 32100 2-245 WCS 3-433
AX_VELO_LIMIT Axial distance to the end of block in the WCS
MD 36200 2-256 3-433
axComp 3-349, 3-418 Axial override for synchronous actions 3-346,
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_CHAN 3-416
MD 30550 2-241 Axis active 3-349, 3-418
AXCONF_ASSIGN_MASTER_NCU Axis active flag 3-435
MD 30554 2-241 Axis container rotation 3-326
AXCONF_CHANAX_NAME_TAB Axis distance from beginning of the block in
MD 20080 2-202 BCS 3-344, 3-413
AXCONF_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB Axis distance to the end of the block in the BCS
MD 20050 2-202 3-344, 3-413
AXCONF_GEOAX_NAME_TAB Axis dist-to-go of infeed during oscill. in BCS
MD 20060 2-202 3-344, 3-413
AXCONF_LOGIC_MACHAX_TAB Axis exists 3-349, 3-418
MD 10002 2-170 Axis has been referenced 3-356, 3-426
AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB Axis identifier of 1st rotary axis 3-489
MD 10000 2-170 Axis identifier of 2nd rotary axis 3-489
AXCONF_MACHAX_USED Axis information available 3-514
MD 20070 2-202 Axis is being referenced 3-356, 3-425
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB1 Axis name 3-342, 3-411, 3-431
MD 12701 2-188 Axis specification 3-358, 3-427, 3-437
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB10 Axis status 3-343, 3-347, 3-412, 3-416, 3-431
MD 12710 2-189 Axis type 3-347, 3-359, 3-416, 3-429, 3-437
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB11 Axis types for all machine axes 3-298
MD 12711 2-189 Axis veloc. in basic coordinates 3-347, 3-417
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB12 Axis veloc. in machine coordinates 3-347, 3-417
MD 12712 2-189 Axis veloc. in workpiece coordinates 3-434
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB13 Axis velocity actual value load side in the MCS
MD 12713 2-189 3-359, 3-429
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB14 AXIS_DIAGNOSIS
MD 12714 2-189 MD 36690 2-258
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB15 AXIS_NUMBER_FOR_MONITORING
MD 12715 2-189 MD 31500 2-243
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB16 AXIS_VAR_SERVER_SENSITIVE
MD 12716 2-189 MD 11398 2-184
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB2 axisActiveInChan 3-349, 3-418, 3-435
MD 12702 2-188 axisActivInNcu 3-327
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB3 axisFeedRateUnit 3-349, 3-418, 3-435
MD 12703 2-188 axisType 3-298
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB4
MD 12704 2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB5 B
MD 12705 2-188
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB6 BACKLASH
MD 12706 2-188 MD 32450 2-246
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB7 BACKLASH_FACTOR
MD 12707 2-189 MD 32452 2-247
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB8 badMemFfs 3-328
MD 12708 2-189 BAG_MASK
AXCT_AXCONF_ASSIGN_TAB9 MD 11600 2-185
MD 12709 2-189 Base position of the active tool 3-434
AXCT_NAME_TAB

04/00 Lists
I Index
Base position of the active tool rel. to workpiece MD 32711 2-248

3-435 CEC_TABLE_ENABLE
Basic system clock cycle 3-504 MD 41300 2-269
basicLengthUnit 3-298 CEC_TABLE_WEIGHT
basisFrameMask 3-328, 3-382 MD 41310 2-269
BERO_CYCLE Center of the circle 3-392
MD 31100 2-243 Center point of a cutting edge 3-430
BERO_DELAY_TIME_MINUS Center point of cutting edge distance-to-go3-432
MD 31123 2-243 Center point of the cutting edge REPOS 3-432
BERO_DELAY_TIME_PLUS Chaining 1 of the magazine to following
MD 31122 2-243 magazine 3-469
BERO_EDGE Chaining 2 of the magazine to previous
MD 31120 2-243 magazine 3-469
BERO_EDGE_TOL Chaining rule 3-463
MD 31110 2-243 CHAMFER_NAME
Beweg.endekrit. bei Einzelachsinterpol. 3-436 MD 10656 2-179
block 3-392 CHAN_NAME
Block label 3-395 MD 20000 2-202
Block no. of curr. block, if syn. act. is active chanAlarm 3-382
3-401 chanAssignment 3-298
Block no. where the syn. act. is programmed chanAxisNoGap 3-349, 3-382, 3-418
3-401, 3-404 Change counter of ACC information 3-513
Block number 3-392, 3-395 Change counter of the tool data in a channel
Block overview 3-388
function blocks 5-603 changeAxConfCounter 3-383
organization blocks 5-602 Channel name 3-306
Block search active 3-384 Channel number of axis 3-349, 3-418
blockLabel 3-395 Channel number of spindle 3-360, 3-363,
blockNoStr 3-392, 3-395 3-438, 3-441
blockNoStrAct 3-401, 3-404 Channel status 3-377, 3-383
blockNoStrProg 3-401, 3-404 channelName 3-306
BRAKE_MODE_CHOICE channelNo 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441
MD 36600 2-257 Channel-specific setting for tool management
Bus address of the slave 3-520 3-306
Byte data from/to the PLC 3-325 chanNoAxisIsActive 3-349, 3-418
Bytes transferred to PCMCIA card 3-523 chanStatus 3-383
Characteristics of total offsets in NCK 3-299
CHBFRAME_POWERON_MASK
C MD 24004 2-222
CHBFRAME_RESET_MASK
Calculation resolution for angular position 3-504 MD 24002 2-222
Calculation resolution for linear positions 3-504 CHECK_DISABLE_TIME
Cart. PTP travel is supported 3-377 MD 10085 2-172
CC_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_MASK CHFRND_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 10420 2-177 MD 20200 2-206
CC_HW_DEBUG_MASK CHFRND_MODE_MASK
MD 10430 2-177 MD 20201 2-206
CC_TDA_PARAM_UNIT cIn 3-383
MD 10290 2-174 CIRCLE_ERROR_CONST
CC_TOA_PARAM_UNIT MD 21000 2-210
MD 10292 2-174 CIRCLE_ERROR_FACTOR
CC_VDI_IN_DATA MD 21010 2-211
MD 10400 2-176 circleCenter 3-392
CC_VDI_OUT_DATA circleCenterS 3-392
MD 10410 2-176 circleRadius 3-392
CEC_ENABLE circleRadius for block search. 3-392
MD 32710 2-248 circleRadiusS 3-392
CEC_MAX_SUM circleTurn 3-393
MD 32720 2-248 circleTurnS 3-393
CEC_MAX_VELO CL1_PO_IMAGE
MD 32730 2-249 MD 1731 2-123
CEC_SCALING_SYSTEM_METRIC MD 5731 2-142

Lists 04/00
I Index
CL1_RES_IMAGE CMM_ENABLE_TRACYL
MD 1732 2-123 MD 9721 2-166
MD 5732 2-142 CMM_FACE_MILL_EFF_TOOL_DIAM
cl1PoImage 3-449, 3-452 MD 9669 2-165
cl1ResImage 3-449, 3-452 CMM_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
CLAMP_POS_TOL MD 9757 2-167
MD 36050 2-256 CMM_FIXED_TOOL_PLACE
clearInfo 3-336, 3-339, 3-340 MD 9672 2-165
Client status including output release 3-518 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I
CLOSED_LOOP_SYSTEM_DAMPING MD 9680 2-166
MD 5180 2-133 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_I_AND_II
cmdAngPos 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 MD 9668 2-165
cmdConstCutSpeed 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 CMM_M_CODE_COOLANT_II
cmdContrPos 3-349, 3-418 MD 9681 2-166
cmdCouppPosOffset 3-349, 3-418 CMM_MAX_CIRC_SPEED_ROT_SP
cmdFeedRate 3-349, 3-419, 3-435 MD 9759 2-167
cmdFeedRateIpo 3-383 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN
cmdGearStage 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 MD 9664 2-164
cmdGwps 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT
cmdInvocCount 3-395 MD 9665 2-164
cmdProgPos 3-430 CMM_MAX_INP_FEED_P_TOOTH
cmdSpeed 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 MD 9666 2-164
cmdSpeedRel 3-349, 3-419 CMM_MAX_SPIND_SPEED_ROT_SP
cmdToolBasePos 3-342, 3-411, 3-431 MD 9760 2-167
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleCenterEns 3-393 CMM_MEAS_DIST_MAN
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleCenterEnsS 3-393 MD 9753 2-167
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleRadiusEns 3-393 CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_LENGTH
cmdToolEdgeCenterCircleRadiusEnsS 3-393 MD 9754 2-167
cmdToolEdgeCenterPos 3-431 CMM_MEAS_DIST_TOOL_RADIUS
cmdToolEdgeCenterPosEnsS 3-435 MD 9755 2-167
CMM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS CMM_MEAS_PROBE_INPUT
MD 9662 2-164 MD 9750 2-167
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_ANGLE MD 9750 2-165
MD 9659 2-164 CMM_MEAS_T_PROBE_INPUT
CMM_CYC_DRILL_RELEASE_DIST MD 9751 2-167
MD 9656 2-164 CMM_MEAS_TOL_ROT_SP
CMM_CYC_MAX_CONT_PO_TO_RAD MD 9762 2-168
MD 9658 2-164 CMM_MEASURING_DISTANCE
CMM_CYC_MIN_CONT_PO_TO_RAD MD 9752 2-167
MD 9657 2-164 CMM_MEASURING_FEED
CMM_CYC_PECKING_DIST MD 9756 2-167
MD 9655 2-163 CMM_MIN_FEED_ROT_SP
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH1 MD 9761 2-168
MD 9676 2-156, 2-165 CMM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH2 MD 9650 2-163
MD 9677 2-156, 2-165 MD 9650 2-156
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH3 CMM_POS_FEED_WITH_COLL_CTRL
MD 9678 2-156, 2-166 MD 9758 2-167
CMM_DIRECTORY_SOFTKEY_PATH4 CMM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES
MD 9679 2-156, 2-166 MD 9654 2-163
CMM_ENABLE_A_AXIS CMM_START_RAD_CONTOUR_POCKET
MD 9653 2-163 MD 9670 2-165
CMM_ENABLE_B_AXIS CMM_T_PROBE_APPROACH_DIR
MD 9720 2-166 MD 9768 2-168
CMM_ENABLE_CUSTOMER_M_CODES CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_LENGTH_MEAS
MD 9661 2-164 MD 9765 2-168
CMM_ENABLE_PLANE_CHANGE CMM_T_PROBE_DIAM_RAD_MEAS
MD 9660 2-164 MD 9766 2-168
CMM_ENABLE_SWIVELLING_HEAD CMM_T_PROBE_DIST_RAD_MEAS
MD 9723 2-167 MD 9767 2-168
CMM_ENABLE_TOOL_MAGAZINE CMM_TOOL_DISPLAY_IN_DIAM
MD 9674 2-165 MD 9663 2-164

04/00 Lists
I Index
CMM_TOOL_LIFE_CONTROL Contour type of 1st contour element 3-314,

MD 9652 2-163 3-321
CMM_TOOL_LOAD_STATION Contour type of 2nd contour element 3-314,
MD 9673 2-165 3-321
CMM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT Contour type of 3rd contour element 3-314,
MD 9651 2-163 3-321
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_ALLOW_AXIS Contour type of 4th contour element 3-314,
MD 9764 2-168 3-321
CMM_TOOL_PROBE_TYPE Contour type of 5th contour element 3-314,
MD 9763 2-168 3-322
CNC system language 3-298 Contour type of 6th contour element 3-315,
Code number of the active transformation 3-379 3-322
COLLECT_TOOL_CHANGE Contour type of 7th contour element 3-315,
MD 20128 2-204 3-322
COM_IPO_TIME_RATIO Contour type of 8th contour element 3-315,
MD 10072 2-171 3-322
Command for magazine execution 3-465, 3-468 Contour type of 9th contour element 3-315,
Command from NCK to MMC 3-307 3-322
Command from NCK-preparation to the MMC CONTOUR_ASSIGN_FASTOUT
3-307 MD 21070 2-211
Command number 3-381 CONTOUR_DEF_ANGLE_NAME
Command parameter of the magazine 3-468 MD 10652 2-179
Command status 3-382 CONTOUR_TOL
Command status of the magazine 3-465, 3-468 MD 36400 2-257
Command word SPL-KDV 3-333 CONTOUR_TUNNEL_REACTION
COMMUTATION_ANGLE_OFFSET MD 21060 2-211
MD 1016 2-94 CONTOUR_TUNNEL_TOL
COMP_ADD_VELO_FACTOR MD 21050 2-211
MD 32760 2-249 CONTPREC
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_1 MD 42450 2-274
MD 10530 2-178 contrConfirmActive 3-350, 3-419
COMPAR_ASSIGN_ANA_INPUT_2 contrMode 3-350, 3-419
MD 10531 2-178 Control mode of drive 3-351, 3-420
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_1 CONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN
MD 41600 2-272 MD 5435 2-137
COMPAR_THRESHOLD_2 Controller enable 3-350, 3-419
MD 41601 2-272 Controller mode servo 3-350, 3-419
COMPAR_TYPE_1 CONVERT_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 10540 2-178 MD 10260 2-174
COMPAR_TYPE_2 Coordinate system 3-530
MD 10541 2-178 corr. to actTNumber for block search without
Compensation parameters for SUG 3-464 calc. 3-380
Compensation value upper limit $AA_OFF with Corr. to circleCenter for block search with calc.
clear 3-509 3-392
Comperator input NC 3-326 CORR_VELO
COMPRESS_BLOCK_PATH_LIMIT MD 32070 2-244
MD 20170 2-205 corrBlActive 3-383
COMPRESS_POS_TOL Corresp. to actNumber for block search with
MD 33100 2-250 calc. 3-378
COMPRESS_VELO_TOL Corresponds to circleCenterWos 3-393
MD 20172 2-205 Corresponds to circleRadiusWos 3-393
Configurable messages 3-352, 3-421 Counter for NC-start key 3-385
Confirmation of SI actual position 3-348, 3-417 Counter incremented with each call of EXTCALL
conntectPar 3-463 3-329
CONST_VELO_MIN_TIME Counter indicating changes of axes
MD 20500 2-209 configuration 3-383
Constant cutting speed of the master spindle Counter indicating that a new LUD ACC is
3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 available 3-384
Container actual address 3-326 COUPLE_AXIS_1
Contour deviation 3-359, 3-428 MD 21300 2-214
Contour type of 10th contour element 3-315, COUPLE_BLOCK_CHANGE_CTRL_1
3-322 MD 21320 2-214

Lists 04/00
I Index
COUPLE_IS_WRITE_PROT_1 CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME
MD 21340 2-215 MD 9621 2-160
COUPLE_POS_TOL_COARSE CTM_CYCLE_DWELL_TIME_SEC
MD 37200 2-267 MD 9631 2-161
COUPLE_POS_TOL_FINE CTM_CYCLE_SAFETY_CLEARANCE
MD 37210 2-267 MD 9620 2-160
COUPLE_RATIO_1 CTM_ENABLE_C_AXSIS
MD 42300 2-273 MD 9618 2-160
COUPLE_RESET_MODE_1 CTM_ENABLE_CALC_THREAD_PITCH
MD 21330 2-215 MD 9640 2-162
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_COARSE CTM_ENABLE_CIRCLE_HOLE_CYCLE
MD 37220 2-267 MD 9642 2-162
COUPLE_VELO_TOL_FINE CTM_ENABLE_FEED_P_MIN
MD 37230 2-267 MD 9608 2-159
COUPLING_MODE_1 CTM_ENABLE_RAPID_FEED
MD 21310 2-214 MD 9607 2-159
cOut 3-383 CTM_ENABLE_REFPOINT
CPREC_WITH_FFW MD 9622 2-160
MD 20470 2-209 CTM_FIN_SPEED_PERCENT
CRC diagnostic parameter 3-452 MD 9630 2-161
CRC errors on the drive bus 3-352, 3-421 CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON
CRC_DIAGNOSIS MD 9619 2-160
MD 1720 2-122 CTM_G91_DIAMETER_ON (for MMC 100)
MD 5720 2-142 MD 9619 2-156
crcErrorCount 3-449, 3-452 CTM_MAX_TOOL_WEAR
CRC-parameter for diagnosis 3-449 MD 9639 2-162
CRIT_SPLINE_ANGLE CTM_MODE_SELECT_BY_SOFTKEY
MD 42470 2-274 MD 9624 2-160
CTM_ ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS CTM_POS_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
MD 9632 2-161 MD 9610 2-159
CTM_ CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_2 MD 9610 2-155
MD 9645 2-162 CTM_ROUGH_I_RELEASE_DIST
CTM_ ENABLE_DRIVEN_TOOL MD 9649 2-162
MD 9643 2-162 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA
CTM_ ENABLE_G_CODE_INPUT MD 9602 2-159, 2-163
MD 9641 2-162 CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_VIS_AREA
CTM_ ENABLE_S_TOOL_TABLE (for MMC 100)
MD 9636 2-161 MD 9602 2-155
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_MIN CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X
MD 9633 2-161 MD 9600 2-158, 2-163
CTM_ INC_DEC_FEED_PER_ROT CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_X (for MMC 100)
MD 9634 2-161 MD 9600 2-155, 2-158
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_MIN CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Y
MD 9637 2-161 MD 9601 2-163
CTM_ MAX_INP_FEED_P_ROT CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Y (for MMC 100)
MD 9638 2-161 MD 9601 2-155
CTM_ ROUGH_O_RELEASE_DIST CTM_SIMULATION_DEF_Z
MD 9648 2-162 MD 9601 2-159
CTM_ANGLE_REFERENCE_AXIS CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA
(for MMC 100) MD 9605 2-159, 2-163
MD 9632 2-156 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_VIS_AREA
CTM_CIRC_TAP_DWELL_TIME_1 (for MMC 102/103)
MD 9644 2-162 MD 9605 2-155
CTM_COUNT_GEAR_STEPS CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X
MD 9627 2-161 MD 9603 2-159, 2-163
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_X (for MMC 102/103)
MD 9611 2-159 MD 9603 2-155
CTM_CROSS_AX_DIAMETER_ON CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Y
(for MMC 100) MD 9604 2-163
MD 9611 2-155 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Y (for MMC 102/103)
CTM_CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE MD 9604 2-155
MD 9625 2-160 CTM_SIMULATION_MAX_Z

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 9604 2-159 MD 1000 2-93

CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS CURRCTRL_GAIN
MD 9606 2-159 MD 1120 2-98
CTM_SIMULATION_TIME_NEW_POS (for CURRCTRL_GAIN_M2
MMC 100) MD 2120 2-125
MD 9606 2-155 CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
CTM_SPEED_FIELD_DISPLAY_RES MD 1121 2-98
MD 9609 2-159 CURRCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
CTM_START_WITHOUT_REFPOINT MD 2121 2-125
MD 9623 2-160 CURRCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED MD 1124 2-98
MD 9615 2-160 Current application 3-530
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_MIN Current channel 3-530
MD 9616 2-160 Current coupling state of the slave spindle 3-344
CTM_TEACH_HANDW_FEED_P_REV Current coupling status of the slave spindle
MD 9617 2-160 3-413
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_ABS Current gross cycle time 3-524
MD 9612 2-159 Current indexing position number 3-348, 3-417
CTM_TEACH_STORE_MANUAL_AUTO Current location 3-458, 3-475
MD 9614 2-160 Current magazine 3-458, 3-475
CTM_TEACH_STORE_START_ABS Current magazine position 3-468
MD 9613 2-159 Current net cycle time 3-524
CTM_TOOL_INPUT_DIAM_ON Current operating mode MMC 3-530
MD 9628 2-161 Current physical unit 3-342
CTM_TRACE Current physical unit of axis 3-431
MD 9626 2-160 Current physical unit of the axis position 3-411
CTM_WEAR_INPUT_DIAM_ON Current position of channel axes 3-376
MD 9629 2-161 Current position of machine 3-376
CTRL_CONFIG Current reverse position 1 for oscill. in the BCS
MD 1004 2-93 3-346, 3-415
MD 5004 2-130 Current reverse position 2 for oscill. in the BCS
CTRLOUT_DELAY 3-346, 3-415
MD 1101 2-96 Current speed limitation for spindle3-361, 3-364,
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME 3-439, 3-442
MD 10082 2-171 Current state reached during the boot process
CTRLOUT_LEAD_TIME_MAX 3-353
MD 10083 2-171 Current status reached during the boot process
CTRLOUT_LIMIT 3-422
MD 36210 2-256 Current stroke number 3-408
CTRLOUT_LIMIT_TIME Current width of the grinding wheel 3-463
MD 36220 2-257 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH
CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR MD 1211 2-102
MD 30110 2-239 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ
CTRLOUT_NR MD 1222 2-104
MD 30120 2-239 CURRENT_FILTER_1_BW_NUM
CTRLOUT_SEGMENT_NR MD 1212 2-102
MD 30100 2-239 CURRENT_FILTER_1_DAMPING
CTRLOUT_TYPE MD 1203 2-101
MD 30130 2-239 CURRENT_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY
CUBIC_SPLINE_BLOCKS MD 1202 2-101
MD 20160 2-205 CURRENT_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ
Curr. safety actual value difference NCK - drive MD 1210 2-102
3-356, 3-426 CURRENT_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH
Curr. safety speed difference NCK - drive3-357, MD 1214 2-103
3-426 CURRENT_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_1 MD 1223 2-104
MD 1180 2-101 CURRENT_FILTER_2_BW_NUM
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_CURRENT_2 MD 1215 2-103
MD 1181 2-101 CURRENT_FILTER_2_DAMPING
CURRCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE MD 1205 2-102
MD 1183 2-101 CURRENT_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY
CURRCTRL_CYCLE_TIME MD 1204 2-101, 2-102

Lists 04/00
I Index
CURRENT_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ CUTCOM_MAX_DISC
MD 1213 2-102, 2-103 MD 20220 2-206
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BANDWIDTH CUTCOM_MAXNUM_CHECK_BLOCKS
MD 1217 2-103 MD 20240 2-207
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BS_FREQ CUTCOM_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 1224 2-104 MD 20250 2-207
CURRENT_FILTER_3_BW_NUM CUTCOM_MAXNUM_SUPPR_BLOCKS
MD 1218 2-103 MD 20252 2-207
CURRENT_FILTER_3_DAMPING CUTCOM_PARALLEL_ORI_LIMIT
MD 1207 2-102 MD 21080 2-211
CURRENT_FILTER_3_FREQUENCY CUTCOM_PLANE_ORI_LIMIT
MD 1206 2-102 MD 21082 2-211
CURRENT_FILTER_3_SUPPR_FREQ CUTCOM_PLANE_PATH_LIMIT
MD 1216 2-103 MD 21084 2-211
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BANDWIDTH cuttEdgeNo 3-486
MD 1220 2-103 cuttEdgeParam 3-455, 3-498
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BS_FREQ CUTTING_EDGE_DEFAULT
MD 1225 2-104 MD 20270 2-207
CURRENT_FILTER_4_BW_NUM CUTTING_EDGE_RESET_VALUE
MD 1221 2-104 MD 20130 2-204
CURRENT_FILTER_4_DAMPING Cycles between bus access errors type 1 3-516
MD 1209 2-102 Cycles between bus access errors type 2 3-516
CURRENT_FILTER_4_FREQUENCY cycServRestricted 3-383
MD 1208 2-102 CYLINDER_A_ORIENTATION
CURRENT_FILTER_4_SUPPR_FREQ MD 5151 2-132
MD 1219 2-103 CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_A
CURRENT_FILTER_CONFIG MD 5135 2-132
MD 1201 2-101 CYLINDER_DEAD_VOLUME_B
CURRENT_LIMIT MD 5136 2-132
MD 1238 2-105 CYLINDER_FASTENING
CURRENT_LIMIT_M2 MD 5152 2-132
MD 2238 2-127 CYLINDER_PISTON_DIAMETER
CURRENT_LSB MD 5131 2-131
MD 1710 2-121 CYLINDER_SAFETY_CONFIG
CURRENT_MONITOR_FILTER_TIME MD 5530 2-139
MD 1254 2-106
CURRENT_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 1019 2-94 D
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS
MD 1246 2-105 Dadr 3-401
CURRENT_SMOOTH_HYSTERESIS_M2 DARKTIME_TO_PLC (for OP 30)
MD 2246 2-128 MD 9015 2-145
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED data 3-460, 3-461
MD 1245 2-105 Data about bus configuration available 3-515
CURRENT_SMOOTH_SPEED_M2 Data byte in link area 3-325
MD 2245 2-127 Data exchange time in [s,s,userdef] 3-515
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_ACCEL Data list index (see module ETPD) 3-528
MD 20602 2-209 Data recording method 3-527
CURV_EFFECT_ON_PATH_JERK Data version 3-451, 3-453
MD 20603 2-209 Data word in link area 3-326
CUSTOMER_START_PICTURE dataListIndex 3-528
MD 9675 2-165 DC-link voltage 3-453
CUTCOM_ACT_DEACT_CTRL DEBUG_MASK_CHAN_AX_GAP
MD 42494 2-274 MD 11649 2-186
CUTCOM_CORNER_LIMIT DEFAULT_FEED
MD 20210 2-206 MD 42110 2-273
CUTCOM_CURVE_INSERT_LIMIT DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_AXIS
MD 20230 2-206 MD 43120 2-276
CUTCOM_G40_STOPRE DEFAULT_SCALE_FACTOR_P
MD 42490 2-274 MD 42140 2-273
CUTCOM_INTERS_POLY_ENABLE DELAY_ROTORPOS_IDENT
MD 20256 2-207 MD 1029 2-95

04/00 Lists
I Index
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM MD 21436 2-216

MD 1458 2-113 DIG_L_OFF_Z
DES_CURRENT_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2 MD 21422 2-215
MD 2458 2-129 DIG_L_ORDER
DES_VELO_LIMIT MD 21420 2-215
MD 36520 2-257 DIG_P_HAND
Desired parameter set of the drive 3-351, 3-420 MD 21470 2-216
Desired status of the DP-M bus - specification DIG_P_MAX
by HOST 3-517 MD 37310 2-267
Desired torque value in Nm 3-347, 3-416 DIG_P_MIN
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate 3-435 MD 37300 2-267
Desired value of axis-specific feedrate, 3-419 DIG_P_SCAN
Desired value of position after fine interpolation MD 21472 2-216
3-349, 3-418 DIG_PROT_VERSION
Desired value of rotary speed 3-449 MD 21400 2-215
Desired value of rotary speed. 3-419 DIG_SENSOR_OFFSET
Desired value of the interpolation feedrate 3-383 MD 21476 2-217
DESIRED_CYL_FORCE DIG_T_SCAN
MD 5717 2-142 MD 21474 2-216
DESIRED_SPEED DIG_V_EILGANG
MD 1706 2-120 MD 21450 2-216
MD 5706 2-141 DIG_V_MAX
DESIRED_VALVE_SPOOL_POS MD 37320 2-267
MD 5715 2-142 digitInpVal 3-328
DESIRED_VOLTAGE digitOutpVal 3-328
MD 1705 2-120 Dimension of the magazine 3-468
desiredSpeed 3-449, 3-452 DIR_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
DIAG_ROTORPOS_IDENT MD 10640 2-179
MD 1734 2-123 Direct encoder used 3-450
diagnoseDataFfs 3-328 direction 3-383
DIAGNOSIS_ACTIVATION_FLAGS Display of active axis 3-327
MD 1610 2-117 Display of existing axes. 3-382
MD 5610 2-140 Display state for block display 3-395
DIAGNOSIS_CONTROL_FLAGS Display traversing blocks 3-389
MD 1650 2-119 DISPLAY_AXIS
MD 5650 2-140 MD 20098 2-203
Diameter 2-159 DISPLAY_BACKLIGHT
DIAMETER_AX_DEF MD 9025 2-145
MD 20100 2-203 DISPLAY_BLACK_TIME (for MMC100)
DIFF_ROTORPOS_IDENT MD 9006 2-144
MD 1737 2-123 DISPLAY_IS_MODULO
DIG_A_MAX MD 30320 2-240
MD 21460 2-216 DISPLAY_MODE (for MMC 100)
DIG_A_MAX_MOVE MD 9002 2-144
MD 21462 2-216 DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
DIG_A_MAX_SCAN MD 9004 2-144
MD 21464 2-216 DISPLAY_RESOLUTION_INCH
DIG_ASSIGN_DIGITIZE_TO_CHAN MD 9011 2-145
MD 11430 2-185 displayAxis 3-350, 3-419, 3-436
DIG_ASSIGN_NUM_OF_AXES displayState 3-395
MD 11432 2-185 Dist.-to-go of infeed during oscill. in the WCS3-
DIG_DELTAPOS 375
MD 21440 2-216 Distance from beginning of the block in the BCS
DIG_L_INKR 3-375
MD 21424 2-215 Distance from the beginning of block in the
DIG_L_MIN WCS 3-375
MD 21430 2-215 Distance per revolution 3-350, 3-419
DIG_L_NORMAL Distance to change position 3-472
MD 21432 2-215 Distance to the end of the block in the BCS
DIG_L_NOTAUS 3-375
MD 21434 2-216 Distance to the end of the block in the WCS
DIG_L_NOTAUS_EXT 3-375

Lists 04/00
I Index
Distance-to-go of infeed during oscill. in the dpSlaveStateComm 3-519

BCS 3-375 dpSlaveStateIncCnt 3-519
distPerDriveRevol 3-350, 3-419 dpSlaveStateSync 3-519
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE dpSlotCfgAssignAxis 3-519
MD 1024 2-95 dpSlotCfgAssignBus 3-519
MD 5024 2-130 dpSlotCfgAssignClient 3-519
DIVISION_LIN_SCALE_DM dpSlotCfgAssignMaster 3-520
MD 1034 2-95 dpSlotCfgAssignSlave 3-520
DNDT_THRESHOLD dpSlotCfgIoType 3-520
MD 1611 2-117 dpSlotCfgLength 3-520
DNo 3-486 dpSlotCfgLogBaseAddress 3-520
D-number 3-401, 3-486 dpSlotCfgNumSlots 3-520
Double word data (32 bits) from/to the PLC dpSlotCfgSlaveAddress 3-520
3-325 dpSlotCfgSlotNr 3-520
DP bus baud rate (bits/s) 3-515 dpSlotCfgValid 3-521
DP cycle time in [s,s,userdef] 3-515 dpSlotStateComm 3-521
DP system configuration data valid 3-521 dpSlotStateRecvTelegram 3-521
dp611USpecAccChangeCnt 3-513 dpSlotStateSendTelegram 3-521
dp611USpecAccChangeMask 3-513 dpSlotStateTelegramType 3-521
dp611USpecAccKey 3-513 DpSync 3-519
dp611USpecAccPath 3-514 dpSysCfgAvailable 3-521
DPA/DPM available 3-521 dpSysCfgNumMaster 3-521
dpAxisCfgMachAxisNr 3-514 dpSysCfgValid 3-521
dpAxisCfgNumAxes 3-514 dpSysCfgVersionDpm 3-522
dpAxisCfgValid 3-514 dpSysCfgVersionDpr 3-522
dpAxisStateCtrlout 3-514 dpSysCfgVersionDprEx 3-522
dpAxisStateEnc1 3-514 dpSysCfgVersionHost 3-522
dpAxisStateEnc2 3-514 dpSysStateDpmInit 3-522
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrCtrlout 3-515 DRF active 3-389
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc1 3-515 DRF value 3-436
dpAxisStateLifeCntErrEnc2 3-515 DRFActive 3-389
dpBusCfgBaudrate 3-515 drfVal 3-436
dpBusCfgCycleTime 3-515 DRIFT_ENABLE
dpBusCfgDataExTime 3-515 MD 36700 2-258
dpBusCfgNumBuses 3-515 DRIFT_LIMIT
dpBusCfgValid 3-515 MD 36710 2-258
dpBusStateAccessDurationAct 3-516 DRIFT_VALUE
dpBusStateAccessDurationMax 3-516 MD 36720 2-258
dpBusStateAccessDurationMin 3-516 Drive assignment 3-351, 3-354, 3-421, 3-424
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt1 3-516 Drive error code for alarm 300911 3-451, 3-453
dpBusStateAccessErrCnt2 3-516 Drive load in % (611D only) 3-345, 3-414
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetweenErr1 3-516 Drive power in W (611D only) 3-346, 3-416
dpBusStateAvgCycleBetweenErr2 3-516 Drive ready 3-352, 3-422
dpBusStateCycleCnt 3-516 Drive switched on 3-352, 3-421
dpBusStateDpmAction 3-516 Drive type 3-504
dpBusStateDpmActual 3-516 Drive type of digital drives 3-328
dpBusStateDpmCtrl 3-517 DRIVE_AX_RATIO_DENOM
dpBusStateDpmError 3-517 MD 31050 2-242
dpBusStateDpmPrjCnt 3-517 DRIVE_AX_RATIO_NUMERA
dpBusStateDpmRequest 3-517 MD 31060 2-242
dpBusStateNumActiveSlaves 3-517 DRIVE_DAMPING
dpClientCfgId 3-517 MD 5161 2-132
dpClientCfgNumClnt 3-517 DRIVE_DIAGNOSIS
dpClientCfgValid 3-517 MD 13100 2-190
dpClientStateComm 3-518 DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_DENOM
dpSlaveCfgBusAddr 3-518 MD 31070 2-242
dpSlaveCfgInputTime 3-518 DRIVE_ENC_RATIO_NUMERA
dpSlaveCfgMasterAppCycTime 3-518 MD 31080 2-242
dpSlaveCfgNumSlaves 3-518 DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE
dpSlaveCfgOutputTime 3-518 MD 13020 2-190
dpSlaveCfgValid 3-518 DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE
dpSlaveIdentNo 3-519 MD 13000 2-190

04/00 Lists
I Index
DRIVE_LOGIC_NR MD 32900 2-249

MD 13010 2-190 DYN_MATCH_TIME
DRIVE_MASS MD 32910 2-249
MD 5150 2-132 Dynamic parameters for synchronous actions
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED 3-512
MD 5401 2-135
DRIVE_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
MD 5420 2-136 E
DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE
MD 13030 2-190 Eadr 3-401
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY Edge number 3-486
MD 5163 2-133 Edge offset value 3-456
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_A Edge offset value parameter 3-455
MD 5162 2-132 edgedata 3-498
DRIVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY_B edgeData 3-456, 3-462
MD 5164 2-133 edgeECData 3-491, 3-492
DRIVE_SIGNAL_TRACKING edgeSCData 3-495, 3-496
MD 36730 2-258 effComp1 3-353, 3-422
DRIVE_TYPE effComp2 3-353, 3-422
MD 13040 2-190 EG axis number master axis 3-373
drive2ndTorqueLimit 3-350, 3-419 EG block change criterion 3-385
driveActMotorSwitch 3-350, 3-419 EG denominator link factor 3-373
driveActParamSet 3-350, 3-420 EG link active 3-373
driveClass1Alarm 3-350, 3-420 EG link type 3-374
driveContrMode 3-351, 3-420 EG number of master axes 3-374
driveCoolerTempWarn 3-351, 3-420 EG numerator link factor 3-373
driveDesMotorSwitch 3-351, 3-420 EG synchronism deviation 3-388
driveDesParamSet 3-351, 3-420 EG synchronous position of master axis 3-374
driveFastStop 3-351, 3-420 EG synchronous position of slave axis 3-374
driveFreqMode 3-351, 3-420 EG_ACC_TOL
driveImpulseEnabled 3-351, 3-420 MD 37560 2-268
driveIndex 3-351, 3-421 EG_VEL_WARNING
driveIntegDisable 3-351, 3-421 MD 37550 2-267
driveLinkVoltageOk 3-352, 3-421 EMF_VOLTAGE
driveLoad 3-361, 3-363, 3-439, 3-441 MD 1114 2-97
driveMotorTempWarn 3-352, 3-421 Enable 2-159
driveNumCrcErrors 3-352, 3-421 Enable inverter impulse 3-351, 3-420
driveParked 3-352, 3-421 ENABLE_ALARM_MASK
drivePowerOn 3-352, 3-421 MD 11411 2-185
driveProgMessages 3-352, 3-421 ENABLE_CHAN_AX_GAP
driveReady 3-352, 3-422 MD 11640 2-186
driveRunLevel 3-353, 3-422 ENABLE_STAR_DELTA
driveSetupMode 3-353, 3-422 MD 1013 2-94
driveSpeedSmoothing 3-353, 3-422 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_DIRECT
driveType 3-328 MD 1033 2-95
driveTypeChangeCnt 3-328 ENC_ABS_DIAGNOSIS_MOTOR
Dry run feedrate 3-391, 3-508 MD 1023 2-95
DRY_RUN_FEED MD 5023 2-130
MD 42100 2-273 ENC_ABS_RESOL_DIRECT
DRYRUN_MASK MD 1032 2-95
MD 10704 2-180 ENC_ABS_RESOL_MOTOR
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_RANGE MD 1022 2-95
MD 5466 2-137 MD 5022 2-130
DUAL_GAIN_COMP_SMOOTH_Z_R ENC_ABS_TURN_MOTOR
MD 5482 2-138 MD 5021 2-130
dummy 3-436 ENC_ABS_TURNS_DIRECT
Duplo number 3-457, 3-474, 3-486 MD 1031 2-95
Duplo number of active tool 3-378 ENC_ABS_TURNS_MODULO
Duplo number of programmed tool) 3-385 MD 34220 2-252
duploNo 3-457, 3-486 ENC_ABS_TURNS_MOTOR
Dval 3-401 MD 1021 2-94
DYN_MATCH_ENABLE ENC_CHANGE_TOL

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 36500 2-257 ENC_TYPE_MOTOR

ENC_COMP_ENABLE MD 1790 2-123, 2-124
MD 32700 2-248 ENC_ZERO_MONITORING
ENC_DIFF_TOL MD 36310 2-257
MD 36510 2-257 encChoice 3-353, 3-422
ENC_FEEDBACK_POL Encoder 1 driver status 3-514
MD 32110 2-245 Encoder 2 drive status 3-514
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT encTypeDirect 3-450, 3-452
MD 36300 2-257 encTypeMotor 3-450, 3-453
ENC_FREQ_LIMIT_LOW EPS_TLIFT_TANG_STEP
MD 36302 2-257 MD 37400 2-267
ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST EQUIV_CURRCTRL_TIME
MD 31010 2-242 MD 32800 2-249
ENC_HANDWHEEL_INPUT_NR EQUIV_SPEEDCTRL_TIME
MD 11344 2-184 MD 32810 2-249
ENC_HANDWHEEL_MODULE_NR Error SPL-KDV 3-333
MD 11342 2-184 Error with status transitions 3-517
ENC_HANDWHEEL_SEGMENT_NR ESR alarm status 3-374
MD 11340 2-183 ESR axis enable 3-344, 3-414
ENC_INPUT_NR ESR axis status 3-345, 3-414
MD 30230 2-240 ESR start signal 3-326
ENC_INVERS ESR_REACTION
MD 34320 2-252 MD 37500 2-267
ENC_IS_DIRECT Estimation of program runtime 3-377
MD 31040 2-242 EULER_ANGLE_NAME_TAB
ENC_IS_INDEPENDENT MD 10620 2-179
MD 30242 2-240 Eval 3-401
ENC_IS_LINEAR eventActive 3-528
MD 31000 2-242 eventActiveStatus 3-528
ENC_MARKER_INC Existing TO edge parameters 3-299
MD 34310 2-252 Expected version Dpr from DPR_SS_VERSION
ENC_MODULE_NR 3-522
MD 30220 2-240 EXPONENT_LIMIT (nur MMC 100)
ENC_PHASE_ERROR_CORRECTION MD 9030 2-145
MD 1008 2-93 EXPONENT_SCIENCE (nur MMC 100)
MD 5008 2-130 MD 9031 2-145
ENC_REFP_MARKER_DIST EXT_PROG_PATH
MD 34300 2-252 MD 42700 2-275
ENC_REFP_MODE EXTERN_DIGITS_TOOL_NO
MD 34200 2-252 MD 10888 2-182
ENC_REFP_STATE EXTERN_FLOATINGPOINT_PROG
MD 34210 2-252 MD 10884 2-181
ENC_RESOL EXTERN_G00_MODE
MD 31020 2-242 MD 10892 2-182
ENC_RESOL_DIRECT EXTERN_GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC
MD 1007 2-93 MD 22512 2-220
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR EXTERN_GCODE_RESET_VALUES
MD 1005 2-93 MD 20154 2-205
MD 5005 2-130 EXTERN_INCREMENT_SYSTEM
ENC_RESOL_MOTOR_M2 MD 10886 2-181
MD 2005 2-125 EXTERN_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
ENC_SEGMENT_NR MD 20095 2-203
MD 30210 2-239 EXTERN_TOOLPROG_MODE
ENC_SERIAL_NUMBER MD 10890 2-182
MD 34230 2-252 External execution 3-396
ENC_SPEED_LIMIT External NCK input of SI prog. log. from NCK
MD 5609 2-140 peri. 3-330
ENC_TYPE External NCK output of SI prog. log. to NCK per.
MD 30240 2-240 3-330
MD 5790 2-143 External PLC output of the SI progr. logic 3-331
ENC_TYPE_DIRECT externCncSystem 3-298
MD 1791 2-124 extProgActive 3-384

04/00 Lists
I Index
extProgBufferName 3-396 FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED_M2

extProgFlag 3-396 MD 2142 2-126
extraCuttEdgeParams 3-299 FIELDCTRL_GAIN
extUnit 3-342, 3-411, 3-431 MD 1150 2-100
FIELDCTRL_GAIN_M2
MD 2150 2-127
F FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 1151 2-100
F_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET FIELDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_M2
MD 22410 2-220 MD 2151 2-127
FASTIO_ANA_INPUT_WEIGHT FIFO buffer for execution from external source
MD 10320 2-174 3-396
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_INPUTS FIFO variable for synchronous actions 3-512
MD 10300 2-174 Fill level of the IPO buffer (integer value in %)3-
FASTIO_ANA_NUM_OUTPUTS 524
MD 10310 2-174 fillText1 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
FASTIO_ANA_OUTPUT_WEIGHT fillText2 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
MD 10330 2-175 fillText3 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_INPUTS fillText4 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
MD 10350 2-175 findBlActive 3-384
FASTIO_DIG_NUM_OUTPUTS Fine offset with frames 3-367, 3-368, 3-409,
MD 10360 2-175 3-445
FASTIO_DIG_SHORT_CIRCUIT FIPO_TYPE
MD 10361 2-175 MD 33000 2-250
fctGenState 3-353, 3-423 Firmware date 3-450, 3-453
Feed disable 3-389 Firmware version 3-450, 3-453
Feed forward control factor torque 3-355, 3-424 FIRMWARE_DATE
Feed forward control factor velocity 3-355, 3-424 MD 1798 2-124
Feed forward control mode 3-355, 3-424 MD 5798 2-143
FEEDBK_SPEED_THRESHOLD FIRMWARE_VERSION
MD 5422 2-136 MD 1799 2-124
Feedrate override 3-353, 3-423, 3-436 MD 5799 2-143
feedRateIpoOvr 3-384 firmwareDate 3-450, 3-453
feedRateIpoUnit 3-384 firmwareVersion 3-450, 3-453
feedRateOvr 3-353, 3-423, 3-436 FIRST_LANGUAGE (for MMC 100)
feedStopActive 3-389 MD 9003 2-144
FFS diagnostic data 3-328 FIX_POINT_POS
FFS free memory 3-329 MD 30600 2-242
FFS memory defect 3-328 FIXED_LINK_VOLTAGE
FFS net size 3-330 MD 1161 2-100
FFS total size 3-334 FIXED_STOP_ACKN_MASK
FFS used memory 3-335 MD 37060 2-266
FFW_ACTIVATION_MODE FIXED_STOP_ALARM_MASK
MD 32630 2-248 MD 37050 2-266
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW FIXED_STOP_ANA_TORQUE
MD 5269 2-135 MD 37070 2-266
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM FIXED_STOP_BY_SENSOR
MD 5270 2-135 MD 37040 2-266
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP FIXED_STOP_CONTROL
MD 5265 2-135 MD 37002 2-265
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ FIXED_STOP_MODE
MD 5264 2-135 MD 37000 2-265
FFW_FCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ FIXED_STOP_SWITCH
MD 5268 2-135 MD 43500 2-277
FFW_FCTRL_FILTER_TYPE FIXED_STOP_THRESHOLD
MD 5261 2-135 MD 37030 2-265
FFW_MODE FIXED_STOP_TORQUE
MD 32620 2-248 MD 43510 2-277
FGROUP_DEFAULT_AXES FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_DEF
MD 22420 2-220 MD 37010 2-265
FIELD_WEAKENING_SPEED FIXED_STOP_TORQUE_RAMP_TIME
MD 1142 2-99 MD 37012 2-265

Lists 04/00
I Index
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW forward 3-397, 3-399

MD 43520 2-277 FPU_CTRLWORD_INIT
FIXED_STOP_WINDOW_DEF MD 18910 2-200
MD 37020 2-265 FPU_ERROR_MODE
Flag variable for synchronous actions 3-512 MD 18900 2-200
FLUID_ELASTIC_MODULUS FPU_EXEPTION_MASK
MD 5100 2-131 MD 18920 2-200
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED FRAME_ADD_COMPONENTS
MD 1160 2-100 MD 24000 2-222
FLUX_ACQUISITION_SPEED_M2 FRAME_ANGLE_INPUT_MODE
MD 2160 2-127 MD 10600 2-178
FLUX_AQUISITION_SPEED FRAME_GEOAX_CHANGE_MODE
MD 1160 2-100 MD 10602 2-178
FOC_ACTIVATION_MODE FRAME_OFFSET_INCR_PROG
MD 37080 2-266 MD 42440 2-273
FOC_STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME FRAME_OR_CORRPOS_NOTALLOWED
MD 36042 2-256 MD 32074 2-244
focStat 3-354, 3-423 Free memory for synchronous actions 3-377
FOLLOW_ON_TOOL_ACTIV Free memory in bytes 3-329
MD 9667 2-164 Free SRAM in bytes 3-329
Following error 3-354, 3-423 freeDirectorys 3-328
For active tech.cycle freeFiles 3-329
block no. of current action 3-404 freeMem 3-329
FORCE_CURRENT_RATIO freeMemDram 3-329
MD 1113 2-97 freeMemFfs 3-329
FORCE_FFW_WEIGHT freeProtokolFiles 3-329
MD 5247 2-134 FREQ_STEP_LIMIT
FORCE_FILTER_FREQUENCY MD 31350 2-243
MD 1252 2-106 FRICT_COMP_ACCEL1
FORCE_LIMIT_1 MD 32550 2-247
FORCE_LIMIT_2 MD 32560 2-247
FORCE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP MD 32570 2-247
MD 1239 2-105 FRICT_COMP_ADAPT_ENABLE
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST MD 32510 2-247
MD 1234 2-104 FRICT_COMP_CONST_MAX
FORCE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED MD 32520 2-247
MD 1232 2-104 FRICT_COMP_CONST_MIN
FORCE_LIMIT_THRESHOLD MD 32530 2-247
MD 5230 2-134 FRICT_COMP_ENABLE
FORCE_LIMIT_WEIGHT MD 32500 2-247
MD 5231 2-134 FRICT_COMP_INC_FACTOR
FORCE_LSB MD 32580 2-248
MD 1713 2-122 FRICT_COMP_MODE
MD 5713 2-142 MD 32490 2-247
FORCE_THRESHOLD_X FRICT_COMP_TIME
MD 1428 2-113 MD 32540 2-247
FORCECONTROLLED_SYSTEM_GAIN FRICTION_COMP_GRADIENT
MD 5240 2-134 MD 5460 2-137
FORCECTRL_CONFIG FRICTION_COMP_OUTPUT_RANGE
MD 5241 2-134 MD 5461 2-137
FORCECTRL_DIFF_TIME FUNC_SWITCH
MD 5246 2-134 MD 1012 2-94
FORCECTRL_GAIN MD 5012 2-130
MD 5242 2-134 Function 3-324
FORCECTRL_GAIN_RED fxsStat 3-354, 3-423
MD 5243 2-134
FORCECTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME
MD 5244 2-134 G
FORCECTRL_PT1_TIME
MD 5245 2-134 G00

04/00 Lists
I Index
Path axes traversing as positioning axes3-384 H

G00_ACCEL_FACTOR
MD 32434 2-246 Hadr 3-402
G00_JERK_FACTOR HANDWH_CHAN_STOP_COND
MD 32435 2-246 MD 20624 2-210
G0Mode 3-384 HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
G53_TOOLCORR MD 20620 2-209
MD 10760 2-181 HANDWH_GEOAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
GAIN_FOR_MONITORING MD 20622 2-209
MD 31520 2-243 HANDWH_IMP_PER_LATCH
GANTRY_AXIS_TYPE MD 11320 2-183
MD 37100 2-266 HANDWH_MAX_INCR_SIZE
GANTRY_BREAK_UP MD 32080 2-244
MD 37140 2-266 HANDWH_MAX_INCR_VELO_SIZE
GANTRY_POS_TOL_ERROR MD 32082 2-244
MD 37120 2-266 HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_SIZE
GANTRY_POS_TOL_REF MD 20621 2-209
MD 37130 2-266 HANDWH_ORIAX_MAX_INCR_VSIZE
GANTRY_POS_TOL_WARNING MD 20623 2-210
MD 37110 2-266 HANDWH_REVERSE
GCODE_GROUPS_TO_PLC MD 11310 2-183
MD 22510 2-220 HANDWH_STOP_COND
GCODE_RESET_MODE MD 32084 2-245
MD 20152 2-205 HANDWH_TRUE_DISTANCE
GCODE_RESET_VALUES MD 11346 2-184
MD 20150 2-205 HANDWH_VELO_OVERLAY_FACTOR
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_ENABLE MD 32090 2-245
MD 35010 2-253 handwheelAss 3-354, 3-423, 3-436
GEAR_STEP_CHANGE_POSITION Heatsink temperature monitoring 3-351, 3-420
MD 35012 2-253 HIRTH_IS_ACTIVE
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO MD 30505 2-241
MD 35110 2-253 Hval 3-402
GEAR_STEP_MAX_VELO_LIMIT HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTIN
MD 35130 2-253 MD 10362 2-175
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO HW_ASSIGN_ANA_FASTOUT
MD 35120 2-253 MD 10364 2-175
GEAR_STEP_MIN_VELO_LIMIT HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTIN
MD 35140 2-253 MD 10366 2-175
GEAR_STEP_POSCTRL_ACCEL HW_ASSIGN_DIG_FASTOUT
MD 35210 2-254 MD 10368 2-175
GEAR_STEP_SPEEDCTRL_ACCEL HW_CLOCKED_MODULE_MASK
MD 35200 2-254 MD 10384 2-176
GEN_AXIS_MIN_SPEED HW_LEAD_TIME_FASTIO
MD 1635 2-118 MD 10382 2-176
GEN_STOP_DELAY HW_UPDATE_RATE_FASTIO
MD 1637 2-118 MD 10380 2-175
GEOAX_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 22532 2-220
GEOAX_CHANGE_RESET I
MD 20118 2-204
geoAxisNr 3-436
Geometry or auxiliary axis 3-431 I/F mode 3-351, 3-420
Global basic unit 3-298 I/O identifier 3-520
Global uplaoad starting point for ACC entries id 3-402, 3-404
3-325 ID of the synchronous action 3-402, 3-404
GroupID 3-324 Identification number of the slave 3-519
Gruppe 3-324, 3-370 Identification of client NCK/PLC/3RD 3-517
Gruppe_NUM 3-324, 3-370 Identifier for geometry/auxiliary axis 3-436
gwpsActive 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Identifier of active tool 3-380
Identifier of the magazine 3-465, 3-467, 3-468
Identifier programmed tool 3-386
IGNORE_INHIBIT_ASUP
MD 20116 2-204

Lists 04/00
I Index
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_ASUP INFO_FREE_MEM_STATIC
MD 20117 2-204 MD 18060 2-192
IGNORE_SINGLEBLOCK_MASK INFO_NUM_SAFE_FILE_ACCESS
MD 10702 2-180 MD 10093 2-172
Image of external NCK inputs of SI progr. logic INFO_SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME
3-330 MD 10091 2-172
Image of int. NCK inputs of SI progr. logic 3-331 Information about provided ACC contents 3-513
Image of int. NCK outputs of the SI progr. logic Information available 3-517, 3-521
3-331 INI_FILE_MODE
Image of int. PLC inputs of the SI progr. logic MD 11220 2-183
3-331 INIT_MD
Image of int. PLC outputs of the SI progr. logic MD 11200 2-183
3-332 Instruction group 3-324, 3-370
Image of the external NCK outputs of SI prog. INT_INCR_PER_DEG
log. 3-331 MD 10210 2-173
Image of the external PLC inputs of SI progr. INT_INCR_PER_MM
log. 3-330 MD 10200 2-173
Image of the external PLC outputs of SI prog. INTCY_DELAY_TIME
log. 3-331 MD 14020 2-191
Image of the PLC flag-variable for SI prog. logic Integrator disable 3-351, 3-421
3-332 Interface for spindle as change position 4-587
Image of the ZK1PO register. 3-449 INTERMEDIATE_POINT_NAME_TAB
Image of the ZK1RES register 3-449 MD 10660 2-179
Impulse enable for drive 3-354, 3-423 Internal NCK input of SI progr. logic 3-331
impulseEnable 3-354, 3-423 internal NCK output of the SI progr. logic 3-331
IN data byte 3-326 Internal PLC input of SI progr. logic 3-331
IN data double word 3-327 Internal PLC output of SI progr. logic 3-332
IN data word 3-327 Internal T number 3-487
IN Real data 3-327 Interpolation feedrate, override 3-384
Incarnation counter 3-519 Interpolation feedrate, units 3-384
inclAngle 3-463 INVERTER_CODE
Inclination angle of inclined grinding wheel 3-463 MD 1106 2-96
Incorrect block occurred 3-383 INVERTER_MAX_CURRENT
index 3-354, 3-361, 3-364, 3-423, 3-436, MD 1107 2-96
3-439, 3-442 INVERTER_MAX_S6_CURRENT
Index of active G function (ISO Dialect) 3-405 MD 1109 2-96
Index of the active set frame 3-378 INVERTER_MAX_THERMAL_CURR
INDEX_AX_ASSIGN_POS_TAB MD 1108 2-96
MD 30500 2-241 INVERTER_RATED_CURRENT
INDEX_AX_DENOMINATOR MD 1111 2-96
MD 30502 2-241 invocCount 3-397, 3-399
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_1 IPO_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10900 2-182 MD 10071 2-171
INDEX_AX_LENGTH_POS_TAB_2 IPO_PARAM_NAME_TAB
MD 10920 2-182 MD 10650 2-179
INDEX_AX_NUMERATOR IPO_SPEEDCTRL_DELAY_FACTOR
MD 30501 2-241 MD 1665 2-120
INDEX_AX_OFFSET IPO_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MD 30503 2-241 MD 10070 2-171
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_1 ipoBlocksOnly 3-389
MD 10910 2-182 ipoBufLevel 3-524
INDEX_AX_POS_TAB_2 IPUCR_DELAY_TIME
MD 10930 2-182 MD 14010 2-191
Indexing number 3-356, 3-425 IS_CONCURRENT_POS_AX
Indicator for action development of DP-M 3-516 MD 30450 2-241
Indirect encoder used 3-450 IS_LOCAL_LINK_AXIS
INFO_CROSSCHECK_CYCLE_TIME MD 30560 2-241
MD 10092 2-172 IS_ROT_AX
INFO_FREE_MEM_DPR MD 30300 2-240
MD 18070 2-192 IS_SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
INFO_FREE_MEM_DYNAMIC MD 42502 2-274
MD 18050 2-192 IS_SD_MAX_PATH_JERK

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 42512 2-274 KEYBOARD_TYPE (for MMC 100)

IS_VIRTUAL_AX MD 9008 2-144
MD 30132 2-239 kindOfSumcorr 3-299
Kinematic type 3-489
kVFactor 3-354, 3-423
J
JOG at revolutional feedrate 3-507 L

Jog mode 3-507
JOG velocity for G94 3-507 lag 3-354, 3-423
JOG velocity for G95 3-507 Last assigned T-number for tool management
JOG velocity for master spindle 3-507 3-474
JOG_AND_POS_JERK_ENABLE Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in
MD 32420 2-246 MCS 3-415
JOG_AND_POS_MAX_JERK Latched probe position for trigger event 1 in
MD 32430 2-246 WCS 3-434
JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD Latched probe position for trigger event 2 in
MD 41050 2-269 MCS 3-415
JOG_FEED_PER_REV_SOURCE Latched probe position for trigger event 2 in
MD 42600 2-274 WCS 3-434
JOG_INC_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD Latched probe position for trigger event 3 in
MD 11300 2-183 MCS 3-415
JOG_INCR_SIZE_TAB Latched probe position for trigger event 3 in
MD 11330 2-183 WCS 3-434
JOG_INCR_WEIGHT Latched probe position for trigger event 4 in
MD 31090 2-243 MCS 3-415
JOG_MODE_KEYS_EDGETRIGGRD Latched probe position for trigger event 4 in
MD 10731 2-181 WCS 3-434
JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE Latched probe position in the MCS 3-345, 3-415
MD 41100 2-269 Latched probe position retransformed in the
JOG_REV_SET_VELO WCS 3-433
MD 41120 2-269 LCD_CONTRAST
JOG_REV_VELO MD 9000 2-144
MD 32050 2-244 LEAD_OFFSET_IN_POS
JOG_REV_VELO_RAPID MD 43102 2-276
MD 32040 2-244 LEAD_OFFSET_OUT_POS
JOG_ROT_AX_SET_VELO MD 43106 2-276
MD 41130 2-269 LEAD_SCALE_IN_POS
JOG_SET_VELO MD 43104 2-276
MD 41110 2-269 LEAD_SCALE_OUT_POS
JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO MD 43108 2-276
MD 41200 2-269 LEAD_TIME_DIRECT_ENC
JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE MD 1704 2-120
MD 41010 2-269 LEAD_TIME_MOTOR_ENC
JOG_VELO MD 1703 2-120
MD 32020 2-244 LEAD_TYPE
JOG_VELO_GEO MD 43100 2-275
MD 21165 2-213 LEADSCREW_PITCH
JOG_VELO_ORI MD 31030 2-242
MD 21155 2-213 LEN_AC_FIFO
JOG_VELO_RAPID MD 28264 2-236
MD 32010 2-244 LEN_PROTOCOL_FILE
JOG_VELO_RAPID_GEO MD 11420 2-185
MD 21160 2-213 Length in number of bytes 3-520
JOG_VELO_RAPID_ORI Length of FFS 3-523
MD 21150 2-213 Length of the path between punches 3-407
Level indicator SPL-KDV 3-333
Level of access rights 3-298
K LH_CURVE_GAIN
MD 1144 2-99
KEYBOARD_STATE (for MMC 100) LH_CURVE_GAIN_M2
MD 9009 2-144 MD 2144 2-126

Lists 04/00
I Index
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED MD 20450 2-208

MD 1143 2-99 LOOKAH_SMOOTH_FACTOR
LH_CURVE_UPPER_SPEED_M2 MD 20460 2-209
MD 2143 2-126 LOOKAH_USE_VELO_NEXT_BLOCK
LIFTFAST_DIST MD 20400 2-208
MD 21200 2-213 Lower limit nth polynominal for synchronous
LIFTFAST_WITH_MIRROR action 3-376
MD 21202 2-214 Lower limit of protection zone, applicate 3-313,
Limit for axial correction $AA_OFF reached 3-321
3-346, 3-415 LPFC_DIAGNOSIS
LIMIT_GENERATOR MD 1733 2-123
MD 1233 2-104 LUBRICATION_DIST
Limitation of protection zone applicate 3-315, MD 33050 2-250
3-322 LUD_EXTENDED_SCOPE
Line number of current NC instruction MD 11120 2-183
(start1) 3-392 ludAccCounter 3-384
Link transfer rate 3-381
Link voltage 3-450
LINK_BAUDRATE_SWITCH M
MD 12540 2-188
LINK_RETRY_CTR M_NO_FCT_CYCLE
MD 12550 2-188 MD 10715 2-180
LINK_TERMINATION M_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 12520 2-188 MD 10716 2-181
LINK_VOLTAGE M01 selected 3-389
MD 1701 2-120 M19_SPOS
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_HYST MD 43240 2-276
MD 1632 2-118 M19_SPOSMODE
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_OFF MD 43250 2-276
MD 1633 2-118 MA_AXES_SHOW_GEO_FIRST
LINK_VOLTAGE_GEN_ON MD 9421 2-154
MD 1631 2-118 MA_COORDINATE_SYSTEM
LINK_VOLTAGE_MON_THRESHOLD MD 9424 2-154
MD 1630 2-118 MA_MAX_SKP_LEVEL (for MMC 102/103)
LINK_VOLTAGE_RETRACT MD 9423 2-154
MD 1634 2-118 MA_ONLY_MKS_DIST_TO_GO (for MMC 100)
LINK_VOLTAGE_WARN_LIMIT MD 9420 2-153
MD 1604 2-116 MA_PRESET_MODE
linkVoltage 3-450, 3-453 MD 9422 2-154
linShift3-366, 3-367, 3-368, 3-409, 3-410, 3-444, MA_SCRATCH_DEFAULT_MODE
3-446, 3-448 MD 9425 2-154
linShiftFine 3-367, 3-368, 3-409, 3-410, 3-445 machFunc 3-384
Literatur 1-614 Machine axis !!CAUTION NCU LINK!! 3-514
load 3-450, 3-453 Machine axis identifier 3-350, 3-419
Load 3-361, 3-363, 3-439, 3-441, 3-450 Machine axis name 3-505
LOAD MACHINE_ZERO_HIGH
MD 1722 2-122 MD 5041 2-130
LOAD_SMOOTH_TIME MACHINE_ZERO_LOW
MD 1251 2-106 MD 5042 2-131
Location 3-487 Madr 3-402
Location-dependent setup offset 3-491 magActPlace 3-468
Location-dependent wear offset 3-495 Magazine 3-486
logDriveNo 3-354, 3-424 Magazine location data 3-471
Logical base address of the slot 3-520 Magazine location hierarchy 3-473
Logical drive number 3-504 Magazine location type 3-458
LOOKAH_FREQUENCY Magazine location user data for a tool magazine
MD 32440 2-246 3-482
LOOKAH_NUM_OVR_POINTS Magazine user data for a tool magazine 3-481
MD 20430 2-208 magBLMag 3-465
LOOKAH_OVR_POINTS magCBCmd 3-465
MD 20440 2-208 magCBCmdState 3-465
LOOKAH_RELIEVE_BLOCK_CYCLE magCBIdent 3-465

04/00 Lists
I Index
magCMCmdPar1 3-465 MD 20600 2-209

magCMCmdPar2 3-465 MAX_TILT_ANGLE
magCmd 3-468 MD 21092 2-212
magCmdPar1 3-468 MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC
magCmdPar2 3-468 MD 1725 2-122, 2-123
magCmdState 3-468 MAX_TORQUE_FROM_NC_M2
magDim 3-468 MD 2725 2-129
magIdent 3-468 MAX_TURN_ROTORPOS_IDENT
magKind 3-469 MD 1020 2-94
magLink1 3-469 maxCuttingEdgeNo 3-300
magLink2 3-469 maxCycleTimeBrut 3-522, 3-524
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE maxCycleTimeNet 3-522, 3-524
MD 1141 2-99 maxElementsFastFifoUsed 3-528
MAGNETIZING_REACTANCE_M2 maxFileLength 3-528
MD 2141 2-126 maxGrossFileLengthUsed 3-528
magNo 3-469 Maximum number of magazine locations 3-304
magNrPlaces 3-469 Maximum bus access duration 3-516
magRPlaces 3-465 Maximum gross cycle time 3-524
magSearch 3-466 Maximum gross length of the NCK protocol file
magState 3-469 3-528
magVIdent 3-467 Maximum length of the protocol file 3-528
magVNo 3-467 Maximum net cycle time 3-524
magVPlaces 3-466 Maximum number of available channels 3-300
magWearCompoundNo 3-469 Maximum number of available drives 3-300
magZWMag 3-466 Maximum number of available machine axes3-
Mask 300
ACC files available 3-513 Maximum number of elements in the FIFO
Maske für Systemframes 3-309 buffer 3-528
maskToolManagement 3-299, 3-306 Maximum number of files per directory 3-330
Max. no of data per data list for trace protocol. Maximum number of handwheels 3-303
3-301 Maximum number of magazines 3-304
Max. No. avail. tool adapt. data sets 3-300 Maximum number of protection zones 3-308
Max. no. of data per data list for trace protocol3- Maximum number of subdirectories per directory
301 3-330
Max. no. of event types for trace protocolling3- Maximum peripheral speed of the grinding
300 wheel 3-463
Max. no. of protocol files which may be created Maximum rotary speed of the grinding wheel
3-334 3-463
Max. number edges per tool 3-300 Maximum spindle speed at G26 3-509
Max. number of directories which may be Maximum value D number 3-300
created 3-333 maxNetFileLengthTooSmall 3-528
Max. number of files which may be created MAXNUM_REPLACEMENT_TOOLS
3-334 MD 17500 2-191
Max. number total offsets per edge 3-300 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_FLOAT
Max. safety speed difference NCK - drive MD 14508 2-191
3-357, 3-427 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_HEX
MAX_ACCEL_OVL_FACTOR MD 14506 2-191
MD 32310 2-245 MAXNUM_USER_DATA_INT
MAX_AX_ACCEL MD 14504 2-191
MD 32300 2-245 maxNumAdapter 3-300
MAX_AX_JERK maxnumAlarms 3-300
MD 32431 2-246 maxnumChannels 3-300
MAX_AX_VELO maxnumContainer 3-300
MD 32000 2-244 maxnumContainerSlots 3-300
MAX_FORCE_FROM_NC maxnumCuttEdges_Tool 3-300
MD 1725 2-123 maxnumDrives 3-300
MD 5725 2-142 maxnumEdgeSC 3-300
MAX_LEAD_ANGLE maxnumEventTypes 3-300
MD 21090 2-211 maxnumGlobMachAxes 3-300
MAX_MOVE_ROTORPOS_IDENT maxNumSumcorr 3-301
MD 1020 2-94 maxnumTraceProtData 3-301
MAX_PATH_JERK maxnumTraceProtDataList 3-301

Lists 04/00
I Index
maxRotSpeed 3-463 MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_4 3-313, 3-320

maxTipSpeed 3-463 MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_5 3-313, 3-320
MD_FILE_STYLE MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_6 3-313, 3-320
MD 11230 2-183 MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_7 3-313, 3-320
MD_TEXT_SWITCH (for MMC 102/103) MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_8 3-313, 3-320
MD 9900 2-156 MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_9 3-313, 3-320
MDB_JOG_CONT_MODE_LEVELTRIGGRD MDD_PA_MINUS_LIM 3-313, 3-321
3-507 MDD_PA_PLUS_LIM 3-314, 3-321
MDB_JOG_REV_IS_ACTIVE 3-507 MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26 3-509
MDB_WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS 3-509 MDD_SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS 3-509
MDB_WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS 3-509 MDD_SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25 3-510
MDB_WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE 3-509 MDD_SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME 3-504
MDB_WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE 3-509 MDD_THREAD_START_ANGLE 3-508
MDBA_DRIVE_IS_ACTIVE 3-504 MDL_POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO
MDCA_CTRLOUT_MODULE_NR 3-506 3-505
MDCA_CTRLOUT_TYPE 3-506 MDLA_DRIVE_INVERTER_CODE 3-505
MDCA_DRIVE_LOGIC_NR 3-504 MDS_CHAN_NAME 3-372
MDCA_DRIVE_MODULE_TYPE 3-504 MDSA_AXCONF_MACHAX_NAME_TAB 3-505
MDCA_DRIVE_TYPE 3-504 MDU_PA_ACTIV_IMMED 3-314, 3-321
MDCA_ENC_MODULE_NR 3-506 MDU_PA_CONT_NUM 3-314, 3-321
MDCA_ENC_TYPE 3-506 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_0 3-314, 3-321
MDD_DRY_RUN_FEED 3-508 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_1 3-314, 3-321
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_DEG 3-504 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_2 3-314, 3-321
MDD_INT_INCR_PER_MM 3-504 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_3 3-314, 3-321
MDD_JOG_REV_SET_VELO 3-507 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_4 3-314, 3-322
MDD_JOG_SET_VELO 3-507 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_5 3-315, 3-322
MDD_JOG_SPIND_SET_VELO 3-507 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_6 3-315, 3-322
MDD_JOG_VAR_INCR_SIZE 3-507 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_7 3-315, 3-322
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_0 3-310, 3-317 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_8 3-315, 3-322
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_1 3-310, 3-317 MDU_PA_CONT_TYP_9 3-315, 3-322
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_2 3-310, 3-317 MDU_PA_LIM_3DIM 3-315, 3-322
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_3 3-310, 3-317 MDU_PA_ORI 3-315, 3-323
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_4 3-310, 3-317 MDU_PA_TW 3-316, 3-323
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_5 3-310, 3-317 MEAS_FOCUS_MASK
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_6 3-310, 3-317 MD 10490 2-178
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_7 3-310, 3-318 MEAS_PROBE_LOW_ACTIVE
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_8 3-311, 3-318 MD 13200 2-190
MDD_PA_CENT_ABS_9 3-311, 3-318 measFctState 3-354, 3-424
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_0 3-311, 3-318 measPos1 3-355, 3-424
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_1 3-311, 3-318 measPos2 3-355, 3-424
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_2 3-311, 3-318 measPosDev 3-355, 3-424
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_3 3-311, 3-318 measUnit 3-355, 3-424
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_4 3-311, 3-318 Measuring circuit type of direct measuring
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_5 3-311, 3-318 system 3-452
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_6 3-311, 3-318 Measuring circuit type of indirect measuring
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_7 3-311, 3-318 syste 3-453
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_8 3-311, 3-319 Message from the part program 3-393
MDD_PA_CENT_ORD_9 3-312, 3-319 Message ZK1 drive alarm 3-350, 3-420
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_0 3-312, 3-319 minCycleTimeBrut 3-522, 3-525
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_1 3-312, 3-319 minCycleTimeNet 3-523, 3-525
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_2 3-312, 3-319 MINFEED
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_3 3-312, 3-319 MD 42460 2-274
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_4 3-312, 3-319 Minimum 2-168
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_5 3-312, 3-319 Minimum bus access duration 3-516
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_6 3-312, 3-319 Minimum diameter of the grinding wheel 3-463
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_7 3-312, 3-319 minimum gross cycle time 3-525
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_8 3-312, 3-319 Minimum net cycle time 3-525
MDD_PA_CONT_ABS_9 3-312, 3-320 Minimum spindle speed at G25 3-510
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_0 3-313, 3-320 Minimum width of the grinding wheel 3-464
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_1 3-313, 3-320 MINMAX_ADDRESS
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_2 3-313, 3-320 MD 1652 2-119
MDD_PA_CONT_ORD_3 3-313, 3-320 MD 5652 2-141

04/00 Lists
I Index
MINMAX_MAX_VALUE MD 28060 2-233

MD 1654 2-119 MM_IPO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 5654 2-141 MD 28510 2-236
MINMAX_MIN_VALUE MM_KIND_OF_SUMCORR
MD 1653 2-119 MD 18112 2-194
MD 5653 2-141 MM_LINK_NUM_OF_MODULES
MINMAX_SIGNAL_NR MD 18782 2-199
MD 1651 2-119 MM_LINK_TOA_UNIT
MD 5651 2-140 MD 28085 2-234
MINTIME_BETWEEN_STROKES MM_LUD_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 42404 2-273 MD 18240 2-197
minToolDia 3-463 MM_LUD_VALUES_MEM
minToolWide 3-464 MD 28040 2-233
MIRROR_REF_AX MM_MAX_AXISPOLY_PER_BLOCK
MD 10610 2-178 MD 28520 2-236
MIRROR_TOGGLE MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_NO
MD 10612 2-178 MD 18105 2-194
MIRROR_TOOL_LENGTH MM_MAX_CUTTING_EDGE_PERTOOL
MD 42900 2-275 MD 18106 2-194
MIRROR_TOOL_WEAR MM_MAX_SIZE_OF_LUD_VALUE
MD 42910 2-275 MD 18242 2-197
mirrorImgActive 3-366, 3-367, 3-369, 3-409, MM_MAX_SUMCORR_PER_CUTTEDGE
3-410, 3-445, 3-447 MD 18110 2-194
Mirroring enabled in a settable frame 3-367, MM_MAX_TRACE_DATAPOINTS
3-369, 3-409, 3-445 MD 28180 2-234
Mirroring enabled in an active frame 3-366, MM_MAX_TRACE_LINK_POINTS
3-447 MD 18790 2-199
MM_ CONTOUR_END_TEXT (for MMC 100) MM_NCK_HASH_TABLE_SIZE
MD 9461 2-155 MD 18260 2-197
MM_ARCLENGTH_SEGMENTS MM_NCU_LINK_MASK
MD 28540 2-237 MD 18780 2-199
MM_CEC_MAX_POINTS MM_NUM_AC_MARKER
MD 18342 2-198 MD 28256 2-235
MM_CHAN_HASH_TABLE_SIZE MM_NUM_AC_PARAM
MD 18250 2-197 MD 28254 2-235
MM_COM_TASK_STACK_SIZE MM_NUM_AC_TIMER
MD 18502 2-199 MD 28258 2-235
MM_DIR_HASH_TABLE_SIZE MM_NUM_BASE_FRAMES
MD 18300 2-197 MD 28081 2-234
MM_DRIVE_TASK_STACK_SIZE MM_NUM_BLOCKS_IN_PREP
MD 18520 2-199 MD 28070 2-233
MM_ENC_COMP_MAX_POINTS MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_ELEMENTS
MD 38000 2-268 MD 28090 2-234
MM_EXT_PROG_BUFFER_SIZE MM_NUM_CC_BLOCK_USER_MEM
MD 18360 2-198 MD 28100 2-234
MM_EXT_PROG_NUM MM_NUM_CC_HEAP_MEM
MD 18362 2-198 MD 28105 2-234
MM_EXTCOM_TASK_STACK_SIZE MM_NUM_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18500 2-198 MD 18090 2-193
MM_EXTERN_CNC_SYSTEM MM_NUM_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 10880 2-181 MD 18092 2-193
MM_EXTERN_LANGUAGE MM_NUM_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 18800 2-200 MD 18098 2-193
MM_FILE_HASH_TABLE_SIZE MM_NUM_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18290 2-197 MD 18094 2-193
MM_FLASHFILESYS_MEM MM_NUM_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18331 2-198 MD 18096 2-193
MM_FRAME_FINE_TRANS MM_NUM_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18600 2-199 MD 18200 2-195
MM_GUD_VALUES_MEM MM_NUM_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18150 2-195 MD 18202 2-196
MM_IPO_BUFFER_SIZE MM_NUM_CCS_MON_PARAM

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 18208 2-196 MD 28250 2-235

MM_NUM_CCS_TDA_PARAM MM_NUM_TOOL
MD 18204 2-196 MD 18082 2-192, 2-284
MM_NUM_CCS_TOA_PARAM MM_NUM_TOOL_ADAPTER
MD 18206 2-196 MD 18104 2-194
MM_NUM_CURVE_POLYNOMS MM_NUM_TOOL_CARRIER
MD 18404 2-198 MD 18088 2-193
MM_NUM_CURVE_SEGMENTS MM_NUM_USER_FRAMES
MD 18402 2-198 MD 28080 2-233
MM_NUM_CURVE_TABS MM_NUM_USER_MACROS
MD 18400 2-198 MD 18160 2-195
MM_NUM_CUTTING_EDGES_IN_TOA MM_NUM_VDIVAR_ELEMENTS
MD 18100 2-194, 2-284 MD 28150 2-234
MM_NUM_DIR_IN_FILESYSTEM MM_PATH_VELO_SEGMENTS
MD 18310 2-198 MD 28530 2-236
MM_NUM_FCTDEF_ELEMENTS MM_PREP_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 28252 2-235 MD 28500 2-236
MM_NUM_FILES_IN_FILESYSTEM MM_QEC_MAX_POINTS
MD 18320 2-198 MD 38010 2-268
MM_NUM_FILES_PER_DIR MM_REORG_LOG_FILE_MEM
MD 18280 2-197 MD 28000 2-232
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_BASE_FRAMES MM_SERVO_TASK_STACK_SIZE
MD 18602 2-199 MD 18510 2-199
MM_NUM_GLOBAL_USER_FRAMES MM_SIZEOF_LINKVAR_DATA
MD 18601 2-199 MD 18700 2-199
MM_NUM_GUD_MODULES MM_TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 18118 2-194 MD 18080 2-192, 2-284
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_AXIS MM_TRACE_DATA_FUNCTION
MD 18140 2-195 MD 22714 2-221
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_CHAN MM_TRACE_LINK_DATA_FUNCTION
MD 18130 2-195 MD 18792 2-199
MM_NUM_GUD_NAMES_NCK MM_TYPE_CC_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18120 2-194 MD 18091 2-193
MM_NUM_LINKVAR_ELEMENTS MM_TYPE_CC_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 28160 2-234 MD 18093 2-193
MM_NUM_LUD_NAMES_TOTAL MM_TYPE_CC_MON_PARAM
MD 28020 2-233 MD 18099 2-194
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE MM_TYPE_CC_TDA_PARAM
MD 18084 2-192, 2-284 MD 18095 2-193
MM_NUM_MAGAZINE_LOCATION MM_TYPE_CC_TOA_PARAM
MD 18086 2-193, 2-284 MD 18097 2-193
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_NAMES MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGAZINE_PARAM
MD 18170 2-195 MD 18201 2-195
MM_NUM_MAX_FUNC_PARAM MM_TYPE_CCS_MAGLOC_PARAM
MD 18180 2-195 MD 18203 2-196
MM_NUM_MMC_UNITS MM_TYPE_CCS_MON_PARAM
MD 10134 2-173 MD 18209 2-196
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_ACTIVE MM_TYPE_CCS_TDA_PARAM
MD 28210 2-235 MD 18205 2-196
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_CHAN MM_TYPE_CCS_TOA_PARAM
MD 28200 2-234 MD 18207 2-196
MM_NUM_PROTECT_AREA_NCK MM_TYPE_OF_CUTTING_EDGE
MD 18190 2-195 MD 18102 2-194
MM_NUM_R_PARAM MM_USER_FILE_MEM_MINIMUM
MD 28050 2-233 MD 18350 2-198
MM_NUM_REORG_LUD_MODULES MM_USER_MEM_BUFFERED
MD 28010 2-233 MD 18230 2-197
MM_NUM_SUBDIR_PER_DIR MM_USER_MEM_DPR
MD 18270 2-197 MD 18220 2-197
MM_NUM_SUMCORR MM_USER_MEM_DYNAMIC
MD 18108 2-194 MD 18210 2-196
MM_NUM_SYNC_ELEMENTS MM_WRITE_TOA_FINE_LIMIT

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 9450 2-154 MD 2102 2-125

MM_WRITE_ZOA_FINE_LIMIT MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE
MD 9451 2-154 MD 1608 2-117
MMC_CMD_TIMEOUT MOTOR_FIXED_TEMPERATURE_M2
MD 10132 2-173 MD 2608 2-129
mmcCmd 3-307 MOTOR_INERTIA
mmcCmdPrep 3-307 MD 1117 2-97
mmcCmdPrepCounter 3-329 MOTOR_INERTIA_M2
mmcCmdQuit 3-307 MD 2117 2-125
mmcCmdQuitPrep 3-307 MOTOR_LIMIT_CURRENT
Mode group ready 3-371 MD 1122 2-98
MODE_AC_FIFO MOTOR_MASS
MD 28266 2-236 MD 1117 2-97
modeSpindleToolRevolver 3-301 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED
MODESWITCH_MASK MD 1146 2-100
MD 20114 2-203 MOTOR_MAX_ALLOWED_SPEED_M2
modeWearGroup 3-466 MD 2146 2-126
Modification counter for dimension system 3-333 MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT
Modification counter for magazine data 3-388 MD 1104 2-96
Modification counter for new DP configuration MOTOR_MAX_CURRENT_REDUCTION
3-517 MD 1105 2-96
Modification counter for tool offsets 3-388 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED
Modification counter of $$driveType 3-328 MD 1401 2-109
Module identifier 3-504 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_M2
MODULO_RANGE MD 2401 2-128
MD 30330 2-240 MOTOR_MAX_SPEED_SETUP
MONITOR_ADDRESS MD 1420 2-112
MD 11380 2-184 MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT
MD 1656 2-119 MD 1136 2-99
MD 5656 2-141 MOTOR_NOLOAD_CURRENT_M2
MONITOR_CYCLE_TIME MD 2136 2-126
MD 1002 2-93 MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE
MD 5002 2-130 MD 1135 2-99
MONITOR_DISPLAY MOTOR_NOLOAD_VOLTAGE_M2
MD 1657 2-119 MD 2135 2-126
MD 5657 2-141 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT
MONITOR_DISPLAY_INT MD 1103 2-96
MD 11382 2-184 MOTOR_NOMINAL_CURRENT_M2
MONITOR_DISPLAY_REAL MD 2103 2-125
MD 11384 2-184 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY
MONITOR_INPUT_INT MD 1134 2-99
MD 11386 2-184 MOTOR_NOMINAL_FREQUENCY_M2
MONITOR_INPUT_REAL MD 2134 2-126
MD 11388 2-184 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER
MONITOR_INPUT_STROBE MD 1130 2-98
MD 11390 2-184 MOTOR_NOMINAL_POWER_M2
MD 1659 2-119 MD 2130 2-125
MD 5659 2-141 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE
MONITOR_INPUT_VALUE MD 1132 2-98
MD 1658 2-119 MOTOR_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE_M2
MD 5658 2-141 MD 2132 2-125
MONITOR_SEGMENT MOTOR_RATED_SPEED
MD 1655 2-119 MD 1400 2-109
MD 5655 2-141 MOTOR_RATED_SPEED_M2
Monitoring data per tool edge 3-460 MD 2400 2-128
motEnd 3-436 MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT
Motor temperature 3-450, 3-453 MD 1405 2-110
Motor temperature warning 3-352, 3-421 MOTOR_SPEED_LIMIT_M2
Motor wiring selection (star/delta) 3-351, 3-420 MD 2405 2-128
MOTOR_CODE MOTOR_STANDSTILL_CURRENT
MD 1102 2-96 MD 1118 2-98
MOTOR_CODE_M2 MOTOR_SWITCH_SPEED

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 1247 2-105 nckVersion 3-301

MOTOR_TEMP_ALARM_TIME ncStartCounter 3-385
MD 1603 2-116 NCU link active 3-329
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT NCU_LINKNO
MD 1607 2-117 MD 12510 2-188
MOTOR_TEMP_SHUTDOWN_LIMIT_M2 ncuLinkActive 3-329
MD 2607 2-129 NEG_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT MD 5441 2-137
MD 1602 2-116 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
MOTOR_TEMP_WARN_LIMIT_M2 MD 5467 2-137
MD 2602 2-129 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
MOTOR_TEMPERATURE MD 5487 2-138
MD 1702 2-120 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
motorTemperature 3-450, 3-453 MD 5488 2-138
msg 3-393 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
MULTFEED_ASSIGN_FASTIN MD 5468 2-137
MD 21220 2-214 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
MULTFEED_STORE_MASK MD 5483 2-138
MD 21230 2-214 NEG_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
multiPlace 3-472 MD 5484 2-138
Mval 3-402 nettoMemFfs 3-330
NIBBLE_PRE_START_TIME
MD 26018 2-232
N NIBBLE_PUNCH_CODE
MD 26008 2-231
name3-342, 3-361, 3-364, 3-411, 3-431, 3-439, NIBBLE_PUNCH_INMASK
3-442 MD 26006 2-231
Name of physical spindle. 3-361, 3-439 NIBBLE_PUNCH_OUTMASK
Name of the active work piece 3-394 MD 26004 2-231
Name of the protocol file including the path3- NIBBLE_SIGNAL_CHECK
528 MD 26020 2-232
namePhys 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 NIBPUNCH_PRE_START_TIME
NC in stop state 3-387 MD 42402 2-273
NC_PROPERTIES (for MMC 100) No of par. of the mag. user data f tool mag.
MD 9500 2-155 place 3-304
NC_USER_CODE_CONF_NAME_TAB No of par. of the mag. user data for a tool mag.
MD 10712 2-180 3-304
NC_USER_EXTERN_GCODES_TAB No. of active tool for flat D-no. max 8 digits3-380
MD 10882 2-181 No. of multiple assignments of a magazine
NCBFRAME_POWERON_MASK location 3-304
MD 10615 2-179 No. of P elements of a cutting edge in module
NCBFRAME_RESET_MASK TUE 3-303
MD 10613 2-179 No. of param. in the user monitoring data 3-303
ncFkt 3-405 No. of proto. files that have already been
ncFktAct 3-405 created 3-335
ncFktBin 3-405 No. of Siemens application cutting edge data
ncFktBinAct 3-405 3-302
ncFktBinFanuc 3-405 No. of Siemens application magazine location
ncFktBinS 3-405 data 3-304
ncFktFanuc 3-405 No. progr. tool for flat D-no. with max. 8 digits
ncFktS 3-406 3-386
NCK alarm pending 3-382 No. total offset params per total offset set 3-304
NCK flag for the SI programmable logic 3-332 No.of directories that have already been created
NCK logbook 3-301 3-334
NCK sign-of-life 3-329 NORMAL_VECTOR_NAME_TAB
NCK timer variable for the SI programmable MD 10630 2-179
logic 3-332 Normalized path parameter 3-376
NCK type 3-301 nrDuplo 3-474
NCK version 3-301 NUM_AC_FIFO
nckAliveAndWell 3-329 MD 28260 2-235
nckLogbookSeekPos 3-301 NUM_AX_SEL
nckType 3-301 MD 9027 2-145

04/00 Lists
I Index
NUM_CURRENT_FILTERS Number of defined locations for the control block

MD 1200 2-101 3-466
NUM_EG Number of directories that can be created 3-328
MD 11660 2-186 Number of DPbbusses 3-515
NUM_ENCS Number of entries the FIFO buffer is too small
MD 30200 2-239 for 3-528
NUM_FFW_FCTRL_FILTERS Number of events to be skipped 3-529
MD 5260 2-134 Number of Fanuc-G functions 3-370
NUM_OUTPUT_FILTERS Number of files that can be created 3-329
MD 5280 2-135 Number of files that have already been created
NUM_OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTERS 3-334
MD 5200 2-133 Number of G functions 3-324
NUM_POLE_PAIRS Number of geometry axes 3-308
MD 1112 2-96, 2-97 Number of G-functions 3-324
NUM_SPEED_FILTERS Number of highest channel axis. 3-308
MD 1500 2-113, 2-114 Number of HW analog inputs 3-302
MD 5500 2-138 Number of HW analog output 3-326
numActAxes 3-307 Number of HW analog outputs 3-302
numActDEdges 3-486 Number of HW digital inputs 3-303
numActMags 3-467 Number of HW digital outputs 3-303
numAlarms 3-330 Number of internal buffer magazine 3-466
numAnalogInp 3-302 Number of log. spindles 3-308
numAnalogOutp 3-302 Number of M function for tool change 3-305
numAuxAxes 3-307 Number of magazines 3-467
numBAGs 3-302 Number of masters available 3-521
numBasisFrames 3-302, 3-307 Number of NC instruction groups 3-303
Number 2-159 Number of net bytes the protocol file is too small
Number NC instruction groups (ISO Dialect) 3-528
3-303 Number of orientation axes in channel 3-308
Number of active auxiliary functions( H- Number of P elements of a cutting edge 3-302
functions) 3-402 Number of P elements of a tool 3-305
Number of active channels 3-302 Number of P elements of a tool edge in module
Number of active drives 3-303 TS 3-303
Number of active E-function 3-401 Number of parameter set 3-355, 3-424
Number of active machine axes 3-303 Number of parameters of a multiple assignment
Number of active S-functions 3-402 3-305
Number of active tool 3-379 Number of parameters per adapter 3-304
Number of active tool edge 3-378 Number of parameters per magazine location
Number of active wear group 3-469 3-304
Number of assigned handwheel 3-354, 3-423, Number of pending general alarms 3-330
3-436 Number of polygon elements / protection zone
Number of auxiliary axes 3-307 3-307
Number of available mode groups 3-302 Number of programmed tool 3-386
Number of axes in channel. 3-307 Number of programmed tool edge 3-385
Number of axis containers 3-300, 3-302 Number of protocol files that can still be created
Number of axis entries 3-514 3-329
Number of basic frames in channel 3-307 Number of real locations in the magazine 3-469
Number of bus access errors type 1 3-516 Number of slaves on the bus 3-517
Number of bus access errors type 2 3-516 Number of slots 3-520
Number of bus cycles 3-516 Number of slots per axis container 3-300, 3-302
Number of channel-independent basic frames Number of spindles 3-308
3-302 Number of strokes 3-407
Number of channel-independent user frames Number of synchronous actions 3-402, 3-404
3-305 Number of T area 3-309
Number of channel-specific R parameters 3-308 Number of T areas 3-305
Number of clients 3-517 Number of the active M-function 3-402
Number of configured slaves 3-518 Number of the actual drive parameter set 3-350,
Number of cutting edges 3-457, 3-474 3-420
Number of D numbers in module 3-486 Number of the geometry axis 3-436
Number of data to be protocolled for an event Number of the internal load magazine 3-465
3-526 Number of the magazine 3-467, 3-469
Number of the preselected T-function 3-402

Lists 04/00
I Index
Number of tool edges 3-308 Offset normal 3-385

Number of toolholder 3-382 Offset to leading axis/spindle, actual value
Number of tools in the area TO 3-474 3-348, 3-417
Number of user frames 3-308 OFFSET_COMPENSATION
Number of valid contour elements 3-314, 3-321 MD 5470 2-137
numChannels 3-302 OFFSETVALUE_FOR_MONITORING
numContainer 3-302 MD 31510 2-243
numContainerSlots 3-302 ONLINE_CUTCOM_ENABLE
numContourInProtArea 3-307 MD 20254 2-207
numCuttEdgeParams 3-302 Operating 2-160
numCuttEdgeParams_tao 3-302 Operating mode 3-450, 3-453
numCuttEdgeParams_tas 3-302 OPERATING_MODE
numCuttEdgeParams_ts 3-303 MD 1730 2-123
numCuttEdgeParams_tu 3-303 MD 5730 2-142
numCuttEdgeParams_tus 3-303 OPERATING_MODE_DEFAULT
numCuttEdges 3-457, 3-474 MD 10720 2-181
numData 3-526 operatingMode 3-450, 3-453
numDigitInp 3-303 opMode 3-361, 3-364, 3-371, 3-439, 3-442
numDigitOutp 3-303 OPT_LOAD_ANGEL
numDrives 3-303 MD 1128 2-98
numElementsFastFifoTooSmall 3-528 optStopActive 3-389
numFilesPerDir 3-330 Ordinal number of an alarm 3-336, 3-338, 3-340
numGCodeGroups 3-303 Ordinate arc centre of 10th contour element
numGCodeGroupsFanuc 3-303 3-312, 3-319
numGeoAxes 3-308 Ordinate arc centre of 1st contour element
numGlobMachAxes 3-303 3-311, 3-318
numHandWheels 3-303 Ordinate arc centre of 2nd contour element
numMachAxes 3-308 3-311, 3-318
numMagLocParams_tap 3-304 Ordinate arc centre of 3rd contour element3-311
numMagLocParams_u 3-304 Ordinate arc centre of 4th contour element
numMagParams_tam 3-304 3-311, 3-318
numMagParams_u 3-304 Ordinate arc centre of 5th contour element
numMagPlaceParams 3-304 3-311, 3-318
numMagPlacesMax 3-304 Ordinate arc centre of 6th contour element
numMagsMax 3-304 3-311, 3-318
numOriAxes 3-308 Ordinate arc centre of 7th contour element
numParams_Adapt 3-304 3-311, 3-318
numParams_SC 3-304 Ordinate arc centre of 8th contour element
numPlaceMulti 3-304 3-311, 3-318
numPlaceMultiParams 3-305 Ordinate arc centre of 9th contour element
numProtArea 3-308 3-311, 3-319
numRParams 3-308 Ordinate end point of 10th contour element
numSpindles 3-308 3-313, 3-320
numSpindlesLog 3-308 Ordinate end point of 1st contour element
numStrokes 3-407 3-313, 3-320
numSubDirsPerDir 3-330 Ordinate end point of 2nd contour element
numSynAct 3-402, 3-404 3-313, 3-320
numToBaust 3-305 Ordinate end point of 4th contour element
numToolEdges 3-308 3-313, 3-320
numToolParams_tad 3-305 Ordinate end point of 5th contour element
numToolParams_tu 3-305 3-313, 3-320
numTools 3-474 Ordinate end point of 6th contour element
numUserFrames 3-305, 3-308 3-313, 3-320
Ordinate end point of 7th contour element
3-313, 3-320
O Ordinate end point of 8th contour element
3-313, 3-320
Odinate arc centre of 3rd contour element 3-318 Ordinate end point of 9th contour element
Odinate end point of 3rd contour element 3-320 3-313, 3-320
Offset memory number length (Fanuc) 3-378 Ordinate of end point of 3rd contour element
Offset memory number radius (ISO Dialect)) 3-313
3-378 ORI_DEF_WITH_G_CODE

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 21102 2-212 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_DAMP

ORI_IPO_WITH_G_CODE MD 5205 2-133
MD 21104 2-212 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_FREQ
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_1 MD 5204 2-133
MD 21120 2-212 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_SUP_FREQ
ORIAX_TURN_TAB_2 MD 5213 2-133
MD 21130 2-213 OUTPUT_VCTRL_FILTER_CONFIG
ORIENTATION_IS_EULER MD 5201 2-133
MD 21100 2-212 OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_INVERSION
OSCILL_CTRL_MASK MD 5476 2-138
MD 43770 2-278 OUTPUT_VOLTAGE_LIMIT
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME1 MD 5475 2-137
MD 43720 2-277 OVR_AX_IS_GRAY_CODE
OSCILL_DWELL_TIME2 MD 12000 2-186
MD 43730 2-278 OVR_FACTOR_AX_SPEED
OSCILL_END_POS MD 12010 2-186
MD 43760 2-278 OVR_FACTOR_FEEDRATE
OSCILL_IS_ACTIVE MD 12030 2-187
MD 43780 2-278 OVR_FACTOR_LIMIT_BIN
OSCILL_MODE_MASK MD 12100 2-187
MD 11460 2-185 OVR_FACTOR_RAPID_TRA
OSCILL_NUM_SPARK_CYCLES MD 12050 2-187
MD 43750 2-278 OVR_FACTOR_SPIND_SPEED
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS1 MD 12070 2-187
MD 43700 2-277 OVR_FEED_IS_GRAY_CODE
OSCILL_REVERSE_POS2 MD 12020 2-186
MD 43710 2-277 OVR_RAPID_IS_GRAY_CODE
OSCILL_VELO MD 12040 2-187
MD 43740 2-278 OVR_REFERENCE_IS_MIN_FEED
OUT data byte 3-327 MD 12082 2-187
OUT data double word 3-327 OVR_REFERENCE_IS_PROG_FEED
OUT data word 3-327 MD 12080 2-187
OUT Real data 3-327 OVR_SPIND_IS_GRAY_CODE
Output driver status. 3-514 MD 12060 2-187
OUTPUT_ENABLE_DELAY
MD 5531 2-139
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW P
MD 5289 2-135
OUTPUT_FIL_1_BW_NUM Parameter 1 of the alarm 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
MD 5290 2-135 Parameter 2 of the alarm 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
OUTPUT_FIL_1_DAMP Parameter 3 of the alarm 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
MD 5285 2-135 Parameter 4 of the alarm 3-337, 3-339, 3-341
OUTPUT_FIL_1_FREQ Parameterizing the module TD 3-476
MD 5284 2-135 Parametrizing data for the module TO 3-476
OUTPUT_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ Parametrizing mask for the module TD 3-477
MD 5288 2-135 Parametrizing mask for the module TO 3-478
OUTPUT_FILTER_TYPE Parametrizing mask for the module TS 3-478
MD 5281 2-135 Parametrizing mask for the module TU 3-479
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW Parametrizing mask for the module TUE 3-479
MD 5211 2-133 Parametrizing mask for the module TUS 3-479
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_BW_NUM Parametrizing the module TD 3-476
MD 5212 2-133 Parametrizing the module TS 3-476
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_DAMP Parametrizing the module TU 3-477
MD 5203 2-133 Parametrizing the module TUE 3-477
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_FREQ Parametrizing the module TUS 3-477
MD 5202 2-133 paramNrCCV 3-464
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_1_SUP_FREQ PARAMSET_CHANGE_ENABLE
MD 5210 2-133 MD 35590 2-255
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW paramSetNo 3-355, 3-424
MD 5214 2-133 parDataTD 3-476
OUTPUT_VCTRL_FIL_2_BW_NUM parDataTO 3-476
MD 5215 2-133 parDataToolIdentTD 3-476

Lists 04/00
I Index
parDataTS 3-476 MD 5133 2-132

parDataTU 3-477 PISTON_STROKE
parDataTUE 3-477 MD 5134 2-132
parDataTUS 3-477 PISTON_ZERO
Parking axis 3-352, 3-421 MD 5040 2-130
parMasksTD 3-477 placeData 3-471
parMasksTO 3-478 placeType 3-473
parMasksTS 3-478 Plane assignment of protection zone 3-315,
parMasksTU 3-479 3-323
parMasksTUE 3-479 PLC messages (DB2) 4-541
parMasksTUS 3-479 PLC_CYCLE_TIME_AVERAGE
PART_COUNTER MD 10110 2-172
MD 27880 2-232 PLC_CYCLIC_TIMEOUT
PART_COUNTER_MCODE MD 10100 2-172
MD 27882 2-232 PLC_RUNNINGUP_TIMEOUT
partDistance 3-407 MD 10120 2-172
Path from beginning of the block in the BCS PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_IN
3-377 MD 10395 2-176
Path of ACC files in the NCK file system 3-514 PLCIO_LOGIC_ADDRESS_OUT
Path override for synchronous actions 3-376 MD 10397 2-176
Path to the end of the block in the BCS 3-377 PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_IN
Path veloc. in basic coordinate system 3-380 MD 10394 2-176
Path velocity in the WCS 3-380 PLCIO_NUM_BYTES_OUT
PATH_IPO_IS_ON_TCP MD 10396 2-176
MD 20260 2-207 PO_WITHOUT_POLY
PATH_TRANS_JERK_LIM MD 10674 2-180
MD 32432 2-246 pOffn 3-385
PBL_VERSION POLE_ORI_MODE
MD 1797 2-124 MD 21108 2-212
MD 5797 2-143 POLE_PAIR_PITCH
pblVersion 3-451, 3-453 MD 1170 2-100
pcmciaDataShotAct 3-523 Pos. offset of the synchr. spindle desired value
pcmciaDataShotSum 3-523 3-344, 3-413
pcmciaFfsLength 3-523 POS_AX_VELO
pcmciaShotStatus 3-523 MD 32060 2-244
pcmciaStartFfsOffset 3-523 POS_DRIVE_SPEED_LIMIT
pcmciaStartShotOffset 3-523 MD 5440 2-137
pEgBc 3-385 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_FLOW
PEMSD_MODE_ENABLE MD 5464 2-137
MD 1015 2-94 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_FLOW
PERMANENT_FEED MD 5485 2-138
MD 12202 2-187 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_S_VOLT
PERMANENT_ROT_AX_FEED MD 5486 2-138
MD 12204 2-187 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_VOLTAGE
PERMANENT_SPINDLE_FEED MD 5465 2-137
MD 12205 2-188 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_FLOW
PERMISSIVE_FLASH_TAB MD 5480 2-138
MD 11700 2-186 POS_DUAL_GAIN_COMP_Z_VOLT
Physical spindle name 3-364, 3-442 MD 5481 2-138
PILOT_OPERATION_PRESSURE POS_LIMIT_MINUS
MD 5102 2-131 MD 36100 2-256
PIPE_INNER_DIAMETER_A_B POS_LIMIT_MINUS2
MD 5143 2-132 MD 36120 2-256
PIPE_LENGTH_A POS_LIMIT_PLUS
MD 5141 2-132 MD 36110 2-256
PIPE_LENGTH_B POS_LIMIT_PLUS2
MD 5142 2-132 MD 36130 2-256
PISTON_POS_MIN_NAT_FREQ POS_TAB_SCALING_SYSTEM
MD 5160 2-132 MD 10270 2-174
PISTON_ROD_A_DIAMETER POSCTRL_CYCLE_DELAY
MD 5132 2-132 MD 10062 2-171
PISTON_ROD_B_DIAMETER POSCTRL_CYCLE_TIME

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 10061 2-171 PRESSURE_SENS_A_OFFS

POSCTRL_DAMPING MD 5551 2-139
MD 32950 2-250 PRESSURE_SENS_A_REF
POSCTRL_GAIN MD 5550 2-139
MD 32200 2-245 PRESSURE_SENS_B_OFFS
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_ENABLE MD 5553 2-139
MD 32930 2-249 PRESSURE_SENS_B_REF
POSCTRL_OUT_FILTER_TIME MD 5552 2-139
MD 32940 2-250 PREVENT_SYNACT_LOCK
POSCTRL_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO MD 11500 2-185
MD 10060 2-171 PRG_DEFAULT_DIR (for MMC100)
POSCTRL_ZERO_ZONE MD 9005 2-144
MD 32960 2-250 PROCESSOR_LOAD
Position 2-159 MD 1735 2-123
Position control cycle factor 3-505 PROCESSOR_UTILIZATION
position control gain factor 3-354, 3-423 MD 5735 2-142
Position controller difference 3-359, 3-428 PROCESSTIMER_MODE
Position of the cutting edge center point. 3-431 MD 27860 2-232
Position of tool base, desired value 3-431 PROG_SD_RESET_SAVE_TAB
Position offset from synchronous actions 3-346, MD 10710 2-180
3-415 PROG_SIGNAL_ADDRESS
Position offset referring to leading axis/spindle MD 1622 2-118
3-349, 3-418 MD 5622 2-140
POSITION_LSB PROG_SIGNAL_FLAGS
MD 5714 2-142 MD 1620 2-117
POSITIONING_TIME MD 5620 2-140
MD 36020 2-255 PROG_SIGNAL_HYSTERESIS
Power section code of drive module 3-505 MD 1624 2-118
POWER_DISABLE_DELAY MD 5624 2-140
MD 5404 2-136 PROG_SIGNAL_NR
POWER_ENABLE_DELAY MD 1621 2-117
MD 5532 2-139 MD 5621 2-140
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI PROG_SIGNAL_OFF_DELAY
MD 1129 2-98 MD 1626 2-118
POWER_FACTOR_COS_PHI_M2 MD 5626 2-140
MD 2129 2-125 PROG_SIGNAL_ON_DELAY
POWER_LIMIT_1 MD 1625 2-118
MD 1235 2-105 MD 5625 2-140
POWER_LIMIT_1_M2 PROG_SIGNAL_THRESHOLD
MD 2235 2-127 MD 1623 2-118
POWER_LIMIT_2 MD 5623 2-140
MD 1236 2-105 progDistToGo 3-431
POWER_LIMIT_2_M2 progDLNumber 3-385
MD 2236 2-127 progDLNumberS 3-385
POWER_LIMIT_GENERATOR progDNumber 3-385
MD 1237 2-105 progDuploNumber 3-385
preContrFactTorque 3-355, 3-424 progIndexAxPosNo 3-356, 3-425
preContrFactVel 3-355, 3-424 progName 3-393, 3-396, 3-397, 3-399
preContrMode 3-355, 3-424 progProtText 3-308
PREP_COM_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO Program execution from external active 3-384
MD 10160 2-173 Program name 3-393, 3-396, 3-397, 3-399
PREP_DRIVE_TASK_CYCLE_RATIO Program status 3-377, 3-385
MD 10150 2-173 Program test 3-389
PREPROCESSING_LEVEL PROGRAM_SETTINGS (for MMC 100)
MD 10700 2-180 MD 9460 2-155
PRESET 3-355, 3-425 Programmed circular passes 3-393
Preset state 3-355 Programmed circular passes search 3-393
Preset status 3-425 Programmed position for block search 3-435
PRESETActive 3-355, 3-425 Programmed position, actual value 3-430
PRESETVal 3-355, 3-425 Programmed position, desired value 3-430
PRESSURE_LSB Programmed position, distance-to-go 3-431
MD 5710 2-142 Programmed position, REPOS 3-431

Lists 04/00
I Index
Programmed SUG desired value 3-360, 3-363, RADIUS_NAME

3-438, 3-441 MD 10654 2-179
Programmed total offset 3-385 Ramp-function generator rapid stop3-351, 3-420
progREPOS 3-431 rapFeedRateOvr 3-386
progStatus 3-385 rapFeedRateOvrActive 3-389
progTestActive 3-389 Rapid traverse override 3-386
progTNumber 3-386 RATED_OUTVAL
progTNumberLong 3-386 MD 32250 2-245
progToolIdent 3-386 RATED_VELO
protAreaCounter 3-386 MD 32260 2-245
Protection zone modification counter 3-386 readyActive 3-371
protocolFilename 3-528 Real data 3-326
pTc 3-386 Real data (32 bits IEEE) from/to the PLC 3-325
pTcAng 3-386 Received telegram 3-521
pTcDiff 3-386 REDUCE_ARMATURE_INDUCTANCE
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_DELAY MD 1182 2-101
MD 1404 2-110 Reference point cam 3-356, 3-425
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED Referenced spindle number 3-464
MD 1403 2-109, 2-110 REFP_BERO_LOW_ACTIVE
PULSE_SUPPRESSION_SPEED_M2 MD 34120 2-251
MD 2403 2-128 REFP_CAM_DIR_IS_MINUS
PUNCH_DWELLTIME MD 34010 2-250
MD 42400 2-273 REFP_CAM_IS_ACTIVE
PUNCH_PARTITION_TYPE MD 34000 2-250
MD 26016 2-232 REFP_CAM_SHIFT
PUNCH_PATH_SPLITTING MD 34092 2-251
MD 26014 2-231 REFP_CYCLE_NR
punchActive 3-407 MD 34110 2-251
punchDelayActive 3-407 REFP_MAX_CAM_DIST
punchDelayTime 3-408 MD 34030 2-250
Punching delay time 3-408 REFP_MAX_MARKER_DIST
Punching or nibbling active 3-407 MD 34060 2-251
Punching with delay active 3-407 REFP_MOVE_DIST
PUNCHNIB_ACTIVATION MD 34080 2-251
MD 26012 2-231 REFP_MOVE_DIST_CORR
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTIN MD 34090 2-251
MD 26000 2-231 REFP_NC_START_LOCK
PUNCHNIB_ASSIGN_FASTOUT MD 20700 2-210
MD 26002 2-231 REFP_SEARCH_MARKER_REVERSE
PUNCHNIB_AXIS_MASK MD 34050 2-251
MD 26010 2-231 REFP_SET_POS
punchNibActivation 3-309 MD 34100 2-251
PWM_FREQUENCY REFP_STOP_AT_ABS_MARKER
MD 1100 2-96 MD 34330 2-252
PWM_FREQUENCY_M2 REFP_SYNC_ENCS
MD 2100 2-125 MD 34102 2-251
REFP_VELO_POS
MD 34070 2-251
Q REFP_VELO_SEARCH_CAM
MD 34020 2-250
qecLrnIsOn 3-356, 3-425 REFP_VELO_SEARCH_MARKER
Quadrant error compensation learning active MD 34040 2-251
3-356, 3-425 refPtBusy 3-356, 3-425
refPtCamNo 3-356, 3-425
refPtStatus 3-356, 3-426
R RELUCT_TORQUE_RATIO
MD 1149 2-100
R 3-511 REORG_LOG_LIMIT
R parameter (from SW 3.3) 3-511 MD 27900 2-232
R parameter (up to SW 3.2) 3-511 Representation of active tool 3-301
Radius of the circle (only effective for G02/G03) Requested gear stage 3-360, 3-363, 3-438,
3-392 3-441

04/00 Lists
I Index
RESET_MODE_MASK Safe limit of actual speed 3-357, 3-426

MD 20110 2-203 Safe limit of desired speed 3-357, 3-426
resetActive 3-371 Safe operation active 3-357, 3-426
Restricted cyclic variable service 3-383 Safe output signals of the axis 3-358, 3-427
Result Safe output signals of the drive 3-358, 3-427
number of tools found 3-480 Safe output signals of the drive part 2 3-358,
T-numbers of the tools found 3-480 3-427
resultNrOfTools 3-480 Safe output signals part 2 3-358, 3-427
resultToolNr 3-480 SAFE_ACKN
RETRACT_AND_GENERATOR_MODE MD 36997 2-265
MD 1636 2-118 SAFE_ACKN_READ
RETRACT_SPEED MD 1397 2-109
MD 1639 2-119 SAFE_ACKN_WRITE
RETRACT_TIME MD 1396 2-109
MD 1638 2-118 SAFE_ACT_CHECKSUM
Return point on the contour for repositioning MD 1398 2-109
3-434 MD 36998 2-265
Return value for command MagCBCmd 3-465 SAFE_ACT_STOP_OUTPUT
Return variable for the command MagCBCmd MD 36990 2-264
3-465 SAFE_ALARM_SUPPRESS_LEVEL
ROT_IS_MODULO MD 10094 2-172
MD 30310 2-240 SAFE_CAM_MINUS_OUTPUT
rotation 3-366, 3-409, 3-410, 3-445, 3-447 MD 36989 2-264
Rotation of a settable frame 3-409, 3-445 SAFE_CAM_PLUS_OUTPUT
Rotation of an active frame 3-366, 3-447 MD 36988 2-264
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE SAFE_CAM_POS_MINUS
MD 1138 2-99 MD 1337 2-107
ROTOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2 MD 36937 2-260
MD 2138 2-126 SAFE_CAM_POS_PLUS
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB MD 1336 2-107
MD 1712 2-121 MD 36936 2-260
ROTOR_FLUX_LSB_M2 SAFE_CAM_TOL
MD 2712 2-129 MD 1340 2-107
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE MD 36940 2-261
MD 1140 2-99 SAFE_CONFIG_CHANGE_DATE
ROTOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2 MD 36993 2-264
MD 2140 2-126 SAFE_DES_CHECKSUM
ROTOR_POS_LSB MD 1399 2-109
MD 1714 2-122 MD 36999 2-265
ROTOR_POS_LSB_M2 SAFE_DES_VELO_LIMIT
MD 2714 2-129 MD 36933 2-260
ROV rapid traverse override 3-389 SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST1
rpa 3-511 MD 1392 2-108
RUN_OVERRIDE_0 SAFE_DIAG_611D_RESULTLIST2
MD 12200 2-187 MD 1394 2-109
Run-up status sequence control for DP master SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST1
3-517 MD 1391 2-108
Run-up status SPL 3-332 SAFE_DIAG_NC_RESULTLIST2
MD 1393 2-109
SAFE_ENC_CONFIG
S MD 1316 2-106
SAFE_ENC_GEAR_DENOM
S_VALUES_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET MD 1321 2-107
MD 22400 2-220 MD 36921 2-259
Sadr 3-402 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_NUMERA
Safe actual position of axis 3-357, 3-427 MD 1322 2-107
Safe actual position of the drive 3-358, 3-427 MD 36922 2-260
Safe input signals of the axis 3-357, 3-426 SAFE_ENC_GEAR_PITCH
Safe input signals of the drive 3-357, 3-427 MD 1320 2-107
Safe input signals of the drive part 2 3-357, MD 36920 2-259
3-427 SAFE_ENC_GRID_POINT_DIST
Safe input signals part 2 3-357, 3-426 MD 1317 2-106

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 36917 2-259 SAFE_PULSE_DIS_CHECK_TIME

SAFE_ENC_INPUT_NR MD 1357 2-108
MD 36912 2-259 MD 36957 2-262
SAFE_ENC_IS_LINEAR SAFE_PULSE_DISABLE_DELAY
MD 36916 2-259 MD 1356 2-108
SAFE_ENC_MODULE_NR MD 36956 2-262
MD 36911 2-259 SAFE_PULSE_ENABLE_OUTPUT
SAFE_ENC_POLARITY MD 36986 2-264
MD 36925 2-260 SAFE_PULSE_STATUS_INPUT
SAFE_ENC_RESOL MD 36976 2-263
MD 1318 2-106 SAFE_REFP_POS_TOL
MD 36918 2-259 MD 1344 2-107
SAFE_ENC_SEGMENT_NR MD 36944 2-261
MD 36910 2-259 SAFE_REFP_STATUS_OUTPUT
SAFE_ENC_TYPE MD 36987 2-264
MD 36915 2-259 SAFE_SLIP_VELO_TOL
SAFE_EXT_STOP_INPUT MD 1349 2-108
MD 36977 2-263 MD 36949 2-261
SAFE_FIRMWARE_VERSION SAFE_SS_DISABLE_INPUT
MD 1390 2-108 MD 36971 2-263
SAFE_FUNCTION_ENABLE SAFE_SS_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 1301 2-106 MD 36981 2-263
MD 36901 2-258 SAFE_STANDSTILL_POS
SAFE_GEAR_SELECT_INPUT MD 36995 2-264
MD 36974 2-263 SAFE_STANDSTILL_TOL
SAFE_IN_HW_ASSIGN MD 1330 2-107
MD 10390 2-176 MD 36930 2-260
SAFE_IPO_STOP_GROUP SAFE_STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL
MD 36964 2-262 MD 1360 2-108
SAFE_IS_ROT_AX MD 36960 2-262
MD 1302 2-106 SAFE_STOP_F_DIAGNOSIS
MD 36902 2-258 MD 1395 2-109
SAFE_MODE_MASK SAFE_STOP_REQUEST_INPUT
MD 10095 2-172 MD 36975 2-263
SAFE_MODE_SWITCH_TIME SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_C
MD 1350 2-108 MD 1352 2-108
MD 36950 2-261 MD 36952 2-261
SAFE_MODULO_RANGE SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_D
MD 1305 2-106 MD 1353 2-108
MD 36905 2-259 MD 36953 2-261
SAFE_OUT_HW_ASSIGN SAFE_STOP_SWITCH_TIME_E
MD 10392 2-176 MD 1354 2-108
SAFE_OVR_INPUT MD 36954 2-262
MD 36978 2-263 SAFE_STOP_VELO_TOL
SAFE_PARK_ALARM_SUPPRESS MD 1348 2-107
MD 36965 2-262 MD 36948 2-261
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_MINUS SAFE_SVSS_DISABLE_INPUT
MD 1335 2-107 MD 36970 2-262
MD 36935 2-260 SAFE_SVSS_STATUS_OUTPUT
SAFE_POS_LIMIT_PLUS MD 36980 2-263
MD 1334 2-107 SAFE_VELO_LIMIT
MD 36934 2-260 MD 1331 2-107
SAFE_POS_SELECT_INPUT MD 36931 2-260
MD 36973 2-263 SAFE_VELO_OVR_FACTOR
SAFE_POS_STOP_MODE MD 1332 2-107
MD 1362 2-108 MD 36932 2-260
MD 36962 2-262 SAFE_VELO_SELECT_INPUT
SAFE_POS_TOL MD 36972 2-263
MD 1342 2-107 SAFE_VELO_STATUS_OUTPUT
MD 36942 2-261 MD 36982 2-264
SAFE_PREV_CONFIG SAFE_VELO_STOP_MODE
MD 36994 2-264 MD 1361 2-108

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 36961 2-262 MD 31200 2-243

SAFE_VELO_STOP_REACTION SCALING_FACTORS_USER_DEF
MD 1363 2-108 MD 10230 2-174
MD 36963 2-262 SCALING_SYSTEM_IS_METRIC
SAFE_VELO_SWITCH_DELAY MD 10240 2-174
MD 1351 2-108 SCALING_USER_DEF_MASK
MD 36951 2-261 MD 10220 2-174
SAFE_VELO_X SCALING_VALUE_INCH
MD 1346 2-107 MD 10250 2-174
MD 36946 2-261 scalingSystemCounter 3-333
SAFE_VELO_X_STATUS_OUTPUT SD_MAX_PATH_ACCEL
MD 36985 2-264 MD 42500 2-274
safeActPosDiff 3-356, 3-426 SD_MAX_PATH_JERK
safeActVeloDiff 3-357, 3-426 MD 42510 2-274
safeActVeloLimit 3-357, 3-426 Search direction 3-397, 3-399
safeDesVeloLimit 3-357, 3-426 Search pointer 3-396, 3-397, 3-400
safeExtInpValNckBit 3-330 Search string 3-397, 3-400
safeExtInpValNckWord 3-330 Search type 3-397, 3-400
safeExtInpValPlcBit 3-330 SEARCH_RUN_MODE
safeExtInpValPlcWord 3-330 MD 11450 2-185
safeExtOutpValNckBit 3-330 searchString 3-397, 3-400
safeExtOutpValNckWord 3-331 searchType 3-397, 3-400
safeExtOutpValPlcBit 3-331 seekOffset 3-396, 3-397, 3-400
safeExtOutpValPlcWord 3-331 SEMA data accessible 3-333
safeFctEnable 3-357, 3-426 semaDataAvailable 3-333
safeInputSig 3-357, 3-426 SERIAL_NO_ENCODER
safeInputSig2 3-357, 3-426 MD 1025 2-95
safeInputSigDrive 3-357, 3-427 SERIAL_NO_ENCODER_DM
safeInputSigDrive2 3-357, 3-427 MD 1038 2-96
safeIntInpValNckBit 3-331 SERIES_INDUCTANCE
safeIntInpValNckWord 3-331 MD 1119 2-98
safeIntInpValPlcBit 3-331 SERIES_INDUCTANCE_M2
safeIntInpValPlcWord 3-331 MD 2119 2-125
safeIntOutpValNckBit 3-331 SERVO_DISABLE_DELAY_TIME
safeIntOutpValNckWord 3-331 MD 36620 2-257
safeIntOutpValPlcBit 3-332 SERVO_FIFO_SIZE
safeIntOutpValPlcWord 3-332 MD 10087 2-172
safeMarkerNck 3-332 Set of blocks from the current operation 3-392
safeMarkerPlc 3-332 SETINT_ASSIGN_FASTIN
safeMaxVeloDiff 3-357, 3-427 MD 21210 2-214
safeMeasPos 3-357, 3-427 Setpoint assignment 3-506
safeMeasPosDrive 3-358, 3-427 Setpoint of axis-specific feedrate, 3-349
safeOutputSig 3-358, 3-427 Settable value for INC_VAR 3-343, 3-412, 3-432
safeOutputSig2 3-358, 3-427 Settings for NCK tool management 3-299
safeOutputSigDrive 3-358, 3-427 Set-up mode 3-353, 3-422
safeOutputSigDrive2 3-358, 3-427 siemData 3-499, 3-500, 3-503
safeSplStatus 3-332 siemEdgeData 3-501
safeStopFDiagnosis 3-451, 3-453 Siemens application magazine data3-500, 3-502
safeTimerNck 3-332 Siemens application monitoring data 3-503
SAFETY_CYCLE_TIME Siemens application tool edge parameters 3-501
MD 1300 2-106 Siemens application tool parameters 3-499
SAFETY_SYSCLOCK_TIME_RATIO siemLocationData 3-502
MD 10090 2-172 Signal von PLC an Cycle 3-383
safeXcmpCmd 3-333 Signals from and to handheld unit 4-538
safeXcmpLevel 3-333 Signals to axis/spindle (PLC → NCK) 4-579
safeXcmpState 3-333 Signals to/from NCK channel (DB 21 -28) 4-564
scaleFact 3-366, 3-367, 3-369, 3-409, 3-410, Sign-of-life error counter encoder 1 3-515
3-445, 3-447 Sign-of-life error counter encoder 2 3-515
Scaling factor of a settable frame 3-367, 3-369, Sign-of-life error counter output 3-515
3-409, 3-445 simo611dSupport 3-305
Scaling factor of an active frame 3-366, 3-447 SIMU_AX_VDI_OUTPUT
SCALING_FACTOR_G70_G71 MD 30350 2-240

Lists 04/00
I Index
Simulated lead value - position 3-345, 3-414 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_DELAY

Simulated leading value velocity 3-345, 3-414 MD 1427 2-113
Simulation 2-158, 2-159 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL
Single block 3-390 MD 1426 2-112, 2-113
Single block mode 3-390 SPEED_DES_EQ_ACT_TOL_M2
Single block read in quasi-stop state 3-394 MD 2426 2-128
singleBlock 3-394 SPEED_FFW_DELAY
singleBlockActive 3-390 MD 1425 2-112
singleBlockType 3-390 SPEED_FFW_FILTER_TIME
Size downwards in half locations 3-458 MD 1424 2-112
Size of NCK alarm buffer 3-300 SPEED_FILTER_1_BANDWIDTH
Size to the left in half locations 3-458 MD 1515 2-115
Size to the right in half locations 3-458 MD 5515 2-139
Size upwards in half locations 3-458 SPEED_FILTER_1_BS_FREQ
skip 3-529 MD 1520 2-116
Skip block /0 3-390 MD 5520 2-139
Skip block /1 3-390 SPEED_FILTER_1_BW_NUMERATOR
Skip block /2 3-390 MD 1516 2-115
Skip block /3 3-390 MD 5516 2-139
Skip block /4 3-390 SPEED_FILTER_1_DAMPING
Skip block /5 3-390 MD 1507 2-114
Skip block /6 3-391 MD 5507 2-138
Skip block /7 3-391 SPEED_FILTER_1_FREQUENCY
skipLevel0Active 3-390 MD 1506 2-114
skipLevel2Active 3-390 SPEED_FILTER_1_SUPPR_FREQ
skipLevel5Active 3-390 SPEED_FILTER_1_TIME
SLASH_MASK SPEED_FILTER_2_BANDWIDTH
MD 10706 2-180 MD 1518 2-115
Slave active on the bus or not (LED green)3-519 SPEED_FILTER_2_BS_FREQ
Slave bus address 3-518 MD 1521 2-116
Slave data available 3-518 SPEED_FILTER_2_BW_NUMERATOR
Slot number within the slave 3-520 MD 1519 2-115
SMOOTH_RUN_DIAGNOSIS SPEED_FILTER_2_DAMPING
MD 1724 2-122 MD 1509 2-115
SMOOTH_RUN_TOL SPEED_FILTER_2_FREQUENCY
MD 1615 2-117 MD 1508 2-114
Smoothing the desired value of the rotary speed SPEED_FILTER_2_SUPPR_FREQ
3-353, 3-422 MD 1517 2-115
SOFT_ACCEL_FACTOR SPEED_FILTER_2_TIME
MD 32433 2-246 MD 1503 2-114
Software end position, negative direction 3-347, SPEED_FILTER_TYPE
3-416 MD 1501 2-114
Software end position, positive direction 3-347, MD 5501 2-138
3-416 SPEED_LIMIT
Source location number 3-381 MD 1147 2-100
Source magazine 3-381 SPEED_LIMIT_M2
Source magazine number 3-382 MD 2147 2-126
Source of the lead value 3-345, 3-414 SPEED_LSB
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM MD 1711 2-121
MD 1453 2-113 MD 5711 2-142
SPDCTRL_INTEGR_TIME_1_AM_M2 SPEED_LSB_M2
MD 2453 2-129 MD 2711 2-129
spec 3-358, 3-427, 3-437 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN
Speed setpoint 3-349 MD 1418 2-112
Speed, setpoint 3-452 SPEED_THRESHOLD_MIN_M2
SPEED_CRTL_DISABLE_STOPTIME MD 2418 2-128
MD 5402 2-135 SPEED_THRESHOLD_X

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 1417 2-112 SPEEDCTRL_PT1_TIME

SPEED_THRESHOLD_X_M2 MD 5430 2-136
MD 2417 2-128 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DAMPING
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE MD 1415 2-111
MD 1413 2-111 MD 5415 2-136
MD 5413 2-136 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_DELAY
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_ENABLE_M2 MD 1416 2-111
MD 2413 2-128 SPEEDCTRL_REF_MODEL_FREQ
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1 MD 1414 2-111
MD 1411 2-111 MD 5414 2-136
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_1_M2 SPEEDCTRL_TYPE
MD 2411 2-128 MD 1406 2-110
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2 speedLimit 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442
MD 1412 2-111 speedOvr 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442
SPEEDCTRL_ADAPT_SPEED_2_M2 SPF_END_TO_VDI
MD 2412 2-128 MD 20800 2-210
SPEEDCTRL_CYCLE_TIME SPIND_ACTIVE_AFTER_RESET
MD 1001 2-93 MD 35040 2-253
MD 5001 2-130 SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME MD 42800 2-275
MD 5432 2-136 SPIND_ASSIGN_TAB_ENABLE
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_A MD 20092 2-202
MD 5431 2-136 SPIND_ASSIGN_TO_MACHAX
SPEEDCTRL_DIFF_TIME_B MD 35000 2-252
MD 5433 2-136 SPIND_DEF_MASTER_SPIND
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN MD 20090 2-202
MD 5407 2-136 SPIND_DEFAULT_ACT_MASK
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1 MD 35030 2-253
MD 1407 2-110 SPIND_DEFAULT_MODE
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM MD 35020 2-253
MD 1451 2-113 SPIND_DES_VELO_TOL
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_AM_M2 MD 35150 2-253
MD 2451 2-129 SPIND_DISPLAY_RESOLUTION
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_1_M2 MD 9010 2-145
MD 2407 2-128 SPIND_EXTERN_VELO_LIMIT
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2 MD 35160 2-254
MD 1408 2-110 SPIND_FUNC_RESET_MODE
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_2_M2 MD 35032 2-253
MD 2408 2-128 SPIND_MAX_VELO_G26
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_A MD 43220 2-276
MD 5406 2-136 SPIND_MAX_VELO_LIMS
SPEEDCTRL_GAIN_B MD 43230 2-276
MD 5408 2-136 SPIND_MIN_VELO_G25
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_FEEDBK MD 43210 2-276
MD 1421 2-112 SPIND_ON_SPEED_AT_IPO_START
MD 5421 2-136 MD 35500 2-255
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME SPIND_OSCILL_ACCEL
MD 5409 2-136 MD 35410 2-254
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1 SPIND_OSCILL_DES_VELO
MD 1409 2-110 MD 35400 2-254
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_1_M2 SPIND_OSCILL_START_DIR
MD 2409 2-128 MD 35430 2-255
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2 SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CCW
MD 1410 2-110, 2-111 MD 35450 2-255
SPEEDCTRL_INTEGRATOR_TIME_2_M2 SPIND_OSCILL_TIME_CW
MD 2410 2-128 MD 35440 2-255
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_THRESHOLD SPIND_POSCTRL_VELO
MD 1606 2-116, 2-117 MD 35300 2-254
MD 5606 2-140 SPIND_POSITIONING_DIR
SPEEDCTRL_LIMIT_TIME MD 35350 2-254
MD 1605 2-116 SPIND_RIGID_TAPPING_M_NR
MD 5605 2-139 MD 20094 2-203

Lists 04/00
I Index
SPIND_STOPPED_AT_IPO_START MD 2139 2-126

MD 35510 2-255 status 3-343, 3-362, 3-364, 3-412, 3-431, 3-440,
SPIND_VELO_LIMIT 3-443
MD 35100 2-253 Status access to PCMCIA card 3-523
Spindle mode 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Status after travelling to fixed stop 3-423
Spindle name 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Status of axis container 3-374
Spindle override 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Status of ForceControl function 3-354, 3-423
Spindle position 3-360, 3-363, 3-438, 3-441 Status of initialization synchronization 3-522
Spindle speed limitation 3-509 Status of spindle rotation 3-440, 3-443
Spindle speed, actual value3-360, 3-363, 3-438, Status of the binary inputs 3-451, 3-453
3-441 Status of the DC link voltage 3-421
Spindle speed, desired value 3-360, 3-363, Status of the event type 3-528
3-438, 3-441 Status of the function generator 3-423
Spindle state 3-362, 3-364 Status of the magazine 3-469
Spindle status 3-440, 3-443 Status of the probing function 3-424
Spindle type 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Status of the slots 3-521
spindleType 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, 3-442 Status of trace channel 1 3-428
spinNoDress 3-464 Status of trace channel 2 3-428
SPLINE_FEED_PRECISION Status of trace channel 3 3-428
MD 20262 2-207 Status of trace channel 4 3-428
SPOS_TO_VDI Status slave axis with lead value coupling 3-347,
MD 20850 2-210 3-416
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION Status var. PI Service auto. set-up of asyn.
MD 1145 2-99 motor 3-418
STALL_TORQUE_REDUCTION_M2 STEP_RESOL
MD 2145 2-126 MD 31400 2-243
STANDSTILL_DELAY_TIME STICTION_COMP_THRESHOLD
MD 36040 2-256 MD 5233 2-134
STANDSTILL_POS_TOL STICTION_FORCE_NEG
MD 36030 2-256 MD 5235 2-134
STANDSTILL_VELO_TOL STICTION_FORCE_POS
MD 36060 2-256 MD 5234 2-134
Start offset FFS 3-523 STICTION_SPEED_THRESHOLD
Start offset of curr. PCMCIA access 3-523 MD 5232 2-134
START_AC_FIFO STIFFNESS_CONTROL_ENABLE
MD 28262 2-236 MD 32640 2-248
START_MODE_MASK STOP_CUTCOM_STOPRE
MD 20112 2-203 MD 42480 2-274
Starting angle for thread 3-508 STOP_LIMIT_COARSE
STARTUP_ASSISTANCE MD 36000 2-255
MD 1017 2-94 STOP_LIMIT_FACTOR
STAT_NAME MD 36012 2-255
MD 10670 2-180 STOP_LIMIT_FINE
State after travelling to fixed stop 3-354 MD 36010 2-255
State of spindle rotation 3-362, 3-365 stopCond 3-387
State of the DC link voltage 3-352 stopCondPar 3-387
State of the function generator 3-353 Store 2-159
State of the probing function 3-354 Stored axial dist.-to-go in WCS after DELDTG
State of trace channel 1 3-358 3-433
State of trace channel 2 3-359 Stored distance-to-go of the path in the WCS
State of trace channel 3 3-359 3-374
State of trace channel 4 3-359 Strategy wear group 3-466
State of trace protocolling 3-334 STROKE_CHECK_INSIDE
State var. PI Service auto. set-up of asyn. motor MD 22900 2-222
3-348 strokeNr 3-408
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE Strokes per minute 3-407
MD 1137 2-99 STS_CONFIG
STATOR_COLD_RESISTANCE_M2 MD 1003 2-93
MD 2137 2-126 MD 5003 2-130
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE Subroutine call counter, desired value 3-395
MD 1139 2-99 subSpec 3-358, 3-427, 3-437
STATOR_LEAKAGE_REACTANCE_M2 Subspecification 3-358, 3-427

04/00 Lists
I Index
Subspecification for indexing axis 3-437 MD 41505 2-270

subType 3-431 SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_4
SUG programming active 3-361, 3-364, 3-439, MD 41507 2-270
3-442 SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_1
Sum of compensation values 3-349, 3-418 MD 41521 2-271
Sum of current gross runtime 3-513 SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_2
Sum of current net runtime 3-513 MD 41523 2-271
Sum of maximum gross runtime 3-522 SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_3
Sum of maximum net runtime 3-522 MD 41525 2-271
Sum of minimum gross runtime 3-522 SW_CAM_PLUS_TIME_TAB_4
Sum of minimum net runtimes 3-523 MD 41527 2-272
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 1 SW_CAM_TIMER_FASTOUT_MASK
3-353, 3-422 MD 10480 2-178
Sum of the compensation values for encoder 2 SW_OPTIONS
3-353, 3-422 MD 9990 2-156
SUMCORR_DEFAULT SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM
MD 20272 2-207 MD 1466 2-113
SUMCORR_RESET_VALUE SWITCH_SPD_OPEN_LOOP_AM_M2
MD 20132 2-205 MD 2466 2-129
Supplement to stopCond 3-387 SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM
suppProgFunc 3-388 MD 1465 2-113
SUPPRESS_ALARM_MASK SWITCH_SPEED_MSD_AM_M2
MD 11410 2-185 MD 2465 2-129
SUPPRESS_SCREEN_REFRESH SWITCH_TO_AREA (for OP 30)
MD 10131 2-173 MD 9016 2-145
Suppression of language commands 3-388 SYNCHRONISATION_TIME
Sval 3-402 MD 9013 2-145
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_1 SYSCLOCK_CYCLE_TIME
MD 10470 2-177 MD 10050 2-170
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_2 SYSCLOCK_SAMPL_TIME_RATIO
MD 10471 2-177 MD 10080 2-171
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_3 systemFrameMask 3-309
MD 10472 2-177 sysTimeBCD 3-333
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_FASTOUT_4
MD 10473 2-177
SW_CAM_ASSIGN_TAB T
MD 10450 2-177
SW_CAM_MINUS_LEAD_TIME T number 3-382
MD 10460 2-177 T_M_ADDRESS_EXT_IS_SPINO
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_1 MD 20096 2-203
MD 41500 2-269 T_mapc [s,s,userdef] 3-518
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_2 T_NO_FCT_CYCLE_NAME
MD 41502 2-270 MD 10717 2-181
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_3 TABULATOR_SIZE (for MMC 100)
MD 41504 2-270 MD 9007 2-144
SW_CAM_MINUS_POS_TAB_4 Tadr 3-402
MD 41506 2-270 TANG_OFFSET
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_1 MD 37402 2-267
MD 41520 2-271 Target location number 3-381
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_2 Target magazine number 3-382
MD 41522 2-271 TARGET_BLOCK_INCR_PROG
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_3 MD 42444 2-273
MD 41524 2-271 tcCarr1 3-488
SW_CAM_MINUS_TIME_TAB_4 tcCarr10 3-488
MD 41526 2-272 tcCarr11 3-488
SW_CAM_PLUS_LEAD_TIME tcCarr12 3-488
MD 10461 2-177 tcCarr13 3-488
SW_CAM_PLUS_POS_TAB_1 tcCarr14 3-488
MD 41501 2-270 tcCarr15 3-488
MD 41503 2-270 tcCarr17 3-489

Lists 04/00
I Index
tcCarr19 3-489 MD 9412 2-153

tcCarr2 3-489 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSTATE (for MMC 100)
tcCarr20 3-489 MD 9417 2-153
tcCarr21 3-489 TM_DEFAULT_TOOLTYPE (for MMC 100)
tcCarr22 3-489 MD 9416 2-153
tcCarr23 3-489 TM_KIND_OF_TOOLMANAGAMENT
tcCarr3 3-490 MD 9414 2-153
tcCarr4 3-490 TM_LOAD_PLACE (for MMC 100, OP 030)
tcCarr5 3-490 MD 9410 2-153
tcCarr6 3-490 TM_NUM_MAG (for MMC 100, OP 030)
tcCarr7 3-490 MD 9411 2-153
tcCarr8 3-490 TM_TOOL_NEW (for OP 30)
tcCarr9 3-490 MD 9431 2-154
TEACH_MODE TM_UNLOAD_AND_DELETE (for OP 30)
MD 9026 2-145 MD 9430 2-154
TECHNOLOGY T-number 3-475
MD 9020 2-145 TnumWZV 3-474
TECHNOLOGY_MODE To [s,s,userdef] 3-518
MD 27800 2-232 TOCARR_BASE_FRAME_NUMBER
Telegram type 3-521 MD 20184 2-206
TEMP_COMP_ABS_VALUE TOCARR_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 43900 2-278 MD 22530 2-220
TEMP_COMP_REF_POSITION TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_INCR
MD 43920 2-278 MD 20180 2-206
TEMP_COMP_SLOPE TOCARR_ROT_ANGLE_OFFSET
MD 43910 2-278 MD 20182 2-206
TEMP_COMP_TYPE TOFRAME_MODE
MD 32750 2-249 MD 42980 2-275
TERMINAL_STATE toNo 3-309
MD 1700 2-120 Tool adapter number 3-380
MD 5700 2-141 Tool base distance-to-go 3-343, 3-412, 3-431
terminalState 3-451, 3-453 Tool base position 3-342, 3-411, 3-430
TEST_ROTORPOS_IDENT Tool base position setpoint 3-342
MD 1736 2-123 Tool base REPOS 3-343, 3-412, 3-432
Text for logging buffer 3-308 Tool identifier 3-457, 3-474, 3-486
textIndex 3-337, 3-339, 3-341 Tool information for MMC 3-457
T-function value 3-403 Tool status 3-459
THREAD_RAMP_DISP TOOL_CARRIER_RESET_VALUE
MD 42010 2-272 MD 20126 2-204
THREAD_START_ANGLE TOOL_CHANGE_ERROR_MODE
MD 42000 2-272 MD 22562 2-221
Ti [s,s,userdef] 3-518 TOOL_CHANGE_M_CODE
Time 3-333 MD 22560 2-221, 2-285
Time base 3-529 TOOL_CHANGE_MODE
Time from begin. of block in interpolation cycles MD 22550 2-220, 2-285
3-379 TOOL_CHANGE_TIME
Time from the beginning of the block in seconds MD 10190 2-173
3-378 TOOL_CORR_MODE_G43G44
Time stamp 3-337, 3-339, 3-341 MD 20380 2-208
Time variable in seconds 3-379 TOOL_CORR_MOVE_MODE
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_COM_TASK MD 20382 2-208
MD 10130 2-173 TOOL_CORR_MULTIPLE_AXES
TIME_LIMIT_NETTO_DRIVE_TASK MD 20384 2-208
MD 10140 2-173 TOOL_GRIND_AUTO_TMON
timeBCD 3-337, 3-339, 3-341 MD 20350 2-208
timePeriod 3-529 TOOL_LENGTH_CONST
TM_DEFAULT_DELETE_TOOL (for MMC 100) MD 42940 2-275
MD 9419 2-153 TOOL_LENGTH_TYPE
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLPLACESPEC (for MMC MD 42950 2-275
100) TOOL_MANAGEMENT_MASK
MD 9415 2-153 MD 20310 2-207, 2-284
TM_DEFAULT_TOOLSIZE (for MMC 100) TOOL_MANAGEMENT_TOOLHOLDER

04/00 Lists
I Index
MD 20124 2-204 TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC_M2

TOOL_OFFSET_INCR_PROG MD 2190 2-127
MD 42442 2-273 TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR
TOOL_PARAMETER_DEF_MASK MD 1233 2-104
MD 20360 2-208 TORQUE_LIMIT_GENERATOR_M2
TOOL_PRESEL_RESET_VALUE MD 2233 2-127
MD 20121 2-204 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST
TOOL_REF_GEO_AXIS1 (for MMC 100) MD 1234 2-105
MD 9400 2-153 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_HYST_M2
MD 9401 2-153 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED
MD 9402 2-153 TORQUE_LIMIT_SWITCH_SPEED_M2
TOOL_RESET_NAME MD 2232 2-127
MD 20122 2-204 TORQUE_LSB
TOOL_RESET_VALUE MD 1713 2-121
MD 20120 2-204 TORQUE_LSB_M2
TOOL_TIME_MONITOR_MASK MD 2713 2-129
MD 20320 2-208, 2-284 TORQUE_OFFSET
toolBaseDistToGo 3-343, 3-412, 3-431 MD 32460 2-247
toolBaseREPOS 3-343, 3-412, 3-432 TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM
toolChangeMfunc 3-305 MD 1459 2-113
toolCounter 3-388 TORQUE_SMOOTH_TIME_AM_M2
toolCounterC 3-388 MD 2459 2-129
toolCounterM 3-388 TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X
toolEdgeCenterDistToGo 3-432 MD 1428 2-113
toolEdgeCenterREPOS 3-432 TORQUE_THRESHOLD_X_DELAY
toolIdent 3-457, 3-474, 3-486 MD 1429 2-113
toolInfo 3-457 total DRAM in bytes 3-334
toolInMag 3-458, 3-475, 3-486 Total length in bytes PCMCIA card 3-523
toolInPlace 3-458, 3-475, 3-487 Total number of real magazine locations 3-465
toolMon 3-458 Total number total offsets in NCK 3-301
toolNo 3-475, 3-487 Total user memory in bytes 3-334
toolplace_spec 3-458 Total value of overlaid motion 3-346, 3-415
toolSearch 3-458 totalDirectorys 3-333
toolsize_down 3-458 totalFiles 3-334
toolsize_left 3-458 totalMem 3-334
toolsize_right 3-458 totalMemDram 3-334
toolsize_upper 3-458 totalMemFfs 3-334
toolState 3-459 totalProtokolFiles 3-334
torqLimit 3-358, 3-428 Touch probe has switched 3-376
Torque limitation value 3-358, 3-428 TPreSelAdr 3-402
TORQUE_CURRENT_RATIO TPreSelVal 3-402
MD 1113 2-97 TRAANG_ANGLE_1
TORQUE_FILTER_FREQUENCY MD 24700 2-228
MD 1252 2-106 TRAANG_ANGLE_2
TORQUE_LIMIT_1 MD 24750 2-229
MD 1230 2-104 TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_1
TORQUE_LIMIT_1_M2 MD 24710 2-228
MD 2230 2-127 TRAANG_BASE_TOOL_2
TORQUE_LIMIT_2 MD 24760 2-229
MD 1231 2-104 TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_1
TORQUE_LIMIT_2_M2 MD 24721 2-229
MD 2231 2-127 TRAANG_PARALLEL_ACCEL_RES_2
TORQUE_LIMIT_ADAPT_SERVO MD 24771 2-229
MD 1191 2-101 TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_1
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP MD 24720 2-228
MD 1239 2-105 TRAANG_PARALLEL_VELO_RES_2
TORQUE_LIMIT_FOR_SETUP_M2 MD 24770 2-229
MD 2239 2-127 TRACE
TORQUE_LIMIT_FROM_NC MD 9999 2-156
MD 1190 2-101 TRACE_COMPRESSOR_OUTPUT

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 22800 2-222 TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1

TRACE_SCOPE_MASK MD 24800 2-229
MD 22708 2-221 TRACYL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
TRACE_SELECT MD 24850 2-229
MD 11400 2-184 TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
TRACE_STARTTRACE_EVENT MD 24810 2-229
MD 22700 2-221 TRACYL_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
TRACE_STARTTRACE_STEP MD 24860 2-229
MD 22702 2-221 TRAFO_AXES_IN_1
TRACE_STOPTRACE_EVENT MD 24110 2-222
TRACE_STOPTRACE_STEP MD 24210 2-223
TRACE_VARIABLE_INDEX MD 24310 2-223
TRACE_VARIABLE_NAME MD 24410 2-223
traceProtocolActive 3-334 MD 24432 2-224
traceState1 3-358, 3-428 TRAFO_AXES_IN_6
traceState2 3-359, 3-428 MD 24442 2-224
traceState3 3-359, 3-428 TRAFO_AXES_IN_7
traceState4 3-359, 3-428 MD 24452 2-224
trackErrContr 3-359, 3-428 TRAFO_AXES_IN_8
trackErrDiff 3-359, 3-428 MD 24462 2-225
TRACLG_CONTACT_LOWER_LIMIT TRAFO_CHANGE_M_CODE
MD 21520 2-218 MD 22534 2-220
TRACLG_CONTACT_UPPER_LIMIT TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1
MD 21518 2-218 MD 24120 2-223
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_NR TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2
MD 21524 2-218 MD 24220 2-223
TRACLG_CTRLSPI_VERT_OFFSET TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_3
MD 21502 2-217 MD 24320 2-223
TRACLG_G0_IS_SPECIAL TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_4
MD 21526 2-218 MD 24420 2-223
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_HOR_OFFSET TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_5
MD 21501 2-217 MD 24434 2-224
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_NR TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_6
MD 21522 2-218 MD 24444 2-224
TRACLG_GRINDSPI_VERT_OFFSET TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_7
MD 21500 2-217 MD 24454 2-224
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1 TRAFO_GEOAX_ASSIGN_TAB_8
MD 21510 2-217 MD 24464 2-225
TRACLG_HOR_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2 TRAFO_RESET_VALUE
MD 21514 2-218 MD 20140 2-205
TRACLG_SUPPORT_HOR_OFFSET TRAFO_TYPE_1
MD 21506 2-217 MD 24100 2-222
TRACLG_SUPPORT_LEAD_ANGLE TRAFO_TYPE_2
MD 21516 2-218 MD 24200 2-223
TRACLG_SUPPORT_VERT_OFFSET TRAFO_TYPE_3
MD 21504 2-217 MD 24300 2-223
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_1 TRAFO_TYPE_4
MD 21508 2-217 MD 24400 2-223
TRACLG_VERT_DIR_SUPPORTAX_2 TRAFO_TYPE_5
MD 21512 2-217 MD 24430 2-224
TRACON_CHAIN_1 TRAFO_TYPE_6
MD 24995 2-230 MD 24440 2-224
TRACON_CHAIN_2 TRAFO_TYPE_7
MD 24996 2-231 MD 24450 2-224
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_1 TRAFO_TYPE_8
MD 24820 2-229 MD 24460 2-224
TRACYL_BASE_TOOL_2 TRAFO5_AXIS1_1
MD 24870 2-230 MD 24570 2-226

04/00 Lists
I Index
TRAFO5_AXIS1_2 Transformed location-dependent setup offset

MD 24670 2-228 3-492
TRAFO5_AXIS2_1 Transformed location-dependent wear offset
MD 24572 2-226 3-496
TRAFO5_AXIS2_2 Translation of a settable frame 3-367, 3-368,
MD 24672 2-228 3-409, 3-444
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_1 Translation of an active frame 3-366, 3-446
MD 24574 2-226 Translation of an external frame 3-448
TRAFO5_BASE_ORIENT_2 TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_1
MD 24674 2-228 MD 24920 2-230
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_1 TRANSMIT_BASE_TOOL_2
MD 24550 2-225 MD 24970 2-230
TRAFO5_BASE_TOOL_2 TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_1
MD 24650 2-227 MD 24911 2-230
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_1 TRANSMIT_POLE_SIDE_FIX_2
MD 24560 2-225 MD 24961 2-230
TRAFO5_JOINT_OFFSET_2 TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1
MD 24660 2-227 MD 24900 2-230
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_1 TRANSMIT_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24530 2-225 MD 24950 2-230
TRAFO5_NON_POLE_LIMIT_2 TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24630 2-227 MD 24910 2-230
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_1 TRANSMIT_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2
MD 24564 2-226 MD 24960 2-230
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_AX_ANGLE_2 Transmitted telegram 3-521
MD 24664 2-227 Traversing direction 3-383
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_1 trialRunActive 3-391
MD 24566 2-226 TU_NAME
TRAFO5_NUTATOR_VIRT_ORIAX_2 MD 10672 2-180
MD 24666 2-227 turnState 3-362, 3-365, 3-440, 3-443
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_1 Tval 3-403
MD 24585 2-226 type 3-359, 3-429, 3-437
TRAFO5_ORIAX_ASSIGN_TAB_2 Type and state of the synchronous action 3-403,
MD 24685 2-228 3-404
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_1 Type of actual value sensing 3-506
MD 24500 2-225 Type of D-number programming 3-305
TRAFO5_PART_OFFSET_2 Type of setpoint output 3-506
MD 24600 2-226 Type of the magazine 3-469
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_1 Type of tool monitoring 3-458
MD 24540 2-225 Type of tool search 3-466
TRAFO5_POLE_LIMIT_2 Type of tool search for replacement tools 3-458
MD 24640 2-227 typeOfCuttingEdge 3-305
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 typStatus 3-403, 3-404
MD 24510 2-225
TRAFO5_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2
MD 24610 2-227 U
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_1
MD 24520 2-225 UF_MODE_DELTA_FREQUENCY
TRAFO5_ROT_SIGN_IS_PLUS_2 MD 1662 2-119
MD 24620 2-227 UF_MODE_ENABLE
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_1 MD 1014 2-94
MD 24562 2-225 UF_MODE_FREQUENCY
TRAFO5_TOOL_ROT_AX_OFFSET_2 MD 1660 2-119
MD 24662 2-227 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_1 MD 1125 2-98
MD 24580 2-226 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_1_M2
TRAFO5_TOOL_VECTOR_2 MD 2125 2-125
MD 24680 2-228 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2
transfActive 3-388 MD 1126 2-98
Transformation active 3-388 UF_MODE_RAMP_TIME_2_M2
Transformed edge offset value 3-498 MD 2126 2-125
UF_MODE_RATIO

Lists 04/00
I Index
MD 1661 2-119 MD 9228 2-147

UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0 USER_CLASS_READ_TOA
MD 1127 2-98 MD 9200 2-145
UF_VOLTAGE_AT_F0_M2 USER_CLASS_SELECT_PROGRAM
MD 2127 2-125 MD 9218 2-147
Unit for service values of the drives 3-355, 3-424 USER_CLASS_SET_V24 (nur MMC100)
Unit of axial feedrate 3-435 MD 9223 2-147
Unit of the axis-specific feedrate 3-349, 3-418 USER_CLASS_SHOW_SBL2 (MMC100)
UNLOCK_EDIT_MODESWITCH MD 9227 2-147
MD 10780 2-181 USER_CLASS_TEACH_IN
UPLOAD_MD_CHANGES_ONLY MD 9219 2-147
MD 11210 2-183 USER_CLASS_TM_SKACTPLACE
Upper boundary of protection zone, applicate (for MMC 100)
3-321 MD 9270 2-150
Upper limit nth polynominal for synchronous USER_CLASS_TM_SKFINDPLACE
action 3-376 (for MMC 100)
Upper limit of protection zone, applicate 3-314 MD 9269 2-150
Used DRAM in bytes 3-334 USER_CLASS_TM_SKLDTOOLDAT
Used memory in bytes 3-334 (for MMC 100)
usedDirectorys 3-334 MD 9271 2-150
usedFiles 3-334 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGBUFFER
usedMem 3-334 (for MMC 100)
usedMemDram 3-334 MD 9260 2-149
usedMemFfs 3-335 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGFIND (for MMC 100)
usedProtokolFiles 3-335 MD 9261 2-149
User data for monitoring a cutting edge 3-483 USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLISTPOS (for MMC
User unit table 3-305 100)
USER_BEGIN_WRITE_RPA_1 (for MD 9262 2-150
MMC102/103) USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR2
MD 9232 2-148 (for MMC 100)
MMC102/103) USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGLREPR3
MD 9235 2-148 (for MMC 100)
MMC102/103) USER_CLASS_TM_SKMGNEXT (for MMC 100)
MD 9238 2-148 MD 9263 2-150
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_MA USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCDELTOOL
MD 9248 2-149 (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_BASE_ZERO_OFF_PA MD 9259 2-149
MD 9247 2-149 USER_CLASS_TM_SKNCNEWTOOLE
USER_CLASS_CLEAR_RPA (for MMC 100)
MD 9221 2-147 MD 9258 2-149
USER_CLASS_OVERSTORE_HIGH USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLIST (for MMC 100)
MD 9213 2-146 MD 9251 2-149
USER_CLASS_PRESET USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR1
MD 9220 2-147 (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_READ_BD (for MMC 100) MD 9265 2-150
MD 9230 2-147 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR2
USER_CLASS_READ_CST (for MMC 100) (for MMC 100)
MD 9225 2-147 MD 9266 2-150
USER_CLASS_READ_CUS (for MMC 100) USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLLREPR3
MD 9226 2-147 (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_READ_DEF (for MMC 100) MD 9267 2-150
MD 9229 2-147 USER_CLASS_TM_SKTLNEWTOOL
USER_CLASS_READ_GUD_LUD (for MMC 100)
MD 9211 2-146 MD 9264 2-150
USER_CLASS_READ_IN (nur MMC100) USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLLOAD
MD 9224 2-147 (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_READ_PROGRAM MD 9252 2-149
(for MMC 100) USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLMOVE
MD 9216 2-146 (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_READ_SYF (for MMC 100) MD 9254 2-149

04/00 Lists
I Index
USER_CLASS_TM_SKTOOLUNLOAD USER_END_WRITE_RPA_2 (for MMC102/103)

(for MMC 100) MD 9236 2-148
MD 9253 2-149 USER_END_WRITE_RPA_3 (for MMC102/103)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_FINE MD 9239 2-148
MD 9203 2-146 userData 3-481, 3-483
USER_CLASS_WRITE_GUD_LUD User-defined cutting edge parameter 3-462
MD 9212 2-146 User-defined tool parameters 3-461
USER_CLASS_WRITE_MAG_WGROUP userPlaceData 3-482
(for MMC102/103) userScale 3-305
MD 9208 2-146 Utilization 3-453
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PRG_CONDIT
MD 9214 2-146
USER_CLASS_WRITE_PROGRAM V
(for MMC 100)
MD 9217 2-146 V24_PG_PC_BAUD (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA MD 9325 2-152
MD 9222 2-147 V24_PG_PC_CONTROLS (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_1 MD 9323 2-152
(for MMC102/103) V24_PG_PC_DATABITS (for MMC 100)
MD 9231 2-148 MD 9326 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_2 V24_PG_PC_EOF (for MMC 100)
(for MMC102/103) MD 9322 2-152
MD 9234 2-148 V24_PG_PC_LINE (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_RPA_3 MD 9329 2-152
(for MMC102/103) V24_PG_PC_PARITY (for MMC 100)
MD 9237 2-148 MD 9327 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_SEA V24_PG_PC_RTS (for MMC 100)
MD 9215 2-146 MD 9324 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ADAPT V24_PG_PC_STOPBIT (for MMC 100)
MD 9209 2-146 MD 9328 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_ASSDNO V24_PG_PC_XOFF (for MMC 100)
(for MMC102/103) MD 9321 2-152
MD 9207 2-146 V24_PG_PC_XON (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_EC MD 9320 2-152
(for MMC102/103) V24_PRINTER_BAUD (for MMC 100)
MD 9205 2-146 MD 9315 2-151
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_GEO V24_PRINTER_CONTROLS (for MMC 100)
MD 9201 2-145 MD 9313 2-151
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_NAME V24_PRINTER_DATABITS (for MMC 100)
MD 9240 2-148 MD 9316 2-151
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SC V24_PRINTER_EOF (for MMC 100)
(for MMC102/103) MD 9312 2-151
MD 9204 2-146 V24_PRINTER_LINE (for MMC 100)
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_SUPVIS MD 9319 2-152
(for MMC102/103) V24_PRINTER_PARITY (for MMC 100)
MD 9206 2-146 MD 9317 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_TYPE V24_PRINTER_RTS (for MMC 100)
MD 9241 2-149 MD 9314 2-151
USER_CLASS_WRITE_TOA_WEAR V24_PRINTER_STOPBIT (for MMC 100)
MD 9202 2-146 MD 9318 2-152
USER_CLASS_WRITE_ZOA V24_PRINTER_XOFF (for MMC 100)
MD 9210 2-146 MD 9311 2-151
USER_DATA_FLOAT V24_PRINTER_XON (for MMC 100)
MD 14514 2-191 MD 9310 2-151
USER_DATA_HEX V24_USER_BAUD (for MMC 100)
MD 14512 2-191 MD 9305 2-151
USER_DATA_INT V24_USER_CONTROLS (for MMC 100)
MD 14510 2-191 MD 9303 2-150
USER_DATA_PLC_ALARM V24_USER_DATABITS (for MMC 100)
MD 14516 2-191 MD 9306 2-151
USER_END_WRITE_RPA_1 (for MMC102/103) V24_USER_EOF (for MMC 100)
MD 9233 2-148 MD 9302 2-150

Lists 04/00
I Index
V24_USER_LINE (for MMC 100) W

MD 9309 2-151
V24_USER_PARITY (for MMC 100) WAB_CLEARANCE_TOLERANCE
MD 9307 2-151 MD 20204 2-206
V24_USER_RTS (for MMC 100) WAB_MAXNUM_DUMMY_BLOCKS
MD 9304 2-151 MD 20202 2-206
V24_USER_STOPBIT (for MMC 100) WEAR_SIGN
MD 9308 2-151 MD 42930 2-275
V24_USER_XOFF (for MMC 100) WEAR_SIGN_CUTPOS
MD 9301 2-150 MD 42920 2-275
V24_USER_XON (for MMC 100) WEIGHTING_FACTOR_FOR_SCALE
MD 9300 2-150 MD 22910 2-222
vaEgSyncDiff 3-388 Word data (16 bits) from/to the PLC 3-325
Value of HW analog input 3-326 WORKAREA_CHECK_TYPE
Value of HW digital input 3-328 MD 30800 2-242
Value of HW digital output 3-328 WORKAREA_LIMIT_MINUS
Value of the current D-number 3-401 MD 43430 2-277
Value of the E-function 3-401 WORKAREA_LIMIT_PLUS
Value of the H-function 3-402 MD 43420 2-277
Value of the M-function 3-402 WORKAREA_MINUS_ENABLE
Value of the preselected T-function 3-402 MD 43410 2-277
Value of the S-function. 3-402 WORKAREA_PLUS_ENABLE
VALVE_CODE MD 43400 2-277
MD 5106 2-131 WORKAREA_WITH_TOOL_RADIUS
VALVE_CONFIGURATION MD 21020 2-211
MD 5113 2-131 Working area limitation active in the negative dir
VALVE_CYLINDER_CONNECTION 3-509
MD 5140 2-132 Working area limitation active in the positive dir
VALVE_DAMPING 3-509
MD 5115 2-131 Working area limitation in the negative direction
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_FLOW 3-509
MD 5110 2-131 Working area limitation in the positive direction
VALVE_DUAL_GAIN_VOLTAGE 3-509
MD 5111 2-131 WORKING_PRESSURE
VALVE_ERROR_TIME MD 5101 2-131
MD 5614 2-140 workPandProgName 3-394, 3-396
VALVE_FLOW_FACTOR_A_B Workpiece and program name 3-394, 3-396
MD 5112 2-131 Workpiece name 3-394, 3-396, 3-398, 3-400
VALVE_NATURAL_FREQUENCY Workpiece or tool-related protection zone 3-316,
MD 5114 2-131 3-323
VALVE_NOMINAL_FLOW workPName 3-394, 3-396, 3-398, 3-400
MD 5107 2-131 workPNameLong 3-394, 3-396, 3-398, 3-400
VALVE_NOMINAL_PRESSURE WPD_INI_MODE
MD 5108 2-131 MD 11280 2-183
VALVE_NOMINAL_VOLTAGE WRITE_TOA_LIMIT_MASK
MD 5109 2-131 MD 9449 2-154
Variable incremental value for JOG mode 3-507
varIncrVal 3-343, 3-412, 3-432
vaVactm 3-359, 3-429 X
VDI_UPDATE_IN_ONE_IPO_CYCLE
MD 18000 2-192
VELO_FFW_WEIGHT x component of offset vector l1 3-488
MD 32610 2-248 x component of offset vector l2 3-490
Version DP master software 3-522 x component of offset vector l3 3-488
Version host software 3-522 x component of offset vector l4 3-489
VERSION_INFO x component of rotary axis v1 3-490
MD 18040 2-192 x component of rotary axis v2 3-488
VOLTAGE_LSB X component of tool in WCS 3-379
MD 1709 2-121 X_AXIS_IN_OLD_X_Z_PLANE
MD 5709 2-141 MD 21110 2-212

04/00 Lists
I Index
Y Z
y component of offset vector l1 3-489 z component of offset vector l1 3-490

y component of rotary axis v1 3-490 z component of rotary axis v1 3-490
y component of rotary axis v2 3-488 z component of rotary axis v2 3-488
Y component of tool in WCS 3-379 Z component of tool in WCS 3-379
ZK1PO register image 3-452
ZK1RES register image 3-452

Lists 04/00
I Index
Notes

Suggestions
Siemens AG Corrections
For Publication/Manual:
A&D MC IS
P. O. Box 3180
D-91050 Erlangen SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC
Federal Republic of Germany Lists
(Tel. 0180 / 525 - 8008 [Hotline]
(Fax: +49 9131/98-1145)
email: motioncontrol,.docu @erlf.siemens.de Manufacturer/Service Documentation
From Lists
Name: Order No.: 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP2
Edition: 04.00
Company/Dept. Should you come across any printing errors
when reading this publication, please notify
Address: us on this sheet. Suggestions for
improvements are also welcome.
____________
Telephone: __________ /
Telefax: ________ /
Suggestions and/or corrections

840D Bits de Interface

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

840D Bits de Interface

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/810D/FM-NC

Brochure Catalog Catalog AutoTurn Operator’s Guide Diagnostics Operator’s Guide

User Documentation Manufacturer / Service Documentation

SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK SINUMERIK

Manufacturer / Service Documentation

Operator Description of Description of Configuring Kit Screen Kit Description of Description of

Manufacturer / Service Documentation

Description of Description of Installation & Lists *) Description of Description of EMC

Electronic Documentation Manufacturer / Service Documentation

Lists of Machine and 2

SINUMERIK 840D/840Di/ Variables 3

Control Software Version

Status codes in the "Remarks" column.

A .... New documentation.

Edition Order No. Remarks

This manual is included in the documentation on CD-ROM (DOCONCD)

© Siemens AG 1995- 2000. All Rights Reserved.

Order No. 6FC5 297-5AB70-0BP2 Siemens-Aktiengesellschaft.

Notes for the reader The SINUMERIK documentation is organized in 3 parts:

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

Trademarks IBM® is registered trademark of International Business Corporation.

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

1.1 CNC controls ...........................................................................................1-14

1.2 Positioning modules and controls ...................................................................1-48

1.3 SINUMERIK 840 Di.........................................................................................1-56

Machine and Setting Data .........................................................................................................2-83

2.1 Explanatory notes on the machine and setting data .......................................2-85

2.2 Drive machine data .........................................................................................2-92

2.3 Machine data for hydraulics module ...............................................................2-130

2.4 Machine data for operator panel .....................................................................2-144

2.5 General machine data ....................................................................................2-169

2.6 Channel-specific machine data.......................................................................2-201

2.7 Axis-specific machine data .............................................................................2-238

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

2.8 Setting data ...........................................................................................2-269

2.9 Application-specific machine data ..................................................................2-279

3.1 Introduction ...........................................................................................3-290

3.2 System data ...........................................................................................3-298

3.3 Status data of system .....................................................................................3-325

3.4 Status data of channel ....................................................................................3-372

3.5 Axis status data ...........................................................................................3-411

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

3.6 Drive status data ...........................................................................................3-449

3.7 Tool and magazine data .................................................................................3-454

3.8 Machine and setting data................................................................................3-504

3.9 Parameters ...........................................................................................3-511

3.10 Diagnostic data ...........................................................................................3-513

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

3.10.2 Area C, Mod. DIAGN: Channel-specific diagnosis data..................................3-524

3.11 MMC status ...........................................................................................3-530

Interface Signals ........................................................................................................................4-531

4.1 Data modules ...........................................................................................4-532

4.2 Interface signals ...........................................................................................4-534

PLC Blocks .................................................................................................................................5-601

5.1 Overview of organization blocks .....................................................................5-602

5.2 Overview of function blocks ............................................................................5-603

5.3 Assignment of data blocks..............................................................................5-605

5.4 Assigned timers ...........................................................................................5-606

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

1.2 Positioning modules and controls .............................................................................1-48

1.3 SINUMERIK 840 Di ...........................................................................................1-56

© Siemens AG 2000 All Rights Reserved

1.1 CNC controls